《鲁滨逊漂流记》---《 Robinson Crusoe》中英对照_派派后花园

用户中心 游戏论坛 社区服务
发帖 回复
阅读:4036 回复:24

[Novel] 《鲁滨逊漂流记》---《 Robinson Crusoe》中英对照

刷新数据 楼层直达
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看楼主 使用道具 楼主   发表于: 2013-10-20 0






《鲁滨逊漂流记》是英国作家丹尼尔·笛福的代表作,是一部流传很广,影响很大的文学名著。它表现了强烈的资产阶级进取精神和启蒙意识。作者用生动逼真的细节把虚构的情景写得使人如同身临其境,使故事具有强烈的真实感。小说主人公鲁滨逊也成为欧洲文学史上一个很著名的文学形象。

本帖最近评分记录: 2 条评分 派派币 +30
月离绯

ZxID:523540

等级: 热心会员
我用一转身离开的你,我用一辈子忘记
举报 只看该作者 24楼  发表于: 2020-06-15 0
在哪能找到资源
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 23楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  When we came to Pampeluna it self, we found it so indeed; and to me that had been always used to a hot Climate, and indeed to Countries where we could scarce bear any Cloaths on, the Cold was insufferable; nor indeed was it more painful than it was surprising, to come but ten Days before out of the old Castile where the Weather was not only warm but very hot, and immediately to feel a Wind from the Pyrenean Mountains, so very keen, so severely cold, as to be intollerable, and to endanger benumbing and perishing of our Fingers and Toes.
  Poor Friday was really frighted when he saw the Mountains all cover'd with Snow, and felt cold Weather, which he had never seen or felt before in his Life.
  To mend the Matter, when we came to Pampeluna, it continued snowing with so much Violence, and so long, that the People said, Winter was come before its time, and the Roads which were difficult before, were now quite impassable: For in a Word, the Snow lay in some Places too thick for us to travel; and being not hard frozen, as is the Case in Northern Countries: There was no going without being in Danger of being bury'd alive every Step. We stay'd no less than twenty Days at Pampeluna; when seeing the Winter coming on, and no Likelihood of its being better; for it was the severest Winter all over Europe that had been known in the Memory of Man. I propos'd that we should all go away to Fonterabia, and there take Shipping for Bourdeaux, which was a very little Voyage.
  But while we were considering this, there came in four French Gentlemen, who having been stopp'd on the French Side of the Passes, as we were on the Spanish, had found out a Guide, who traversing the Country near the Head of Languedoc, had brought them over the Mountains by such Ways, that they were not much incommoded with the Snow; and where they met with Snow in any Quantity, they said it was frozen hard enough to bear them and their Horses.
  We sent for this Guide, who told us, he would undertake to carry us the same Way with no Hazard from the Snow, provided we were armed sufficiently to protect our selves from wild Beasts; for he said, upon these great Snows, it was frequent for some Wolves to show themselves at the Foot of the Mountains, being made ravenous for Want of Food, the Ground being covered with Snow: We told him, we were well enough prepar'd for such Creatures as they were, if he would ensure us from a Kind of two-legged Wolves, which we were told, we were in most Danger from, especially on the French Side of the Mountains.
  He satisfy'd us there was no Danger of that kind in the Way that we were to go; so we readily agreed to follow him, as did also twelve other Gentlemen, with their Servants, some French, some Spanish; who, as I said, had attempted to go, and were obliged to come back again.
  Accordingly, we all set Out from Pampeluna, with our Guide, on the fifteenth of November; and indeed, I was surpriz'd, when instead of going forward, he came directly back with us, on the same Road that we came from Madrid, above twenty Miles; when being pass'd two Rivers, and come into the plain Country, we found our selves in a warm Climate again, where the Country was pleasant, and no Snow to be seen; but on a sudden, turning to his left, he approach'd the Mountains another Way; and though it is true, the Hills and Precipices look'd dreadful, yet he made so many Tours, such Meanders, and led us by such winding Ways, that we were insensibly pass'd the Height of the Mountains, without being much incumbred with the Snow; and all on a sudden, he shew'd us the pleasant fruitful Provinces of Languedoc and Gascoign, all green and flourishing; tho' indeed it was at a great Distance, and we had some rough Way to pass yet.
  We were a little uneasy however, when we found it snow'd one whole Day, and a Night, so fast, that we could not travel; but he bid us be easy, we should soon be past it all: We found indeed, that we began to descend every Day, and to come more North than before; and so depending upon our Guide, we went on.
  It was about two Hours before Night, when our Guide being something before us, and not just in Sight, out rushed three monstrous Wolves, and after them a Bear, out of a hollow Way, adjoyning to a thick Wood; two of the Wolves flew upon the Guide, and had he been half a Mile before us, he had been devour'd indeed, before we could have help'd him: One of them fastned upon his Horse, and the other attack'd the Man with that Violence, that he had not Time, or not Presence of Mind enough to draw his Pistol, but hollow'd and cry'd out to us most lustily; my Man Friday being next me, I bid him ride up, and see what was the Matter; as soon as Friday came in Sight of the Man, he hollow'd as loud as t'other, O Master! O Master! But like a bold Fellow, rode directly up to the poor Man, and with his Pistol shot the Wolf that attack'd him into the Head.
  It was happy for the poor Man, that it was my Man Friday; for he having been us'd to that kind of Creature in his Country, had no Fear upon him; but went close up to him, and shot him as above; whereas any of us, would have fir'd at a farther Distance, and have perhaps either miss'd the Wolf, or endanger'd shooting the Man.
  But it was enough to have terrify'd a bolder Man than I, and indeed it alarm'd all our Company, when with the Noise of Friday's Pistol, we heard on both Sides the dismallest Howling of Wolves, and the Noise redoubled by the Eccho of the Mountains, that it was to us as if there had been a prodigious Multitude of them; and perhaps indeed there was not such a Few, as that we had no cause of Apprehensions.
  However, as Friday had kill'd this Wolf, the other that had fastned upon the Horse, left him immediately, and fled; having happily fastned upon his Head, where the Bosses of the Bridle had stuck in his Teeth; so that he had not done him much Hurt: The Man indeed was most Hurt; for the raging Creature had bit him twice, once on the Arm, and the other Time a little above his Knee; and he was just as it were tumbling down by the Disorder of his Horse, when Friday came up and shot the Wolf.
  It is easy to suppose, that at the Noise of Friday's Pistol, we all mended our Pace, and rid up as fast as the Way (which was very difficult) would give us leave, to see what was the Matter; as soon as we came clear of the Trees, which blinded us before, we saw clearly what had been the Case, and how Friday had disengag'd the poor Guide; though we did not presently discern what kind of Creature it was he had kill'd.
  But never was a Fight manag'd so hardily, and in such a surprizing Manner, as that which follow'd between Friday and the Bear, which gave us all (though at first we were surpriz'd and afraid for him) the greatest Diversion imaginable: As the Bear is a heavy, clumsey Creature, and does not gallop as the Wolf does, who is swift, and light; so he has two particular Qualities, which generally are the Rule of his Actions; First, As to Men, who are not his proper Prey; I say, not his proper Prey; because tho' I cannot say what excessive Hunger might do, which was now their Case, the Ground being all cover'd with Snow; but as to Men, he does not usually attempt them, unless they first attack him: On the contrary, if you meet him in the Woods, if you don't meddle with him, he won't meddle with you; but then you must take Care to be very Civil to him, and give him the Road; for he is a very nice Gentleman, he won't go a Step out of his Way for a Prince; nay, if you are really afraid, your best way is to look another Way, and keep going on; for sometimes if you stop, and stand still, and look steadily at him, he takes it for an Affront; but if you throw or toss any Thing at him, and it hits him, though it were but a bit of a Stick, as big as your Finger, he takes it for an Affront, and sets all his other Business aside to pursue his Revenge; for he will have Satisfaction in Point of Honour; that is his first Quality: The next is, That if he be once affronted, he will never leave you, Night or Day, till he has his Revenge; but follows at a good round rate, till he overtakes you.
  My Man Friday had deliver'd our Guide, and when we came up to him, he was helping him off from his Horse; for the Man was both hurt and frighted, and indeed, the last more than the first; when on the sudden, we spy'd the Bear come Out Of the Wood, and a vast monstrous One it was, the biggest by far that ever I saw: We were all a little surpriz'd, when we saw him; but when Friday saw him, it was easy to see Joy and Courage in the Fellow's Countenance; O! O! O! Says Friday, three Times, pointing to him; O Master, You give me te Leave! Me shakee te Hand mith him: Me make you good laugh.
  I was surpriz'd to see the Fellow so pleas'd; You Fool you, says I, he mill eat you up: Eatee me up! Eatee me up! Says Friday, twice over again; Me eatee him up: Me make you good laugh: You all stay here, me show you good laugh; so down he sits, and gets his Boots off in a Moment, and put on a Pair of Pumps (as we call the flat Shoes they wear) and which he had in his Pocket, gives my other Servant his Horse, and with his Gun away he flew swift like the Wind.
  The Bear was walking softly on, and offer'd to meddle with no Body, till Friday coming pretty near, calls to him, as if the Bear could understand him; Hark ye, hark ye, says Friday, me speakee wit your: We follow'd at a Distance; for now being come down on the Gascoign side of the Mountains, we were entred a vast great Forest, where the Country was plain, and pretty open, though many Trees in it scatter'd here and there.
  Friday, who had as we say, the Heels of the Bear, came up with him quickly, and takes up a great Stone, and throws at him, and hit him just on the Head; but did him no more harm, than if he had thrown it against a Wall; but it answer'd Friday's End; for the Rogue was so void of Fear, that he did it purely to make the Bear follow him, and show us some Laugh as he call'd it.
  As soon as the Bear felt the Stone, and saw him, he turns about, and comes after him, taking Devilish long Strides, and shuffling along at a strange Rate, so as would have put a Horse to a midling Gallop; away runs Friday, and takes his Course, as if he run towards us for Help; so we all resolv'd to fire at once upon the Bear, and deliver my Man; though I was angry at him heartily, for bringing the Bear back upon us, when he was going about his own Business another Way; and especially I was angry that he had turn'd the Bear upon us, and then run away; and I call'd out, You Dog, said I, is this your making us laugh? Come away, and take your Horse, that me may shoot the Creature; he hears me, and crys Out, No shoot, no shoot, stand still, you get much Laugh. And as the nimble Creature run two Foot for the Beast's one, he turn'd on a sudden, on one side of us, and seeing a great Oak-Tree, fit for his Purpose, he beckon'd to us to follow, and doubling his Pace, he gets nimbly up the Tree laying his Gun down upon the Ground, at about five or six Yards from the Bottom of the Tree.
  The Bear soon came to the Tree, and we follow'd at a Distance; the first Thing he did, he stopp'd at the Gun, smelt to it, but let it lye, and up he scrambles into the Tree, climbing like a Cat, though so monstrously heavy: I was amazed at the Folly, as I thought it, of my Man, and could not for my Life see any Thing to laugh at yet, till seeing the Bear get up the Tree, we all rod nearer to him.
  When we came to the Tree, there was Friday got out to the small End of a large Limb of the Tree, and the Bear got about half way to him; as soon as the Bear got out to that part where the Limb of the Tree was weaker, Ha, says he to us, now you see me teachee the Bear dance; so he falls a jumping and shaking the Bough, at which the Bear began to totter, but stood still, and begun to look behind him, to see how he should get back; then indeed we did laugh heartily: But Friday had not done with him by a great deal; when he sees him stand still, he calls out to him again, as if he had suppos'd the Bear could speak English; What you no come farther, pray you come farther; so he left jumping and shaking the Tree; and the Bear, just as if he had understood what he said, did come a little further, then he fell a jumping again, and the Bear stopp'd again.
  We thought now was a good time to knock him on the Head, and I call'd to Friday to stand still, and we would shoot the Bear; but he cry'd out earnestly, O pray! O pray! No shoot, me shoot, by and then; he would have said, By and by: However, to shorten the Story, Friday danc'd so much, and the Bear Stood so ticklish, that we had laughing enough indeed, but still could not imagine what the Fellow would do; for first we thought he depended upon shaking the Bear off; and we found the Bear was too cunning for that too; for he would not go out far enough to be thrown down, but clings fast with his great broad Claws and Feet, so that we could not imagine what would be the End of it, and where the Jest would be at last.
  But Friday put us out of doubt quickly; for seeing the Bear cling fast to the Bough, and that he would not be persuaded to come any farther; Well, well, says Friday, you no come farther, me go, me go; you no come to me, me go come to you; and upon this, he goes out to the smallest End of the Bough, where it would bend with his Weight, and gently lets himself down by it, sliding down the Bough, till he came near enough to jump down on his Feet, and away he run to his Gun, takes it up, and stands still.
  Well, said I to him Friday, What will you do now? Why don't you shoot him? No shoot, says Friday, no yet, me shoot nom, me no kill; me stay, give you one more laugh; and indeed so he did, as you will see presently; for when the Bear see his Enemy gone, he comes back from the Bough where he stood; but did it mighty leisurely, looking behind him every Step, and coming backward till he got into the Body of the Tree; then with the same hinder End foremost, he came down the Tree, grasping it with his Claws, and moving one Foot at a Time, very leisurely; at this Juncture, and just before he could set his hind Feet upon the Ground, Friday stept up close to him, clapt the Muzzle of his Piece into his Ear, and shot him dead as a Stone.
  Then the Rogue turn'd about, to see if we did not laugh, and when he saw we were pleas'd by our Looks, he falls a laughing himself very loud; so me kill Bear in my Country, says Friday; so you kill them, says I, Why you have no Guns:
  No, says he, no Gun, but shoot, great much long Arrow.
  This was indeed a good Diversion to us; but we were still in a wild Place, and our Guide very much hurt, and what to do we hardly knew; the Howling of Wolves run much in my Head; and indeed, except the Noise I once heard on the Shore of Africa, of which I have said something already, I never heard any thing that filled me with so much Horrour.
  These things, and the Approach of Night, called us off, or else, as Friday would have had us, we should certainly have taken the Skin of this monstrous Creature off, which was which saving; but we had three Leagues to go, and our Guide hasten'd us, so we left him, and went forward on our Journey.
  The Ground was still cover'd with Snow, tho' not so deep and dangerous as on the Mountains, and the ravenous Creatures, as we heard afterwards, were come down into the Forest and plain Country, press'd by Hunger to seek for Food; and had done a great deal of Mischief in the Villages, where they surpriz'd the Country People, kill'd a great many of their Sheep and Horses, and some People too.
  We had one dangerous Place to pass, which our Guide told us, if there were any more Wolves in the Country, we should find them there; and this was in a small Plain, surrounded with Woods on every Side, and a long narrow Defile or Lane, which we were to pass to get through the Wood, and then we should come to the Village where we were to lodge.
  It was within half an Hour of Sun-set when we entred the first Wood; and a little after Sun-set, when we came into the Plain. We met with nothing in the first Wood, except, that in a little Plain within the Wood, which was not above two Furlongs over, we saw five great Wolves cross the Road, full Speed one after another, as if they had been in Chase of some Prey, and had it in View; they took no Notice of us, and were gone, and out of our Sight in a few Moments.
  Upon this our Guide, who by the Way was a wretched faint-hearted Fellow, bid us keep in a ready Posture; for he believed there were more Wolves a coming.
  We kept our Arms ready, and our Eyes about us, but we saw no more Wolves, 'till we came thro' that Wood, which was near half a League, and entred the Plain; as soon as we came into the Plain, we had Occasion enough to look about us: The first Object we met with, was a dead Horse; that is to say, a poor Horse which the Wolves had kill'd, and at least a Dozen of them at Work; we could not say eating of him, but picking of his Bones rather; for they had eaten up all the Flesh before.
  We did not think fit to disturb them at their Feast, neither did they take much Notice of us: Friday would have let fly at them, but I would not suffer him by any Means; for I found we were like to have more Business upon our Hands than we were aware of. We were not gone half over the Plain, but we began to hear the Wolves howl in the Wood on our Left, in a frightful Manner, and presently alter we saw about a hundred coming on directly towards us, all in a Body, and most of them in a Line, as regularly as an Army drawn up by experienc'd Officers. I scarce knew in what Manner to receive them; but found to draw our selves in a close Line was the only Way: so we form'd in a Moment: But that we might not have too much Interval, I order'd, that only every other Man should fire, and that the others who had not fir'd should stand ready to give them a second Volley immediately, if they continued to advance upon us, and that then those who had fir'd at first, should not pretend to load their Fusees again, but stand ready with every one a Pistol; for we were all arm'd with a Fusee, and a Pair of Pistols each Man; so we were by this Method able to fire six Volleys, half of us at a Time; however, at present we had no Necessity; for upon firing the first Volley, the Enemy made a full Stop, being terrify'd as well with the Noise, as with the Fire; four of them being shot into the Head, dropp'd, several others were wounded, and went bleeding off, as we could see by the Snow: I found they stopp'd, but did not immediately retreat; whereupon remembring that I had been told, that the fiercest Creatures were terrify'd at the Voice of a Man, I caus'd all our Company to hollow as loud as we could; and I found the Notion not altogether mistaken; for upon our Shout, they began to retire, and turn about; then I order'd a second Volley to be fir'd, in their Rear, which put them to the Gallop, and away they went to the Woods.
  This gave us leisure to charge our Pieces again, and that we might loose no Time, we kept going; but we had but little more than loaded our Fusees, and put our selves into a Readiness, when we heard a terrible Noise in the same Wood, on our Left, only that it was farther onward the same Way we were to go.
  The Night was coming on, and the Light began to be dusky, which made it worse on our Side; but the Noise encreasing, we could easily perceive that it was the Howling and Yelling of those hellish Creatures; and on a sudden, we perceiv'd 2 or 3 Troops of Wolves, one on our Left, one behind us, and one on our Front; so that we seem'd to be surrounded with 'em; however, as they did not fall upon us, we kept our Way forward, as fast as we could make Our Horses go, which the Way being very rough, was only a good large Trot; and in this Manner we came in View of the Entrance of a Wood, through which we were to pass, at the farther Side of the Plain; but we were greatly surpriz'd, when coming nearer the Lane, or Pass, we saw a confus'd Number of Wolves standing just at the Entrance.
  On a sudden, at another opening of the Wood, we heard the Noise of a Gun; and looking that Way, out rush'd a Horse, with a Saddle, and a Bridle on him, flying like the Wind, and sixteen or seventeen Wolves after him, full Speed; indeed, the Horse had the Heels of them; but as we suppos'd that he could not hold it at that rate, we doubted not but they would get up with him at last, and no question but they did.
  But here we had a most horrible Sight; for riding up to the Entrance where the Horse came out, we found the Carcass of another Horse, and of two Men, devour'd by the ravenous Creatures, and one of the Men was no doubt the same who we heard fir'd the Gun; for there lay a Gun just by him, fir'd off; but as to the Man, his Head, and the upper Part of his Body was eaten up.
  This fill'd us with Horror, and we knew not what Course to take, but the Creatures resolv'd us' soon; for they gather'd about us presently, in hopes of Prey; and I verily believe there were three hundred of them: It happen'd very much to our Advantage, that at the Entrance into the Wood, but a little Way from it, there lay some large Timber Trees, which had been cut down the Summer before, and I Suppose lay there for Carriage; I drew my little Troop in among those Trees, and placing our selves in a Line, behind one long Tree, I advis'd them all to light, and keeping that Tree before us, for a Breast Work, to stand in a Triangle, or three Fronts, enclosing Our Horses in the Center.
  We did so, and it was well we did; for never was a more furious Charge than the Creatures made upon us in the Place; they came on us with a growling kind of a Noise (and mounted the Piece of Timber, which as I said, was our Breast Work) as if they were only rushing upon their Prey; and this Fury of theirs, it seems, was principally occasion'd by their seeing our Horses behind us, which was the Prey they aim'd at: I order'd our Men to fire as before, every other Man; and they took their Aim so sure, that indeed they kill'd several of the Wolves at the first Volley; but there was a Necessity to keep a continual Firing; for they came on like Devils, those behind pushing on those before.
  When we had fir'd our second Volley of our Fusees, we thought they stopp'd a little, and hop'd they would have gone off; but it was but a Moment; for others came forward again; so we fir'd two Volleys of our Pistols, and I believe in these four Firings, we had kill'd seventeen or eighteen of them, and lam'd twice as many; yet they came on again.
  I was loath to spend our last Shot too hastily; so I call'd my Servant, not my Man Friday, for he was better employ'd; for with the greatest Dexterity imaginable, he had charg'd my Fusee, and his own, while we were engag'd; but as I said, I call'd my other Man, and giving him a Horn of Powder, I bad him lay a Train, all along the Piece of Timber, and let it be a large Train; he did so, and had but just Time to get away, when the Wolves came up to it, and some were got up upon it; when I snapping an uncharg'd Pistol, close to the Powder, set it on fire; those that were upon the Timber were scorcht with it, and six or seven of them fell, or rather jump'd in among us, with the Force and Fright of the Fire; we dispatch'd these in an Instant, and the rest were so frighted with the Light, which the Night, for it was now very near Dark, made more terrible, that they drew back a little.
  Upon which I order'd our last Pistol to be fir'd off in one Volley, and after that we gave a Shout; upon this, the Wolves turn'd Tail, and we sally'd immediately upon near twenty lame Ones, who we found struggling on the Ground, and fell a cutting them with our Swords, which answer'd our Expectation; for the Crying and Howling they made, was better understood by their Fellows, so that they all fled and left us.
  We had, first and last, kill'd about three Score of them; and had it been Day-Light, we had kill'd many more: The Field of Battle being thus clear'd, we made forward again; for we had still near a League to go. We heard the ravenous Creatures houl and yell in the Woods as we went, several Times; and sometimes we fancy'd we saw some of them, but the Snow dazling our Eyes, we were not certain; so in about an Hour more, we came to the Town, where we were to lodge, which we found in a terrible Fright, and all in Arms; for it seems, that the Night before, the Wolves and some Bears had broke into the Village in the Night, and put them in a terrible Fright, and they were oblig'd to keep Guard Night and Day, but especially in the Night, to preserve their Cattle, and indeed their People.
  The next Morning our Guide was so ill, and his Limbs swell'd with the rankling of his two Wounds, that he could go no farther; so we were oblig'd to take a new Guide there, and go to Tholouse, where we found a warm Climate, a fruitful pleasant Country, and no Snow, no Wolves, or any Thing like them; but when we told our Story at Tholouse, they told us it was nothing but what was ordinary in the great Forest at the Foot of the Mountains, especially when the Snow lay on the Ground: But they enquir'd much what kind of a Guide we had gotten, that would venture to bring us that Way in such a severe Season; and told us, it was very much' we were not all devour'd. When we told them how we plac'd our selves, and the Horses in the Middle, they blam'd us exceedingly, and told us it was fifty to one but we had been all destroy'd; for it was the Sight of the Horses which made the Wolves so furious, Seeing their Prey; and that at other Times they are really afraid of a Gun; but the being excessive Hungry, and raging on that Account, the Eagerness to come at the Horses had made them sensless of Danger; and that if we had not by the continu'd Fire, and at last by the Stratagem of the Train of Powder, master'd them, it had been great Odds but that we had been torn to Pieces; whereas had we been content to have sat still on Horseback, and fir'd as Horsemen, they would not have taken the Horses for so much their own, when Men were on their Backs, as otherwise; and withal they told us, that at last, if we had stood altogether, and left our Horses, they would have been so eager to have devour'd them, that we might have come off safe, especially having our Fire Arms in our Hands, and being so many in Number.
  For my Part, I was never so sensible of Danger in my Life; for seeing above three hundred Devils come roaring and open mouth'd to devour us, and having nothing to shelter us, or retreat to, I gave my self over for lost; and as was, I believe, I shall never care to cross those Mountains again; I think I would much rather go a thousand Leagues by Sea, though I were sure to meet with a Storm once a Week.
  I have nothing uncommon to take Notice of, in my Passage through France; nothing but what other Travellers have given an Account of, with much more Advantage than I can. I travell'd from Tholouse to Paris, and without any considerable Stay, came to Callais, and landed safe at Dover, the fourteenth of January, after having had a severely cold Season to travel in.
  I was now come to the Center of my Travels, and had in a little Time all my new discover'd Estate safe about me, the Bills of Exchange which I brought with me having been very currently paid.
  My principal Guide, and Privy Councellor, was my good antient Widow, who in Gratitude for the Money I had sent her, thought no Pains too much, or Care too great, to employ for me; and I trusted her so entirely with every Thing, that I was perfectly easy as to the Security of my Effects; and indeed, I was very happy from my Beginning, and now to the End, in the unspotted Integrity of this good Gentle-woman.
  And now I began to think of leaving my Effects with this Woman, and setting out for Lisbon, and so to the Brasils; but now another Scruple came in my Way, and that was Religion; for as I had entertain'd some Doubts about the Roman Religion, even while I was abroad, especially in my State of Solitude; so I knew there was no going to the Brasils for me, much less going to settle there, unless I resolv'd to embrace the Roman Catholick Religion, without any Reserve; unless on the other hand, I resolv'd to be a Sacrifice to my Principles, be a Martyr for Religion, and die in the Inquisition; so I resolv'd to stay at Home, and if I could find Means for it, to dispose of my Plantation.
  To this Purpose I wrote to my old Friend at Lisbon, who in Return gave me Notice, that he could easily dispose of it there: But that if I thought fit to give him Leave to offer it In my Name to the two Merchants, the Survivors of my Trustees, who liv'd in the Brasils, who must fully under+ stand the Value of it, who liv'd just upon the Spot, and who I knew were very rich; so that he believ'd they would be fond of buying it; he did not doubt, but I should make 4 or 5000 Pieces Of Eight, the more of it.
  Accordingly I agreed, gave him Order to offer it to them, and he did so; and in about 8 Months more, the Ship being then return'd, he sent me Account, that they had accepted the Offer, and had remitted 33000 Pieces Of Eight, to a Correspondent of theirs at Lisbon, to pay for it.
  In Return, I sign'd the Instrument of Sale in the Form which they sent from Lisbon, and sent it to my old Man, who sent me Bills of Exchange for 32800 Pieces of Eight to me, for the Estate; reserving the Payment of 100 Moidores a Year to him, the old Man, during his Life, and 50 Moidores afterwards to his Son for his Life, which I had promised them, which the Plantation was to make good as a Rent-Charge. And thus I have given the first Part of a Life of Fortune and Adventure, a Life of Providence's Checquer-Work, and of a Variety which the World will seldom be able to show the like of: Beginning foolishly, but closing much more happily than any Part of it ever gave me Leave so much as to hope for.
  Any one would think, that in this State of complicated good Fortune, I was past running any more Hazards; and so indeed I had been, if other Circumstances had concurr'd, but I was inur'd to a wandring Life, had no Family, not many Relations, nor however rich had I contracted much Acquaintance; and though I had sold my Estate in the Brasils, yet I could not keep the Country out of my Head, and had a great Mind to be upon the Wing again, especially I could not resist the strong Inclination I had to see my Island, and to' know if the poor Spaniards were in Being there, and how the Rogues I left there had used them.
  My true Friend, the Widow, earnestly diswaded me from it, and so far prevail'd with me, that for almost seven Years she prevented my running Abroad; during which time, I took my two Nephews, the Children of one of my Brothers into my Care: The eldest having something of his own, I bred up as a Gentleman, and gave him a Settlement of some Addition to his Estate, after my Decease; the other I put out to a Captain of a Ship; and after five Years, finding him a sensible bold enterprising young Fellow, I put him into a good Ship, and sent him to Sea: And this young Fellow afterwards drew me in, as old as I was, to farther Adventures my self.
  In the mean time, I in Part settled my self here; for first of all I marry'd, and that not either to my Disadvantage or Dissatisfaction, and had three Children, two Sons and one Daughter: But my Wife dying, and my Nephew coming Home with good Success from a Voyage to Spain, my Inclination to go Abroad, and his Importunity prevailed and engag'd me to go in his Ship, as a private Trader to the East Indies: This was in the Year 1694.
  In this Voyage I visited my new Collony in the Island, saw my Successors the Spaniards, had the whole Story of their Lives, and of the Villains I left there; how at first they insulted the poor Spaniards, how they afterwards agreed, disagreed, united, separated, and how at last the Spaniards were oblig'd to use Violence with them, how they were subjected to the Spaniards, how honestly the Spaniards used them; a History, if it were entred into, as full of Variety and wonderful Accidents, as my own Part, particularly also as to their Battles with the Carribeans, who landed several times upon the Island, and as to the Improvement they made upon the Island it self, and how five of them made an Attempt upon the main Land, and brought away eleven Men and five Women Prisoners, by which, at my coming, I found about twenty young Children on the Island.
  Here I stay'd about 20 Days, left them Supplies of all necessary things, and particularly of Arms, Powder, Shot, Cloaths, Tools, and two Workmen, which I brought from England with me, viz. a Carpenter and a Smith.
  Besides this, I shar'd the Island into Parts with 'em, reserv'd to my self the Property of the whole, but gave them such Parts respectively as they agreed on; and having settled all things with them, and engaged them not to leave the Place, I left them there.
  From thence I touch'd at the Brasils, from whence I sent a Bark, which I bought there, with more People to the Island, and in it, besides other Supplies, I sent seven Women, being such as I found proper for Service, or for Wives to such as would take them: As to the English Men, I promis'd them to send them some Women from England, with a good Cargoe of Necessaries, if they would apply themselves to Planting, which I afterwards perform'd. And the Fellows prov'd very honest and diligent after they were master'd, and had their Properties set apart for them. I sent them also from the Brasils five Cows, three of them being big with Calf, some Sheep, and some Hogs, which, when I came again, were considerably encreas'd.
  But all these things, with an Account how 300 Caribbees came and invaded them, and ruin'd their Plantations, and how they fought with that whole Number twice, and were at first defeated, and three of them kill'd; but at last a Storm destroying their Enemies Cannoes, they famish'd or destroy'd almost all the rest, and renew'd and recover'd the Possession of their Plantation, and still liv'd upon the Island.
  All these things, with some very surprizing Incidents in some new Adventures of my own, for ten Years more, I may perhaps give a farther Account of hereafter.
  FINIS.




  我为这事心里烦透了,就去与老船长商量。他坚决反对我走海路,而劝我最好走陆路到拉科鲁尼亚,渡过比斯开湾到罗谢尔,再从罗谢尔走陆路到巴黎,既安全又舒适,然后再从巴黎到加来和多佛尔;或先到马德里,然后由陆路穿过法国。

  总之,我不想走海路已成了一种先入为主的想法,怎么也无法改变了;唯一我愿意坐船的一段路,就是从加来到多佛尔这段海路。现在,我既不想急于赶路,又不在乎花钱,所以就决定全部走陆路,而且陆上旅行实在也是很愉快的。为了使这次旅行更愉快,我的老船长又给我找了一位英国绅士为伴。此人是在里斯本的一位商人的儿子,他表示愿意和我结伴同行。后来我们又找到了两位英国商人和两位葡萄牙绅士,不过两位葡萄牙绅士的目的地是巴黎。这样,我们现在一共有六个旅伴和五个仆人;那两位英国商人和两位葡萄牙绅士为了节省开支,各共用一个听差。而我除了星期五之外,又找了一个英国水手当我路上的听差,因为星期五在这异乡客地,难以担当听差的职务。

  我们就这样从里斯本出发了。我们都骑着好马,全副武装,成了一支小小的部队。大家都很尊敬我,称我为队长,一来是我年纪最大,二来我有两个听差。再说,我也是这次旅行的发起人哩。

  前面,我没用我的航行日记使读者生厌;现在,我当然也不想用陆上旅行日记使读者厌烦了。但是,这趟旅行既疲劳又艰苦,期间也发生了几件险事,在这里不能不提一下。

  我们到了马德里之后,因为大家都第一次来到西班牙,所以都想逗留几天参观一下西班牙皇宫和其他值得观光的地方。但这时已近夏末秋初,我们不得不匆匆重新上路。离开马德里时,已是十月中旬了。可是,当我们到达纳瓦拉边境时,在沿路的几个小城镇里听到人们议论纷纷,说在法国境内的山上,已经大雪纷飞。几个冒险试图越过山区的旅客,都被迫返回了潘佩卢那。

  我们到达潘佩卢那后,发现情况确实如此。这么多年来,我一向过惯了热带气候,在那里连衣服也热得穿不上。可现在突然遇此严寒,实在使我有点受不了。尤其是,十天以前,我们才离开旧卡斯蒂利亚;那儿气候不仅温暖,甚至很热。

  现在,从比利牛斯山上一下子吹来一股寒风,冷得叫人受不了。我们的手脚都冻得麻木了,差点儿把手指头和脚趾头都冻掉。这突如其来的变化是出乎我们意料的,令我们非常苦恼。

  可怜的星期五一辈子没见过雪受过冻。现在忽然看见大雪封山,天寒地冻,简直把他吓坏了。

  更糟的是,我们到达潘佩卢那后,大雪一直下个不停。人们都说,今年冬天来得特别早。这一段路本来就不好走,现在更是无法通行了。有些地方积雪很深,寸步难行;而且,这一带的雪不像北方那样冻得结结实实的,而是很松软,因此走在上面随时有被活埋的危险。我们被阻在潘佩卢那不下二十天,眼看冬季已到来,天气没有转好的可能,因为这一年是人们记忆中欧洲最严寒的冬天。在此情况下,我提议我们应先到封塔拉比亚,然后再从那儿坐船到波尔多,那段海路不太远。

  正当我们在考虑另寻出路时,忽然来了四位法国绅士。他们曾经在法国境内的山路上被雪所阻,正像我们在这儿西班牙境内的山路上被雪所阻一样。但是,他们后来找到了一个向导,带他们绕过朗格多附近的山区,一路上没碰到什么大雪;即使在雪最多的地方,据他们说也冻得很硬,人和马通行是不成问题的。

  

  









第十章

  我们就把那位向导找了来。他对我们说,他愿意从原路把我们带过去,不会遇到大雪的阻碍,但我们必须多带武器,防备野兽的袭击,因为,他说,大雪过后,经常有些狼在山脚下出没。因为遍地大雪,它们找不到食物,已经饿慌了。我们告诉他,我们对狼这一类野兽已有充分的准备;不过,他能否保证我们不会遇到两条腿的狼,因为,我们听说,这一地区十分危险,经常会受到强人的抢劫,尤其是在法国境内。

  向导对我们说,在我们走的路上,没有强人袭击的危险。

  于是,我们马上同意跟他走。另外还有十二位绅士和他们的仆人决定和我们一起走。他们中间有法国人,也有西班牙人。

  我前面提到,这些人曾试图过境,但因大雪所阻,被迫折回来了。

  于是,在十一月十五日,我们一行全体人马跟着我们的向导,从潘佩卢那出发了。出乎我意料之外的是,他并不往前走,而是带我们倒回头来,朝我们从马德里来的那条路上走回去。这样走了大约二十多英里,然后渡过了两条河,来到了平原地带。这儿气候暖和起来,且风景明媚,看不见一点雪。可是,向导突然向左一转,从另一条路把我们带进了山区。这一路上尽是崇山峻岭,悬崖峭壁,看起来煞是可怕。

  可是,向导左转右转,曲折迂回,居然带着我们不知不觉地越过了最高的山头,路上并没有碰到什么大雪的困阻。突然,他叫我们向远处看,我们居然看到了风景美丽、物产丰富的朗格多省和加斯科尼剩只见那儿树木繁茂,一片葱绿,但距离还相当远。我们还得走一程歧岖艰难的山路,才能到达那儿。

  然而,使我们感到不安的是,这时下起了大雪,整整下了一天一夜,简直没法走路。向导叫我们放心,说我们不久即可通过这一地区。事实上,我们也发现,我们一天天地在下山,而且愈来愈往北走。因此,我们就跟着向导,继续前进。

  天黑前两小时,我们的向导远远走在我们的前面;当时,我们已看不到他的身影了。突然,从左边密林深处的山坳里,冲出来三只凶猛的大狼,后面还跟着一头熊。有两只狼直向我们的向导扑去。如果他离我们再远点,就早给狼吞掉了,我们也来不及救他了。这时,一只狼向他的马扑去,紧紧咬住了马;另一只向他本人扑去,使他措手不及,不仅来不及拔出手熗,甚至在慌乱中都没有想到要拔熗自卫,只是一个劲拼命朝我们大喊大叫。这时,星期五正在我的身旁。我就命令他策马向前,看看究竟发生了什么事。星期五一见到向导,也像向导一样大叫起来:"主人!主人!"但他毕竟是个勇敢的男子汉,立即催马冲到向导跟前,拿起手熗,对着那只狼的头上就是一熗,结果了那畜牲的生命。

  可怜的向导应该说运气不错,因为他碰上了星期五。星期五在他家乡与野兽打惯了交道,所以一点也不害怕。他能坦然地走到狼的跟前,一熗把它打死。要是换了别人,就不敢靠得那么近开熗了。而从远距离开熗,不是打不着狼,就是可能打着人。

  即使像我这样胆大的人,见此情景也着实吓得心惊肉跳。

  说实在的,我们一行人都吓得魂不附体,因为,紧跟着星期五的熗声,我们就听见两边的狼群发出一起最凄惨的嚎叫,山谷里又发出阵阵回声,结果狼嚎和回声此起彼伏,犹如成千上万的狼在吼叫。说不定来的狼确实也不止这几只,要不,我们也不至如此惊恐万状了。

  星期五打死了那只狼之后,另一只本来紧咬着马不放,登时也松了嘴逃跑了。幸亏这只狼咬住了马头,马勒头上的铁圈刚刚卡住了狼的牙齿,因而马没有受什么伤。可是向导的伤可不轻,因为那只激怒了的野兽一共咬了他两口,一口咬在肩膀上,一口咬在他膝头上方。而且,当星期五上前把狼打死时,他那匹受惊的马几乎把他摔了下来。

  不用说,一听到星期五的熗声,我们立即催马向前。尽管道路很难走,我们还是快马加鞭,想看看前面到底发生了什么情况。我们一转出挡住视线的小树林,就把情况看得一清二楚,并亲眼看到星期五怎样救了那位可怜的向导,但当时我们还看不清楚他打死的究竟是只什么野兽。

  紧接着,星期五和那只大熊之间展开了一场最大胆、最惊人的大战。这场大战起初确实使我们胆战心惊,最后却使大家开怀大笑。熊的身体笨重,行动蹒跚,跑起来当然没有狼那样轻快。因此,他的行动有两个特点。第一,对人来说,他一般不把人当作猎食的对象;当然,像现在这样大雪遍地,极端饥饿的时候,这笨拙的大家伙是否也会吃人,那就很难说了。一般来说,要是在树林里遇到熊,你不去惹它,它也不会来惹你。不过,你得特别小心,要对它客气,给它让路,因为它是一位特别难以取悦的绅士,即使是一位王子走来,它也不肯让路。如果你真的害怕,最好不要看它,继续走你的路。如果你停下来,站着正视它,熊就认为是对它的侮辱。如果你向它丢点什么东西,打中了它,哪怕是一根小小的树枝,只有你手指头那么粗,熊也认为是一种侮辱。这时,它会把一切丢开不管,一心只想报仇,不达目的决不罢休。这有关它的荣誉问题,它一定要把面子挣回来才算满足。这是熊的第一个特点。第二个特点是,熊一旦受到侮辱,就会不分昼夜地跟着你,一直到报了仇才罢休,哪怕绕上许多路,也要赶上你,抓住你。

  星期五救了向导的性命。当我们走上去的时候,他正在帮助向导下马,因为向导受了伤,又受了惊吓,而且,看来惊恐甚于伤势。这时,那只熊突然从树林里出来了。这只熊身躯异常庞大,是我生气所看到的最大的熊。我们大家一见,都有点恐慌,可是星期五见到它,反而喜形于色,显出精神百倍的神气。"啊!啊!啊!"他一连叫了三声,又指着熊对我说,"主人,你允许我吧!我要和它握握手,我要叫你们乐一乐!"我看到这家伙如此兴高采烈,不免出乎意料。"你这傻瓜, "我说,"它要吃掉你的!""吃掉我!吃掉我!"星期五一连说了两遍,"我还要吃掉它哩!我要让你们乐一乐。你们都站开。我要让你们乐一乐!"于是他坐在地上,脱下靴子,换上一双便鞋。这是一种皮底鞋,他衣袋里正好有一双。他把马交给听差,然后带着他的熗,一阵风似地飞快跑了过去。

  那只熊正慢条斯理地向前走,看起来不想惹任何人。可是星期五走到它跟前,向它打招呼,好像熊能听懂他的话似的。"你听着,你听着,"他说,"我在跟你说话哩!"我们远远跟在后面。这时我们已走下了山,进入了山这边的加斯科尼剩这儿地势平坦开阔,到处是树木。我们进入了一片大森林。

  星期五追上了那只熊,捡起一块大石头向它丢去,正好打在熊的头上。当然,这一点也没伤着它,就像打在一座墙上。可是这样一来,星期五的目的达到了,星期五这家伙简直毫无畏惧,他这样做纯粹是挑,好惹那只熊来追他,照他的说法是逗我们"乐一乐"!

  那只熊感觉到有石头打它,并看见了星期五,登时转身向星期五追来。那熊迈开大步,摇摇摆摆,跑得飞快,差不多和马小跑一样快。星期五撒腿就跑,仿佛向我们这边跑来求援似的。于是大家决定向熊开熗,救我的人。但我心里非常生气。因为那熊本来好端端地在走它的路,并没有要惹我们,尤其使我生气的是,他把熊引向我们这儿来,自己却跑掉了。于是我高声叫道:"你这狗东西,你就这样让我们乐一乐吗?快走开,牵上你的马,我们可以开熗打死这畜牲。"他听到了我的话,就叫起来:"别打,别打!站着不要动,好戏在后面哪!"星期五生就一双飞毛腿,他跑两步,熊才跑一步。

  突然,他一转身,从我们旁边跑开,看到那边有一棵大橡树正合他的需要,就向我们招手,叫我们跟上去。同时,他跑得更快,把熗放在离树根大约五六码的地上,自己敏捷地爬上了树。

  熊也很快跑到树下,我们一行则远远地跟在后面。那熊先在熗边停了下来闻了闻那支熗,没有去动它,就往树上爬。

  虽然那家伙身子笨重,但爬起树来像猫一样灵活。我对星期五的这种愚蠢行为深为惊愕,一点也看不出有什么好笑的地方。我们看到熊已经上了树,也一起策马向前。

  当我们来到大树跟前时,星期五已爬到一根树枝的枝梢上,那根树枝长长地向外伸展。这时,那熊也上了那树枝。它沿着树枝向外爬,越向外爬,树枝就越细越软。"哈,"星期五对我们说,"现在你们看我教熊跳舞。"于是他在那支树枝上大跳大摇,弄得那熊摇摇欲坠,只好站住不动,并开始往后回顾,看看怎样能爬回去。我们看到这样子,果然都开怀大笑起来。但星期五玩熊才刚刚开个头呢。他看到那熊站着不动了,就又去招呼它,仿佛相信熊也能讲英语似的。"嗨,怎么啦!你不过来了?请你再朝前走吧!"于是,他不再摇摆树枝了。那只熊也似乎明白他的话似的,又向前爬了几步。于是,星期五又开始大跳大摇,那熊又站住了。

  我们认为,这时正好可以向熊头上开一熗,把它打死。于是就叫星期五站着别动,我们要打熊了。可是星期五大声叫着求我们:"喔,请不要开熗,等会儿我会开熗的。"好吧,现在长话短说,星期五又在树枝上大跳大摇了一阵子,那只熊爬在上面,东倒西摇,引得我们大家都笑了个够。可是,我们都不知道星期五玩的是什么鬼把戏。起初,我们以为星期五要把熊从树枝上摇下来,可是,我们看得出,那熊也相当狡猾,不肯上当,它再也不肯往前多走一步,怕自己被摇下来,只是一个劲地用它那又宽又大的脚掌紧紧地抓住树枝。所以,我们不知道这件事将会有什么结局,也想象不出这场玩笑最后会如何结束。

  但星期五很快就解开了我们的疑团。他见那熊紧抓树枝,不肯往前挪动一步,就说:"好吧,好吧,你不走,我走,我走。你不到我这儿来,我到你那儿去。"说完,他爬到树枝的末梢,那地方只要用他的体重一压,就会垂下来。他轻轻从树枝上滑下来,等到他离地不远时,一下子就跳到地上,飞也似地向他的熗跑过去,把熗拿在手里,站在那里一动也不动。

  "唔,"我对他说,"星期五,你现在想干什么?为什么你不开熗打死它?""不打,"星期五说:"还不打。现在不开熗,我不打它。我呆在这儿,再让你们乐一下。"不久,我们就看到,他真的这样干了。因为那熊见他的敌人走了,也就从它站着的树枝上往后退。但它往回走的时候极其从容不迫,每走一步,都要回头看一下。退着退着,它终于退到树干上来。

  然后,它还是倒着身子,从树干上往下爬;它脚掌紧抓树干,一步一步地往下退,依旧是那样从容。就在那熊的后腿刚要落地,星期五一步赶上去,把熗口塞进它的耳朵,一熗就把它打死了。

  这时候,星期五这家伙转过身来,看看我们有没有笑。他看到我们都喜形于色,他自己也哈哈大笑起来。"我们那里就是这样杀熊的。"星期五说。"你们真的是这样杀的吗?"我问,"你们没有熗怎么杀啊?""没有,"他说,"没有熗,我们用箭射,很长很长的箭。"星期五的游戏对我们来说确实是一场很好的消遣。可是,我们现在还在荒山野地里,向导又受了重伤,真不知怎么办才好。刚才狼群的嚎叫声还一直在我的耳际回响。说实话,除了我有一次在非洲海岸听到过的那些野兽的吼叫声之外,还从来没有听到过任何声音使我这样毛骨悚然。关于非洲海岸的那次经历,我前面曾叙述过了。

  由于上述这些情况,再加上天快黑了,我们便不得不匆匆离开。不然的话,依星期五的意思,我们一定会把那巨熊的皮剥下来,那是很值钱的。可是,我们还要赶九英里的路,向导也一直催我们快走,我们只好丢开那只熊,继续往前赶路。

  地上仍有积雪,不过没有山里那么深,因而走起来也不那么危险了。后来,我们听说,那些凶猛的野兽由于饿急了,都从山上下来跑到树林和平原上来寻找食物。它们袭击村庄和居民,咬死许多羊和马,甚至还伤了一些人。

  向导对我们说,我们还要经过一个危险的地方。如果这一带还有狼的话,我们一定会在那里碰到。那地方是一片小小的平川地,四周都是树林。要想穿过树林,就必须走一条又长又窄的林间小道,然后才能到达我们将要宿夜的村庄。

  当我们进入第一座树林时,离太阳落山仅半小时了,到我们进入那片平川,太阳已经下去了。在第一座树林里,我们什么也没有碰见,只在一块二百来码长宽的林间空地上,看见有五条大狼,一条跟着一条,飞快地在路上越过,大概是在追赶一个什么小动物吧,因为那小动物就在他们前面。那些狼没有注意到我们,不到一会儿,就跑得无影无踪了。

  我们的向导本来就是一个胆小如鼠的人。他看到这情景,就嘱咐我们早作准备,因为,他相信,一定会来更多的狼。

  我们手里紧握着熗,眼睛紧盯着四面八方。可是在我们穿过那座一英里多长的树林,进入平川地以前,再也没有看见过别的狼。等我们一进入平川,向四下一望,头一眼就见到一匹死马。这是一匹被狼群咬死的马,同时见到至少有十二条狼在那里大吃特吃;其实,马肉早就给它们吃光了,现在正在啃马骨头呢!

  我们感到不应该去打扰它们的盛宴,何况它们也没有注意我们。星期五本来想向它们开熗,可是我怎么也不同意。因为我感到,我们的麻烦还在后面呢,尽管我们现在还不知道。

  我们在那片平川地上还没走上一半的路,就听到左边森林里此起彼落的狼叫声,令人胆颤心惊。不一会儿,就看见上百只狼一窝蜂似地向我们扑来。那些狼都排成单行,就像一位有经验的军官所带的部队一样整齐。我简直不知道如何对付它们。结果,我认为最好的办法是我们互相靠拢,排成一行。

  于是,我们马上照此行事。为了不致使我们的火力中断太久,我下令只许一半人开熗,另一半人作好准备;如果第一排熗响过后,狼群继续向我们冲来,就开第二排熗;同时,在开第二排熗时,那开第一排熗的一半人,不要忙于装他们的长熗,而是应该抽出手熗,作好准备。因为我们每人身上都有一支长熗和两支手熗。用这种办法,我们可以连续开六排熗,每次有一半人开熗。然而,当时还没有必要这样做。放出第一排熗之后,我们的敌人就给熗声和火光吓坏了,马上停止了前进。有四条狼被我们打中头部,倒了下来;另外有几条受了伤,鲜血淋淋地跑掉了。这在雪地上可以看得一清二楚。

  我发现,狼群停止了攻击,但没有后退。这时,我忽然记起有人说过,就是最凶猛的野兽,听见人的声音也会害怕。于是我就叫大家拼命呐喊。这个办法果然很有效。我们一喊,狼群就开始后退,掉头跑掉了。我又下令朝它们背后开了一排熗。这样一来,它们才撒腿跑回树林里去了。

  这时,我们才有时间重新给熗装上弹药。同时,我们抓紧时间继续前进。可是,我们刚装好熗准备上路时,又从左边原来的那座树林里传出了可怕的嚎叫声。这一次狼群离我们较远,但却在我们去路的正前方。

  黑夜来临了,光线变得暗淡起来。这对我们更加不利。叫声越来越响,我们不难辩别出,那是恶狼的嚎叫。突然,出现了两三群狼。一群在我们左边,一群在我们后边,还有一群在我们前面,看样子已经把我们包围起来了。我们见狼群并没有向我们进攻,就催马继续前进。可是路很难走,只能让马小跑着。跑着跑着,便看见远处有一个森林的进口,我们非得穿过那片树林,才能走到这片平川的尽头。当我们走进那林间小道时,只见那路口站着数不胜数的狼。这不禁使我们大吃一惊。

  突然,在树林的另一个入口处,我们听见一声熗响。向左边一看,只见一匹马从树林里冲出来,一阵风似地向前飞奔。马上的马勒马鞍均完好无损。同时有十六、七只狼,飞快地在后面追着。当然,马要比狼跑得快得多,它把狼群远远地丢在后面。可是,问题是那匹马不可能支持太久,最后必然会给狼群追上。

  正当此时,我们又看到了一幅可怕的景象。当我们催马走近那匹马奔出来的路口时,见到了一匹马和两个人的尸骸,毫无疑问是给狼咬死吃掉的。其中一个人身边还丢看一支熗,熗是放过的,所以一定就是刚才开熗的人。现在,他的头和上半身都已给狼吃掉了。

  看到这副惨状,我们都不禁心惊肉跳,不知如何办才好。

  但那群野兽不久就逼得我们不得不采取行动。这时,狼群已把我们包围,想以我们一行人马果腹。我相信,一共有三百来只。值得庆幸的是,在离树林入口处不远,正好堆着一大批木料,大概是夏天采伐下来堆在那里预备运走的。这对我们的行动非常有利。我把我这一小队人马开到那堆木料后面。

  那儿有一根木头特别长,我就把队伍在那根长木头后面一字排开。我让大家都下马,把那根长木头当作胸墙,站成一个三角形或三边形的阵线,把我们的马围在中央。

  我们这样做了,而且也幸亏这样做了。因为这群饿狼向我们发动了攻击,其凶猛程度在狼害为患的当地也是罕见的。

  它们嚎叫着向我们扑来,窜上了那根长木头。前面我已提到,我们以此长木头作为胸墙。它们的目的只有一个,就是扑向猎物。从它们的行动判断,其目标主要是我们身后的那些马匹。我命令我的队伍像上次那样分两批开火,一人隔一人放熗。他们都瞄得很准。第一排子弹开出去,就打死了好几只狼。可是,我们不得不连续开火。这批恶狼忧如恶魔一样,前仆后继,不知死活地向前猛冲。

  第二排熗放完后,我们以为狼群暂时停止了进攻,我也希望它们已经逃走。但一会儿,后面的狼又冲上来了。我们又放了两排手熗子弹。这样,我们一共放了四排熗。我相信,至少打死了十七、八只狼,打伤的大约多一倍。可是,它们还是蜂拥而来。

  我不愿匆匆放完最后一排熗,就叫来了自己的仆人。我没有叫星期五,而是叫了我新雇的那个水手。星期五有更重要的任务要完成。在我们开火的时候,他以惊人的速度给我和他自己的熗装弹药。所以我说,我叫的是新雇的仆人。我给了他一角火药,命令他沿着那根长木头把火药撒下去,撒成一条宽宽长长的火药线。他照着办了。他刚转身回来,狼群就冲了过来,有几只甚至已冲上了那根长木。我立即抓起一支没有放过的手熗,贴近火药线开了一熗,使火药燃烧起来。冲上木料的几只狼给烧伤了;其中有六、七只由于火光的威力和惊恐,竟连跌带跳地落入我们中间。我们立即把它们解决了。其他的狼被火光吓得半死,加上这时天已黑下来,火光看起来就更可怕了,这才使那些狼后退了几步。

  这时,我就下令全体人员用手熗一起开火,那是我们剩下的最后一批没有放过的手熗。然后大家齐声呐喊。这才使那些狼掉转尾巴逃跑了。于是我们马上冲到那二十多只受伤狼跟前;它们已跑不动了,只是在地上挣扎。我们拿起刀乱砍乱杀。正如我们所预期的那样,这办法果然很奏效,因为那些逃跑的狼听到它们同伴的惨叫声,知道事情不妙,就吓得跑远了,而且再也没有回来。

  我们一共打死了六十多只狼。要是在白天,我们也许能杀死更多。扫清了敌人,就继续前进。我们还要赶三英里的路。在路上,有好几次,听到饿狼在森林里嚎叫咆哮。有时,好像还看到几只狼的身影,但因雪光耀眼,不敢十分肯定。大约又过了半小时,我们才到了预定要过夜的那个小镇。到了那里,发现全镇人个个惊恐万状,并全副武装。原来昨天晚上,有不少狼和几只熊侵入了村子,把人们吓坏了,只好昼夜巡逻守卫;尤其是夜里,更要严加把守,保护牲畜,更要保卫全体居民。

  第二天早晨,向导的病势加重了;他的两处伤口化脓,因而四肢都肿胀起来,根本无法上路。我们只得雇了一个新向导,把我们带到土鲁斯①。那儿气候温和,物产丰富,风景明媚,既没有雪,也没有狼或其他猛兽。当我们在土鲁斯把我们的经历告诉那些当地人时,他们对我们说,在山下大森林里,碰到狼是常事,尤其是当白雪覆盖大地,狼就成群出现。

  他们再三问我们,我们雇了哪个向导,竟敢在大雪天带我们走这条路。他们说,我们没有给狼吃掉,真是万幸!我们告诉他们,我们是把马围在中间,摆成一个三角形的阵势打退狼群的。他们听了后大大责怪了我们一阵子,说我们没有把命送掉,真是运气。狼主要是想吃马。它们之所以那样奋不顾身冲上来,是由于看到了我们身后的马。一般来说,狼是怕熗的,但当它们饿疯时,就会不顾危险,只想抢马吃了。要不是我们连续开熗,并且最后用点燃火药的办法把他们吓退,我们大概早就给那些饿狼撕成碎片吃掉了。其实,只要我们安安稳稳地坐在马上,像骑兵那样向狼群开熗,它们看到马上有人,就不会把马看作猎物了。最后,他们又说,如果我们大家紧挨在一起,丢开我们的马,狼就一心只想吃马而不会管我们,我们也可平安通过,更何况我们有武器,而且人多势众。

  对我来说,这次遇险,是我一生中最可怕的一次。当时,我看到三百多个恶魔般的畜牲嚎叫着向我们冲来,张开大嘴恨不得一口把我们吞掉,而我们又无处可躲,无处可退,我以为一定完蛋了。说实在的,从此我再也不想过那些山了。我觉得宁可在海上航行三千海里,那怕一星期遇上一次风暴,也比过那些荒山野岭强。

  在法国的旅程,一路上没有什么特别的事情可记;即使有,也不过是许多其他旅行家已记过的事,而且他们肯定比我记得好得多。我从土鲁斯到巴黎,一路马不停蹄,直达加莱。随后,在一月十四日,平安渡过海峡到达多佛尔。这整整一个最严寒的冬季,我就在旅行中度过了。

  现在我已抵达旅行的终点了。在短短的几天里,我兑现了带来的几张汇票;我新获得的财产,也都安全地转到了我的手上。

  我的长辈和良师益友,就是那位心地善良的老寡妇。她衷心感激我汇给她的钱;因此,她不辞劳苦,对我关怀备至,尽心尽力为我服务。我对她也是一百个放心,把所有的财产都交托给她保管。这位善良的、有教养的女人,确实品德高尚,廉洁无瑕,我对她自始至终都非常满意。

  当时,我打算把我的财产交给这位妇人代管,我自己出发去里斯本,再从那里去巴西。但这时我有了另一个顾虑,那就是宗教问题。早在国外时,尤其是我在荒岛上过着那种孤寂的生活时,我对罗马天主教就产生了怀疑。因此,我若想去巴西,甚至想在那里定居,在我面前只有两种选择:要么我决定毫无保留地信奉罗马天主教,要么我决定为自己的宗教思想献出生命,作为殉教者在宗教法庭上被判处死刑。所以,我就决定仍住在本国,而且,如果可能的话,把我在巴西的种植园卖掉。

  为此,我写了一封信给我在里斯本的那位老朋友。他回信告诉我,他可以很容易地在那儿把我在巴西的种植园卖掉。

  我若同意委托他经办此事,他可以以我的名义通知住在巴西的那两位商人,也就是我那两位代理人的儿子。他们住在当地,一定知道那份产业的价值,而且,我也知道他们很有钱。

  所以,他相信,他们一定会乐意买下来。他也毫不怀疑,我至少可以多卖四五千葡萄牙金币。我同意让他通知他们。他也照办了。大约八个月之后,去巴西的那艘船又回到了里斯本。他写信告诉我,他们接受了我的卖价,并已经汇了三万三千葡萄牙金币给他们在里斯本的代理人,嘱咐他照付。

  我在他们从里斯本寄给我的卖契上签了字,并把契约寄回给在里斯本的我那位老朋友。他给我奇来了一张三万二千八百块葡萄牙金币的汇票,那是我出卖那份产业所得的钱。我仍然履行了我先前许下的诺言,每年付给这位老人一百块葡萄牙金币,直到他逝世;并在他死后,每年付给他儿子五十块葡萄牙金币作为他终身津贴。原先这笔钱是我许诺从种植园的每年收益中支取的。

  现在,我叙述完了我一生幸运和冒险经历的第一部分。我这一生犹如造物主的杰作,光怪陆离,浮沉不定,变化无常,实乃人间罕见。虽然开始时我显得那么愚昧无知,但结局却比我所期望的要幸运得多。

  我现在可谓是福星高照,佳运交集。在这种情况下,任何人都以为我不会再出去冒险了。如果情况不是像后来发生的那样,我也确实会在家安享余年。可是,我现在的情况是,自己已过惯了游荡的生活,加上我目前一无家庭牵连,二无多少亲戚,而且,我虽富有,却没有结交多少朋友。所以,尽管我把在巴西的种植园已经出卖,可是我还常常想念那个地方,很想旧地重访,再作远游。我尤其想到我的岛上去看看,了解一下那批可怜的西班牙人是否上了岛,我留在岛上的那批坏蛋又是怎样对待他们的。这种出自内心的渴望,十分强烈,使我难以自制。

  我忠实的朋友,就是那位寡妇,竭力劝我不要再外出远游了。她真的把我劝住了。整整七年,她都不让我出游。在这期间,我领养了我的两个侄儿,他俩都是我一个哥哥的孩子。大侄儿本来有点遗产,我把他培养成了一个有教养的人,并且拨给他一点产业,在我死后并入他的财产。我把另一个侄儿托付给一位船长。五年后,我见他已成了一个通情达理、有胆识、有抱负的青年,就替他买了一条好船,让他航海去了。后来,正是这位小青年竟把我这个老头子拖进了新的冒险事业。

  在此期间,我在国内也初步安居下来。首先,我结了婚。

  这个婚姻不算太美满,也不算不美满。我生了三个孩子:两个儿子和一个女儿。可是,不久我妻子就过世了。这时,我的侄子又正好从西班牙航海归来,获利甚丰。我出洋的欲望又强烈起来,加上我侄儿一再劝说,于是,我就以一个私家客商的身份,搭他的船到东印度群岛去。这是一六九四年的事。

  在这次航行中,我回到了我的岛上。现在,这座小岛已是我的新殖民地了。我看到了我的那些继承人--就是那批大陆上过去的西班牙人,了解了他们的生活情况以及我留在岛上的那几个恶棍的情况,知道他们起初怎样侮辱那批可怜的西班牙人,后来又怎样时而和好,时而不和,时而联合,时而分开;最后那批西班牙人又怎样被迫使用武力对付他们,把他们制服,以及那批西班牙人又怎样公正地对待他们。他们的这段经历如果写出来,也会像我自己的经历一样光怪陆离,变化多端,尤其是他们同加勒比人打仗的故事,更是惊险异常。那些加勒比土人曾三番五次地登上海岛。他们也谈到了岛上生产发展和生活改善情况,以及他们怎样派了五个人攻到大陆上去,虏来了十一个男人和五个女人。所以,当我这次重访小岛时,那儿已经有了二十来个孩子。

  我在岛上逗留了大约二十天,给他们留下了各种日用必需品,特别是熗支弹药、衣服和工具,以及我从英国带来的两个工人--一个是木匠,另一个是铁匠。

  另外,我把全岛领土加以划分后分配给他们,我自己保留全岛的主权。我根据他们的要求,把土地一一分给他们。这样,我替他们解决了土地的归属问题,并嘱咐他们不要离开小岛,我自己就离开了。

  从那儿,我到了巴西。在巴西,我买了一条帆船,又送了一些人到岛上去。在那条船上,除了一些应用物品外,又给他们送了七个妇女去。这七个妇女都是经我亲自挑选的,有的适于干活,有的适于做老婆,只要那边有人愿意娶她们。至于那几个英国人,只要他们愿意在岛上勤于耕作,我答应从英国给他们送几个女人和大批的日用必需品去。这些诺言我后来也都实践了。这几个人被制服后,分到了土地,后来都成了诚实勤劳的人。我还从巴西给他们送去了五条母牛,其中有三条已怀了小牛,另外还有几只羊和几头猪。后来我再去时,那儿已是牛羊成群了。

  除了这些事情外,后来还发生了不少惊险的遭遇。三百来个加勒比土著曾入侵海岛,破坏了他们的种植园。他们曾两次与这些野人作战,起先被野人打败了,死了三个人。后来,刮起了风暴,摧毁了土著的独木舟;其余的野人不是饿死就是被消灭了,这样才重新收复了种植园,继续在岛上过日子。

  所有这些事情,以及我个人后来十多年的惊险遭遇,我可能以后再一一叙述。


执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 22楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  Upon this they appear'd very thankful, and I accordingly set them at Liberty, and bad them retire into the Woods to the Place whence they came, and I would leave them some Fire Arms, some Ammunition, and some Directions how they should live very well, if they thought fit.
  Upon this I prepar'd to go on Board the Ship, but told the Captain, that I would stay that Night to prepare my things, and desir'd him to go on Board in the mean time, and keep all right in the Ship, and send the Boat on Shore the next Day for me; ordering him in the mean time to cause the new Captain who was kill'd, to be hang'd at the Yard-Arm that these Men might see him.
  When the Captain was gone, I sent for the Men up to me to my Apartment, and entred seriously into Discourse with them of their Circumstances, I told them, I thought they had made a right Choice; that if the Captain carry'd them away, they would certainly be hang'd. I shewed them the new Captain, hanging at the Yard-Arm of the Ship, and told them they had nothing less to expect.
  When they had all declar'd their Willingness to stay, I then told them, I would let them into the Story of my living there, and put them into the Way of making it easy to them: Accordingly I gave them the whole History of the Place, and of my coming to it; shew'd them my Fortifications, the Way I made my Bread, planted my Corn, cured my Grapes; and in a Word, all that was necessary to make them easy: I told them the Story also of the sixteen Spaniards that were to be expected; for whom I left a Letter, and made them promise to treat them in common with themselves.
  I left them my Fire Arms, viz. Five Muskets, three Fowling Pieces, and three Swords. I had above a Barrel and half of Powder left; for after the first Year or two, I used but little, and wasted none. I gave them a Description of the Way I manag'd the Goats, and Directions to milk and fatten them, and to make both Butter and Cheese.
  In a Word, I gave them every Part of my own Story; and I told them, I would prevail with the Captain to leave them two Barrels of Gun-Powder more, and some Garden-Seeds, which I told them I would have been very glad of; also I gave them the Bag of Pease which the Captain had brought me to eat, and bad them be sure to sow and encrease them.
  Having done all this, I left them the next Day, and went an Board the Ship: We prepared immediately to sail, but did not weigh that Night: The next Morning early, two of the five Men came swimming to the Ship's Side, and making a most lamentable Complaint of the other three, begged to be taken into the Ship, for God's Sake, for they should be murthered, and begg'd the Captain to take them on Board, tho' he hang'd them immediately.
  Upon this the Captain pretended to have no Power without me; But after some Difficulty, and after their solemn Promises off Amendment, they were taken on Board, and were some time after soundly whipp'd and pickl'd; after which, they prov'd very honest and quiet Fellows.
  Some time after this, the Boat was order'd on Shore, the Tide being up, with the things promised to the Men, to which the Captain at my Intercession caused their Chests and Cloaths to be added, which they took, and were very thankful for; I also encourag'd them, by telling them, that if it lay in my Way to send any Vessel to take them in, I would not forget them.
  When I took leave of this Island, I carry'd on board for Reliques, the great Goat's-Skin-Cap I had made, my Umbrella, and my Parrot; also I forgot not to take the Money I formerly mention'd, which had lain by me so long useless, that it was grown rusty, or tarnish'd, and could hardly pass for Silver, till it had been a little rubb'd, and handled; as also the Money I found in the Wreck of the Spanish Ship.
  And thus I left the Island, the Nineteenth of December, as I found by the Ship's Account, in the Year 1686, after I had been upon it eight and twenty Years, two Months, and 19 Days; being deliver'd from this second Captivity, the same Day of the Month, that I first made my Escape in the Barco-Longo, from among the Moors of Sallee.
  In this Vessel, after a long Voyage, I arriv'd in England, the Eleventh of June, in the Year 1687, having been thirty and five Years absent.
  When I came to England, I was as perfect a Stranger to all the World, as if I had never been known there. My Benefactor and faithful Steward, who I had left in Trust with my Money, was alive; but had had great Misfortunes in the World; was become a Widow the second Time, and very low in the World: I made her easy as to what she ow'd me, assuring her, I would give her no Trouble; but on the contrary, in Gratitude to her former Care and Faithfulness to me, I reliev'd her as my little Stock would afford, which at that Time would indeed allow me to do but little for her; abut I assur'd her, I would never forget her former Kindness to me; nor did I forget her, when I had sufficient to help her, as shall be observ'd in its Place.
  I went down afterwards into Yorkshire; but my Father was dead, and my Mother, and all the Family extinct, except that I found two Sisters, and two of the Children of one of my Brothers; and as I had been long ago given over for dead, there had been no Provision made for me; so that in a Word, I found nothing to relieve, or assist me; and that little Money I had, would not do much for me, as to settling in the World.
  I met with one Piece of Gratitude indeed, which I did not expect; and this was, That the Master of the Ship, who I had so happily deliver'd, and by the same Means sav'd the Ship and Cargo, having given a very handsome Account to the Owners, of the Manner how I had sav'd the Lives of the Men, and the Ship, they invited me to meet them, and some other Merchants concern'd, and altogether made me a very handsome Compliment upon the Subject, and a Present of almost two hundred Pounds Sterling.
  But after making several Reflections upon the Circumstances of my Life, and how little way this would go towards settling me in the World, I resolv'd to go to Lisbon, and see if I might not come by some Information of the State of my Plantation in the Brasils, and of what was become of my Partner, who I had reason to suppose had some Years now given me Over for dead.
  With this View I took Shipping for Lisbon, where I arriv'd in April following; my Man Friday accompanying me very honestly in all these Ramblings, and proving a most faithful Servant upon all Occasions.
  When I came to Lisbon, I found out by Enquiry, and to my particular Satisfaction, my old Friend the Captain of the Ship, who first took me up at Sea, off of the Shore of Africk: He was now grown old, and had left off the Sea, having put his Son, who was far from a young Man, into his Ship; and who still used the Brasil Trade. The old Man did not know me, and indeed, I hardly knew him; but I soon brought him to my Remembrance, and as soon brought my self to his Remembrance, when I told him who I was.
  After some passionate Expressions of the old Acquaintance, I enquir'd, you may be sure, after my Plantation and my Partner: The old Man told me he had not been in the Brasils for about nine Years; but that he could assure me, that when he came away, my Partner was living, but the Trustees, who I had join'd with him to take Cognizance of my Part, were both dead; that however, he believ'd that I would have a very good Account of the Improvement of the Plantation; for that upon the general Belief of my being cast away, and drown'd, my Trustees had given in the Account of the Produce of my Part of the Plantation, to the Procurator Fiscal, who had appropriated it, in Case I never came to claim it; one Third to the King, and two Thirds to the Monastery of St. Augustine, to be expended for the Benefit of the Poor, and for the Conversion of the Indians to the Catholick Faith; but that if I appear'd, or any one for me, to claim the Inheritance, it should be restor'd; only that the Improvement, or Annual Production, being distributed to charitable Uses, could not be restor'd; but he assur'd me, that the Steward of the King's Revenue (from Lands) and the Proviedore, or Steward of the Monastery, had taken great Care all along, that the Incumbent, that is to say my Partner, gave every Year a faithful Account of the Produce, of which they receiv'd duly my Moiety.
  I ask'd him if he knew to what height of Improvement he had brought the Plantation? And, Whether he thought it might be worth looking after? Or, Whether on my going thither, I should meet with no Obstruction to my Possessing my just Right in the Moiety?
  He told me, he could not tell exactly, to what Degree the Plantation was improv'd; but this he knew, that my Partner was grown exceeding Rich upon the enjoying but one half of it; and that to the best of his Remembrance, he had heard, that the King's Third of my Part, which was it seems granted away to some other Monastery, or Religious House, amounted to above two hundred Moidores a Year; that as to my being restor'd to a quiet Possession of it, there was no question to be made of that, my Partner being alive to witness my Title, and my Name being also enrolled in the Register of the Country; also he told me, That the Survivors of my two Trustees, were very fair honest People, and very Wealthy; and he believ'd I would not only have their Assistance for putting me in Possession, but would find a very considerable Sum of Money in their Hands, for my Account; being the Produce of the Farm while their Fathers held the Trust, and before it was given up as above, which as he remember'd, was for about twelve Years.
  I shew'd my self a little concern'd, and uneasy at this Account, and enquir'd of the old Captain, How it came to pass, that the Trustees should thus dispose my Effects, when he knew that I had made my Will, and had made him, the Portuguese Captain, my universal Heir, & c.
  He told me, that was true; but that as there was no Proof of my being dead, he could not act as Executor, until some certain Account should come of my Death, and that besides, he was not willing to intermeddle with a thing so remote; that it was true he had registred my Will, and put in his Claim; and could he have given any Account of my being dead or alive, he would have acted by Procuration, and taken Possession of the Ingenio, so they call'd the Sugar-House, and had' given his Son, who was now at the Brasils, Order to do it.
  But, says the old Man, I have one Piece of News to tell you, which perhaps may not be so acceptable to you as the rest, and that is, That believing you were lost, and all the World believing so also, your Partner and Trustees did offer to accompt to me in your Name, for six or eight of the first Years of Profits, which I receiv'd; but there being at that time, says he, great Disbursements for encreasing the Works, building an Ingenio, and buying Slaves, it did not amount to near so much as afterwards it produced: However, says she old Man, I shall give you a true Account of what I have received in all, and how I have disposed of it.
  After a few Days farther Conference with this ancient Friend, he brought me an Account of the six first Years Income of my Plantation, sign'd by my Partner and the Merchants Trustees, being always deliver'd in Goods, viz. Tobacco in Roll, and Sugar in Chests, besides Rum, Molossus, & c. which is the Consequence of a Sugar Work; and I found by this Account, that every Year the Income considerably encreased; but as above, the Disbursement being large, the Sum at first was small: However, the old Man let me see, that he was Debtor to me 470 Moidores of Gold, besides 60 Chests of Sugar, and 15 double Rolls of Tobacco which were lost in his Ship; he having been Ship-wreck'd coming Home to Lisbon about 11 Years after my leaving the Place.
  The good Man then began to complain of his Misfortunes, and how he had been obliged to make Use of my Money to recover his Losses, and buy him a Share in a new Ship: However, my old Friend, says he, you shall not want a Supply in your Necessity; and as soon as my Son returns, you shall be fully satisfy'd.
  Upon this, he pulls out an old Pouch, and gives me 160 Portugal Moidores in Gold; and giving me the Writing of his Title to the Ship, which his Son was gone to the Brasils in, of which he was a Quarter Part Owner, and his Son another, he puts them both into my Hands for Security of the rest.
  I was too much mov'd with the Honesty and Kindness of the poor Man, to be able to bear this; and remembering what he had done for me, how he had taken me up at Sea, and how generously he had used me on all Occasions, and particularly, how sincere a Friend he was now to me, I could hardly refrain Weeping at what he said to me: Therefore, first I asked him, if his Circumstances admitted him to spare so much Money at that time, and if it would not straiten him? He told me, he could not say but it might straiten him a little; but however it was my Money, and I might want it more than he.
  Every thing the good Man said was full of Affection, and I could hardly refrain from Tears while he spoke: In short, I took 100 of the Moidores, and call'd for a Pen and Ink to give him a Receipt for them; then I returned him the rest, and told him, If ever I had Possession of the Plantation, I would return the other to him also, as indeed I afterwards did; and that as to the Bill of Sale of his Part in his Son's Ship, I would not take it by any Means; but that if I wanted the Money, I found he was honest enough to pay me; and if I did not, but came to receive what he gave me reason to expect, I would never have a Penny more from him.
  When this was pass'd, the old Man began to ask me, If he should put me into a Method to make my Claim to my Plantation? I told him, I thought to go over to it my self: He said, I might do so if I pleas'd; but that if I did not, there were Ways enough to secure my Right, and immediately to appropriate the Profits to my Use; and as there were Ships in the River of Lisbon, just ready to go away to Brasil, he made me enter my Name in a Publick Register, with his Affidavit, affirming upon Oath that I was alive, and that I was the same Person who took up the Land for the Planting the said Plantation at first.
  This being regularly attested by a Notary, and a Procuration affix'd, he directed me to send it with a Letter of his Writing, to a Merchant of his Acquaintance at the Place, and then propos'd my staying with him till an Account came of the Return.
  Never any Thing was more honourable, than the Proceedings upon this Procuration; for in less than seven Months, I receiv'd a large Packet from the Survivors of my Trustees the Merchants, for whose Account I went to Sea, in which were the following particular Letters and Papers enclos'd.
  First, There was the Account Current of the Produce of my Farms or Plantation, from the Year when their Fathers had ballanc'd with my old Portugal Captain, being for six Years; the Ballance appear'd to be 1174 Moidores in my Favour.
  Secondly, There was the Account of four Years more while they kept the Effects in their Hands, before the Government claim'd the Administration, as being the Effects of a Person not to be found, which they call'd Civil
  Death; and the Ballance of this, the Value of the Plantation encreasing, amounted to [38,892] Cruisadoes, which made 3241 Moidores.
  Thirdly, There was the Prior of the Augustin's Account, who had receiv'd the Profits for above fourteen Years; but not being to account for what was dispos'd to the Hospital, very honestly declar'd he had 872 Moidores not distributed, which he acknowledged to my Account; as to the King's Part, that refunded nothing.
  There was a Letter of my Partner's, congratulating me very affectionately upon my being alive, giving me an Account how the Estate was improv'd, and what it produced a Year, with a Particular of the Number of Squares or Acres that it contained; how planted, how many Slaves there were upon it, and making two and twenty Crosses for Blessings, told me he had said so many Ave Marias to thank the Blessed Virgin that I was alive; inviting me very passionately to come over and take Possession of my own; and in the mean time to give him Orders to whom he should deliver my Effects, if I did not come my self; concluding with a hearty Tender of his Friendship, and that of his Family, and sent me, as a Present, seven fine Leopard's Skins, which he had it seems received from Africa, by some other Ship which he had sent thither, and who it seems had made a better Voyage than I: He sent me also five Chests of excellent Sweet-meats, and an hundred Pieces of Gold uncoin'd, not quite so large as Moidores.
  By the same Fleet, my two Merchant Trustees shipp'd me 1 200 Chests of Sugar, 800 Rolls of Tobacco, and the rest of the whole Accompt in Gold.
  I might well say, now indeed, That the latter End of Job was better than the Beginning. It is impossible to express pere the Flutterings of my very Heart, when I look'd over these Letters, and especially when I found all my Wealth about me; for as the Brasil Ships come all in Fleets, the same Ships which brought my Letters, brought my Goods; and the Effects were safe in the River before the Letters came to my Hand. In a Word, I turned pale, and grew sick; and had not the old Man run and fetch'd me a Cordial, I believe the sudden Surprize of Joy had overset Nature, and I had dy'd upon the Spot.
  Nay after that, I continu'd very ill, and was so some Hours, 'till a Physician being sent for, and something of the real Cause of my illness being known, he order'd me to be let Blood; after which, I had Relief, and grew well: But I verily believe, if it had not been eas'd by a Vent given in that Manner, to the Spirits, I should have dy'd.
  I was now Master, all on a Sudden, of above 5000 l. Sterling in Money, and had an Estate, as I might well call it, in the Brasils, of above a thousand Pounds a Year, as sure as an Estate of Lands in England: And in a Word, I was in a Condition which I scarce knew how to understand, or how to compose my self, for the Enjoyment of it.
  The first thing I did, was to recompense my original Benefactor, my good old Captain, who had been first charitable to me in my Distress, kind to me in my Beginning, and honest to me at the End: I shew'd him all that was sent me, I told him, that next to the Providence of Heaven, which disposes all things, it was Owing to him; and that it now lay on me to reward him, which I would do a hundred fold: So I first return'd to him the hundred Moidores I had receiv'd of him, then I sent for a Notary, and caused him to draw up a general Release or Discharge for the 470 Moidores, which he had acknowledg'd he ow'd me in the fullest and firmest Manner possible; after which, I caused a Procuration to be drawn, impowering him to be my Receiver of the annual Profits of my Plantation, and appointing my Partner to accompt to him, and make the Returns by the usual Fleets to him in my Name; and a Clause in the End, being a Grant of 100 Moidores a Year to him, during his Life, out of the Effects, and 50 Moidores a Year to his Son after him, for his Life: And thus I requited my old Man.
  I was now to consider which Way to steer my Course next, and what to do with the Estate that Providence had thus put into my Hands; and indeed I had more Care upon my Head now, than I had in my silent State of Life in the Island, where I wanted nothing but what I had, and had nothing but what I wanted: Whereas I had now a great Charge upon me, and my Business was how to secure it. I had ne'er a Cave now to hide my Money in, or a Place where it might lye without Lock or Key, 'till it grew mouldy and tarnish'd before any Body would meddle with it: On the contrary, I knew not where to put it, or who to trust with it. My old Patron, the Captain, indeed was honest, and that was the only Refuge I had.
  In the next Place, my Interest in the Brasils seem'd to summon me thither, but now I could not tell, how to think of going thither, 'till I had settled my Affairs, and left my Effects in some safe Hands behind me. At first I thought of my old Friend the Widow, who I knew was honest, and would be just to me; but then she was in Years, and but poor, and for ought I knew, might be in Debt; so that in a Word, I had no Way but to go back to England my self, and take my Effects with me.
  It was some Months however before I resolved upon this; and therefore, as I had rewarded the old Captain fully, and to his Satisfaction, who had been my former Benefactor, so I began to think of my poor Widow, whose Husband had been my first Benefactor, and she, while it was in her Power, my faithful Steward and Instructor. So the first thing I did, I got a Merchant in Lisbon to write to his Correspondent in London, not only to pay a Bill, but to go find her out, and carry her in Money, an hundred Pounds from me, and to talk with her, and comfort her in her Poverty, by telling her she should, if I liv'd, have a further Supply: At the same time I sent my two Sisters in the Country, each of them an Hundred Pounds, they being, though not in Want, yet not in very good Circumstances; one having been marry'd, and left a Widow; and the other having a Husband not so kind to her as he should be.
  But among all my Relations, or Acquaintances, I could not yet pitch upon one, to whom I durst commit the Gross of my Stock, that I might go away to the Brasils, and leave things safe behind me; and this greatly perplex'd me.
  I had once a Mind to have gone to the Brasils, and have settled my self there; for I was, as it were, naturaliz'd to the Place; but I had some little Scruple in my Mind about Religion, which insensibly drew me back, of which I shall say more presently. However, it was not Religion that kept me rom going there for the present; and as I had made no Scruple of being openly of the Religion of the Country, all the while I was among them, so neither did I yet; only that now and then having of late thought more of it, (than formerly) when I began to think of living and dying among them, I began to regret my having profess'd my self a Papist, and thought it might not be the best Religion to die with.
  But, as I have said, this was not the main thing that kept me from going to the Brasils, but that really I did not know with whom to leave my Effects behind me; so I resolv'd at last to go to England with it, where, if I arrived, I concluded I should make some Acquaintance, or find some Relations that would be faithful to me; and according I prepar'd to go for England with all my Wealth.
  In order to prepare things for my going Home, I first, the Brasil Fleet being just going away, resolved to give Answers suitable to the just and faithful Account of things I had from thence; and first to the Prior of St. Augustine I wrote a Letter full of Thanks for their just Dealings, and the Offer of the 872 Moidores, which was indisposed of, which I desir'd might be given 500 to the Monastery, and 372 to the Poor, as the Prior should direct, desiring the good Padres Prayers for me, and the like.
  I wrote next a Letter of Thanks to my two Trustees, with all the Acknowledgment that so much Justice and Honesty call'd for; as for sending them any Present, they were far above having any Occasion of it.
  ly, I wrote to my Partner, acknowledging his Industry in the Improving the Plantation, and his Integrity in encreasing the Stock of the Works, giving him Instructions for his future Government of my Part, according to the Powers I had left with my old Patron, to whom I desir'd him to send whatever became due to me, 'till he should hear me more particularly; assuring him that it was my Intention, not only to come to him, but to settle my self there for the Remainder of my Life: To this I added a very handsom Present of some Italian Silks for his Wife, and two Daughters, for such the Captain's Son inform'd me he had; with two Pieces of fine English broad Cloath, the best I could get in Lisbon, five Pieces of black Bays, and some Flanders Lace of a good Value.
  Having thus settled my Affairs, sold my Cargoe, and turn'd all my Effects into good Bills of Exchange, my next Difficulty was, which Way to go to England: I had been accustom'd enough to the Sea, and yet I had a strange Aversion to going to England by Sea at that time; and though I could give no Reason for it, yet the Difficulty encreas'd upon me so much, that though I had once shipp'd my Baggage, in order to go, yet I alter'd my Mind, and that not once, but two or three times.
  It is true, I had been very unfortunate by Sea, and this might be some of the Reason: But let no Man slight the strong Impulses of his own Thoughts in Cases of such Moment: Two of the Ships which I had singl'd out to go in, I mean, more particularly singl'd out than any other, that is to say, so as in one of them to put my things on Board, and in the other to have agreed with the Captain; I say, two of these Ships miscarry'd, viz. One was taken by the Algerines, and the other was cast away on the Start near Torbay, and all the People drown'd except three; so that in either of those Vessels I had been made miserable; and in which most, it was hard to say.
  Having been thus harass'd in my Thoughts, my old Pilot, to whom I communicated every thing, press'd me earnestly not to go by Sea, but either to go by Land to the Groyne, and cross over the Bay of Biscay to Rochell, from whence it was but an easy and safe Journey by Land to Paris, and so to Calais and Dover; or to go up to Madrid, and so all the Way by Land thro' France.
  In a Word, I was so prepossess'd against my going by Sea at all, except from Calais to Dover, that I resolv'd to travel all the Way by Land; which as I was not in Haste, and did not value the Charge, was by much the pleasanter Way; and to make it more so, my old Captain brought an English Gentleman, the Son of a Merchant in Lisbon, who was willing to travel with me: After which, we pick'd up two more English Merchants also, and two young Portuguese Gentlemen, the last going to Paris only; so that we were in all six of us, and five Servants; the two Merchants and the two Portuguese, contenting themselves with one Servant, between two, to save the Charge; and as for me, I got an English Sailor to travel with me as a Servant, besides my Man Friday, who was too much a Stranger to be capable of supplying the Place of a Servant on the Road.
  In this Manner I set out from Lisbon; and our Company being all very well mounted and armed, we made a little Troop, whereof they did me the Honour to call me Captain, as well because I was the oldest Man, as because I had two Servants, and indeed was the Original' of the whole Journey.
  As I have troubled you with none of my Sea-Journals, so I shall trouble you now with none of my Land-Journal: But some Adventures that happen'd to us in this tedious and difficult Journey, I must not omit.
  When we came to Madrid, we being all of us Strangers to Spain, were willing to stay some time to see the Court of Spain, and to see what was worth observing; but it being the latter Part of the Summer, we hasten'd away, and set out from Madrid about the Middle of October: But when we came to the Edge of Navarre, we were alarm'd at several Towns on the Way, with an Account, that so much Snow was fallen on the French Side of the Mountains, that several Travellers were obliged to come back to Pampeluna, after having attempted, at an extream Hazard, to pass on.




  另外,他还给我带来了一箱糖,一箱面粉,一袋柠檬,两瓶柠檬汁和许多其他东西。除此之外,对我更有用处的是,他给我带来了六件新衬衫,六条上等领巾,两副手套,一双鞋,一顶帽子,一双长袜,还有一套他自己穿的西装,西装还很新,看来他没有穿过几次。总之,他们我从头到脚都穿戴起来了。

  不难想象,对于我这种处境的人,这是一份慷慨而令人喜悦的礼物。可是,我刚把这些衣服穿上身的时候,感到很不自在,因为既不舒服,又很别扭。

  送礼的仪式完毕,东西也都搬进了我的住所,我们便商议处置俘虏的问题。我们必须考虑是否冒风险把他们带走。尤其是他们中间有两个人,我们认为是绝对无可救药、顽固不化的暴徒。船长说,他知道他俩都是坏蛋,没法对他们宽大。

  即使把他们带走,也必须把他们像犯人一样关起来。只要他的船开到任何一个英国殖民地,就把他们送交当局法办。我感到船长对此事确实也很担心。

  对此,我告诉船长,如果他同意,我可以负责说服那两个人,让他们自己提出请求留在岛上。"我很高兴你能那样做,"船长说,"我衷心同意!"“那很好, "我说,"我现在就把他们叫来,替你跟他们谈谈。"这样,我吩咐星期五和那两个人质去执行这一任务。当时,我们早已把那两个人质释放了,因为他们的同伙实践了他们的诺言。他们就一起到洞室去,把关在那儿的五个人照旧绑着手,带到了我的乡间别墅里;到了后先把他们关押起来,等我去处置。

  过了一会,我就穿上新衣服去了。现在,我又以总督的身份出现了。我和船长到了那边,跟我们的人碰了头,我就叫人把那五个人带到我面前来。我对他们说,关于他们对待船长的罪恶行为,我已获得了详细的报告。我已了解他们怎样把船夺走,并还准备继续去干抢劫的勾当。但上帝却使他们自投罗网,跌进了他们替别人挖掘的陷井。

  我让他们知道,在我的指挥下,大船已经夺回来了,现在正停泊在海口里。他们过一会就可以看到,他们的新船长被吊在桅杆顶上示众,他的罪恶行径得到了报应。

  至于他们,我倒想知道他们还有什么话可说。事实上,我完全可以把他们以海盗论处。当然,他们大概绝不会怀疑,我完全有权把他们处死。

  这时,他们中间有一个人出来代表大家说话了。他说,他们没有什么话可说。只是他们被俘时,船长曾答应饶他们不死的。他们现在只有低头恳求我的宽宥。可是,我告诉他们,因为我自己已决定带着手下的人离开本岛,跟船长一起搭船回英国去,所以我不知道该如何宽宥他们。至于船长,他只能把他们当作囚犯关起来带回英国,并以谋反和劫船的罪名送交当局审判。其结果他们应该都知道,那必定是上绞架。所以,我实在也为他们想不出更好的办法,除非他们决定留在岛上,听任命运的安排。如果他们同意这个办法,我本人没有意见,因为我反正要离开本岛了。只要他们愿意留在岛上自谋生计,我可以饶他们不死。

  他们对此表示十分感激。他们说,他们宁可冒险留在这里,也不愿被带回英国吊死。所以,我就决定这么办了。

  然而,船长似乎不太同意这个办法,好像他不敢把他们留在岛上。于是,我对船长作出生气的样子。我对他说,他们是我的俘虏,而不是他的俘虏。我既然对他们已许下了这么多人情,我说的话就应该算数。如果他不同意,我就把他们放掉,只当我没有把他们抓住过。如果他不愿意给他们自由,他自己可以去把他们抓回来,只要他能抓得祝他们看到这种情况,表示无限感激。于是,我释放了他们,叫他们退回原来被抓住的树林里去,并对他们说,我可以给他们留一些熗支弹药,并指导他们怎样在这儿好好过活,如果他们愿意接受的话。

  解决了俘虏的问题,我就开始作上船的准备了。我对船长说,我还得作些准备,所以还得在岛上耽搁一个晚上。我吩咐他先回船上,把一切安排好,第二天再放小船到岸上来接我。我特别下令,让他把那打死的新船长吊在桅杆顶上示众。

  船长走之后,我派人把那几个人带到我房间里来。我给他们作了一次严肃的谈话,分析了他们当前的处境。我对他们说,我认为他们的选择是正确的。如果让船长把他们带走,其结果必然是上绞架吊死。我把那吊在大船桅杆顶上的新船长指给他们看,并告诉他们,他们也没有别的指望,只能是这种下常他们一致表示愿意留在岛上。于是,我就把我这里生活的情况告诉他们,并教会他们怎样把生活过好。我谈了小岛的环境,以及我在这儿生活的经历。我领他们看了我的城堡,告诉他们如何做面包,种庄稼,晒制葡萄干。一句话,一切能使他们生活过得舒适一点的办法,我都告诉他们了。我又把十六位西班牙人的事情告诉了他们,并对他们说,不久他们也要来岛上了。我给那些西班牙人留了一封信,并要他们答应对他们一视同仁。

  我把熗支都留给了他们,其中包括五支短熗,三支鸟熗,还加三把刀。我还留下了一桶半火药。我之所以还有这么多火药,是因为我用得很省,除了开始两年用掉一些外,后来我就一点都不敢浪费。我还把养山羊的方法教给了他们,告诉他们怎样把羊养肥,怎样挤羊奶,做奶油,制乳酪。

  总之,我把自己的经历详详细细地告诉了他们。我还对他们说,我要劝船长再给他们留下两桶火药与一些菜种。我对他们说,菜种一直是我所求之不得的东西。我还把船长送给我的一袋豆子也留给了他们,嘱咐他们作种子播下去繁殖起来。

  这些事情办完后,第二天我就离开他们上了大船。我们本来准备立即开船,可是直到晚上都没有起锚。第二天一大早,那五个人中有两个人忽然向船边泅来。他们诉说那三个人怎样歧视他们,样子甚为可怜。他们恳求我们看在上帝份上收留他们,不然准会给那三个人杀死。他们哀求船长收留他们,就是马上把他们吊死也心甘情愿。

  船长看到这种情形,就假装自己无权决定,要征得我的同意才行。后来,经过种种留难,他们也发誓痛改前非,才把他们收容上船。上船后,每人结结实实地挨了一顿鞭子,打完后再用盐和醋擦伤处。从那以后,他们果然成了安份守己的人了。

  过了一会儿,潮水上涨了。我就命令把我答应给那三个人的东西,用小船运到岸上去。我又向船长说情,把他们三人的箱子和衣服一起送去。他们收到后,都千恩万谢,感激不荆我又鼓励他们说,如果将来我有机会派船来接他们,我一定不会忘记他们。

  离开小岛时,我把自己做的那顶羊皮帽、羊皮伞和我的鹦鹉都带上船,作为纪念。同时,我也没有忘记把钱拿走。这些钱一共有两笔,一笔是从自己所剩的破船上拿下来的;另一笔是从那条失事的西班牙船上找到的。这情况我在前面都已交待过了。这些钱由于一直存放在那里没有使用的机会,现在都已生锈了。若不经过一番磨擦和处理,谁也认不出是银币。

  这样,根据船上的日历,我在一六八六年十二月十九日,离开了这个海岛。我一共在岛上住了二十八年两个月零十九天。我第二次遇难而获救的这一天,恰好和我第一次从萨累的摩尔人手里坐长艇里逃出来,是同月同日。

  我乘这条船航行了半年多,终于在一六八七年七月十一日抵达英国。计算起来,我离国已经三十五年了。

  我回到英国,人人都把我当外国人,好像我从未在英国住过似的。我那位替我保管钱财的恩人和忠实的管家,这时还活着。不过她的遭遇非常不幸。她再嫁之后又成了寡妇,境况十分悲惨。我叫她不要把欠我的钱放在心上,并对她说,我决不会找她麻烦。相反,为了报答她以前对我的关心和忠诚,我又尽我微薄的财力给了她一点接济。当然,我现在财力有限,不能对她有多少帮助。可是,我向她保证,我永远不会忘记她以前对我的好处,并告诉她,只要我将来有力量帮助她,我决不会忘记她。这是后话了。

  后来,我去了约克郡。我父亲已经过世,我母亲及全家也都成古人了。我只找到了两个妹妹和我一位哥哥的两个孩子。因为大家都以为我早已不在世上了,所以没有留给我一点遗产。一句话,我完全找不到一点接济和资助,而我身上的一点钱,根本无法帮助我成家立业。

  万万没有料到的是,在我这样窘迫的时候,却有人对我感恩图报。我意外救了船长,也救了他的船和货物。这时,船长把我怎样救了全船和船上的人,详详细细地报告了那些船主。他们就把我邀请去,和他们以及几个有关的商人会面。他们对我的行为大大地赞扬了一番,又送了我两百英镑作为酬谢。

  我对自己当前的处境反复考虑,感到实难安身立命,就决定到里斯本去一趟,看看能不能打听到我在巴西的种植园和那合股人的情况。我相信,我那合股人一定以为我死了多年了。

  抱着这一希望,我搭上了开往里斯本的船,于第二年四月份到达了那里。当我这样东奔西跑的时候,我的星期五一直跟着我,诚实可靠,并证明无论何时何地,他都是我最忠实的仆人。

  到了里斯本,我几经打听,找到了我的老朋友,也就是把我从非洲海面上救起来的那位船长。这真使我高兴极了。船长现在年事已高,早就不再出海了;他让儿子当了船长,而儿子也已近中年了,仍旧做巴西生意。那老人家已经不认得我了;说实在话,我也一样认不出他了。但不久我就记起了他的面貌。当我告诉他我是谁之后,他也记起了我的面貌。

  老友重逢,交谈之际,言词热切。不用说,我接着就询问了我的种植园和合股人的情况。老人家告诉我,他已有九年没有去巴西了。但他可以向我保证,当他离开那里的时候,我的合股人还在人世。我曾委托他和另外两位代理人照管我的产业。尽管那两位代理人已经过世,但他相信,关于我那种植园的收益,我还是不难收到一份种植园这几十年来发展的详细报告。因为,当时人们以为我出事淹死之后,我的几位产权代理人就把我在种植园股份内应得的收入,报告给税务官。税务官怕我永远也回不来接受这笔财产,就作了如下的处理:收入的三分之一划归国王,三分之二拨给圣奥古斯丁修道院,作为救济灾民以及在印第安人中传播天主教之用。

  但如果我回来,或有人申请继承我的遗产,我的财产就能还给我,不过已经分配给慈善事业的历年收入,是不能发还的。

  但他向我保证,政府征收土地税的官员和修道院的司事,一直在监督着我的合股人,叫他把每年的收入交出一份可靠的账目,并把我应得的部分上缴。

  我问他是否知道种植园发展的情况?又问他,在他看来,是否还值得经营下去?如果我去巴西,要把我应得的部分收回来,是否会有什么困难?

  他对我说,种植园发展的具体情况,他实在也不清楚。可是他知道,我那合股人尽管只享有种植园一半的收入,但已成了当地的巨富。他又告诉我,现在回忆起来,他曾听说,仅仅政府收到我所应得的三分之一,每年就达二百葡萄牙金币以上;这部分钱好像拨给了另一个修道院或什么宗教机构去了。要收回这笔财产,应该是不成问题的,因为我的合股人还活着,可以证明我的股权,而且,我的名字也在巴西登记在册。他又告诉我,我那两位代理人的财产继承人,都是很公正诚实的人,而且都很富有。他相信,我不仅可以获得他们的帮助,领到我的财产,而且,还可以从他们那里拿到一大笔属于我的现款。那是在他们父亲保管期间我每年的收入。

  据他记忆,把我收入部分缴公,还只是十二年以前的事。

  我听了他的话,心里感到有些烦恼和不安。我问那老船长,我既然立了遗嘱,指定他,这位葡萄牙籍船长,作为我财产的全权继承人,那两位代理人怎么能这样处理我的财产呢?

  他对我说,他确实是我的继承人。但是,关于我的死亡一直无法证实。在没有获得我死亡的确切消息之前,他不能作为我遗嘱的执行人。而且,还有一层,这远隔重洋的事,他也不愿意干预。但他又说,他确实把我的遗嘱向有关部门登记过,而且提出了他的产权要求。如果他能提出我的死亡证明,他早已根据财产委托权,接管了我的糖厂,并派目前在巴西的儿子去经营了。

  "可是,"那老人家又说,"我还有一件事要告诉你。这事你听了可能会不太高兴。当时,我们都以为你已死了,大家也都这样认为,你的合股人和代理人就把你头六七年的收入交给了我,我也都收下了。但当时,种植园正在发展,需扩充设备,建立糖厂,又要买奴隶,所以收入就没有后来的那么多。不过,我一定把我的收入及花费开一份可靠的账单给你。"我和这位老朋友又连续商谈了好几天,他就把我种植园最初六年的细账交给了我,上面有我的合股人和两位代理人的签字。当时交出来的都是现货,像成捆的烟叶,成箱的糖;此外,还有糖厂的一些副产品,像糖蜜酒和糖蜜等东西。从账目中我可以看到,收入每年都有增加,但正如上面所提到的,由于开头几年开支较大,实际收入不大。尽管如此,老人家还是告诉我,他欠我四百七十块葡萄牙金币,另外还有六十箱糖和十五大捆烟叶。那些货物在船只开往里斯本的航行中因失事而全部损失了。那是我离开巴西十一年以后发生的事。

  这位善良的人开始向我诉说了他不幸的遭遇,说他万不得已,才拿我的钱去弥补损失,在一条新船上搭了一股。"不过,我的老朋友,"他说,"你要用钱的话,钱是有的。等我儿子回来,就可以把钱都还给你。"说完,他拿出一只陈旧的钱袋,给了我一百六十个葡萄牙金币,又把他搭在新船上的四分之一股份和他儿子的四分之一股份一起开了一张出让证交给我,作为其余欠款的担保。

  那条船他儿子现在开往巴西去了。

  这位可怜的老人,心地这样正直善良,实在使我深受感动,我真不忍心听他讲下去了。想到他过去对我的好处,想到他把我从海上救起来,对我一直那么慷慨大度,特别是看到现在他对我的真诚善良,听着他的诉说,我禁不住流下了眼泪。于是,我首先问他,以他目前的经济状况,能不能拿出这么多钱?拿出来后会不会使他手头拮据?他告诉我说,拮据当然会拮据一些,但那是我的钱,而且,目前我比他更需要这笔钱。

  这位善良的老人所说的话,充满了真挚的友情。他一边说,我一边止不住流泪。一句话,我只拿了他一百块葡萄牙金币,并叫他拿出笔和墨水,写了一张收据给他,把其余的钱都退还给了他。我还对他说,只要我能够收回我的种植园,这一百块钱我也要还给他。这一点我后来确实也做到了。至于他在他儿子船上的股权出让证,我是无论如何也不能收的。

  我说,如果我要用钱,我相信他一定会给我的,因为我知道他是一个诚实的人。如果我不需要钱,我就再也不会向他要一文钱,因为,他认为,我完全有理由收回我所指望的产业。

  这些事情办完后,老人家又问我,是不是要他替我想个办法,把我的种植园收回来。我告诉他,我想亲自去巴西走一趟。他说,如果我想去,那也好。不过,如果我不想去,也有不少办法保证我收回自己的产权,并马上把收入拨给我使用。目前,在里斯本的特茹河里,正有一批船要开往巴西。

  他劝我在官方登记处注册了我的名字,他自己也写了一份担保书,宣誓证明我还活着,并声明当时在巴西领取土地建立种植园的正是我本人。

  我把老人的担保书按常规作了公证,又附上了一份委托书。然后,老人又替我写了一封亲笔信,连同上述两份文件,让我一起寄给了他所熟悉的一位巴西商人。这一切办完,他建议我住在他家里静候回音。

  这次委托手续真是办得再公正也没有了。不到七个月,我收到那两位代理人的财产继承人寄给我的一个大包裹。(应该提一下的是,我正是为了那两位代理人才从事这次遇难的航行的。)包里有下述信件和文件:第一,我种植园收入的流水账,时间是从他们父亲和这位葡萄牙老船长结算的那一年算起,一共是六年,应该给我一千一百七十四个葡萄牙金币。

  第二,在政府接管之前的账目,一共四年,这是他们把我作为失踪者(他们称之为"法律上的死亡"①)保管的产业。

  由于种植园的收入逐年增加,这四年共结存三万八千八百九十二块葡萄牙银币,合三千二百四十一块葡萄牙金币;第三,圣奥古斯丁修道院长的账单。他已经获得十四年的收益。他十分诚实,告诉我说,除了医院方面用去的钱以外,还存八百七十二块葡萄牙金币。他现在把这笔钱记在我的账上。至于国王收去的部分,则不能再偿还了。

  另外,还有一封合股人写给我的信。他祝贺我还活在人世,言词十分诚挚亲切。他向我报告了我们产业发展的情况以及每年的生产情况,并详细谈到了我们的种植园现在一共有多少英亩土地,怎样种植,有多少奴隶等等。他在信纸上画了二十二个十字架,为我祝福。他还说,他念了无数遍以"万福马利亚”开头的祷词②,为我活在人间感谢圣母马利亚。

  他热情地邀请我去巴西收回我的产业。同时,他还要我给他指示,若我不能亲自去巴西,他应把我的财产交给什么人。在信的末尾,他又代表他本人和全家向我表示他们的深厚情谊,又送给我七张精致的豹皮作为礼物。这些豹皮是他派往非洲的另一艘船给他带回来的;他们那次航行,看来比我幸运得多了。另外,他还送了我五箱上好的蜜饯,一百枚没有铸过的金元,那些金元比葡萄牙金币略小些。

  这一支船队还运来了我两位代理人的后代给我的一千二百箱糖,八百箱烟叶;同时,他们还把我账上所结存的全部财产折合成黄金金,也给我一起运来了。

  现在,我可以说,我犹如约伯,上帝赐给我的比从前更多了。当我读到这些信件,特别是当我知道我的全部财富都已安抵里斯本,我内心的激动实在难以言表。那些巴西的船队,向来是成群结队而来,同一支船队给我带来了信件,也同时运来了我的货物。当我读到信件的时候,我的财产也早已安抵里斯本的特茹河里了。总之,我脸色苍白,人感到非常难受。要不是他老人家急忙跑去给我拿了点提神酒来,我相信,这突如其来的惊喜,一定会使我精神失常,当场死去。

  不但如此,就是喝了提神酒之后,我仍感到非常难受,一直好几个小时。最后请来了一位医生。他问明了病因之后,就给我放了血。这才使我感到舒服了些,以后就慢慢好起来。我完全相信,如果我当时激动的情绪不是用这种方法排解的话,也许早就死了。

  突然间,我成了拥有五千英镑现款的富翁,而且在巴西还有一份产业,每年有一千镑以上的收入,就像在英国的田产一样可靠。一句话,我目前的处境,连自己也莫名其妙,更不知道如何安下心来享用这些财富了。

  我做的第一件事情,就是报答我最初的恩人,也就是那好心的老船长。当初我遇难时,他待我十分仁慈,此后自始至终对我善良真诚。我把收到的东西都给他看了。我对他说,我之所以有今天,除了主宰一切的天意外,全靠了他的帮助。

  现在,我既然有能力报答他,我就要百倍地回报他。我先把他给我的一百葡萄牙金币退还给他。然后,又请来了一位公证人,请他起草了一份字据,把老船长承认欠我的四百七十块葡萄牙金币,以最彻底、最可靠的方式全部取消或免除。这项手续完成之后,我又请他起草了一份委托书,委任老船长作为我那种植园的年息管理人,并指定我那位合股人向他报告账目,把我应得的收入交给那些长年来往于巴西和里斯本的船队带给他。委托书的最后一款是,老船长在世之日,每年从我的收入中送给他一百葡萄牙金币;在他死后,每年送给他儿子五十葡萄牙金币。这样,我总算报答了这位老人。

  我现在该考虑下一步的行动了,并考虑怎样处置上天赐给我的这份产业了。说实在话,与荒岛上的寂寞生活相比,现在我要操心的事更多了。在岛上,除了我所有的,就别无他求;除了我所需要的,也就一无所有。可现在我负有很大的责任,那就是如何保管好自己的财产。我不再有什么洞穴可以保藏我的钱币,也没有什么地方放钱可以不加锁;在岛上时,你尽可以放在那里,直到钱币生锈发霉也不会有人去动一动。而现在,我却不知道把钱放在哪里,也不知道托谁保管好。只有我的恩人老船长,是个诚实可靠的人,也是我唯一可以信托的人。

  另一方面,我在巴西的利益似乎需要我去一次。可是,如果我不把这儿的事料理好,把我的财产交托给可靠的人管理,我怎么能贸然前往呢?最初,我想到了我的老朋友,就是那位寡妇。我知道他为人诚实可靠,而且也一定不会亏待我。可是,现在她已上了年纪,又很穷;而且,据我所知,还负了债。所以,一句话,我没有别的办法,只有带着我的财产,自己亲自回英国了。

  然而,过了好几个月,才把这件事情决定下来。我现在已充分报答了我从前的恩人老船长,他也感到心满意足。所以,我开始想到那位可怜的寡妇了。他的丈夫是我的第一位恩人,而且,她本人在有能力时,一直是我忠实的管家,并尽长辈之责经常开导我。因此,我做的第一件事情是,我让一位在里斯本的商人写信给他在伦敦的关系人,除了请他替我把汇票兑成现款外,还请他亲自找到她,替我把一百英镑的现款亲自交给她。我还要此人当面和她谈一下,因为她目前非常贫困,境况不佳,所以我要此人好好安慰她,并告诉她,只要我活在人世,以后还会接济她。另外,我又给我那两个住在乡下的妹妹每人寄了一百。她们虽然并不贫困,但境况也不太好。一个妹妹结了婚,后来成了寡妇;另一个妹妹的丈夫对她很不好。

  可是,在我所有的亲戚朋友中,我还找不到一个可以完全信托的人,把我的全部财产交付给他保管,这样我自己可以放心到巴西去,毫无后顾之虑。这件事一直使我十分烦恼。

  我一度也曾想到过在巴西安家落户,因为我从前入过巴西籍。但是在宗教上我总有一点顾虑,使我不敢贸然作出决定。关于这个问题,我不久再会谈到,但当前,妨碍我前往的不是宗教问题。从前我在巴西的时候,已毫无顾忌地皈依了他们的宗教,现在当然更无所顾虑了。不过,最近我经常会考虑到这个问题,想到我将在他们中间生活和去世,我有点后悔当时我皈依了旧教天主教,并感到自己有点不甘心以旧教徒的身份死去。

  但是,我上面已说过,目前妨碍我前往巴西的不是什么宗教问题,而是我不知道该把我的财产托付给谁代管。所以,我决定带着我的钱和财产回英国去。到了那里,我相信一定可以结交一些朋友,或找到什么忠于我的亲戚。这样,我就决定带着我的全部财富回英国去。

  回国之前,当然先得把一些事情料理一下。开往巴西的船队马上要起航了,所以我决定先写几封回信,答复巴西方面寄给我的那些报告。应该说,他们的报告既忠实,又公正,所以,我的回信也应该写得十分得体。首先,我给圣奥古斯丁修道院院长写了一封回信,在信中,我对他们公正无私的办事态度充满了感激之情,并把那没有动用的八百七十二块葡萄牙金币全部捐献了出去,其中五百块金币捐给修道院,三百七十二块金币随院长意思捐给品民,并请他为我祈祷。

  接着,我又给两位代理人写了一封感谢信,赞扬他们公正无私、诚实忠诚的办事态度。我本想送他们一些礼物,可是一想他们什么也不缺,也就作罢了。

  最后,我又给我的合股人写了一封信,感谢他在发展我们的种植园工作上所付出的辛勤劳动,以及他在扩大工厂经营中所表现的廉洁精神。在信中,我对今后如何处置我的那部分资产作了指示,请他按我赋予老船长的权力,把我应得的收益寄给老船长。以后办法如有改变,我将会再详细通知他。同时,我还告诉他,我不仅会亲自去巴西看他,还打算在那里定居,度过我的余生。另外,我又送了一份丰厚的礼物给他的太太和两个女儿,因为老船长告诉我,他已有了家室。礼物中包括一些意大利丝绸,两匹英国细呢,那是我在里斯本市场上所能买到的最好的呢料,五匹黑色粗呢,以及一些价格昂贵的佛兰德斯花边。

  就这样,我把该料理的事情都办了,把货也卖出去了,又把我的钱财换成可靠的汇票,下一步的难题就是走哪一条路回英国。海路我是走惯了,可是这一次不知什么原因,我就是不想走海路。我不愿意从海路回英国,尽管我自己也说不出什么理由。这种想法越来越强烈,以至有两三次,我把行李都搬到船上了,可是还是临时改变了主意,重新把行李从船上搬了下来。

  我的航海生涯确实非常不幸,这也许是我不想再出海的理由之一。但在这种时候,任何人也不应忽视自己内心这种突然产生的念头。我曾特别挑选过两条船,本来我是决定要搭乘的。其中有一条,我把行李都搬上去了;另一条,我也都和船长讲定了。可是,最后我两条船都没有上。后来,那两条船果然都出事了。一条给阿尔及利亚人掳了去;另一条在托贝湾的斯塔特岬角沉没了,除了三个人生还,其他人都淹死了。反正不管我上哪条船,都得倒霉;至于上哪条船更倒霉,那就很难说了。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 21楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  2. That if the Ship is, or may be recover'd, you will carry me and my Man to England Passage free.
  He gave me all the Assurances that the Invention and Faith of Man could devise, that he would comply with these most reasonable Demands, and besides would owe his Life to me, and acknowledge it upon all Occasions as long as he liv'd.
  Well then, said I, here are three Muskets for you, with Powder and Ball; tell me next what you think is proper to be done. He shew'd all the Testimony of his Gratitude that he was able; but offer'd to be wholly guided by me. I told him I thought it was hard venturing any thing; but the best Method I could think of was to fire upon them at once, as they lay; and if any was not kill'd at the first Volley, and offered to submit, we might save them, and so put it wholly upon God's Providence to direct the Shot.
  He said very modestly, that he was loath to kill them, if he could help it, but that those two were incorrigible Villains, and had been the Authors of all the Mutiny in the Ship, and if they escaped, we should be undone still; for they would go on Board, and bring the whole Ship's Company, and destroy us all. Well then, says I, Necessity legitimates my Advice; for it is the only Way to save our Lives. However, seeing him still cautious of shedding Blood, I told him they should go themselves, and manage as they found convenient.
  In the Middle of this Discourse, we heard some of them awake, and soon after, we saw two of them on their Feet, I ask'd him, if either of them were of the Men who he had said were the Heads of the Mutiny? He said, No: Well then, said I, you may let them escape, and Providence seems to have wakned them on Purpose to save themselves. Now, says I, if the rest escape you, it is your Fault.
  Animated with this, he took the Musket, I had given him, in his Hand, and a Pistol in his Belt, and his two Comerades with him, with each Man a Piece in his Hand. The two Men who were with him, going first, made some Noise, at which one of the Seamen who was awake, turn'd about, and seeing them coming, cry'd out to the rest; but it was too late then; for the Moment he cry'd out, they fir'd; I mean the two Men, the Captain wisely reserving his own Piece: They had so well aim'd their Shot at the Men they knew, that one of them was kill'd on the Spot, and the other very much wounded; but not being dead, he started up upon his Feet, and call'd eagerly for help to the other; but the Captain stepping to him, told him, 'twas too late to cry for help, he should call upon God to forgive his Villany, and with that Word knock'd him down with the Stock of his Musket, so that he never spoke more: There were three more in the Company, and one of them was also slightly wounded: By this Time I was come, and when they saw their Danger, and that it was in vain to resist, they begg'd for Mercy: The Captain told them, he would spare their Lives, if they would give him any Assurance of their Abhorrence of the Treachery they had been guilty of, and would swear to be faithful to him in recovering the Ship, and afterwards in carrying her back to Jamaica, from whence they came: They gave him all the Protestations of their Sincerity that could be desir'd, and he was willing to believe them, and spare their Lives, which I was not against, only that I oblig'd him to keep them bound Hand and Foot while they were upon the Island.
  While this was doing, I sent Friday with the Captain's Mate to the Boat, with Orders to secure her, and bring away the Oars, and Sail, which they did; and by and by, three straggling Men that were (happily for them) parted from the rest, came back upon hearing the Guns fir'd, and seeing their Captain, who before was their Prisoner, now their Conqueror, they submitted to be bound also; and so our Victory was compleat.
  It now remain'd, that the Captain and I should enquire into one another's Circumstances: I began first, and told him my whole History, which he heard with an Attention even to Amazement; and particularly, at the wonderful Manner of my being furnish'd with Provisions and Ammunition; and indeed, as my Story is a whole Collection of Wonders, it affected him deeply; but when he reflected from thence upon himself, and how I seem'd to have been preserv'd there, on purpose to save his Life, the Tears ran down his Face, and he could not speak a Word more.
  After this Communication was at an End, I carry'd him and his two Men into my Apartment, leading them in, just where I came out, viz. At the Top of the House, where I refresh'd them with such Provisions as I had, and shew'd them all the Contrivances I had made, during my long, long, inhabiting that Place.
  All I shew'd them, all I Said to them, was perfectly amazing; but above all, the Captain admir'd my Fortification, and how perfectly I had conceal'd my Retreat with a Grove of Trees, which having been now planted near twenty Years, and the Trees growing much faster than in England, was become a little Wood, and so thick, that it was unpassable in any Part of it, but at that one Side, where I had reserv'd my little winding Passage into it: I told him, this was my Castle, and my Residence; but that I had a Seat in the Country, as most Princes have, whither I could retreat upon Occasion, and I would shew him that too another Time; but at present, our Business was to consider how to recover the Ship: He agreed with me as to that; but told me, he was perfectly at a Loss what Measures to take; for that there were still six and twenty Hands on board, who having entred into a cursed Conspiracy, by which they had all forfeited their Lives to the Law, would be harden'd in it now by Desperation; and would carry it on, knowing that if they were reduc'd, they should be brought to the Gallows, as soon as they came to England, or to any of the English Colonies; and that therefore there would be no attacking them, with so small a Number as we were.
  I mus'd for some Time upon what he had said; and found it was a very rational Conclusion; and that therefore something was to be resolv'd on very speedily, as well to draw the Men on board into some Snare for their Surprize, as to prevent their Landing upon us, and destroying us; upon this it presently occurr'd to me, that in a little while the Ship's Crew wondring what was become of their Comrades, and of the Boat, would certainly come on Shore in their other Boat, to see for them, and that then perhaps they might come arm'd, and be too strong for us; this he allow'd was rational.
  Upon this, I told him the first Thing we had to do, was to stave the Boat, which lay upon the Beach, so that they might not carry her off; and taking every Thing out of her, leave her so far useless as not to be fit to swim; accordingly we went on board, took the Arms which were left on board, out of her, and whatever else we found there, which was a Bottle of Brandy, and another of Rum, a few Bisket Cakes, a Horn of Powder, and a great Lump of Sugar, in a Piece of Canvas; the Sugar was five or six Pounds; all which was very welcome to me, especially the Brandy, and Sugar, of which I had had none left for many Years.
  When we had carry'd all these Things on Shore (the Oars, Mast, Sail, and Rudder of the Boat, were carry'd away before, as above) we knock'd a great Hole in her Bottom, that if they had come strong enough to master us, yet they could not carry off the Boat.
  Indeed, it was not much in my Thoughts, that we could be able to recover the Ship; but my View was that if they went away without the Boat, I did not much question to make her fit again, to carry us away to the Leeward Islands, and call upon our Friends, the Spaniards, in my Way, for I had them still in my Thoughts.
  While we were thus preparing our Designs, and had first, by main Strength heav'd the Boat up upon the Beach, so high that the Tide would not fleet her off at High-Water-Mark; and besides, had broke a Hole in her Bottom, too big to be quickly stopp'd, and were sat down musing what we should do; we heard the Ship fire a Gun, and saw her make a Waft with her Antient, as a Signal for the Boat to come on board; but no Boat stirr'd; and they fir'd several Times, making other Signals for the Boat.
  At last, when all their Signals and Firings prov'd fruitless, and they found the Boat did not stir, we saw them by the Help of my Glasses, hoist another Boat out, and row towards the Shore; and we found as they approach'd, that there was no less than ten Men in her, and that they had Fire-Arms with them.
  As the Ship lay almost two Leagues from the Shore, we had a full View of them as they came, and a plain Sight of the Men even of their Faces, because the Tide having set them a little to the East of the other Boat, they row'd up under Shore, to come to the same Place, where the other had landed, and where the Boat lay.
  By this Means, I say, we had a full View of them, and the Captain knew the Persons and Characters of all the Men in the Boat, of whom he said, that there were three very honest Fellows, who he was sure were led into this Conspiracy by the rest, being over-power'd and frighted.
  But that as for the Boatswain, who it seems was the chief Officer among them, and all the rest, they were as outragious as any of the Ship's Crew, and were no doubt made desperate in their new Enterprize, and terribly apprehensive he was, that they would be too powerful for us.
  I smil'd at him, and told him, that Men in our Circumstances were past the Operation of Fear: That seeing almost every Condition that could be, was better than that which we were suppos'd to be in, we ought to expect that the Consequence, whether Death or Life, would be sure to be a Deliverance: I ask'd him, What he thought of the Circumstances of my Life? And, Whether a Deliverance were not worth venturing for? And where, Sir, said I, is your Belief of my being preserv'd here on purpose to save your Life, which elevated you a little while ago? For my Part, said I, there seems to be but one Thing amiss in all the Prospect of it; What's that? Says he; why, said I, 'Tis, that as you say, there are three or four honest Fellows among them, which should be spar'd; had they been all of the wicked Part of the Crew, I should have thought God's Providence had singled them out to deliver them into your Hands; for depend upon it, every Man of them that comes a-shore are our own, and shall die, or live, as they behave to us.
  As I spoke this with a rais'd Voice and chearful Countenance, I found it greatly encourag'd him; so we set vigorously to our Business: We had upon the first Appearance of the Boat's coming from the Ship, consider'd of separating our Prisoners, and had indeed secur'd them effectually.
  Two of them, of whom the Captain was less assur'd than ordinary, I sent with Friday, and one of the three (deliver'd Men) to my Cave, where they were remote enough, and out of Danger of being heard or discover'd, or of finding their way out of the Woods, if they could have deliver'd themselves: Here they left them bound, but gave them Provisions, They promis'd them if they continu'd there quietly, to give them their Liberty in a Day or two; but that if they attempted their Escape, they should be put to Death without Mercy: They promis'd faithfully to bear their Confinement with Patience, and were very thankful that they had such good Usage, as to have Provisions, and a Light left them; for Friday gave them Candles (such as we made our selves) for their Comfort; and they did not know but that he stood Sentinel over them at the Entrance.
  The other Prisoners had better Usage; two of them were kept pinion'd indeed, because the Captain was not free to trust them; but the other two were taken into my Service upon their Captain's Recommendation, and upon their solemnly engaging to live and die with us; so with them and the three honest Men, we were seven Men, well arm'd; and I made no doubt we shou'd be able to deal well enough with the Ten that were a coming, considering that the Captain had said, there were three or four honest Men among them also.
  As soon as they got to the Place where their other Boat lay, they run their Boat in to the Beach, and came all on Shore, haling the Boat up after them, which I was glad to see; for I was afraid they would rather have left the Boat at an Anchor, some Distance from the Shore, with some Hands in her, to guard her; and so we should not be able to seize the Boat.
  Being on Shore, the first Thing they did, they ran all to their other Boat, and it was easy to see that they were under a great Surprize, to find her stripp'd as above, of all that was in her, and a great hole in her Bottom.
  After they had mus'd a while upon this, they set up two or three great Shouts, hollowing with all their might, to try if they could make their Companions hear; but all was to no purpose: Then they came all close in a Ring, and fir'd a Volley of their small Arms, which indeed we heard, and the Ecchos made the Woods ring; but it was all One, those in the Cave we were sure could not hear, and those in our keeping, though they heard it well enough, yet durst give no Answer to them.
  They were so astonish'd at the Surprize of this, that as they told us afterwards, they resolv'd to go all on board again to their Ship, and let them know, that the Men were all murther'd, and the Long-Boat stav'd; accordingly they immediately launch'd their Boat again, and gat all of them on board.
  The Captain was terribly amaz'd, and even confounded at this, believing they would go on board the Ship again, and set Sail, giving their Comrades for lost, and so he should still lose the Ship, which he was in Hopes we should have recover'd; but he was quickly as much frighted the other way.
  They had not been long put off with the Boat, but we perceiv'd them all coming on Shore again; but with this new Measure in their Conduct, which it seems they consulted together upon, viz. To leave three Men in the Boat, and the rest to go on Shore, and go up into the Country to look for their Fellows.
  This was a great Disappointment to us; for now we were at a Loss what to do; for our Seizing those Seven Men on Shore would be no Advantage to us, if we let the Boat escape; because they would then row away to the Ship, and then the rest of them would be sure to weigh and set Sail, and so our recovering the Ship would be lost.
  However, we had no Remedy, but to wait and see what the Issue of Things might present; the seven Men came on Shore, and the three who remain'd in the Boat, put her off to a good Distance from the Shore, and came to an Anchor to wait for them; so that it was impossible for us to come at them in the Boat.
  Those that came on Shore, kept close together, marching towards the Top of the little Hill, under which my Habitation lay; and we could see them plainly, though they could not perceive us: We could have been very glad they would have come nearer to us, so that we might have fir'd at them, or that they would have gone farther off, that we might have come abroad.
  But when they were come to the Brow of the Hill, where they could see a great way into the Valleys and Woods, which lay towards the North-East Part, and where the Island lay lowest, they shouted, and hollow'd, till they were weary; and not caring it seems to venture far from the Shore, nor far from one another, they sat down together under a Tree, to consider of it: Had they thought fit to have gone to sleep there, as the other Party of them had done, they had done the Jobb for us; but they were too full of Apprehensions of Danger, to venture to go to sleep, though they could not tell what the Danger was they had to fear neither.
  The Captain made a very just Proposal to me, upon this Consultation of theirs, viz. That perhaps they would all fire a Volley again, to endeavour to make their Fellows hear, and that we should all Sally upon them, just at the Juncture when their Pieces were all discharg'd, and they would certainly yield, and we should have them without Bloodshed: I lik'd the Proposal, provided it was done while we heard, when they were presently stopp'd by the Creek, where the Water being up, they could not get over, and call'd for the Boat to come up, and Set them over, as indeed I expected.
  When they had Set themselves over, I observ'd, that the Boat being gone up a good way into the Creek, and as it were, in a Harbour within the Land, they took one of the three Men out of her to go along with them, and left only two in the Boat, having fastned her to the Stump of a little Tree on the Shore.
  This was what I wish'd for, and immediately leaving Friday and the Captain's Mate to their Business, I took the rest with me, and crossing the Creek out of their Sight, we surpriz'd the two Men before they were aware; one of them lying on Shore, and the other being in the Boat; the Fellow on Shore, was between sleeping and waking, and going to start up, the Captain who was foremost, ran in upon him, and knock'd him down, and then call'd out to him in the Boat, to yield, or he was a dead Man.
  There needed very few Arguments to perswade a single Man to yield, when he Saw five Men upon him, and his Comrade knock'd down; besides, this was it seems one of the three who were not so hearty in the Mutiny as the rest of the Crew, and therefore was easily perswaded, not only to yield, but afterwards to joyn very sincere with us.
  In the mean time, Friday and the Captain's Mate so well manag'd their Business with the rest, that they drew them by hollowing and answering, from one Hill to another, and from one Wood to another, till they not only heartily tyr'd them but left them, where they were very Sure they could not reach back to the Boat, before it was dark; and indeed they were heartily tyr'd themselves also by the Time they came back to us.
  We had nothing now to do, but to watch for them, in the Dark, and to fall upon them, so as to make sure work with them.
  It was several Hours after Friday came back to me, before they came back to their Boat; and we could hear the foremost of them long before they came quite up, calling to those behind to come along, and could also hear them answer and complain, how lame and tyr'd they were, and not able to -come any faster, which was very welcome News to us.
  At length they came up to the Boat; but 'tis impossible to express their Confusion, when they found the Boat fast a-Ground in the Creek, the Tide ebb'd out, and their two Men gone We could hear them call to one another in a most lamentable Manner, telling one another, they were gotten into an inchanted Island; that either there were Inhabitants in it, and they should all be murther'd, or else there were Devils and Spirits in it, and they should be all carry'd away, and devour'd.
  They hallow'd again, and call'd their two Comerades by their Names, a great many times, but no Answer. After some time, we could see them, by the little Light there was, run about wringing their Hands like Men in Despair; and that sometimes they would go and sit down in the Boat to rest themselves, then come ashore again, and walk about again, and so over the same thing again.
  My Men would fain have me given them Leave to fall upon them at once in the Dark; but I was willing to take them at some Advantage, so to spare them, and kill as few of them as I could; and especially I was unwilling to hazard the killing any of our own Men, knowing the other were very well armed. I resolved to wait to see if they did not separate; and therefore to make sure of them, I drew my Ambuscade nearer, and order'd Friday and the Captain, to creep upon their Hands and Feet as close to the Ground as they could, that they might not be discover'd, and get as near them as they could possibly, before they offered to fire.
  They had not been long in that Posture, but that the Boatswain, who was the principal Ringleader of the Mutiny, and had now shewn himself the most dejected and dispirited of all the rest, came walking towards them with two more of their Crew; the Captain was so eager, as having this principal Rogue so much in his Power, that he could hardly have Patience to let him come so near, as to be sure of him; for they only heard his Tongue before: But when they came nearer, the Captain and Friday starting up on their Feet, let fly at them.
  The Boatswain was kill'd upon the Spot, the next Man was Shot into the Body, and fell just by him, tho' he did not die 'till an Hour or two after; and the third run for it.
  At the Noise of the Fire, I immediately advanc'd with my whole Army, which was now 8 Men, viz. my self Generalissimo, Friday my Lieutenant-General, the Captain and his two Men, and the three Prisoners of War, who we had trusted with Arms.
  We came upon them indeed in the Dark, so that they could not see our Number; and I made the Man we had left in the Boat, who was now one of us, call to them by Name, to try if I could bring them to a Parley, and so might perhaps reduce them to Terms, which fell out just as we desir'd: for deed it was easy to think, as their Condition then was, they would be very willing to capitulate; so he calls out as loud as he could, to one of them, Tom Smith, Tom Smith; Tom Smith answered immediately, Who's that, Robinson? for it seems he knew his Voice: T'other answered, Ay, ay; for God's Sake, Tom Smith, throw down your Arms, and yield, or, you are all dead Men this Moment.
  Who must me yield to? where are they? (says Smith again;) Here they are: says he, here's our Captain, and fifty Men with him, have been hunting you this two Hours; the Boatswain is kill'd, Will Frye is wounded, and I am a Prisoner; and if you do not yield, you are all lost.
  Will they give us. Quarter then, (says Tom Smith) and we will yield? I'll go and ask, if you promise to yield, says Robinson; So he ass:'d the Captain, and the Captain then calls himself out, You Smith, you know my Voice, if you lay down your Arms immediately, and submit, you shall have your Lives all but Will. Atkins.
  Upon this, Will Atkins cry'd out, For God's Sake, Captain, give me Quarter, what have I done? They have been all as bad as I, which by the Way was not true neither; for it seems this Will. Atkins was the first Man that laid hold of the Captain, when they first mutiny'd, and used him barbarously, in tying his Hands, and giving him injurious Language. However, the Captain told him he must lay down his Arms at Discretion, and trust to the Governour's Mercy, by which he meant me; for they all call'd me Governour.
  In a Word, they all laid down their Arms, and begg'd their Lives; and I sent the Man that had parley'd with them, and two more, who bound them all; and then my great Army of 50 Men, which particularly with those three, were all but eight, came up and seiz'd upon them all, and upon their Boat, only that I kept my self and one more out of Sight, for Reasons of State.
  Our next Work was to repair the Boat, and think of seizing the Ship; and as for the Captain, now he had Leisure to parley with them: He expostulated with them upon the Villany of their Practices with him, and at length upon the farther Wickedness of their Design, and how certainly it must bring them to Misery and Distress in the End, and perhaps to the Gallows.
  They all appear'd very penitent, and begg'd hard for their Lives; as for that, he told them, they were none of his Prisoners, but the Commander of the Island; that they thought they had set him on Shore in a barren uninhabited Island, but it had pleased God so to direct them, that the Island was inhabited, and that the Governour was an English Man; that he might hang them all there, if he pleased; but as he had given them all Quarter, he supposed he would send them to England to be dealt with there, as Justice requir'd, except Atkins, who he was commanded by the Governour to advise to prepare for Death; for that he would be hang'd in the Morning.
  Though this was all a Fiction of his own, yet it had its desired Effect; Atkins fell upon his Knees to beg the Captain to interceed with the Governour for his Life; and all the rest beg'd of him for God's Sake, that they might not be sent to England.
  It now occurr'd to me, that the time of our Deliverance was come, and that it would be a most easy thing to bring these Fellows in, to be hearty in getting Possession of the Ship; so I retir'd in the Dark from them, that they might not see what Kind of a Governour they had, and call'd the Captain to me; when I call'd, as at a good Distance, one of the Men was order'd to speak again, and say to the Captain, Captain, the Commander calls for you; and presently the Captain reply'd, Tell his Excellency, I am just a coming: This more perfectly amused' them; and they all believed that the Commander was just by with his fifty Men.
  Upon the Captain's coming to me, I told him my Project for seizing the Ship, which he lik'd of wonderfully well, and resolv'd to put it in Execution the next Morning.
  But in Order to execute it with more Art, and secure of Success, I told him, we must divide the Prisoners, and that he should go and take Atkins and two more of the worst of them, and send them pinion'd to the Cave where the others lay: This was committed to Friday and the two Men who came on Shore with the Captain.
  They convey'd them to the Cave, as to a Prison; and it was indeed a dismal Place, especially to Men in their Condition.
  The other I order'd to my Bower, as I call'd it, of which I have given a full Description; and as it was fenc'd in, and they pinion'd, the Place was secure enough, considering they were upon their Behaviour.
  To these in the Morning I sent the Captain, who was to enter into a Parley with them, in a Word to try them, and tell me, whether he thought they might be trusted or no, to on Board and surprize the Ship. He talk'd to them of the Injury done him, of the Condition they were brought to; and that though the Governour had given them Quarter for their Lives, as to the present Action, yet that if they were sent to England, they would all be hang'd in Chains, to be sure; but that if they would join in so just an Attempt, as to recover the Ship, he would have the Governour's Engagement for their Pardon.
  Any one may guess how readily such a Proposal would be accepted by Men in their Condition; they fell down on their Knees to the Captain, and promised with the deepest Imprecations, that they would be faithful to him to the last Drop, and that they should owe their Lives to him, and would go with him all over the World, that they would own him for a Father to them as long as they liv'd.
  Well, says the Captain, I must go and tell the Governour what you say, and see what I can do to bring him to consent to it: So he brought me an Account of the Temper he found them in; and that he verily believ'd they would be faithful.
  However, that we might be very secure, I told him he should go back again, and choose out five of them, and tell them, they might see that he did not want Men, that he would take out those five to be his Assistants, and that the Governour would keep the other two, and the three that were sent Prisoners to the Castle, (my Cave) as Hostages, for the Fidelity of those five; and that if they prov'd unfaithful in the Execution, the five Hostages should be hang'd in Chains alive upon the Shore.
  This look'd severe, and convinc'd them that the Governour was in Earnest; however they had no Way left them, but to accept it; and it was now the Business of the Prisoners, as much as of the Captain, to perswade the other five to do their Duty.
  Our Strength was now thus ordered for the Expedition: 1. The Captain, his Mate, and Passenger. 2. Then the two Prisoners of the first Gang, to whom having their Characters from the Captain, I had given their Liberty, and trusted them with Arms. 3. The other two who I had kept till now, in my Bower, pinion'd; but upon the Captain's Motion, had now releas'd. These five releas'd at last: So that they were twelve in all, besides five we kept Prisoners in the Cave, for Hostages.
  I ask'd the Captain, if he was willing to venture with these Hands on Board the Ship; for as for me and my Man Friday, I did not think it was proper for us to stir, having seven Men left behind; and it was Employment enough for us to keep them assunder, and supply them with Victuals.
  As to the five in the Cave, I resolv'd to keep them fast, but Friday went in twice a Day to them, to supply them with Necessaries; and I made the other two carry Provisions to a certain Distance, where Friday was to take it.
  When I shew'd my self to the two Hostages, it was with the Captain, who told them, I was the Person the Governour had order'd to look after them, and that it was the Governour's Pleasure they should not stir any where, but by my Direction; that if they did, they should be fetch'd into the Castle, and be lay'd in Irons; so that as we never suffered them to see me as Governour, so I now appear'd as another Person, and Spoke of the Governour, the Garrison, the Castle, and the like, upon all Occasions.
  The Captain now had no Difficulty before him, but to furnish his two Boats, Stop the Breach of one, and Man them. He made his Passenger Captain of one, with four other Men; and himself, and his Mate, and five more, went in the other: And they contriv'd their Business very well; for they came up to the Ship about Midnight: As soon as they came within Call of the Ship, he made Robinson hale them, and tell them they had brought off the Men and the Boat, but that it was a long time before they had found them, and the like holding them in a Chat 'till they came to the Ship's Side when the Captain and the Mate entring first with their Arms, immediately knock'd down the second Mate and Carpenter, with the But-end of their Muskets, being very faithfully seconded by their Men, they secur'd all the rest that were upon the Main and Quarter Decks, and began to fasten the Hatches to keep them down who were below, when the other Boat and their Men entring at the fore Chains, secur'd the Fore-Castle of the Ship, and the Scuttle which went down into the Cook Room, making three Men they found there, Prisoners.
  When this was done, and all safe upon Deck, the Captain order'd the Mate with three Men to break into the Round-House where the new Rebel Captain lay, and having taken the Alarm, was gotten up, and with two Men and a Boy had gotten Fire Arms in their Hands, and when the Mate with a Crow split open the Door, the new Captain and his Men fir'd boldly among them, and wounded the Mate with a Musket Ball which broke his Arm, and wounded two more of the but kill'd no Body.
  The Mate calling for Help, rush'd however into the Round-House, wounded as he was, and with his Pistol shot the new Captain thro' the Head, the Bullet entring at his Mouth, and came out again behind one of his Ears; so that he never spoke a Word; upon which the rest yielded, and the Ship was taken effectually, without any more Lives lost.
  As soon as the Ship was thus secur'd, the Captain order'd seven Guns to be fir'd, which was the Signal agreed upon with me, to give me Notice of his Success, which you may be sure I was very glad to hear, having sat watching upon the Shore for it till near two of the Clock in the Morning.
  Having thus heard the Signal plainly, I laid me down; and it having been a Day of great Fatigue to me, I slept very sound, 'till I was something surpriz'd with the Noise of a Gun; and presently starting up, I heard a Man call me by the Name of Governour, Governour, and presently I knew the Captain's Voice, when climbing up to the Top of the Hill, there he stood, and pointing to the Ship, he embrac'd me in Arms, My dear Friend and Deliverer, says he, there's your Ship, for she is all yours, and so are we and all that belong to her. I cast my Eyes to the Ship, and there she rode within little more than half a Mile of the Shore; for they had weighed for as soon as they were Masters of her; and the Weather being fair, had brought her to an Anchor just against the Mouth of the little Creek; and the Tide being up, the Captain had brought the Pinnace in near the
  Place where I at first landed my Rafts, and so landed just at my Door. I was at first ready to sink down with the Surprize. For I saw my Deliverance indeed visibly put into my Hands, all things easy, and a large Ship just ready to carry me away whither I pleased to go. At first, for some time, I was not able to answer him one Word; but as he had taken me in his Arms, I held fast by him, or I should have fallen to the Ground.
  He perceived the Surprize, and immediately pulls a Bottle out of his Pocket, and gave me a Dram of Cordial, which he had brought on Purpose for me; after I had drank it, I sat down upon the Ground; and though it brought me to my self, yet it was a good while before I could speak a Word to him.
  All this while the poor Man was in as great an Extasy as I, only not under any Surprize, as I was; and he said a thousand kind tender things to me, to compose me and bring me to my self; but such was the Flood of Joy in my Breast, that it put all my Spirits into Confusion, at last it broke out into Tears, and in a little while after, I recovered my Speech.
  Then I took my Turn, and embrac'd him as my Deliverer; and we rejoyc'd together. I told him, I look upon him as a Man sent from Heaven to deliver me, and that the whole Transaction seemed to be a Chain of Wonders; that such things as these were the Testimonies we had of a secret Hand of Providence governing the World, and an Evidence, that the Eyes of an infinite Power could search into the remotest Corner of the World, and send Help to the Miserable whenever he pleased.
  I forgot not to lift up my Heart in Thankfulness to Heaven, and what Heart could forbear to bless him, who had not only in a miraculous Manner provided for one in such a Wilderness, and in such a desolate Condition, but from whom every Deliverance must always be acknowledged to proceed.
  When we had talk'd a while, the Captain told me, he had brought me some little Refreshment, such as the Ship afforded, and such as the Wretches that had been so long his Master had not plunder'd him of: Upon this he call'd aloud to the Boat, and bid his Men bring the things ashore that were for the Governour; and indeed it was a Present, as if I had been one not that was to be carry'd away along with them, but as if I had been to dwell upon the Island still, and they were to go without me.
  First he had brought me a Case of Bottles full of excellent Cordial Waters, six large Bottles of Madera Wine; the Bottles held two Quarts a-piece; two Pound of excellent good Tobacco, twelve good Pieces of the Ship's Beef, and six Pieces of Pork, with a Bag of Pease, and about a hundred Weight of Bisket.
  He brought me also a Box of Sugar, a Box of Flower, a Bag full of Lemons, and two Bottles of Lime-Juice, and Abundance of other things: But besides these, and what was a thousand times more useful to me, he brought me six clean new Shirts, six very good Neckcloaths, two Pair of Gloves, one Pair of Shoes, a Hat, and one Pair of Stockings, and a very good Suit of Cloaths of his own, which had been worn but very little: In a Word, he cloathed me from Head to Foot.
  It was a very kind and agreeable Present, as any one may imagine to one in my Circumstances: But never was any thing in the World of that Kind so unpleasant, awkard, and uneasy, as it was to me to wear such Cloaths at their first putting on.
  After these Ceremonies past, and after all his good things were brought into my little Apartment, we began to consult what was to be done with the Prisoners we had; for it was worth considering, whether we might venture to take them away with us or no, especially two of them, who we knew to be incorrigible and refractory to the last Degree; and the Captain said, he knew they were such Rogues, that there was no obliging them, and if he did carry them away, it must be in Irons, as Malefactors to be delivered over to Justice at the first English Colony he could come at; and I found that the Captain himself was very anxious about it.
  Upon this, I told him, that if he desir'd it, I durst undertake to bring the two Men he spoke of, to make it their own Request that he should leave them upon the Island: I should be very glad of that, says the Captain, with all my Heart.
  Well, says I, I will send for them up, and talk with them for you; so I caused Friday and the two Hostages, for they were now discharg'd, their Comrades having perform'd their Promise; I say, I caused them to go to the Cave, and bring up the five Men pinion'd, as they were, to the Bower, and keep them there 'till I came.
  After some time, I came thither dress'd in my new Habit, and now I was call'd Governour again; being all met, and the Captain with me, I caused the Men to be brought before me, and I told them, I had had a full Account of their villanous Behaviour to the Captain, and how they had run away with the Ship, and were preparing to commit farther Robberies, but that Providence had ensnar'd them in their own Ways, and that they were fallen into the Pit which they had digged for others.
  I let them know, that by my Direction the Ship had been seiz'd, that she lay now in the Road; and they might see by and by, that their new Captain had receiv'd the Reward of his Villany; for that they might see him hanging at the Yard-Arm.
  That as to them, I wanted to know what they had to say, why I should not execute them as Pirates taken in the Fact, as by my Commission they could not doubt I had Authority to do.
  One of them answer'd in the Name of the rest, That they had nothing to say but this, That when they were taken, the Captain promis'd them their Lives, and they humbly implor'd my Mercy; But I told them, I knew not what Mercy to shew them; for as for my self, I had resolv'd to quit the Island with all my Men, and had taken Passage with the Captain to go for England: And as for the Captain, he could not carry them to England, other than as Prisoners in Irons to be try'd for Mutiny, and running away with the Ship; the Consequence of which, they must needs know, would be the Gallows; so that I could not tell which was best for them, unless they had a Mind to take their Fate in the Island; if they desir'd, that I did not care, as I had Liberty to leave it, I had some Inclination to give them their Lives, if they thought they could shift on Shore.
  They seem'd very thankful for it, said they would much rather venture to stay there, than to be carry'd to England to be hang'd; so I left it on that Issue.
  However, the Captain seem'd to make some Difficulty of it, as if he durst not leave them there: Upon this I seem'd a little angry with the Captain, and told him, That they were my Prisoners, not his; and that seeing I had offered them so much Favour, I would be as good as my Word; and that if he did not think fit to consent to it, I would set them at Liberty, as I found them; and if he did not like it, he might take them again if he could catch them.




  其余的俘虏受到的待遇要好些。有两个一直没有松绑,因为船长对他们仍不放心,但另外两个受到了我的录用,这是由于船长的推荐。同时,他们本人也慎重宣誓,要与我们共存亡。因此,加上他们和船长一伙好人,我们一共是七个人,都是全副武装。我毫不怀疑,我们完全能对付即将上岛的那十来个人,更何况船长说过,其中还有三四个好人呢。

  那批人来到头一只小船停泊的地方,马上把他们自己的小船推到沙滩上,船上的人也通通下了船,一起把小船拉到岸上。看到这一情况,我心里非常高兴。因为我就怕他们把小船在离岸较远的地方下锚,再留几个人在船上看守。那样我们就没法夺取小船了。

  一上岸,他们首先一起跑去看前一只小船。不难看出,当他们发现船上空空如也,船底上有一个大洞,个个都大吃一惊。

  他们把眼前看到的情况寻思了一会儿,就一起使劲大喊了两三次,想叫他们的同伴听见。可是毫无结果。接着,他们又围成一圈,放了一排熗。这起熗声我们当然听见了,而且熗声的回声把树林都震响了。可是结果还是一样。那些关在洞里的,自然听不见;那些被我们看守着的,虽然听得很清楚,却不敢作任何反应。

  这事大大出乎他们的意料,使他们万分惊讶。事后他们告诉我们,他们当时决定回到大船上去,告诉船上的人说,那批人都给杀光了,长艇也给凿沉了。于是,他们马上把小船推到水里,一起上了船。

  看到他们的这一举动,船长非常吃惊,简直不知怎么办好了。他相信,他们一定会回到大船上去,把船开走,因为他们一定认为他们的伙伴都已没命了。那样的话,他原来想收复大船的希望就落空了。可是,不久,他看到那批人又有了新的举动,又一次使他惶恐不安起来。

  他们把船划出不远,我们看到他们又一起重新回到岸上。

  这次行动他们采取了新的措施。看来,他们刚才已商量好了。

  那就是,留三个人在小船上,其余的人一齐上岸,深入小岛去寻找他们的伙伴。

  这使我们大失所望,简直不知怎么办才好。因为如果我们让小船开跑,即使我们把岸上的七个人通通抓住,那也毫无用处。那三个人必然会把小船划回大船,大船上的人必然会起锚扬帆而去,那我们收复大船的希望同样会落空。

  可是,我们除了静候事情的发展,别无良策。那七个人上岸了。三个留在船上的人把船划得离岸远远的,然后下锚停泊等岸上的人。这样一来,我们也无法向小船发动攻击。

  那批上岸的人紧紧走在一起,向那小山头前进。而那小山下,就是我的住所。我们可以把他们看得清清楚楚,可他们根本看不到我们。他们若走近我们,倒是求之不得,因为近了我们就可以向他们开熗。他们若索性走远点也好,这样我们可以到外面去。

  在小山顶上,他们可以看见那些山谷和森林远远地向东北延伸,那是岛上地势最低的地方。他们一上山顶,就一个劲地齐声大喊大叫,一直喊得喊不动为止。看来他们不想远离海岸,深入小岛腹地冒险,也不愿彼此分散。于是,他们就坐在一棵树下考虑办法。如果他们也像前一批人那样,决定先睡一觉,那倒成全了我们的好事。可是,他们却非常担心危险,不敢睡觉,尽管他们自己也不知道究竟有什么危险。

  他们正在那里聚在一起商量的时候,船长向我提出了一个建议;这建议确实合情合理。那就是,他们或许还会开一排熗,目的是想让他们的伙伴听见。我们应趁他们刚开完熗,就一拥而上。那时他们只好束手就擒,我们就可以不流一滴血把他们制服。我对这个建议很满意。但是,我们必须尽量接近他们,在他们来不及装上弹药前就冲上去。

  可是,他们并没有开熗。我们悄悄地在那里埋伏了很久,不知怎么办才好。最后,我告诉他们,在我看来,天黑之前我们不能采取任何行动。但到了晚上,如果他们不回到小船上去,我们也许可以想出什么办法包抄到他们和海岸中间,用什么策略对付那几个小船上的人,引他们上岸。

  我们又等了很久,心里忐忑不安,巴不得他们离开。只见他们商议了半天,忽然一起跳起来,向海边走去。这一下,我们心里真有点慌了。看来,他们很害怕这儿真有什么危险,并认为他们那些伙伴都已完蛋了,所以决定不再寻找他们,回大船上去继续他们原定的航行计划。

  我一见他们向海边走去,马上猜到他们已放弃搜寻,准备回去了。事实也确实如此。我把我的想法告诉了船长,他也为此十分担忧,心情沉重极了。可是,我很快想出了一个办法把他们引回来,后来也真的达到了我的目的。

  我命令星期五和那位大副越过小河往西走,一直走到那批野人押着星期五登陆的地方,并叫他们在半英里外的那片高地上,尽量大声叫喊,一直喊到让那些水手听见为止。我又交待他们,在听到那些水手回答之后,再回叫几声,然后不要让他们看见,兜上一个大圈子,一面叫着,一面应着,尽可能把他们引往小岛深处。然后,再按照我指定的路线迂回到我这边来。

  那些人刚要上小船,星期五和大副就大声喊叫起来。他们马上听见了,就一面回答,一面沿海岸往西跑。他们朝着喊话的方向跑去。跑了一阵,他们就被小河挡住了去路。当时小河正值涨水,他们没法过河,只好把那只小船叫过来,渡他们过去。一切都在我意料之中。

  他们渡过河后,我发现小船已向上游驶了一段路程,进入了一个好像内河港口的地方。他们从船上叫下一个人来跟他们一块走,所以现在船上只留下两个人了,小船就拴在一根小树桩上。

  这一切正合我的心愿。我让星期五和大副继续干他们的事,自己马上带其余的人偷偷渡过小河,出其不意地向那两个人扑过去。当时,一个人正躺在岸上,一个人还在船里呆着。那岸上的人半睡半醒,正想爬起来,走在头里的船长一下冲到他跟前,把他打倒在地。然后,船长又向船上的人大喝一声,叫他赶快投降,否则就要他的命。

  当一个人看到五个人向他扑来,而他的同伴又已被打倒,叫他投降是用不着多费什么口舌的。而且,他又是被迫参加叛乱的三个水手之一,所以,他不但一下子就被我们降服了,而且后来还忠心耿耿地参加到我们这边来。

  与此同时,星期五和大副也把对付其余几个人的任务完成得很出色。他们一边喊,一边应,把他们从一座小山引向另一座小山,从一片树林引向另一片树林,不但把那批人搞得筋疲力竭,而且把他们引得很远很远,不到天黑他们是绝不可能回到小船上来的。不用说,就是星期五他们自己,回来时也已劳累不堪了。

  我们现在已无事可做,只有在暗中监视他们,准备随时向他们进攻,坚决把他们打败。

  星期五他们回来好几小时后,那批人才回到了他们小船停泊的地方。我们老远就能听到走在头里的几个向掉在后面的几个大声呼唤着,要他们快点跟上。又听到那后面的几个人一面答应着,一面叫苦不迭,说他们又累又脚痛,实在走不快了。这对于我们确实是一个好消息。

  最后,他们总算走到了小船跟前。当时潮水已退,小船搁浅在小河里,那两个人又不知去向,他们那种惊慌失措的样子,简直无法形容。我们听见他们互相你呼我唤,声音十分凄惨。他们都说是上了一个魔岛,岛上不是有人,就是有妖怪。如果有人,他们必然会被杀得一个不剩;如果有妖怪,他们也必然会被妖怪抓走,吃个精光。

  他们又开始大声呼唤,不断地喊着他们那两个伙伴的名字,可是毫无回音。又过了一会儿,我们从傍晚暗淡的光线下看见他们惶惶然地跑来跑去,双手扭来扭去,一副绝望的样子。他们一会儿跑到小船上坐下来休息,一会儿又跑到岸上,奔来奔去。如此上上下下,反复不已。

  这时,我手下的人恨不得我允许他们趁着夜色立即向他们扑上去。可是我想找一个更有利的机会向他们进攻,给他们留一条生路,尽可能少杀死几个。我尤其不愿意我们自己人有伤亡,因为我知道对方也都是全副武装的。我决定等待着,看看他们是否会散开。因此,为了更有把握制服他们,我命令手下人再向前推进埋伏起来,并让星期五和船长尽可能贴着地面匍匐前进,尽量隐蔽,并在他们动手开熗之前,爬得离他们越近越好。

  他们向前爬了不多一会儿,那水手长就带着另外两个水手朝他们走来。这水手长是这次叛乱的主要头目,现在比其他人更垂头丧气。船长急不可耐,不等他走近看清楚,就同星期五一起跳起来向他们开了熗。他们只是凭对方的声音行动的。

  那水手长当场给打死了。另一个身上中弹受伤,倒在水手长身旁,过了一两小时也死了。第三个人拔腿就跑。

  我一听见熗响,立即带领全军前进。我这支军队现在一共有八个人,那就是:我,总司令;星期五,我的副司令。另外是船长和他的两个部下。还有三个我们信得过的俘虏,我们也发给了他们熗。

  趁着漆黑的夜色,我们向他们发动了猛攻。他们根本看不清我们究竟有多少人。那个被他们留在小船上的人,现在已是我们的人了。我命令他喊那些水手的名字,看看能否促使他们和我们谈判,强其他们投降。结果我们如愿以偿。因为不难理解,他们处在当前的情况下是十分愿意投降的。于是,他尽量提高嗓门,喊出他们中间一个人的名字:"汤姆·史密斯!汤姆·史密斯!"汤姆·史密斯似乎听出了他的声音,立即回答说:"是鲁滨孙吗?"那个人恰好也叫鲁滨孙。他回答说:"是啊,是我!看在上帝份上,汤姆·史密斯,快放下武器投降吧!要不你们马上都没命了。"“我们向谁投降?他们在哪儿?"史密斯问。"他们在这儿,"他说。"我们船长就在这儿,带了五十个人,已经搜寻你们两小时了。水手长已给打死了。维尔·佛莱也已受伤。我被俘虏了。你们不投降就完蛋了!"“我们投降, "史密斯说,"他们肯饶我们命吗?""你们肯投降,我就去问问看,"鲁滨孙说。他就问船长。这时,船长亲自出来喊话了。"喂,史密斯,你听得出,这是我的声音。

  只要你们放下武器投降,我就饶你们的命,只有威尔·阿金斯除外。"听到这话,威尔·阿金斯叫喊起来:"看在上帝份上,船长,饶了我吧!我做了什么呢?他们都和我一样坏。"但事实并非像他说的。因为,从当时情况来看,在他们这次发动叛乱的时候,正是这个威尔·阿金斯首先把船长抓起来,对船长的态度十分蛮横。他把船长的两只手绑起来,又用恶毒的语言谩骂船长。这时,船长告诉他,他必须首先放下武器,然后听候总督处理。所谓总督,指的就是我,因为现在他们都叫我总督。

  简而言之,他们都放下了武器,请求饶命。于是,我派那个和他们谈判的人以及另外两个水手,把他们通通绑起来。

  然后,我那五十人的大军--其实,加上他们三人,我们总共才只八个人--便上去把他们和他们的小船一起扣起来。

  我和另一个人因身份关系,暂不露面。

  我们下一步工作就是把那凿破的小船修好,并设法把大船夺回来。而船长这时也有时间与他们谈判了。他向他们讲了一番大道理,指出他们对待他的态度如何恶劣,他们的居心如何邪恶,并告诉他们,他们的所作所为,最后一定给自己带来不幸和灾难,甚至会把他们送上绞刑架。

  他们一个个表示悔罪,苦苦哀求饶命。对此,船长告诉他们,他们不是他的俘虏,而是岛上主管长官的俘虏。他说,他们本来以为把他送到了一个杳无人烟的荒岛上,但上帝要他们把他送到有人居住的岛上,而且,岛上还有一位英国总督。他说,如果总督认为必要,就可以把他们通通在岛上吊死。但现在他决定饶恕他们,大概要把他们送回英国,秉公治罪。但阿金斯除外。总督下令,要阿金斯准备受死,明天早晨就要把他吊死。

  这些话虽然都是船长杜撰出来的,然而却达到了预期的效果。阿金斯跪下来哀求船长向总督求情,饶他一命。其余的人也一起向船长哀求,要他看在上帝份上,不要把他们送回英国。

  这时我忽然想到,我们获救的时刻到了。现在把这些人争取过来,让他们全心全意去夺取那只大船,已非难事。于是我在夜色中离开了他们,免得他们看见我是怎样的一个总督。然后,我把船长叫到身边。当我叫他的时候,因为已有相当的距离,就派了一个人去传话,对船长说:"船长,司令叫你。"船长马上回答说:"回去告诉阁下,我就来。"这样一来,就使他们更加深信不疑了。他们都相信,司令和他手下的五十名士兵就在附近。

  船长一到,我就把夺船的计划告诉他。船长认为计划非常周密,就决定第二天早晨付诸实施。

  但是,为了把计划执行得更巧妙,更有成功的把握,我对船长说,我们必须把俘虏分开处理。首先,他应去把阿金斯和另外两个最坏的家伙绑起来,送到我们拘留另外几个人的那个石洞里去。这件事我们交给星期五和那两个跟船长一起上岸的人去办了。

  星期五等人把俘虏押解到石洞里,好像把他们投入监牢一样。事实上,那地方也确实够凄凉的,尤其是对于他们这种处境的人,更是阴森可怕。

  我又命令把其余的俘虏送到我的乡间别墅里去。关于这别墅,我前面已作过详尽的叙述。那边本来就有围墙,他们又都被捆绑着,所以把他们关在那里相当可靠。再说,他们也知道,他们的前途决定于他们自己的表现,因此谁都不敢轻举妄动。

  到了早晨,我便派船长去同他们谈判,目的是要他去摸摸他们的底,然后回来向我汇报,看看派他们一起去夺回大船是否可靠。船长跟他们谈到他们对他的伤害以及他们目前的处境。他又对他们说,虽然现在总督已饶了他们的命,可是,如果把他们送回英国,他们还是会给当局用铁链吊死的。

  不过,如果他们肯参加夺回大船的正义行动,他一定请求总督同意赦免他们。

  任何人都不难想象,处在他们的境况下,对于这个建议,真是求之不得。他们一起跪在船长面前,苦苦哀求,答应对他誓死效忠,并且说,他们将永远感激他救命之恩,甘愿跟他走遍天涯海角,还要毕生把他当作父亲一样看待。

  "好吧,"船长说,"我现在回去向总督汇报,尽力劝他同意赦免你们。"于是,他回来把他们当前思想情况原原本本地向我作了汇报,并且说,他完全相信他们是会效忠的。

  话虽如此,为了保险起见,我叫船长再回去一趟,从他们七个人中挑出五个人来。我要他告诉那些人,他现在并不缺少人手,现在只要挑选五个人做他助手,总督要把其余两个人以及那三个已经押送到城堡里去的俘虏留下来作人质,以保证参加行动的那五个人的忠诚。如果他们在执行任务过程中有任何不忠诚的表现,留在岛上的五个人质就要在岸上用铁链活活吊死。

  这个办法看起来相当严厉,使他们相信总督办事是很认真的,他们除了乖乖接受外,别无办法。结果,那几个俘虏反而和船长一样认真,劝告参加行动的五个人尽力尽责。

  我们出征的兵力是这样的:一,船长、大副、旅客;二,第二批俘虏中的两个水手。我从船长口里了解了他们的品行,早已恢复了他们的自由,并发给了他们武器;三,另外两个水手。这两个人直到现在还被捆绑着关在我的别墅里,现经船长建议,也把他们释放了;四,那五个最后挑选出来的人。

  因此,参加行动的一共是十三人。留在岛上的人质是七个人,五个关在城堡的石洞里,两个没有关起来。

  我问船长,他是否愿意冒险带领这些人去收复大船。我认为,我和星期五不宜出动,因为岛上还有七个俘虏,而且他们又都被分散看守着,还得供给他们饮食,也够我们忙的了。

  我决定牢牢看守好关在洞里的那五个人。我让星期五一天去两次,给他们送些食品去。我要其他两个人先把东西送到一个指定的地点,然后再由星期五送去。

  当我在那两个人质面前露面时,我是同船长一起去的。船长向他们介绍,我是由总督派来监视他们的。总督的命令是,没有我的指示,他们不得乱跑。如果乱跑,就把他们抓起来送到城堡里去,用铁链子锁起来。这样,为了不让他们知道我就是总督,我现在是以另一个人的身份出现,并不时地向他们谈到总督、驻军和城堡等问题。

  船长现在只要把两只小船装备好,把留在沙滩上的那只小船的洞补好,再分派人员上去,别的就没有什么困难了。他指定他的旅客作一条小船的船长,带上另外四名水手。他自己、大副和另外五名水手,上了另一条小船。他们的事情进行得很顺利。到了半夜,他们已到了大船旁。当他们划到能够向大船喊话时,船长就命令那个叫鲁滨孙的水手同他们招呼,告诉他们人和船都已回来了,他们是花了好多时间才把人和船找回来的。他们一面用这些话敷衍着,一面靠拢了大船。当小船一靠上大船,船长和大副首先带熗上了船。这时,手下的人表现得很忠诚。在他们的协助下船长和大副一下子就用熗把子把二副和木匠打倒了。紧接着他们又把前后甲板上的其他人全部制服,并关好舱口,把舱底下的人关在下面。

  这时,第二只小船上的人也从船头的铁索上爬上来,占领了船头和通厨房的小舱口,并把在厨房里碰到的三个人俘虏了起来。

  这一切完成后,又肃清了甲板,船长就命令大副带三个人进攻艉楼甲板室,去抓睡在那里做了新船长的叛徒。这时,那新船长已听到了警报,从床上爬起来。他身边有两个船员和一个小听差,每人手里都有熗。当大副用一根铁橇杠把门劈开时,那新船长和他手下的人就不顾一切地向他们开火。一颗短熗子弹打伤了大副,把他的胳膊打断了,还打伤了其他两个人,但没有打死人。

  大副虽然受了伤,还是一面呼救,一面冲进船长室,用手熗朝新船长头上就是一熗;子弹从他嘴里进去,从一只耳朵后面出来,他再也说不出一句话了。其余的人看到这情形,也都投降了。于是,大船就这样稳稳当当地夺了过来,再也没有死一个人。

  占领大船后,船长马上下令连放弃熗。这是我和他约定的信号,通知我事情成功了。不用说,听到这个信号我是多么高兴。因为我一直坐在岸边等候这个信号,差不多一直等到半夜两点钟。

  我听清了信号,便倒下来睡觉。我整整忙碌了一天,已十分劳累,所以睡得很香。忽然,睡梦中听到一声熗声,把我惊醒。我马上爬起来,听到有人在喊我 "总督!总督!"我一听是船长的声音,就爬上小山头,一看果然是他。他指了指大船,把我搂在怀里。"我亲爱的朋友,我的救命恩人,"他说,"这是你的船,它是你的,我们这些人和船上的一切也都是你的!"我看了看大船,只见它停泊在离岸不到半英里的地方。原来,船长他们夺回了大船后,看见天气晴朗,便起了锚,把船一直开到小河口上。这时正好涨潮,船长就把长艇划到我当初卸木排的地方靠岸,也就是正好在城堡门口上岸。

  开初,这突如其来的喜事,使我几乎晕倒在地,因为我亲眼看到我脱险的事已十拿九稳,且一切顺利,而且还有一艘大船可以把我送到任何我想去的地方。有好半天,我一句话也答不上来。如果不是船长用手紧紧抱着我,我也紧紧靠在他身上,我早已倒在地上了。

  他看见我那么激动,马上从袋里取出一个起子,把他特地为我带来的提神酒给我喝了几口。喝完之后,我就坐在地上。虽然这几口酒使我清醒了过来,可是又过了好半天,才说得出话来。

  这时候,船长也和我一样欣喜若狂,只是不像我那么激动罢了。于是,他对我说了无数亲切温暖的话,让我安定下来,清醒过来。但我心中惊喜交加,竟不能自己。最后,我失声大哭。又过了好一会,才能开口说话。

  这时,我拥抱了船长,把他当作我的救命恩人。我们两个人都喜不自胜。我告诉他,在我看来,他是上天特意派来救我脱险的;又说这件事的经过简直是一连串的奇迹。这类事情证明,有一种天意在冥冥中支配着世界,证明上帝无所不在,并能看清天涯海角发生的一切,只要他愿意,任何时候都可以救助不幸的人。

  我也没有忘记衷心感谢上天。在这荒无人烟的小岛上,在这样孤苦伶仃的处境中,我不仅没有饿死,正是上帝的奇迹,赐给我饮食;而且,我一次又一次地绝处逢生,逃过大难,也都是上帝对我的恩赐。上苍如此厚爱其子民,谁能不对他感到衷心的感激呢?

  船长跟我谈了一会儿,便告诉我,他给我带了一点饮料和食物。这些东西,只是暴徒们劫后残剩下来的,所以只能拿出这么一点了。说着,他向小船高声喊了一声,吩咐他手下人把献给总督的东西搬上岸来。这实际上是一份丰厚的礼物,初看起来,好像要让我在岛上继续呆下去,不准备把我载走了。

  首先,他给我带来了一箱高级的提神酒,六大瓶马德拉白葡萄酒,每瓶有两夸脱,两磅上等烟叶,十二块上好的牛肉脯,六块猪肉,一袋豆子和大约一百磅饼干。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 20楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  To remedy this, I went to Work in my Thought, and calling to Friday to bid them sit down on the Bank while he came to me, I soon made a Kind of Hand-Barrow to lay them on, and Friday and I carry'd them up both together upon it between us: But when we got them to the outside of our Wall or Fortification, we were at a worse Loss than before; for it was impossible to get them over; and I was resolv'd not to break it down: So I set to Work again; and Friday and I, in about 2 Hours time, made a very handsom Tent, cover'd with old Sails, and above that with Boughs of Trees, being in the Space without our outward Fence, and between that and the Grove of young Wood which I had planted: And here we made them two Beds of such things as I had (viz.) of good Rice-Straw, with Blankets laid upon it to lye on, and another to cover them on each Bed. My Island was now peopled, and I thought my self very rich in Subjects; and it was a merry Reflection which I frequently made, How like a King I look'd. First of all, the whole Country was my own meer Property; so that I had an undoubted Right of Dominion. 2dly, My People were perfectly subjected: I was absolute Lord and Law-giver; they all owed their Lives to me, and were ready to lay down their Lives, if there had been Occasion of it, for me. It was remarkable too, we had but three Subjects, and they were of three different Religions. My Man Friday was a Protestant, his Father was a Pagan and a Cannibal, and the Spaniard was a Papist: However, I allow'd Liberty of Conscience throughout my Dominions: But this is by the Way.
  As soon as I had secur'd my two weak rescued Prisoners, and given them Shelter, and a Place to rest them upon, I began to think of making some Provision for them: And the first thing I did, I order'd Friday to take a yearling Goat, betwixt a Kid and a Goat, out of my particular Flock, to be kill'd, when I cut off the hinder Quarter, and chopping it into small Pieces, I set Friday to Work to boiling and stewing, and made them a very good Dish, I assure you, of Flesh and Broth, having put some Barley and Rice also into the Broth; and as I cook'd it without Doors, for I made no Fire within my inner Wall, so I carry'd it all into the new Tent; and having set a Table there for them, I sat down and eat my own Dinner also with them, and, as well as I could, chear'd them and encourag'd them; Friday being my Interpreter, especially to his Father, and indeed to the Spaniard too; for the Spaniard spoke the Language of the Savages pretty well.
  After we had dined, or rather supped, I order'd Friday to take one of the Canoes, and go and fetch our Muskets and other Fire-Arms, which for Want of time we had left upon the Place of Battle, and the next Day I order'd him to go and bury the dead Bodies of the Savages, which lay open to the Sun, and would presently be offensive; and I also order'd him to bury the horrid Remains of their barbarous Feast, which I knew were pretty much, and which I could not think of doing my self; nay, I could not bear to see them, if I went that Way: All which he punctually performed, and defaced the very Appearance of the Savages being there; so that when I went again, I could scarce know where it was, otherwise than by the Corner of the Wood pointing to the Place.
  I then began to enter into a little Conversation with my two new Subjects; and first I set Friday to enquire of his Father, what he thought of the Escape of the Savages in that Canoe, and whether we might expect a Return of them with a Power too great for us to resist: His first Opinion was, that the Savages in the Boat never could live out the Storm which blew that Night they went off, but must of Necessity be drowned or driven South to those other Shores where they were as sure to be devoured as they were to be drowned if they were cast away; but as to what they would do if they came safe on Shore, he said he knew not; but it was his Opinion that they were so dreadfully frighted with the Manner of their being attack'd, the Noise and the Fire, that he believed they would tell their People, they were all kill'd by Thunder and Lightning, not by the Hand of Man, and that the two which appear'd, (viz.) Friday and me, were two Heavenly Spirits or Furies, come down to destroy them, and not Men with Weapons: This he said he knew, because he heard them all cry out so in their Language to one another, for it was impossible to them to conceive that a Man could dart Fire, and speak Thunder, and kill at a Distance without lifting up the Hand, as was done now: And this old Savage was in the right; for, as I understood since by other Hands, the Savages never attempted to go over to the Island afterwards; they were so terrified with the Accounts given by those four Men, (for it seems they did escape the Sea) that they believ'd whoever went to that enchanted Island would be destroy'd with Fire from the Gods.
  This however I knew not, and therefore was under continual Apprehensions for a good while, and kept always upon my Guard, me and all my Army; for as we were now four of us, I would have ventur'd upon a hundred of them fairly in the open Field at any Time.
  In a little Time, however, no more Canoes appearing, the Fear of their Coming wore off, and I began to take my former Thoughts of a Voyage to the Main into Consideration, being likewise assur'd by Friday's Father, that I might depend upon good Usage from their Nation on his Account, if I would go.
  But my Thoughts were a little suspended, when I had a serious Discourse with the Spaniard, and when I understood that there were sixteen more of his Countrymen and Portuguese, who having been cast away, and made their Escape to that Side, liv'd there at Peace indeed with the Savages, but were very sore put to it for Necessaries, and indeed for Life: I ask'd him all the Particulars of their Voyage, and found they were a Spanish Ship bound from the Rio de la Plata to the Havana, being directed to leave their Loading there, which was chiefly Hides and Silver, and to bring back what European Goods they could meet with there; that they had five Portuguese Seamen on Board, who they took out of another Wreck; that five of their own Men were drowned when the first Ship was lost, and that these escaped thro' infinite Dangers and Hazards, and arriv'd almost starv'd on the Cannibal Coast, where they expected to have been devour'd every Moment.
  He told me, they had some Arms with them, but they were perfectly useless, for that they had neither Powder or Ball, the Washing of the Sea having spoil'd all their Powder but a little, which they used at their first Landing to provide themselves some Food.
  I ask'd him what he thought would become of them there, and if they had form'd no Design of making any Escape? He said, They had many Consultations about it, but that having neither Vessel, or Tools to build one, or Provisions of any kind, their Councils always ended in Tears and Despair.
  I ask'd him how he thought they would receive a Proposal from me, which might tend towards an Escape? And whether, if they were all here, it might not be done? I told him with Freedom, I fear'd mostly their Treachery and ill Usage of me, if I put my Life in their Hands; for that Gratitude was no inherent Virtue in the Nature of Man; nor did Men always square their Dealings by the Obligations they had receiv'd, So much as they did by the Advantages they expected. I told him it would be very hard, that I should be the Instrument of their Deliverance, and that they should afterwards make me their Prisoner in New Spain, where an English Man was certain to be made a Sacrifice, what Necessity, or what Accident soever, brought him thither: And that I had rather be deliver'd up to the Savages, and be devour'd alive, than fall into the merciless Claws of the Priests, and be carry'd into the Inquisition. I added, That otherwise I was perswaded, if they were all here, we might, with so many Hands, build a Bark large enough to carry us all away, either to the Brasils South-ward, or to the Islands or Spanish Coast North-ward: But that if in Requital they should, when I had put Weapons into their Hands, catty me by Force among their own People, I might be ill used for my Kindness to them, and make my Case worse than it was before.
  He answer'd with a great deal of Candor and Ingenuity, That their Condition was so miserable, and they were so sensible of it, that he believed they would abhor the Thought of using any Man unkindly that should contribute to their Deliverance; and that, if I pleased, he would go to them with the old Man, and discourse with them about it, and return again, and bring me their Answer: That he would make Conditions with them upon their solemn Oath, That they should be absolutely under my Leading, as their Commander and Captain; and that they should swear upon the Holy Sacraments and the Gospel, to be true to me, and to go to such Christian Country, as that I should agree to, and no other; and to be directed wholly and absolutely by my Orders, 'till they were landed safely in such Country, as I intended; and that he would bring a Contract from them under their Hands for that Purpose.
  Then he told me, he would first swear to me himself, That he would never stir from me as long as he liv'd, 'till I gave him Orders; and that he would take my Side to the last Drop of his Blood, if there should happen the least Breach of Faith among his Country-men.
  He told me, they were all of them very civil honest Men, and they were under the greatest Distress imaginable, having neither Weapons or Cloaths, nor any Food, but at the Mercy and Discretion of the Savages; out of all Hopes of ever returning to their own Country; and that he was sure, if I would undertake their Relief, they would live and die by me.
  Upon these Assurances, I resolv'd to venture to relieve them, if possible, and to send the old Savage and this Spaniard over to them to treat: But when we had gotten all things in a Readiness to go, the Spaniard himself started an Objection, which had so much Prudence in it on one hand, and so much Sincerity on the other hand, that I could not but be very well satisfy'd in it; and by his Advice, put off the Deliverance of his Comerades, for at least half a Year. The Case was thus:
  He had been with us now about a Month; during which time, I had let him see in what Manner I had provided, with the Assistance of Providence, for my Support; and he saw evidently what Stock of Corn and Rice I had laid up; which as it was more than sufficient for my self, so it was not sufficient, at least without good Husbandry, for my Family; now it was encreas'd to Number four: But much less would it be sufficient, if his Country-men, who were, as he said, fourteen' still alive, should Come over. And least of all should it be sufficient to victual our Vessel, if we should build one, for a Voyage to any of the Christian Colonies of America. So he told me, he thought it would be more advisable, to let him and the two other, dig and cultivate some more Land, as much as I could spare Seed to sow; and that we should wait another Harvest, that we might have a Supply of Corn for his Country-men when they should come; for Want might be a Temptation to them to disagree, or not to think themselves delivered, otherwise than out of one Difficulty into another. You know, says he, the Children of Israel, though they rejoyc'd at first for their being deliver'd out of Egypt, yet rebell'd even against God himself that deliver'd them, when they came to want Bread in the Wilderness.
  His Caution was so seasonable, and his Advice so good, that I could not but be very well pleased with his Proposal, as well as I was satisfy'd with his Fidelity. So we fell to digging all four of us, as well as the Wooden Tools we were furnish'd with permitted; and in about a Month's time, by the End of which it was Seed time, we had gotten as much Land cur'd and trim'd up, as we sowed 22 Bushels of Barley on, and 16 Jarrs of Rice, which was in short all the Seed we had to spare; nor indeed did we leave our selves Barley sufficient for our own Food, for the six Months that we had to expect our Crop, that is to say, reckoning from the time we set our Seed aside for sowing; for it is not to be supposed it is six Months in the Ground in the Country.
  Having now Society enough, and our Number being sufficient to put us out of Fear of the Savages, if they had come, unless their Number had been very great, we went freely all over the Island, where-ever we found Occasion; and as here we had our Escape or Deliverance upon our Thoughts, it was impossible, at least for me, to have the Means of it out of mine; to this Purpose, I mark'd out several Trees which I thought fit for our Work, and I set Friday and his Father to cutting them down; and then I caused the Spaniard, to whom I imparted my Thought on that Affair, to oversee and direct their Work. I shewed them with what indefatigable Pains I had hewed a large Tree into single Planks, and I caused them to do the like, till they had made about a Dozen large Planks of good Oak, near 2 Foot road, 35 Foot long, and from 2 Inches to 4 Inches thick: hat prodigious Labour it took up, any one may imagine. At the same time I contriv'd to encrease my little Flock of tame Goats as much as I could; and to this Purpose, I made Friday and the Spaniard go out one Day, and my self with Friday the next Day; for we took our Turns: And by is Means we got above 20 young Kids to breed up with the rest; for when-ever we shot the Dam, we saved the Kids, and added them to our Flock: But above all, the Season for curing the Grapes coming on, I caused such a prodigious Quantity to be hung up in the Sun, that I believe, had we been at Alicant where the Raisins of the Sun are cur'd, we could have fill'd 60 or 80 Barrels; and these with our Bread was a great Part of our Food, and very good living too, I assure you; for it is an exceeding nourishing Food.
  It was now Harvest, and our Crop in good Order; it was not the most plentiful Encrease I had seen in the Island, but however it was enough to answer our End; for from our 22 Bushels of Barley, we brought in and thrashed out above 220 Bushels; and the like in Proportion of the Rice, which was Store enough for our Food to the next Harvest, tho' all the 16 Spaniards had been on Shore with me; or if we had been ready for a Voyage, it would very plentifully have victualled our Ship, to have carry'd us to any Part of the World, that is to say, of America.
  When we had thus hous'd and secur'd our Magazine of Corn, we fell to Work to make more Wicker Work, (viz.) great Baskets in which we kept it; and the Spaniard was very handy and dexterous at this Part, and often blam'd me that I did not make some things, for Defence, of this Kind of Work; but I saw no Need of it.
  And now having a full Supply of Food for all the Guests I expected, I gave the Spaniard Leave to go over to the Main, to see what he could do with those he had left behind him there. I gave him a strict Charge in Writing, Not to bring any Man with him, who would not first swear in the Presence of himself and of the old Savage, That he would no way injure, fight with, or attack the Person he should find in the Island, who was so kind to send for them in order to their Deliverance; but that they would stand by and defend him against all such Attempts, and wherever they went, would be entirely under and subjected to his Commands; and that this should be put in Writing, and signed with their Hands: How we were to have this done, when I knew they had neither Pen or Ink; that indeed was a Question which we never asked.
  Under these Instructions, the Spaniard, and the old Savage the Father of Friday, went away in one of the Canoes, which they might be said to come in, or rather were brought in, when they came as Prisoners to be devour'd by the Savages.
  I gave each of them a Musket with a Firelock on it, and about eight Charges of Powder and Ball, charging them to be very good Husbands of both, and not to use either of them but upon urgent Occasion.
  This was a chearful Work, being the first Measures used by me in View of my Deliverance for now 27 Years and some Days. I gave them Provisions of Bread, and of dry'd Grapes, sufficient for themselves for many Days, and sufficient for all their Country-men for about eight Days time; and wishing them a good Voyage, I see them go, agreeing with them about a Signal they should hang out at their Return, by which I should know them again, when they came back, at a Distance, before they came on Shore.
  They went away with a fair Gale on the Day that the Moon was at Full by my Account, in the Month of October: But as for an exact Reckoning of Days, after I had once lost it I could never recover it again; nor had I kept even the Number of Years so punctually, as to be sure that I was right, tho' as it prov'd, when I afterwards examin'd my Account, I found I had kept a true Reckoning of Years.
  It was no less than eight Days I had waited for them, when a Strange and unforeseen Accident interveen'd, of which the like has not perhaps been heard of in History: I was fast asleep in my Hutch one Morning, when my Man Friday came running in to me, and call'd aloud, Master, Master, they are come, they are come.
  I jump'd up, and regardless of Danger, I went out, as soon as I could get my Cloaths on, thro' my little Grove, which by the Way was by this time grown to be a very thick Wood; I say, regardless of Danger, I went without my Arms, which was not my Custom to do: But I was surpriz'd, when turning my Eyes to the Sea, I presently saw a Boat at about a League and half's Distance, standing in for the Shore, with a Shoulder of Mutton Sail, as they call it; and the Wind blowing pretty fair to bring them in; also I observ'd presently, that they did not come from that Side which the Shore lay on, but from the Southermost End of the Island: Upon this I call'd Friday in, and bid him lie close, for these were not the People we look'd for, and that we might not know yet whether they were Friends or Enemies.
  In the next Place, I went in to fetch my Perspective Glass, to see what I could make of them; and having taken the Ladder out, I climb'd up to the Top of the Hill, as I used to do when I was apprehensive of any thing, and to take my View the plainer without being discover'd.
  I had scarce Set my Foot on the Hill, when my Eye plainly discover'd a Ship lying at an Anchor, at about two Leagues and an half's Distance from me South-south-east, but not above a League and an half from the Shore. By my Observation it appear'd plainly to be an English Ship, and the Boat appear'd to be an English Long-Boat.
  I cannot express the Confusion I was in, tho' the Joy of seeing a Ship, and one who I had Reason to believe was Mann'd by my own Country-men, and consequently Friends, was such as I cannot describe; but yet I had some secret Doubts hung about me, I cannot tell from whence they came, bidding me keep upon my Guard. In the first Place, it occurr'd to me to consider what Business an English Ship could have in that Part of the World, since it was not the Way to or from any Part of the World, where the English had any Traffick; and I knew there had been no Storms to drive them in there, as in Distress; and that if they were English really, it was most probable that they were here upon no good Design; and that I had better continue as I was, than fall into the Hands of Thieves and Murtherers.
  Let no Man despise the secret Hints and Notices of Danger, which sometimes are given him, when he may think there is no Possibility of its being real. That such Hints and Notices are given us, I believe few that have made any Observations of things, can deny; that they are certain Discoveries' of an invisible World, and a Converse of Spirits, we cannot doubt; and if the Tendency of them seems to be to warn us of Danger, why should we not suppose they are from some friendly Agent, whether supreme, or inferior, and subordinate, is not the Question; and that they are given for our Good?
  The present Question abundantly confirms me in the Justice of this Reasoning; for had I not been made cautious by this secret Admonition, come it from whence it will, I had been undone inevitably, and in a far worse Condition than before, as you will see presently.
  I had not kept my self long in this Posture, but I saw the Boat draw near the Shore, as if they look'd for a Creek to thrust in at for the Convenience of Landing; however, as they did not come quite far enough, they did not see the little Inlet where I formerly landed my Rafts; but run their Boat on Shore upon the Beach, at about half a Mile from me, which was very happy for me; for otherwise they would have landed just as I may say at my Door, and would soon have beaten me out of my Castle, and perhaps have plunder'd me of all I had.
  When they were on Shore, I was fully satisfy'd that they were English Men; at least, most of them; one or two I thought were Dutch; but it did not prove so: There were in all eleven Men, whereof three of them I found were unarm'd, and as I thought, bound; and when the first four or five of them were jump'd on Shore, they took those three out of the Boat as Prisoners: One of the three I could perceive using the most passionate Gestures of Entreaty, Affliction and Despair, even to a kind of Extravagance; the other two I could perceive lifted up their Hands sometimes, and appear'd concern'd indeed, but not to such a Degree as the first.
  I was perfectly confounded at the Sight, and knew not what the Meaning of it should be. Friday call'd out to me in English, as well as he could, O Master! You see English Mans eat Prisoner as well as Savage Mans. Why, says I, Friday, Do you think they are a going to eat them then? Yes, says Friday, They mill eat them: No, no, says I, Friday, I am afraid they mill murther them indeed, but you may be sure they will not eat them.
  All this while I had no thought of what the Matter really was; but Stood trembling with the Horror of the Sight, expecting every Moment when the three Prisoners should be kill'd; nay, Once I saw one of the Villains lift up his Arm with a great Cutlash, as the Seamen call it, or Sword, to spike one of the poor Men; and I expected to see him fall every Moment, at which all the Blood in my Body seem'd to run chill in my Veins.
  I wish'd heartily now for my Spaniard, and the Savage that was gone with him; or that I had any way to have come undiscover'd within shot of them, that I might have rescu'd the three Men; for I saw no Fire Arms they had among them; but it fell out to my Mind another way.
  After I had Observ'd the outragious Usage of the three Men, by the insolent Seamen, I observ'd the Fellows run scattering about the Land, as if they wanted to see the Country: I observ'd that the three other Men had Liberty to go also where they pleas'd; but they Sat down all three upon the Ground, very pensive, and look'd like Men in Despair.
  This put me in Mind of the first Time when I came on Shore, and began to look about me; How I gave my self over for lost: How wildly I look'd round me: What dreadful Apprehensions I had: And how I lodg'd in the Tree all Night for fear of being devour'd by wild Beasts.
  As I knew nothing that Night of the Supply I was to receive by the providential Driving of the Ship nearer the Land, by the Storms and Tide, by which I have since been so long nourish'd and Supported; so these three poor desolate Men knew nothing how certain of Deliverance and Supply they were, how near it was to them, and how effectually and really they were in a Condition of Safety, at the same Time that they thought themselves lost, and their Case desperate.
  So little do we see before us in the World, and so much reason have we to depend chearfully upon the great Maker of the World, that he does not leave his Creatures so absolutely destitute, but that in the worst Circumstances they have always something to be thankful for, and sometimes are nearer their Deliverance than they imagine; nay, are even brought to their Deliverance by the Means by which they seem to be brought to their Destruction.
  It was just at the Top of High-Water when these People came on Shore, and while partly they stood parlying with the Prisoners they brought, and partly while they rambled about to see what kind of a Place they were in; they had carelessly staid till the Tide was spent, and the Water was ebb'd considerably away, leaving their Boat a-ground.
  They had left two Men in the Boat, who as I found afterwards, having drank a little too much Brandy, fell a-sleep; however, one of them waking Sooner than the other, and finding the Boat too fast a-ground for him to stir it, hollow'd for the rest who were straggling about, upon which they all Soon came to the Boat; but it was past all their Strength to launch her, the Boat being very heavy, and the Shore on that Side being a soft ousy Sand, almost like a Quick-Sand.
  In this Condition, like true Seamen who are perhaps the and least of all Mankind given to lore-thought, they gave it over, and away they stroll'd about the Country again; and I heard one of them say aloud to another, calling them off from the Boat, Why let her alone, Jack, can't ye, she will float next Tide; by which I was fully confirm'd in the main Enquiry, of what Countrymen they were.
  All this while I kept my self very close, not once daring to stir out of my Castle, any farther than to my Place of Observation, near the Top of the Hill; and very glad I was, to think how well it was fortify'd: I knew it was no less than ten Hours before the Boat could be on float again, and by that Time it would be dark, and I might be at more Liberty to see their Motions, and to hear their Discourse, if they had any.
  In the mean Time, I fitted my self up for a Battle, as before; though with more Caution, knowing I had to do with another kind of Enemy than I had at first: I order'd Friday also, who I had made an excellent Marks-Man with his Gun, to load himself with Arms: I took my self two Fowling-Pieces, and I gave him three Muskets; my Figure indeed was very fierce; I had my formidable Goat-Skin Coat on, with the great Cap I have mention'd, a naked Sword by my Side, two Pistols in my Belt, and a Gun upon each Shoulder.
  It was my Design, as I said above, not to have made any Attempt till it was Dark: But about Two a Clock, being the Heat of the Day, I found that in short they were all gone straggling into the Woods, and as I thought were laid down to Sleep. The three poor distressed Men, too Anxious for their Condition to get any Sleep, were however set down under the Shelter of a great Tree, at about a quarter of a Mile from me, and as I thought out of sight of any of the rest.
  Upon this I resolv'd to discover my self to them, and learn something of their Condition: Immediately I march'd in the Figure as above, my Man Friday at a good Distance behind me, as formidable for his Arms as I, but not making quite so staring a Spectre-like Figure as I did.
  I came as near them undiscover'd as I could, and then before any of them saw me, I call'd aloud to them in Spanish, What are ye Gentlemen?
  They started up at the Noise, but were ten times more confounded when they saw me, and the uncouth Figure that I made. They made no Answer at all, but I thought I perceiv'd them just going to fly from me, when I spoke to them in English, Gentlemen, said I, do not be surpriz'd at me; perhaps you may have a Friend near you when you did not expect it. He must be sent directly from Heaven then, said one of them very gravely to me, and pulling off his Hat at the same time to me, for our Condition is past the Help of Man. All Help is from Heaven, Sir, said I. But can you put a Stranger in the way how to help you, for you seem to me to be in some great Distress? I saw you when you landed, and when you Seem'd to make Applications to the Brutes that came with you, I saw one of them lift up his Sword to kill you.
  The poor Man with Tears running down his Face, and trembling, looking like one astonish'd, return'd, Am I talking to God, or Man! Is it a real Man, or an Angel! Be in no fear about that, Sir, said I, if God had sent an Angel to relieve you, he would have come better Cloath'd, and Arm'd after another manner than you see me in; pray lay aside your Fears, I am a Man, an English-man, and dispos'd to assist you, you see; I have one Servant only; we have Arms and Ammunition; tell us freely, Can we serve you ? - What is your Case?
  Our Case, said he, Sir, is too long to tell you, while our Murtherers are so near; but in Short, Sir, I was Commander of that Ship, my Men have Mutinied against me; they have been hardly prevail'd on not to Murther me, and at last have set me on Shore in this desolate Place, with these two Men with me; one my Mate, the other a Passenger, where we expected to Perish, believing the Place to be uninhabited, and know not yet what to think of it.
  Where are those Brutes, your Enemies, said I, do you know where they are gone? There they lye, Sir, Said he, pointing to a Thicket of Trees; my Heart trembles, for fear they have seen us, and heard you speak, if they have, they will certainly Murther us all.
  Have they any Fire-Arms, said I, He answered they had only two Pieces, and one which they left in the Boat. Well then, Said I, leave the rest to me; I see they are all asleep, it is an easie thing to kill them all; but shall we rather take them Prisoners? He told me there were two desperate Villains among them, that it was scarce safe to shew any Mercy to; but if they were secur'd, he believ'd all the rest would return to their Duty. I ask'd him, which they were? He told me he could not at that distance describe them; but he would obey my Orders in any thing I would direct. Well, says I, let us retreat out of their View or Hearing, least they awake, and we will resolve further; so they willingly went back with me, till the Woods cover'd us from them.
  Look you, Sir, said I, if I venture upon your Deliverance, are you willing to make two Conditions with me? he anticipated my Proposals, by telling me, that both he and the Ship, if recover'd, should be wholly Directed and Commanded by me in every thing; and if the Ship was not recover'd, he would live and dye with me in what Part of the World soever I would send him; and the two other Men said the same.
  Well, says I, my Conditions are but two. 1. That while you stay on this Island with me, you will not pretend to any Authority here; and if I put Arms into your Hands, you will upon all Occasions give them up to me, and do no Prejudice to me or mine, upon this Island, and in the mean time be govern'd by my Orders.





  有时候,一个人明明知道不可能有什么危险,但心里却会受到一种神秘的暗示,警告我们有危险。对于这种暗示和警告,任何人都不能轻视。我相信,凡是对这类事情稍稍留意的人,很少人能否认可以得到这种暗示和警告。同时,不容置疑的是,这种暗示和警告来自一个看不见的世界,是与幽灵或天使的交流。如果这种暗示是向我们发出警告,要我们注意危险,我们为什么不可以猜想,这种暗示和警告来自某位友好的使者呢?至于这位使者是至高无上,还是低微下贱,那无关紧要,重要的是,这种暗示和警告是善意的。

  当前发生的情况,充分证明我的这种想法完全正确。不管这种神秘的警告从何而来,要是没有这一警告,我就不可能分外小心,那我早已大祸临头,陷入比以往更糟的处境了。

  我这么说是完全有理由的,下面我要叙述的情况就完全可以证明这一点。

  我在小山上了望了没多久,就看见那只小船驶近小岛。他们好像在寻找河湾,以便把船开进来上岸。但他们沿着海岸走得不太远,所以没有发现我从前卸木排的那个小河湾,只好把小船停在离我半英里远的沙滩上靠岸。这对我来说是十分幸运的。因为,如果他们进入河湾,就会在我的家门口上岸。那样的话,他们就一定会把我从城堡里赶走,说不定还会把我所有的东西抢个精光呢!

  他们上岸之后,我看出他们果然都是英国人,至少大部分是英国人。这使我非常高兴。其中有一两个看样子像荷兰人,但后来证明倒并不是荷兰人。他们一共有十一个人,其中三个好像没有带武器,而且仿佛被绑起来似的。船一靠岸,就有四五个人首先跳上岸,然后把三个人押下船来。我看到其中有一个正在那里指手划脚,作出种种恳求、悲痛和失望的姿势,其动作真有点过火。另外两个人我看到有时也举起双手,显出很苦恼的样子,但没有第一个人那样激动。

  我看到这幅情景,真有点莫名其妙,不知他们究竟在搞什么名堂。星期五在旁边一直用英语对我喊道:"啊,主人,你看英国人也吃俘虏,同野人一样!""怎么,星期五,"我说,"你以为他们会吃那几个人吗?""是的,"星期五说,"他们一定会吃的。""不会,不会,"我说,"星期五,我看他们会杀死他们,但决不会吃他们,这我敢担保!"这时,我不知道眼前发生的一切究竟是怎么回事,只是站在那里,看着这可怕的情景发抖,并一直担心那三个俘虏会给他们杀掉。有一次,我看到一个恶棍甚至举起一把水手们称为腰刀的那种长刀,向其中一个可怜的人砍去,眼看他就要倒下来了。这使我吓得不寒而栗。

  我这时恨不得那西班牙人和那老野人还在我身边,可惜他们一起走掉了;我也恨不得自己能有什么办法神不知鬼不觉地走到他们前面,走到我熗弹的射程以内,把那三个人救出来。因为我看到他们这伙人都没有带熗支。但后来我想到了另外的办法。

  我看到,那伙盛气凌人的水手把那三个人横暴地虐待一番之后,都在岛上四散走开了,好像想看看这儿的环境。同时,我也发现,那三个俘虏的行动也很自由,但他们三个人都在地上坐了下来,一副心事重重和绝望的样子。

  这使我想起自己第一次上岸的心情。那时,我举目四顾,认定自己必死无疑了;我惶惶然四处张望,最后怕给野兽吃掉,提心吊胆地在树上栖息了一夜。

  那天晚上,我万万没有想到,老天爷会让风暴和潮水把大船冲近海岸,使我获得不少生活必需品;后来正是靠了这些生活必需品我才活了下来,并一直活到今天。同样,那三个可怜的受难者也不会想到,他们一定会获救,而且不久就会获救。他们也决不会想到,就在他们认为肯定没命或毫无出路时,他们实际上是完全安全了。

  有时,我们的目光是多么短浅啊!而我们应该完全信任造物主的理由又是多么充分啊!造物主从来不会让他自己所创造的生灵陷于绝境。即使是在最恶劣的环境里,他总会给他们一线生路;有时候,他们的救星往往近在眼前,比他们想象的要近得多。不但如此,他们有时似乎已陷入绝境,而实际上却是给他们安排好的获救的出路。

  这些人上岸时,正是潮水涨得最高的时候。他们中一部分人站在那里同俘虏谈判,另一部分人在四周东逛西逛,看看他们究竟到了什么地方,无意间错过了潮汛。结果海水退得很远,把他们的小船搁浅在沙滩上。

  他们本来有两个人留在小船上。可是,据我后来了解,他俩因白兰地喝得多了点而睡着了。后来,其中一个先醒来,看见小船搁浅了,推又推不动,就向那些四散在各处的人大声呼唤。于是,他们马上都跑到小船旁去帮忙。可是,小船太重,那一带的海岸又是松软的沙土,简直像流水一样。所以,他们怎么使劲也无法把船推到海里去。

  水手大概是全人类中最顾前不顾后的家伙了。因此,在这种情况下,他们干脆放弃了这个工作,又去四处游荡了。我听见一个水手向另一个水手大声说话,叫他离开小船:"算了吧,杰克,别管它了。潮水上来,船就会浮起来的。"我一听这两句话,就证实他们是哪国人了。

  到目前为止,我一直把自己严密的隐蔽起来,除了上小山顶上的观察所外,不敢离开自己的城堡一步。想到自己城堡的防御工事非常坚固,我心里感到很高兴。我知道那小船至少要过十小时才能浮起来。到那时,天也差不多黑了,我就可以更好地观察他们的行动,偷听他们的谈话了。

  与此同时,我像以前那样作好战斗准备。这一次,我比过去更加小心,因为我知道,我要对付的敌人与从前是完全不一样的。现在,我已把星期五训练成一个很高明的射手了。

  我命令他也把自己武装起来。我自己拿了两支鸟熗,给了他三支短熗。我现在的样子,真是狰狞可怕:身上穿件羊皮袄,样子已够吓人,头上戴顶大帽子,那古怪劲儿我前面也曾提到过。腰间照常挂着一把没有刀鞘的刀,皮带上插了两支手熗,双肩上各背了一支熗。

  上面我已经说过,我不想在天黑之前采取任何行动。下午两点钟左右,天气最热。我发现他们都三三两两地跑到树林里,大概去睡觉了。那三个可怜的人,深为自己目前的处境忧虑,睡也睡不着,只好在一棵大树的荫凉下呆呆地坐着,离我大约一百多码远。而且,看样子其他人看不见他们坐的地方。

  看到这种情况,我决定走过去了解一下他们的情况。我马上向他们走过去。我上面说了,我的样子狰狞可怕;我的仆人星期五远远地跟在我后面,也是全副武装,样子像我一样可怕,但比我稍好一些,不像我那样,像个怪物。

  我悄悄走近他们,还没等到他们看见我,我就抢先用西班牙语向他们喊道: "先生们,你们是什么人?"一听到喊声,他们吃了一惊,可一看到我的那副怪模样,更是惊恐万分,连话都说不出来了。我见他们要逃跑的样子,就用英语对他们说:"先生们,别害怕。也许,你们想不到,在你们眼前的人,正是你们的朋友呢!""他一定是天上派下来的,"其中一个说,并脱帽向我致礼,神情十分认真。 "因为我们的处境非人力所能挽救得了。""一切拯救都来自天上,先生,"我说, "你们看来正在危难之中,你们能让一个陌生人来帮助你们吗?你们上岸时,我早就看见了。你们向那些蛮横的家伙哀求的时候,其中有一个人甚至举起刀来要杀害你们呢!这一切我都看到了。"那可怜的人泪流满面,浑身发抖,显得十分惊异。他回答说:"我是在对上帝说话呢,还是在对人说话?你是人,还是天使?""这你不用担心,先生,"我说,“如果上帝真的派一位天使来拯救你们,他的穿戴一定会比我好得多,他的武器也一定完全不一样。请你们放心吧。我是人,而且是英国人。你们看,我是来救你们的。我只有一个仆人。我们都有武器。请你们大胆告诉我们,我们能为你们效劳吗?你们到底发生了什么事?"“我们的事,先生, "他说,"说来话长,而我们的凶手又近在咫尺。现在,就长话短说吧,先生。我是那条船的船长,我手下的人反叛了。我好不容易才说服他们不杀我。最后,他们把我和这两个人一起押送到这个岛上来。他们一个是我的大副,一个是旅客。我们想,在这个荒岛上,我们一定会饿死的。我们相信,这是一个没有人烟的荒岛,真不知道怎么办呢!"“你们的敌人,那些暴徒,现在在什么地方?"我问, "你们知道他们到哪儿去啦?""他们正在那边躺着呢,先生。"他指着一个灌木林说。"我现在心里吓得直发抖,怕他们看到我们,听到你说话。要那样的话,我们通通没命了!"“他们有没有熗支?"我问。他回答说,他们只有两支熗,一支留在船上了。"那就好了,"我说,"一切由我来处理吧。

  我看到他们现在都睡着了,一下子就可把他们都杀掉。不过,是不是活捉更好?"他对我说,其中有两个是亡命之徒,决不能饶恕他们。只要把这两个坏蛋解决了,其余的人就会回到自己的工作岗位上去。我问是哪两个人。他说现在距离太远,看不清楚,不过他愿意服从我的指挥行动。"那好吧,"我说,"我们退远一点,免得给他们醒来时看到或听到。回头我们再商量办法吧。"于是,他们高兴地跟着我往回走,一直走到树林后面隐蔽好。

  "请你听着,先生,"我说,"我如果冒险救你们,你们愿意和我订两个条件吗? "他没等我把条件说出来,就先说,只要把大船收复回来,他和他的船完全听从我的指挥。如果船收复不回来,他也情愿与我共生死,同存亡;我要上哪儿就上哪儿。另外两个人也同样这样说。

  "好吧,"我说,"我只有两个条件。第一,你们留在岛上期间,决不能侵犯我在这里的主权;如果我发给你们武器,无论什么时候,只要我向你们要回,你们就得交还给我。你们不得在这岛上反对我或我手下的人,并必须完全服从我的管理。第二,如果那只大船收复回来,你们必须把我和我的人免费送回英国。"他向我提出了种种保证,凡是想得到和使人信得过的保证,通通提出来了。他还说,我的这些要求是完全合情合理的,他将会彻底履行;同时,他还要感谢我的救命之恩,终身不忘。

  “那好吧,"我说,"现在我交给你们三支短熗,还有火药和子弹。现在,你们看,下一步该怎么办?"他一再向我表示感谢,并说他情愿听从我的指挥。我对他说,现在的事情很棘手。不过,我认为,最好趁他们现在还睡着,就向他们开火。如果第一排熗放过后还有活着的,并且愿意投降,那就可以饶他们的命。至于开熗之后能打死多少人,那就只好听从上帝的安排了。

  

  









第九章

  船长心地十分善良。他说,能不杀死他们就尽量不要杀死他们。只是那两个家伙是不可救药的坏蛋,是船上暴动的祸首。留着他们,我们自己必定会遭殃。他们回到船上,就会发动全体船员反叛,把我们通通杀掉!"那好吧,"我说,"我的建议也是出于不得已,因为这是救我们自己的唯一的办法。"然而,我看他还是很不愿意杀人流血,所以便对他说,这事不妨由他们自己去办,怎样干方便就怎样干吧。

  正当我们在谈话的时候,听见他们中间有几个人醒来了。

  又过了不一会儿,看到有两个人已经站了起来。我问船长这两个人中有没有谋反的头子,他说,"没有。""那好吧,"我说,"你就让他们逃命吧。看样子是老天爷有意叫醒他们,让他们逃命的。可是,如果你让其余的人跑掉,那就是你的错了。"听了我的话,他受到了激励,就把我给他的短熗拿在手里,又把一支手熗插在皮带上。他的两个伙伴也跟着他一起去了,每人手里也都拿着一支熗。他那两个伙伴走在前面,大概弄出了一点声响,那两个醒来的水手中,有一人听到了响动,转过身来看到了他们,就向其余的人大声叫唤,但已经太迟了。他刚一叫出声,他们就开熗了。开熗的是船长的两个伙伴。至于那船长,他很乖巧,没有开熗。他们都瞄得很准,当场打死了一个,另一个也受了重伤,但还没死。他一头爬起来,急忙向其余的人呼救。这时船长已一步跳到他跟前,对他说,现在呼救已太晚了,他应该祈求上帝宽恕他的罪恶。说着,船长用熗把一下子把他打倒在地,叫他再也开不了口。跟那两个水手在一起的还有其余三个人,其中有一个已经受了轻伤。就在这时,我也到了。他们看到了危险临头,知道抵抗已没有用了,就只好哀求饶命。船长告诉他们,他可以饶他们的命,但他们得向他保证,表示痛恨自己所犯的反叛的罪行,并宣誓效忠船长,帮他把大船夺回来,然后再把他们开回牙买加去,因为他们正是从牙买加来的。他们竭力向船长表示他们的诚意,船长也愿意相信他们,并饶他们的命。对此我也并不反对,只是要求船长在他们留在岛上期间,应把他们的手脚绑起来。

  与此同时,我派星期五和船长手下的大副到那小船上去,命令他们把船扣留起来,并把上面的几只桨和帆拿下来。他们都一一照办了。不一会,有三个在别处闲逛的人因听到了熗声的“影像说”,特别强调感觉的作用,把感觉看作是认识的来,这时也回来了。算他们运气,没有跟其余人在一块。他们看见他们的船长,不久前还是他们的俘虏,现在却一下子变成了他们的征服者,也就俯首就缚。这样,我们就大获全胜。

  现在,船长和我已经有时间来打听彼此的情况了。我先开口,把我全部经历告诉了他。他全神贯注地听着我讲,显出无限惊异的神情。特别是在我讲到怎样用奇妙的方式弄到粮食和军火时,更显得惊讶万分。他听了我的故事,大为感动,因为我的经历,实在是一连串的奇迹。可是当他从我的故事联想到自己的遭遇,想到上帝仿佛有意让我活下来救他的命时,他不禁泪流满面,连话都说不出来了。

  谈话结束后,我把他和他的两个伙伴带到我的住所。我照样用梯子翻墙而过。到了家里,我拿出面包和葡萄干之类我常备的食品招待他们,还把我多年来制造的种种设备指给他们看。

  我的谈话,以及我所做的一切,都使他们感到十分惊讶。

  船长特别欣赏我的防御工事,欣赏我用一片小树林把住宅完全隐蔽起来。这片小树林现在已经栽了二十年了,由于这里树木比英国长得快,现在已经成了一片小小的森林,而且十分茂密。我在树林里保留了一条弯弯曲曲的小径,其他任何地方都走不进来。我告诉他,这是我的城堡和住宅,但是,像许多王公贵人一样,我在乡间还有一所别墅。如果需要,我可以去那儿休养一段时期。我说,以后有时间,我可以带他们到那儿去看看,但目前我们的首要任务是要考虑收复那只大船的问题。船长同意我的看法,可是,他说,他一时想不出什么办法,因为大船上还有二十六个人。他们既已参加了叛乱,在法律上已犯了死罪,因此已别无出路,只好一不做二不休,硬干到底。因为,他们知道,如果失败了,一回英国或任何英国殖民地,他们就会被送上绞架。但光靠我们这几个人,是无法向他们进攻的。

  我对他的话沉思了一会儿,觉得他的结论很有道理,因而觉得必须迅速作出决定。一方面,可以用出其不意的办法,把船上的那伙人引入某种圈套;另一方面,得设法阻止他们上岸攻打我们,消灭我们。这时候,我立刻想到,再过一会儿,大船上的船员不见小船和他们伙伴的动静,一定会感到奇怪;那时,他们就会坐上大船上的另一只长艇上岸来找他们。他们来时,说不定还会带上武器,实力就会大大超过我们。船长听了我的话,认为很有道理。

  于是,我告诉他,我们首先应该把搁浅在沙滩上的那只小船凿破,把船上所有的东西都拿下来,使它无法下水,他们就无法把它划走。于是我们一起上了小船,把留在上面的那支熗拿了下来,又把上面所能找到的东西通通拿下来。其中有一瓶白兰地,一瓶甘蔗酒,几块饼干,一角火药,以及一大包用帆布包着的糖,大约有五六磅重。这些东西我都非常需要,尤其是糖和白兰地,我已吃光好多年了。

  船上的桨呀,桅杆呀,帆呀,舵呀等东西,早已经拿走了。所以,我们把剩下的这些东西搬上岸之后,又在船底凿了一个大洞。这样一来,即使他们有充分的实力战胜我们,也没法把小船划走。

  说实话,我认为收复大船的把握不大。我的看法是,只要他们不把那只小船弄走,我们就可以把它重新修好。那样,我们就可乘它去利华德群岛,顺便把那些西班牙朋友也可带走。因为我心里还时刻记着他们。

  我们立即按计划行事。首先,我们竭尽全力,把小船推到较高的沙滩上。这样,即使潮水上涨,也不致把船浮起来;何况,我们已在船底凿了个大洞,短时间内无法把洞补好。正当我们坐在地上,寻思着下一步计划时,只听见大船上放了一熗,并且摇动旗帜发出信号,叫小船回去。可是,他们看不见小船上有任何动静。于是,接着又放了几熗,并向小船又发出了一些别的信号。

  最后,他们见信号和放熗都没有用处,小船还是没有任何动静。我们在望远镜里看见他们把另一只小船放下来,向岸上摇来。当他们逐渐靠近时,我们看出小船上载着不下十来人,而且都带着熗支。

  那条大船停泊在离岸大约六海里的地方。他们坐小船划过来时,我们看得清清楚楚,连他们的脸也认得出来。他们向岸上划来时,潮水把他们冲到第一只小船的东边去了。于是他们又沿着海岸往西划,直奔第一只小船靠岸和停泊的地方。

  这就是说,我们把他们看得一清二楚,船长说得出船上的人谁是谁,以及他们的性格品行。他说,其中有三个人非常老实;他相信,他们之所以参与谋反,是因为受到其他人的威吓,而他们又人少势单,因而是被迫的。

  那水手长似乎是他们的头目。他和其余的几个人都是船员中最凶狠的家伙。现在,他们既然发动了叛乱,就一定要硬干到底了。因此,船长非常担心,他们实力太强,我们难以取胜。

  我向他微微一笑,对他说,处于我们这种境遇的人,早已无所畏惧了。反正任何一种遭遇都比我们当前的遭遇要强些,因此,我们应有思想准备,不管结果是死是活,对我们来说都是一种解脱。我问他对我的处境有何看法,为了获得解脱,是否值得冒险?"先生,"我说,"你刚才还认为,上帝让我活在这里是为了拯救你的生命,并使你稍稍振作了一下精神。现在,你的这种信念到哪里去了呢?对我来说,只有一件事使我感到遗憾。""什么事?"他问。"那就是你说的,他们当中有三个老实人,我们应饶他们的命。如果他们也都是暴徒,我真会认为是上帝有意把他们挑出来送到你手里来的呢。因为,我敢担保,凡是上岸的人,都将成为我们的俘虏。

  他们是死是活,要看他们对我们的态度而定了。"我说话时,声音很高,脸带笑容。这大大鼓起了船长的勇气。于是,我们立即开始作战斗准备。当我们一看到他们放下小船,就考虑到要把俘虏分散。这件事我们已作了妥善的安置。

  俘虏中有两个人,船长特别对他们不放心。我派星期五和船长手下的一个人把这两个人送到我的洞室里去。那地方很远,决不会被人发现,或听到他们的呼救声;他们自己即使能逃出洞外,在树林里也找不到出路。他们把这两个人都绑了起来安置在洞里,但照样供给他们吃喝,并答应他们,如果他们安安静静地呆在洞里,一两天之后就恢复他们的自由;但如果他们企图逃跑,就格杀勿论。他们都老老实实地保证,愿意被关起来,耐心等待,并感谢我们对他们的优待,给他们吃喝,还给他们点灯。因为星期五还给了他们几支蜡烛,都是我们自己做的,这样不致让他们在黑暗中受煎熬。当然,他们万万没有想到,星期五一直在洞口站岗,看守着他们。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 19楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  After all this was done too, I had my Man Friday to teach as to what belong'd to the Navigation of my Boat; for though he knew very well how to paddle a Canoe, he knew nothing what belong'd to a Sail, and a Rudder; and was the most amaz'd, when he saw me work the Boat too and again in the Sea by the Rudder, and how the Sail gyb'd, and fill'd this way, or that way, as the Course we sail'd chang'd; I say, when he saw this, he stood like one, astonish'd and amaz'd: However, with a little Use, I made all these Things familiar to him; and he became an expert Sailor, except that as to the Compass, I could make him understand very little of that. On the other hand, as there was very little cloudy Weather, and seldom or never any Fogs in those Parts, there was the less occasion for a Compass, seeing the Stars were always to be seen by Night, and the Shore by Day, except in the rainy Seasons, and then no body car'd to stir abroad, either by Land or Sea.
  I was now entred on the seven and twentieth Year of my Captivity in this Place; though the three last Years that I had this Creature with me, ought rather to be left out of the Account, my Habitation being quite of another kind than in all the rest of the Time. I kept the Anniversary of my Landing here with the same Thankfulness to God for his Mercies, as at first; and if I had such Cause of Acknowledgment at first, I had much more so now, having such additional Testimonies of the Care of Providence over me, and the great Hopes I had of being effectually, and speedily deliver'd; for I had an invincible Impression upon my Thoughts, that my Deliverance was at hand, and that I should not be another Year in this Place: However, I went on with my Husbandry, digging, planting, fencing, as usual; I gather'd and cur'd my Grapes, and did every necessary Thing as before.
  The rainy Season was in the mean Time upon me, when I kept more within Doors than at other Times; so I had stow'd our new Vessel as secure as we could, bringing her up into the Creek, where as I said, in the Beginning I landed my Rafts from the Ship, and haling her up to the Shore, at high Water mark, I made my Man Friday dig a little Dock, just big enough to hold her, and just deep enough to give her Water enough to fleet in; and then when the Tide was out, we made a strong Dam cross the End of it, to keep the Water out; and so she lay dry, as to the Tide from the Sea; and to keep the Rain off, we laid a great many Boughs of Trees, so thick, that she was as well thatch'd as a House; and thus we waited for the Month of November and December, in which I design'd to make my Adventure.
  When the settled Season began to come in, as the thought of my Design return'd with the fair Weather, I was pre paring daily for the Voyage; and the first Thing I did, was to lay by a certain Quantity of Provisions, being the Stores for our Voyage; and intended in a Week or a Fortnight's Time, to open the Dock, and launch out our Boat. I was busy one Morning upon some Thing of this kind, when I call'd to Friday, and bid him go to the Sea Shore, and see if he could find a Turtle, or Tortoise, a Thing which we generally got once a Week, for the Sake of the Eggs, as well as the Flesh: Friday had not been long gone, when he came running back, and flew over my outer Wall, or Fence, like one that felt not the Ground, or the Steps he set his Feet on; and before I had time to speak to him, he cries out to me, O Master! O Master! O Sorrow! O bad! What's the Matter, Friday? says I; O yonder, there, says he, one, two, three Canoe! one, two, three! By his way of speaking, I concluded there were six; but on enquiry, I found it was but three: Well, Friday, says I, do not be frighted; so I heartned him up as well as I could: However, I saw the poor Fellow was most terribly scar'd; for nothing ran in his Head but that they were come to look for him, and would cut him in Pieces, and eat him; and the poor Fellow trembled so, that I scarce knew what to do with him: I comforted him as well as I could, and told him I was in as much Danger as he, and that they would eat me as well as him; but, says I, Friday, we must resolve to fight them; Can you fight, Friday? Me shoot, says he, but there come many great Number. No matter for that, said I again, our Guns will fright them that we do not kill; so I ask'd him, Whether if I resolv'd to defend him, he would defend me, and stand by me, and do just as I bid him? He said, Me die, when you bid die, Master; so I went and fetch'd a good Dram of Rum, and gave him; for I had been so good a Husband of my Rum, that had a great deal left: When he had drank it, I made him take the two Fowling-Pieces, which we always carry'd, and load them with large Swan-Shot, as big as small Pistol Bullets; then I took four Muskets, and loaded them with two Slugs, and five small Bullets each; and my two Pistols I loaded with a Brace of Bullets each; I hung my great Sword as usual, naked by my Side, and gave Friday his Hatchet.
  When I had thus prepar'd my self, I took my Perspective-Glass, and went up to the Side of the Hill, to see what I could discover; and I found quickly, by my Glass, that there were one and twenty Savages, three Prisoners, and three Canoes; and that their whole Business seem'd to be the triumphant Banquet upon these three humane Bodies, (a barbarous Feast indeed) but nothing more than as I had observ'd was usual with them.
  I observ'd also, that they were landed not where they had done, when Friday made his Escape; but nearer to my Creek, where the Shore was low, and where a thick Wood came close almost down to the Sea: This, with the Abhorrence of the inhumane Errand these Wretches came about, fill'd me with such Indignation, that I came down again to Friday, and told him, I was resolv'd to go down to them, and kill them all; and ask'd him, If he would stand by me? He was now gotten over his Fright, and his Spirits being a little rais'd, with the Dram I had given him, he was Cry chearful, and told me, as before, he would die, when I bid die.
  In this Fit of Fury, I took first and divided the Arms which I had charg'd, as before, between us; I gave Friday one Pistol to stick in his Girdle, and three Guns upon his Shoulder; and I took one Pistol, and the other three my self; and in this Posture we march'd out: I took a small Bottle of Rum in my Pocket, and gave Friday a large Bag, with more Powder and Bullet; and as to Orders, I charg'd him to keep close behind me, and not to stir, or shoot, or do any Thing, till I bid him; and in the mean Time, not to speak a Word: In this Posture I fetch'd a Compass to my Right-Hand, of near a Mile, as well to get over the Creek, as to get into the Wood; so that I might come within shoot of them, before I should be discover'd, which I had seen by my Glass, it was easy to do.
  While I was making this March, my former Thoughts returning, I began to abate my Resolution; I do not mean, that I entertain'd any Fear of their Number; for as they were naked, unarm'd Wretches, 'tis certain I was superior to them; nay, though I had been alone; but it occurr'd to my Thoughts, What Call? What Occasion? much less, What Necessity I was in to go and dip my Hands in Blood, to attack People, who had neither done, or intended me any Wrong? Who as to me were innocent, and whose barbarous Customs were their own Disaster, being in them a Token indeed of God's having left them, with the other Nations of that Part of the World, to such Stupidity, and to such inhumane Courses; but did not call me to take upon me to be a Judge of their Actions, much less an Executioner of his Justice; that whenever he thought fit, he would take the Cause into his own Hands, and by national Vengeance punish them as a People, for national Crimes; but that in the mean time, it was none of my Business; that it was true, Friday might justify it, because he was a declar'd Enemy, and in a State of War with those very particular People; and it was lawful for him to attack them; but I could not say she same with respect to me: These Things were so warmly press'd upon my Thoughts, all the way as I went, that I resolv'd I would only go and place my self near them, that I might observe their barbarous Feast, and that I would act then as God should direct; but that unless something offer'd that was more a Call to me than yet I knew of, I would not meddle with them.
  With this Resolution I enter'd the Wood, and with all possible Waryness and Silence, Friday following close at my Heels, I march'd till I came to the Skirt of the Wood, on the Side which was next to them; only that one Corner of the Wood lay between me and them; here I call'd softly to Friday, and shewing him a great Tree, which was just at the Corner of the Wood, I bad him go to the Tree, and bring me Word if he could see there plainly what they were doing; he did so, and came immediately back to me, and told me they might be plainly view'd there; that they were all about their Fire, eating the Flesh of one of their Prisoners; and that another lay bound upon the Sand, a little from them, which be said they would kill next, and which fir'd all the very Soul within me; he told me it was not one of their Nation; but one of the bearded Men, who he had told me of, that came to their Country in the Boat: I was fill'd with Horror at the very naming the white-bearded Man, and going to the Tree, I saw plainly by my Glass, a white Man who lay upon the Beach of the Sea, with his Hands and his Feet ty'd, with Flags, or Things like Rushes; and that he was an European, and had Cloaths on.
  There was another Tree, and a little Thicket beyond it, about fifty Yards nearer to them than the Place where I was, which by going a little way about, I saw I might come at undiscover'd, and that then I should be within half Shot of them; so I with-held my Passion, though I was indeed enrag'd to the highest Degree, and going back about twenty Paces, I got behind some Bushes, which held all the way, till I came to the other Tree; and then I came to a little rising Ground, which gave me a full View of them, at the Distance of about eighty Yards.
  I had now not a Moment to loose; for nineteen of the dreadful Wretches sat upon the Ground, all close huddled together, and had just sent the other two to butcher the poor Christian, and bring him perhaps Limb by Limb to their Fire, and they were stoop'd down to untie the Bands, at his Feet; I turn'd to Friday, now Friday, said I, do as I bid thee; Friday said he would; then Friday, says I, do exactly as you see me do, 'fail in nothing; so I set down one of the Muskets, and the Fowling-Piece, upon the Ground, and Friday did the like by his; and with the other Musket, I took my aim at the Savages, bidding him do the like; then asking him, If he was ready? He said, yes, then fire at them, said I; and the same Moment I fir'd also.
  Friday took his Aim so much better than I, that on the Side that he shot, he kill'd two of them, and wounded three more; and on my Side, I kill'd one, and wounded two: They were, you may be sure, in a dreadful Consternation; and all of them, who were not hurt, jump'd up upon their Feet, but did not immediately know which way to run, or which way to look; for they knew not from whence their Destruction came: Friday kept his Eyes close upon me, that as I had bid him, he might observe what I did; so as soon as the first Shot was made, I threw down the Piece, and took up the Fowling-Piece, and Friday did the like; he see me cock, and present, he did the same again; Are you ready, Friday? said I; yes, says he; let fly then, says I, in the Name of God, and with that I fir'd again among the amaz'd Wretches, and so did Friday; and as our Pieces were now loaden with what I call'd Swan-Shot, or small Pistol Bullets, we found only two drop; but so many were wounded, that they run about yelling, and skreaming, like mad Creatures, all bloody, and miserably wounded, most of them; whereof three more fell quickly after, though not quite dead.
  Now Friday, says I, laying down the discharg'd Pieces, and taking up the Musket, which was yet loaden; follow me, says I, which he did, with a great deal of Courage; upon which I rush'd out of the Wood, and shew'd my self, and Friday close at my Foot; as soon as I perceiv'd they saw me, I shouted as loud as I could, and bad Friday do so too; and running as fast as I could, which by the way, was not very fast, being loaden with Arms as I was, I made directly towards the poor Victim, who was, as I said, lying upon the Beach, or Shore, between the Place where they sat, and the Sea; the two Butchers who were just going to work with him, had left him, at the Suprize of our first Fire, and fled in a terrible Fright, to the Sea Side, and had jump'd into a Canoe, and three more of the rest made the same way; I turn'd to Friday, and bid him step forwards, and fire at them; he understood me immediately, and running about forty Yards, to be near them, he shot at them, and I thought he had kill'd them all; for I see them all fall of a Heap into the Boat; though I saw two of them up again quickly: However, he kill'd two of them, and wounded the third; so that he lay down in the Bottom of the Boat, as if he had been dead.
  While my Man Friday fir'd at them, I pull'd out my Knife, and cut the Flags that bound the poor Victim, and loosing his Hands, and Feet, I lifted him up, and ask'd him in the Portuguese Tongue, What he was? He answer'd in Latin, Christianus; but was so weak, and faint, that he could scarce stand, or speak; I took my Bottle out of my Pocket, and gave it him, making Signs that he should drink, which he did; and I gave him a Piece of Bread, which he eat; then I ask'd him, What Countryman he was? And he said, Espagniole; and being a little recover'd, let me know by all the Signs he could possibly make, how much he was in my Debt for his Deliverance; Seignior, said I, with as much Spanish as I could make up, we will talk afterwards; but we must fight now; if you have any Strength left, take this Pistol, and Sword, and lay about you; he took them very thankfully, and no sooner had he the Arms in his Hands, but as if they had put new Vigour into him, he flew upon his Murtherers, like a Fury, and had cut two of them in Pieces, in an instant; for the Truth is, as the whole was a Surprize to them; so the poor Creatures were so much frighted with the Noise of our Pieces, that they fell down for meer Amazement, and Fear; and had no more Power to attempt their own Escape, than their Flesh had to resist our Shot; and that was the Case of those Five that Friday shot at in the Boat; for as three of them fell with the Hurt they receiv'd, so the other two fell with the Fright.
  I kept my Piece in my Hand still, without firing, being willing to keep my Charge ready; because I had given the Spaniard my Pistol, and Sword; so I call'd to Friday, and bad him run up to the Tree, from whence we first fir'd, and fetch the Arms which lay there, that had been discharg'd, which he did with great Swiftness; and then giving him my Musket, I sat down my self to load all the rest again, and bad them come to me when they wanted: While I was loading these Pieces, there happen'd a fierce Engagement between the Spaniard, and one of the Savages, who made at him with one of their great wooden Swords, the same Weapon that was to have kill'd him before, if I had not prevented it: The Spaniard, who was as bold, and as brave as could be imagin'd, though weak, had fought this Indian a good while, and had cut him two great Wounds on his Head; but the Savage being a stout lusty Fellow, closing in with him, had thrown him down (being faint) and was wringing my Sword out of his Hand, when the Spaniard, tho' undermost wisely quitting the Sword, drew the Pistol from his Girdle, shot the Savage through the Body, and kill'd him upon the Spot; before I, who was running to help him, could come near him.
  Friday being now left to his Liberty, pursu'd the flying Wretches with no Weapon in his Hand, but his Hatchet; and with that he dispatch'd those three, who, as I said before, were wounded at first and fallen, and all the rest he could come up with, and the Spaniard coming to me for a Gun, I gave him one of the Fowling-Pieces, with which he pursu'd two of the Savages, and wounded them both; but as he was not able to run, they both got from him into the Wood, where Friday pursu'd them, and kill'd one of them; but the other was too nimble for him, and though he was wounded, yet had plunged himself into the Sea, and swam with all his might off to those two who were left in the Canoe, which three in the Canoe, with one wounded, who we know not whether he dy'd or no, were all that escap'd our Hands of one and twenty: The Account of the Rest is as follows;
  3 Kill'd at our first Shot from the Tree.
  2 Kill'd at the next Shot.
  2 Kill'd by Friday in the Boat.
  2 Kill'd by Ditto, of those at first wounded.
  1 Kill'd by Ditto, in the Wood.
  3 Kill'd by the Spaniard.
  4 Kill'd, being found dropp'd here and there of their Wounds, or
  kill'd by Friday in his Chase of them.
  4 Escap'd in the Boat, whereof one wounded if not dead.
  21 In all.
  Those that were in the Canoe, work'd hard to get out of Gun-Shot; and though Friday made two or three Shot at them, I did not find that he hit any of them: Friday would fain have had me took one of their Canoes, and pursu'd them; and indeed I was very anxious about their Escape, least carrying the News home to their People, they should come back perhaps with two or three hundred of their Canoes, and devour us by meer Multitude; so I consented to pursue them by Sea, and running to one of their Canoes, I jump'd in, and bad Friday follow me; but when 1 was in the Canoe, I was surpriz'd to find another poor Creature lye there alive, bound Hand and Foot, as the Spaniard was, for the Slaughter, and almost dead with Fear, not knowing what the Matter was; for he had not been able to look up over the Side of the Boat, he was ty'd so hard, Neck and Heels, and had been ty'd so long, that he had really but little Life in him.
  I immediately cut the twisted Flags, or Rushes, which they had bound him with, and would have helped him up; but he could not stand, or speak, but groan'd most piteously, believing it seems still that he was only unbound in order to be kill'd.
  When Friday came to him, I bad him speak to him, and tell him of his Deliverance, and pulling out my Bottle, made him give the poor Wretch a Dram, which, with the News of his being deliver'd, reviv'd him, and he sat up in the Boat; but when Friday came to hear him speak, and look in his Face, it would have mov'd any one to Tears, to have seen how Friday kiss'd him, embrac'd him, hugg'd him, cry'd, laugh'd, hollow'd, jump'd about, danc'd, sung, then cry'd again, wrung his Hands, beat his own Face, and Head, and then sung, and jump'd about again, like a distracted Creature: It was a good while before I could make him speak to me, or tell me what was the Matter; but when he came a little to himself, he told me, that it was his Father.
  It is not easy for me to express how it mov'd me to see what Extasy and filial Affection had work'd in this poor Savage, at the Sight of his Father, and of his being deliver'd from Death; nor indeed can I describe half the Extravagancies of his Affection after this; for he went into the Boat and out of the Boat a great many times: When he went in to him, he would sit down by him, open his Breast, and hold his Father's Head close to his Bosom, half an Hour together, to nourish it; then he took his Arms and Ankles, which were numb'd and stiff with the Binding, and chaffed and rubbed them with his Hands; and I perceiving what the Case was, gave him some Rum out of my Bottle, to rub them with, which did them a great deal of Good.
  This Action put an End to our Pursuit of the Canoe, with the other Savages, who were now gotten almost out of Sight; and it was happy for us that we did not; for it blew so hard within two Hours after, and before they could be gotten a Quarter of their Way, and continued blowing so hard all Night, and that from the North-west, which was against them, that I could not suppose their Boat could live, or that they ever reach'd to their own Coast.
  But to return to Friday, he was so busy about his Father, that I could not find in my Heart to take him off for some time: But after I thought he could leave him a little, I call'd him to me, and he came jumping and laughing, and pleas'd to the highest Extream; then I ask'd him, If he had given his Father any Bread? He shook his Head, and said, None: Ugly Dog eat all up self; so I gave him a Cake of Bread out of a little Pouch I carry'd on Purpose; I also gave him a Dram for himself, but he would not taste it, but carry'd it to his Father: I had in my Pocket also two or three Bunches of my Raisins, so I gave him a Handful of them for his Father. He had no sooner given his Father these Raisins, but I saw him come out of the Boat, and run away, as if he had been bewitch'd, he run at such a Rate; for he was the swiftest Fellow of his Foot that ever I saw; I say, he run at such a Rate, that he was out of Sight, as it were, in an instant; and though I call'd, and hollow'd too, after him, it was all one, away he went, and in a Quarter of an Hour, I saw him come back again, though not so fast as he went; and as he came nearer, I found his Pace was slacker, because he had some thing in his Hand.
  When he came up to me, I found he had been quite Home for an Earthen Jugg or Pot to bring his Father some fresh Water, and that he had got two more Cakes, or Loaves of Bread: The Bread he gave me, but the Water he carry'd to his Father: However, as I was very thirsty too, I took a little Sup of it. This Water reviv'd his Father more than all the Rum or Spirits I had given him; for he was just fainting with Thirst.
  When his Father had drank, I call'd to him to know if there was any Water left; he said, yes; and I bad him give it to the poor Spaniard, who was in as much Want of it as his Father; and I sent one of the Cakes, that Friday brought, to the Spaniard too, who was indeed very weak, and was reposing himself upon a green Place under the Shade of a free; and whose Limbs were also very stiff, and very much swell'd with the rude Bandage he had been ty'd with. When I saw that upon Friday's coming to him with the Water, he sat up and drank, and took the Bread, and began to eat, I went to him, and gave him a Handful of Raisins; he look'd up in my Face with all the Tokens of Gratitude and Thankfulness, that could appear in any Countenance; but was so weak, notwithstanding he had so exerted himself in the Fight, that he could not stand up upon his Feet; he try'd to do it two or three times, but was really not able, his Ankles were so swell'd and so painful to him; so I bad him sit still, and caused Friday to rub his Ankles, and bathe them with Rum, as he had done his Father's.
  I observ'd the poor affectionate Creature every two Minutes, or perhaps less, all the while he was here, turn'd his Head about, to see if his Father was in the same Place, and Posture, as he left him sitting; and at last he found he was not to be seen; at which he started up, and without speaking a Word, flew with that Swiftness to him, that one could scarce perceive his Feet to touch the Ground, as he went: But when he came, he only found he had laid himself down to ease his Limbs; so Friday came back to me presently, and I then spoke to the Spaniard to let Friday help him up if he could, and lead him to the Boat, and then he should carry him to our Dwelling, where I would take Care of him: But Friday, a lusty strong Fellow, took the Spaniard quite up upon his Back, and carry'd him away to the Boat, and set him down softly upon the Side or Gunnel of the Canoe, with his Feet in the inside of it, and then lifted him quite in, and set him close to his Father, and presently stepping out again, launched the Boat off, and paddled it along the Shore faster than I could walk, tho' the Wind blew pretty hard too; so he brought them both safe into our Creek; and leaving them in the Boat, runs away to fetch the other Canoe. As he pass'd me, I spoke to him, and ask'd him, whither he went, he told me, Go fetch more Boat; so away he went like the Wind; for sure never Man or Horse run like him, and he had the other Canoe in the Creek, almost as soon as I got to it by Land; so he wafted me over, and then went to help our new Guests out of the Boat, which he did; but they were neither of them able to walk; so that poor Friday knew not what to do.




  我立刻把捆在他身上的菖浦之类的东西割断,想把他扶起来,但是他连说话的力气都没有了,更不要说站起来了。他只是一个劲儿地哼哼着,样子可怜极了,因为他还以为给他松绑是准备拿他开刀呢。

  星期五一上船,我就叫星期五跟他讲话,告诉他已经遇救了。同时,我又把酒瓶掏出来,叫星期五给这可怜的野人喝两口。那野人喝了酒,又听见自己已经获救,不觉精神为之一振,居然马上坐了起来。不料,星期五一听见他说话,把他的脸一看,立刻又是吻他,又是拥抱他,又是大哭大笑,又是大喊大叫;接着又是一个劲儿地乱跳狂舞,大声唱歌;然后又是大哭大嚎,又是扭自己的两手,打自己的脸和头,继而又是高声大唱,又是乱跳狂舞,活像个疯子。他那样子,任何人看了都要感动得流泪。他这样发疯似地闹了好半天,我才使得他开口,让他告诉我究竟是怎么回事。他稍稍镇静了一会,才告诉我,这是他父亲。

  我看见这可怜的野人见到他父亲,见到他父亲已绝处逢生,竟流露出如此无限的孝心,简直欣喜若狂,我内心所受感动实难言表。不仅如此,在他们父子相逢之后,他那种一往情深,不能自禁的样子,我更是无法形容。只见他一会儿跳上小船,一会儿又跳下来,这样上上下下,不知折腾了多少趟。每次一上船,他总要坐到他父亲身边,袒开胸膛,把父亲的头紧紧抱在胸口,一抱就是半个钟头。他这样做是为了使父亲感到舒服些。然后,他又捧住他父亲被绑得麻木和僵硬的手或脚,不停地搓擦。我见他这样做,就把酒瓶里的甘蔗酒倒了一些出来给他,叫他用酒来按摩,这样效果果然好多了。

  发生了这件事,我们就没能再去追那条独木舟上的野人了。他们这时也已划得很远很远,差不多连影子都看不见了。

  事实上,我们没有去追击,倒是我们的运气。因为不到两小时,海上就刮起了大风,我们估计那些逃跑的野人还没有走完四分之一的路程。大风刮了整整一夜,还是西北风,对他们来说正是逆风,所以我估计,他们的船就是不翻也到不了自己的海岸。

  现在再回过头来谈谈星期五吧。他这时正围着他父亲忙得不可开交,使我不忍心差他去做什么事。等我觉得他可以稍稍离开一会时才把他叫过来。他过来了,又是跳,又是笑,一副兴高采烈的样子。我问他有没有给他父亲吃面包。他摇头说,"没有,我这丑狗头把面包吃光了。"于是我从自己特意带出来的一只小袋袋里掏出一块面包给他,又给了他一点酒,叫他自己喝。可是,他连尝都不肯尝一下,一古脑儿拿到他父亲那里去了。我衣袋里还有两三串葡萄干,我给了他一把,叫他也拿给他父亲吃。他把这把葡萄干送给他父亲之后,马上又跳出小船,像着了魔似地向远处跑去,而且跑得飞快。他真是我生气见到过的唯一的飞毛腿,一下子就跑得无影无踪了。尽管我对着他大声叫喊,他还是头也不回地一个劲往前跑。不到一刻钟工夫,他跑回来了,不过速度已经没有去的时候那么快了。当他走近时,我才发现原来他手里还拿着东西,所以跑得不那么快了。

  他走到我面前我才知道,原来他是跑回家去取一只泥罐子,替他父亲弄了些淡水来,并且又带来了两块面包。他把面包交给我,把水送给他父亲。我这时也感到很渴了,就顺便喝了一口。他父亲喝了点水后,精神好多了,比我给他喝酒还有效,因为他确实渴得快要昏过去了。

  他父亲喝完水,我便把星期五叫过来,问他罐子里还有没有水。他说:"有。 "我就叫他把水给那西班牙人去喝,因为他也和星期五的父亲一样快渴死了。我又叫他把他带来的面包也送一块给那西班牙人吃。这时,那西班牙人已一点也没有力气了,正躺在一棵树底下的绿草地上休息。他的手脚因刚刚被绑得太紧,现在又肿又硬。我看到星期五把水给他送过去,他就坐起来喝水,并把面包接了过去,开始吃起面包来了。我走到他面前,又给了他一把葡萄干。他抬起头来望着我,脸上露出无限感激的样子。可是他身子实在太虚弱了,尽管他在与野人战斗时奋力气搏,但现在却连站都站不起来。他试了两三回,可是脚踝肿胀得厉害,痛得根本站不祝我叫他坐下别动,要星期五替他搓脚踝,就像他替父亲搓擦手脚那样。我还让他用甘蔗酒擦洗擦洗。

  我发现,星期五真是个心地诚挚的孝子。他一边为西班牙人搓擦,一边频频回头看他的父亲是否还坐在原来的地方。

  有一次,他忽然发觉他父亲不见了,就立即跳起来,一句话也不说,飞跑到他父亲那边,他跑得飞快,简直脚不点地。他过去一看,原来他父亲为了舒舒手脚的筋骨,躺了下去。他这才放心,又赶紧回来。这时我对西班牙人说,让星期五扶他走到小船上去,然后坐船到我们的住所,这样我可照顾他。

  不料星期五力大无比,一下子把那西班牙人背在身上,向小船那边走去。到了船边,星期五把西班牙人朝里轻轻放到船沿上,又把他拖起来往里一挪,安置在他父亲身旁。然后,星期五立即跳出小船,把船推到水里,划着它沿岸驶去。尽管这时风已刮得很大了,可他划得比我走还快。他把他俩安全地载到那条小河里,让他们在船里等着,他自己又马上翻身回来,去取海边的另一只独木舟。我在半路遇上他,问他上哪儿去。他说:"去取那只小船。"说完又一阵风似地跑了,比谁都跑得快,甚至可以说比马都跑得快。我从陆路刚走到小河边,他就已经把另一只独木船划进河里了。他先把我渡过小河,又去帮助我们两位新来的客人下了船。可是他俩都已无法走动,把可怜的星期五弄得一筹莫展。

  为了解决这一问题,我便开动脑筋。我让星期五叫他俩坐在河边,让他自己到我身边来。不久,我们便做了一副类似担架的东西。我们把他俩放上去,我和星期五一前一后抬着他俩往前走。可是,抬到住所围墙外面时,我们却又不知怎么办才好了。因为要把他们两人背过墙去是绝对不可能的,但我又不愿拆坏围墙。于是,我和星期五只好动手搭个临时帐篷。不到两小时帐篷就搭成了,而且样子也挺不错。帐篷顶上盖的是旧帆布,帆布上又铺上树枝。帐篷就搭在我们外墙外面的那块空地上;也就是说,在外墙和我新近种植起来的那片幼林之间。在帐篷里,我们用一些现在的稻草搭了两张地铺,上面各铺了一条毯子,再加上一条毯子作盖被。

  现在,我这小岛上已经有了居民了;我觉得自己已有了不少百姓。我不禁觉得自己犹如一个国王。每想到这里,心里有一种说不出的喜悦。首先,整个小岛都是我个人的财产,因此,我对所属的领土拥有一种毫无异义的主权;其次,我的百姓对我都绝对臣服,我是他们的全权统治者和立法者。他们对我都感恩戴德,因为他们的性命都是我救下来的。假如有必要,他们个个都甘心情愿为我献出他们自己的生命。还有一点值得一提的是,我虽然只有三个臣民,但他们却分属三个不同的宗教:星期五是新教徒;他的父亲是异教徒,而且还是个吃人的生番;而那个西班牙人却又是个天主教徒。可是,在我的领土上,我允许宗教信仰自由。当然,这些只是在这儿顺便提提罢了。

  我解救出来的两个俘虏身体已十分虚弱。我首先把他们安顿好,使他们有遮风避雨和休息的地方,然后,就想到给他们弄点吃的东西。我先叫星期五从羊圈里挑了一只不大不小的山羊把它宰了。我把山羊的后半截剁下来,切成小块,叫星期五加上清水煮,又在汤里加了点小麦和大米,制成味道鲜美的羊肉糊汤。这顿饭是在露天做的,因为我从不在内墙里面生火做饭。羊肉糊汤烧好后,我就端到新帐篷里去,又在那里替他们摆上一张桌子,坐下来和他们一块吃起来,同时和他们又说又笑,尽可能鼓其他们的精神。谈话时,星期五就充当我的翻译,除了把我的话翻给他父亲听以外,有时也翻给那西班牙人听,因为那西班牙人说他们部落的话已相当不错了。

  吃完了中饭,或者不如说吃完了晚饭,我就命令星期五驾一只独木船,把我们的短熗和其他熗枝搬回来,因为当时时间仓促,这些武器仍留在战场上。第二天,我又命令他把那几个野人的尸体埋掉,因为尸体在太阳下暴晒,不久就会发臭。我也叫他把他们那场野蛮的人肉宴所剩下来的残骨剩肉也一齐顺便埋掉。我知道那些残骸还剩有不少,可我实在不想自己亲自动手去埋掉--不要说埋,就是路过都不忍看一眼。所有这些工作,星期五都很快就完成了,而且,他把那群野人留在那一带的痕迹都消灭得干干净净。后来我再到那边去时,要不是靠了那片树林的一角辩别方向,简直认不出那个地方了。

  我和我两个新到的臣民进行了一次简短的谈话。首先,我让星期五问问他父亲,那几个坐独木船逃掉的野人会有什么结果,并问他,他是否认为,他们会带大批野人卷土重来,人数可能会多得我们难以抵抗。他的第一个反应是,那条小船必然逃不过那天晚上的大风;那些野人不是淹死在海里,就是给大风刮到南方其他海岸上去了。假如被刮到那边去的话,他们必然会被当地的野人吃掉;而如果他们的小船出事的话,也必然会淹死。至于说,万一他们真能平安抵达自己的海岸,他们可能会采取什么行动,星期五的父亲说,那他就很难说了。不过,照他看来,他们受到我们的突然袭击,被我们的熗声和火光已吓得半死,所以他相信,他们回去以后,一定会告诉自己部落里的人,说那些没有逃出来的人,是给霹雳和闪电打死的,而不是给敌人打死的。至于那两个在他们面前出现的人,也就是我和星期五,他们一定以为是从天上下来消灭他们的天神或复仇之神,因为他亲耳听到他们用自己部族的土话把这意思传来传去。他们怎么也不能想象,人居然又会喷火,又会放雷,而且连手都不抬一下,就会在远处把人打死。这位年迈的野人说的果然不错。因为,后来事实证明,那些野人再也不敢到岛上来了。看来,那四个人居然从风浪里逃出性命,回到了自己的部落。部落里的人听了他们四人的报告,简直吓坏了。他们一致相信,任何人到这魔岛上来,都会被天神用火烧死。

  当然,我开始不知道上述情况。所以,有很长一段时间,整天提心吊胆,带着我的全部军队严加防守。我感到,我们现在已有四个人了,哪怕他们来上一百人,只要在平坦空旷的地方,我都敢跟他们干一仗。

  过了一些时候,并没有见野人的独木舟出现,我害怕他们反攻的担心也就渐渐消失了,并重又开始考虑坐船到大陆上去的老问题。我之所以重新考虑这个问题,还有另一个原因,那就是,星期五的父亲向我保证,我若到他们那儿去,他们全部族的人一定会看在他的面上,十分友好地接待我。

  可是,当我和那西班牙人认真交谈之后,又把这个念头暂时收起来了。因为他告诉我,目前他们那边还有十六个西班牙人和葡萄牙人。他们自从船只遇难,逃到那边之后,确实也和那些野人相处得很好,但生活必需品却十分匮乏,连活都活不下去了。我仔细询问了他们的航程,才知道他们搭的是一条西班牙船,从拉普拉塔河出发,前往哈瓦那②,准备在哈瓦那卸货,船上主要装的是起货和银子,然后再看看有什么欧洲货可以运回去。他们船上有五个葡萄牙水手,是从另一条遇难船上救下来的。后来他们自己的船也出事了,淹死了五个西班牙船员,其余的人经过无数艰难危险,逃到那些食人生番聚居的海岸时,几乎都快饿死了;上岸后,他们也无时无刻不担心给那些野人吃掉。

  他又告诉我,他们本来也随身带了一些熗械,但因为既无火药,又无子弹,所以毫无用处。原来他们所有的弹药都给海水浸湿了,身边仅剩的一点点,也在他们初上岸时,打猎充饥用完了。

  我问他,在他看来,那些人结果会怎样,有没有逃跑的打算。他说,他们对这件事也曾商量过许多次,但一没船,二没造船的工具,三没粮食,所以商量来商量去,总是没有结果,往往以眼泪和失望收常我又问他,如果我向他们提出一个使他们逃生的建议,在他看来,他们是否会接受?如果让他们都到我这岛上来,这件事能否实现?我很坦率地告诉他,我最怕的是,一旦我把自己的生命交到他们的手里,他们说不定会背信弃义,恩将仇报。因为感恩图报并非是人性中固有的美德,而且,人们往往不是以其所受的恩惠来行动,更多的时候,他们是根据他们所希望获得的利益来行动的。我又告诉他,假如我帮助他们脱离险境,而结果他们反而把我当作俘虏,押送到新西班牙去,那对我来说处境就相当危险了。因为英国人一到那里,就必定会受到宗教迫害,不管他是出于不得已的原因去的,还是偶然到那里的。我说,我宁可把生命交给那些野人,让他们活活把我吃掉,也不愿落到那些西班牙僧侣的手里,受宗教法庭的审判。我又补充说,假如他们不会背弃我的话,我相信,只要他们到岛上来,我们有这么多人手,就一定可以造一条大船,把我们大家一齐载走,或向南开往巴西,或向北开往西印度群岛或西班牙海岸。可是,如果我把武器交到他们手中,他们反而恩将仇报,用武力把我劫持到西班牙人那里去,我岂不是好心不得好报,处境反而比以前更糟了吗?

  听了我的话,他回答说,他们当前处境非常悲惨,而且吃足了苦头,所以,他深信,他们对任何能帮助他们脱险的人,绝不会有忘恩负义的念头。他说这些话时,态度极为诚恳坦率。同时,他又说,如果我愿意的话,他可以同老黑人一齐去见他们,同他们谈谈这件事,然后把他们的答复带回来告诉我。他说他一定会跟他们订好条件,叫他们郑重宣誓,绝对服从我的领导,把我看作他们的司令和船长;同时,还要让他们用《圣经》和《福音书》宣誓对我效忠到底,不管我叫他们到哪一个基督教国家去,都要毫无异议地跟我去,并绝对服从我的命令,直到他们把我送到我所指定的地方平安登陆为止。最后,他又说,他一定要叫他们亲手签订盟约,并把签约带回来见我。

  接着他又对我说,他愿意首先向我宣誓,没有我的命令,他一辈子也不离开我;万一他的同胞有什么背信弃义的事情,他将和我一齐战斗,直至流尽最后一滴血。

  他还告诉我,他们都是很文明、很正直的人,目前正在危难之中;他们既没有武器,也没有衣服,也没有食物,命运完全掌握在野人的手里。他们没有重返故乡的希望。因此,他敢保证,只要我肯救他们脱离大难,他们一定愿意跟我一起出生入死。

  听了他这一番保证,我决定尽一切可能冒一下险救他们出来,并想先派那老野人和这位西班牙人渡海过去同他们交涉。可是,当我们一切准备妥当,正要派他们出发时,那个西班牙人忽然自己提出了反对意见。他的意见不仅考虑慎重周到,而且出乎至诚,使我十分高兴。于是,我听从了他的劝告,把搭救他同伴的计划延迟了一年半。情况是这样的:这位西班牙人和我们一起,已生活了个把月了。在这一个月里,我让他看到,在老天爷的保佑下,我是用什么方法来维持自己的生活的。同时,他也清楚地看到我的粮食储备究竟有多少。这点粮食我一个人享用当然绰绰有余,但如果不厉行节约,就不够现在一家人吃了,因为我现在家里的成员已增加到四口人。如果他的几位同胞从对岸一起过来,那是肯定不够吃的。据他说,他们那边还有十四个人活着。如果我们还要造条船,航行到美洲的一个基督教国家的殖民地去,这点粮食又怎么够全船的人一路上吃呢?因此,他对我说,他认为最好让他和星期五父子再开垦一些土地,把我能省下来的粮食全部做种子,通通播下去,等到再收获一季庄稼之后,再谈这个问题。这样,等他的同胞过来之后,就有足够的粮食吃了。因为,缺乏生活必需品,往往会引起大家的抱怨,或者他们会认为自己出了火坑,又被投入了大海。

  "你知道,"他说,"以色列人当初被救出埃及时感到高兴,但在旷野里缺乏面包时,他们甚至反叛了拯救他们的上帝。"他的顾虑完全是合情合理的,他的建议也非常好,所以,我不仅对他的建议非常赏识,而且对他的忠诚也极为满意。于是,我们四个人就一起动手用那些木头工具掘地。不到一个月工夫,就开垦好一大片土地,赶在播种季节之前,正好把地整理好。我们在这片新开垦的土地上,种下了二十二斛大麦和十六罐大米--总之,我们把能省下来的全部粮食都当作种子用了。实际上,在收获以前的六个月中间,我们所保留下来的大麦甚至还不够我们吃的。这六个月,是指从我们把种子储存起来准备播种算起;在这儿热带地区,从播种到收获是不需要六个月的。

  现在,我们已有不少居民,即使那些野人再来,也不用害怕了,除非他们来的人数特别多。所以,我们只要有机会,就可在全岛到处自由来往。由于我们的脑子里都想着逃走和脱险的事情,所以大家都无时无刻不在想办法,至少我自己是如此。为了这个目的,我把几棵适于造船的树做了记号,叫星期五父子把它们砍倒。然后,我又把自己的意图告诉那西班牙人,叫他监督和指挥星期五父子工作。我把自己以前削好的一些木板给他们看,告诉他们我是怎样不辞辛劳地把一棵大树削成木板的,并叫他们照着去做。最后,他们居然用橡树做成了十二块很大的木板,每块约二英尺宽,三十五英尺长,二至四英寸厚。至于这项工作究竟花费了多么艰巨的劳动,那就可想而知了。

  同时,我又想尽办法把我那小小的羊群繁殖起来。为此,我让星期五和那西班牙人头一天出去,我和星期五的父亲第二天出去,采用这种轮流出动的办法,捉了二十多只小山羊,把它们和原有的羊圈养在一起。因为每当我们打到母羊,就把小羊留起来送到羊群中去饲养。此外,更重要的是,当晒制葡萄的季节到来时,我叫大家采集了大量的葡萄,把它们挂在太阳底下晒干。要是我们在生产葡萄干著称的阿利坎特,我相信,我们这次制成的葡萄干可以足足装满六十至八十大桶。葡萄干和面包是我们日常生活的主要食品,而且葡萄干又好吃,又富于营养,对改善我们的生活起了很大的作用。

  收获庄稼的季节到了,我们的收成不错,尽管这不能说是岛上的丰收年,但收获的粮食也足够应付我们的需要了。我们种下去的二十斛大麦,现在居然收进并打出来了二百二十多斛;稻米收成的比例也差不多。这些存粮,就是那边十六个西班牙人通通到我们这边来,也足够我们吃到下一个收获季节;或者,如果我们准备航海的话,也可以在船上装上足够的粮食。有了这些粮食,我们可以开到世界上任何地方去--我是说,可以开到美洲大陆的任何地方去。

  我们把收获的粮食收藏妥当后,大家又动手编制更多的藤皮--也就是编制一些大筐子用来装存粮。那西班牙人是个编藤皮的好把手,做得又好又快,而且老怪我以前没有编更多的藤皮作防御之用,但我看不出有什么必要。

  现在,我们已有了粮食,足够供应我所盼望的客人了,我就决定让那西班牙人到大陆上去走一趟,看看有什么办法帮助那批还留在那边的人过来。临行之前,我向他下了严格的书面指示,即任何人,如果不先在他和那老野人面前发誓,表明上岛之后决不对我进行任何伤害或攻击的,都不得带到岛上来。因为我是好心把他们接过来,准备救他们脱险的。同时,还要他们发誓,在遇到有人叛变的时候,一定要和我站在一起,保卫我,并且无论到什么地方,都要绝对服从我的指挥。我要求他们把这些条件都写下来,并亲笔签名。我知道他们那边既无笔,也无纸,他们怎么能把这一切写下来并亲笔签名呢?可是,这一点我们大家都没有问过。

  那个西班牙人和那个老野人,也就是星期五的父亲,在接受了我的这些指示后就出发了。他们坐的独木船,当然就是他们上岛时坐的其中的一只。更确切地说,当初他们是被那伙野人当作俘虏用其中的一只独木船载到岛上来的,而那伙野人把他们载到岛上来是准备把他们杀了吃掉的。

  我还给了他们每人一支短熗,都带着燧发机,又给了他们八份弹药,吩咐他们尽量节约使用,不到紧急关头都不要用。

  这是一件令人愉快的工作,因为二十七年来,这是第一次我为解救自己所采取的实际步骤。我给了他们许多面包和葡萄干,足够他们吃好几天,也足够那批西班牙人吃上七八天。于是我祝他们一路平安,送他们动身。同时,我也同他们约定好他们回来时船上应悬挂的信号。这样,他们回来时,不等靠岸我老远就可把他们认出来了。

  他们出发时,正好是顺风。据我估计,那是十月中旬月圆的一天。至于准确的日期,自从我把日历记错后,就再也弄不清楚了;我甚至连年份有没有记错都没有把握。但后来我检查我的记录时,发现年份倒没有记错。

  他们走后,我刚刚等到第八天,忽然发生了一件意外的事情。这件事那么奇特,那么出人意料,也许是有史以来闻所未闻的。那天早晨,我在自己的茅舍里睡得正香,忽然星期五跑进来,边跑边嚷:"主人,主人,他们来了!他们来了! "我立即从床上跳起来,不顾一切危险,急忙披上衣服,穿过小树林(现在它已长成一片浓密的树林了),跑了出来。我说不顾一切危险,意思是我连武器都没有带就跑出来了。这完全违反了我平时的习惯。当我放眼向海上望去时,不觉大吃一惊。只见四五海里之外,有一只小船,正挂着一副所谓"羊肩帆"向岸上驶来。当时正好顺风,把小船直往岸上送。

  接着我就注意到,那小船不是从大陆方向来的,而是从岛的最南端驶过来的。于是我把星期五叫到身边,叫他不要离开我。因为,这些人不是我们所期待的人,现在还不清楚他们是敌是友。

  然后,我马上回家去取望远镜,想看看清楚他们究竟是些什么人。我搬出梯子,爬上山顶。每当我对什么东西放心不下,想看个清楚,而又不想被别人发现,就总是爬到这山上来了望。

  我一上小山,就看见一条大船在我东南偏南的地方停泊着,离我所在处大约有七八海里,离岸最多四五海里。我一看就知道,那是一艘英国船,而那只小船样子也是一条英国长艇。

  我当时混乱的心情实难言表。一方面,我看到了一艘大船,而且有理由相信船上有我的同胞,是自己人,心里有一种说不出的高兴。然而,另一方面,我心里又产生了一种怀疑。我不知道这种怀疑从何而来,但却促使我警惕起来。首先,我想,一条英国船为什么要开到这一带来呢?因为这儿不是英国人在世界上贸易往来的要道。其次,我知道,近来并没有发生过什么暴风雨,不可能把他们的船刮到这一带来。

  如果他们真的是英国人,他们到这一带来,一定没安好心。我与其落到盗贼和罪犯手里,还不如像以前那样过下去。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 18楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  I have told this Passage, because it introduces what follows; that after I had had this Discourse with him, I ask'd him how far it was from our Island to the Shore, and whether the Canoes were not often lost; he told me, there was no Danger, no Canoes ever lost; but that after a little way out to the Sea, there was a Current, and Wind, always one way in the Morning, the other in the Afternoon.
  This I understood to be no more than the Sets of the Tide, as going out, or coming in; but I afterwards understood, it was occasion'd by the great Draft and Reflux of the mighty River Oroonooko; in the Mouth, or the Gulph of which River, as I found afterwards, our Island lay; and this Land which I perceiv'd to the W. and N. W. was the great Island Trinidad, on the North Point of the Mouth of the River: I ask'd Friday a thousand Questions about the Country, the Inhabitants, the Sea, the Coast, and what Nation were near; he told me all he knew with the greatest Openness imaginable; I ask'd him the Names of the several Nations of his Sort of People; but could get no other Name than Caribs; from whence I easily understood, that these were the Caribbees, which our Maps place on the Part of America, which reaches from the Mouth of the River Oroonooko to Guiana, and onwards to St. Martha: He told me that up a great way beyond the Moon, that was, beyond the Setting of the Moon, which must be W. from their Country, there dwelt white bearded Men, like me; and pointed to my great Whiskers, which I mention'd before; and that they had kill'd much Mans, that was his Word; by all which I under stood he meant the Spaniards, whose Cruelties in America had been spread over the whole Countries, and was remember'd by all the Nations from Father to Son.
  I enquir'd if he could tell me how I might come from this Island, and get among those white Men; he told me, yes, yes, I might go in two Canoe; I could not understand what he meant, or make him describe to me what he meant by two Canoe, till at last with great Difficulty, I found he meant it must be in a large great Boat, as big as two Canoes.
  This Part of Friday's Discourse began to relish with me very well, and from this Time I entertain'd some Hopes, that one Time or other, I might find an Opportunity to make my Escape from this Place; and that this poor Savage might be a Means to help me to do It.
  During the long Time that Friday has now been with me, and that he began to speak to me, and understand me, I was not wanting to lay a Foundation of religious Knowledge in his Mind; particularly I ask'd him one Time who made him? The poor Creature did not understand me at all, but thought I had ask'd who was his Father; but I took it by another handle, and ask'd him who made the Sea, the Ground we walk'd on, and the Hills, and Woods; he told me it was one old Benamuckee, that liv'd beyond all: He could describe nothing of this great Person, but that he was very old; much older he said than the Sea, or the Land; than the Moon, or the Stars: I ask'd him then, if this old Person had made all Things, why did not all Things worship him; he look'd very grave, and with a perfect Look of Innocence, said, All Things do say O to him: I ask'd him if the People who die in his Country went away any where; he said, yes, they all went to Benamuckee; then I ask'd him whether these they eat up went thither too, he said yes.
  From these Things, I began to instruct him in the Know ledge of the true God: I told him that the great Maker of all Things liv'd up there, pointing up towards Heaven: That he governs the World by the same Power and Providence by which he had made it: That he was omnipotent, could do every Thing for us, give every Thing to us, take every Thing from us; and thus by Degrees I open'd his Eyes. He listned with great Attention, and receiv'd with Pleasure the Notion of Jesus Christ being sent to redeem us, and of the Manner of making our Prayers to God, and his being able to hear us, even into Heaven; he told me one Day, that if our God could hear us up beyond the Sun, he must needs be a greater God than their Benamuckee, who liv'd but a little way off, and yet could not hear, till they went up to the great Mountains where he dwelt, to speak to him; I ask'd him if ever he went thither, to speak to him; he said no, they never went that were young Men; none went thither but the old Men, who he call'd their Oowocakee, that is, as I made him explain it to me, their Religious, or Clergy, and that they went to say O, (so he called saying Prayers) and then came back, and told them what Benamuckee said: By this I observ'd, That there is Priestcraft, even amongst the most blinded ignorant Pagans in the World; and the Policy of making a secret Religion, in order to preserve the Veneration of the People to the Clergy, is not only to be found in the Roman, but perhaps among all Religions in the World, even among the most brutish and barbarous Savages.
  I endeavour'd to clear up this Fraud, to my Man Friday, and told him, that the Pretence of their old Men going up the Mountains, to say O to their God Benamuckee, was a Cheat, and their bringing Word from thence what he said, was much more so; that if they met with any Answer, or spake with any one there, it must be with an evil Spirit: And then I entred into a long Discourse with him about the Devil, the Original of him, his Rebellion against God, his Enmity to Man, the Reason of it, his setting himself up in the dark Parts of the World to be Worship'd instead of God, and as God; and the many Stratagems he made use of to delude Mankind to his Ruine; how he had a secret access to our Passions, and to our Affections, to adapt his Snares so to our Inclinations, as to cause us even to be our own Tempters, and to run upon our Destruction by our own Choice.
  I found it was not so easie to imprint right Notions in his Mind about the Devil, as it was about the Being of a God. Nature assisted all my Arguments to Evidence to him, even the Necessity Of a great first Cause and over-ruling governing Power; a secret directing Providence, and of the Equity, and Justice, of paying Homage to him that made us, and the like. But there appeared nothing of all this in the Notion of an evil Spirit; of his Original, his Being, his Nature, and above all of his Inclination to do Evil, and to draw us in to do so too; and the poor Creature puzzl'd me once in such a manner, by a Question meerly natural and innocent, that I scarce knew what to say to him. I had been talking a great deal to him of the Power of God, his Omnipotence, his dreadful Nature to Sin, his being a consuming Fire to the Workers of Iniquity; how, as he had made us all, he could destroy us and all the World in a Moment; and he listen'd with great Seriousness to me all the while.
  After this, I had been telling him how the Devil was God's Enemy in the Hearts of Men, and used all his Malice and Skill to defeat the good Designs of Providence, and to ruine the Kingdom of Christ in the World; and the like. Well, says Friday, but you say, God is so strong, so great, is he not much strong, much might as the Devil? Yes, yes, says I, Friday, God is stronger than the Devil, God is above the Devil, and therefore we pray to God to tread him down under our Feet, and enable us to resist his Temptations and quench his fiery Darts. But, says he again, if God much strong, much might as the Devil, why God no kill the Devil, so make him no more do wicked?
  I was strangely surpriz'd at his Question, and after all, tho' I was now an old Man, yet I was but a young Doctor, and ill enough quallified for a Casuist, or a Solver of Difficulties And at first I could not tell what to say, so I pre tended not to hear him, and ask'd him what he said? But he was too earnest for an Answer to forget his Question; so that he repeated it in the very same broken Words, as above. By this time I had recovered my self a little, and I said, God will at last punish him severely; he is reserv'd for the Judgment, and is to be cast into the Bottomless-Pit, to dwell with ever lasting Fire. This did not satisfie Friday, but he returns upon me, repeating my Words, RESERVE, AT LAST, me no understand; but, Why not kill the Devil now, not kill great ago? You may as well ask me, said I, Why God does not kill you and I, when we do wicked Things here that offend him? We are preserv'd to repent and be pardon'd: He muses a while at this; mell, All, says he, mighty affectionately, that well; so you, I, Devil, all wicked, all preserve, repent, God pardon all. Here I was run down again by him to the last Degree, and it was a Testimony to me, how the meer Notions of Nature, though they will guide reasonable Creatures to the Know ledge of a God, and of a Worship or Homage due to the supreme Being, of God as the Consequence of our Nature; yet nothing but divine Revelation can form the Knowledge of Jesus Christ, and of a Redemption purchas'd for us, of a Mediator of the new Covenant, and of an Intercessor, at the Foot-stool of God's Throne; I say, nothing but a Revelation from Heaven, can form these in the Soul, and that therefore the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; I mean, the Word of God, and the Spirit of God promis'd for the Guide and Sanctifier of his People, are the absolutely necessary Instructors of the Souls of Men, in the saving Knowledge of God, and the Means of Salvation.
  I therefore diverted the present Discourse between me and my Man, rising up hastily, as upon some sudden Occasion of going out; then sending him for something a good way off, I seriously pray'd to God that he would enable me to instruct savingly this poor Savage, assisting by his Spirit the Heart of the poor ignorant Creature, to receive the Light of the Knowledge of God in Christ, reconciling him to himself, and would guide me to speak so to him from the Word of God, as his Conscience might be convinc'd, hid Eyes open'd, and his Soul sav'd. When he came again to me, I entred into a long Discourse with him upon the Subject of the Redemption of Man by the Saviour of the World, and of the Doctrine of the Gospel preach'd from Heaven, viz. of Repentance towards God, and Faith in our Blessed Lord Jesus. I then explain'd to him, as well as I could, why our Blessed Redeemer took not on him the Nature of Angels, but the Seed of Abraham, and how for that Reason the fallen Angels had no Share in the Redemption; that he came only to the lost Sheep of the House of Israel, and the like.
  I had, God knows, more Sincerity than Knowledge, in all the Methods I took for this poor Creature's Instruction, and must acknowledge what I believe all that act upon the same Principle will find, That in laying Things open to him, I really inform'd and instructed my self in many Things, that either I did not know, or had not fully consider'd before; but which occurr'd naturally to my Mind, upon my searching into them, for the Information of this poor Savage; and I had more Affection in my Enquiry after Things upon this Occasion, than ever I felt before; so that whether this poor wild Wretch was the better for me, or no, I had great Reason to be thankful that ever he came to me: My Grief set lighter upon me, my Habitation grew comfortable to me beyond Measure; and when I reflected that in this solitary Life which I had been confin'd to, I had not only been moved my self to look up to Heaven, and to seek to the Hand that had brought me there; but was now to be made an Instrument under Providence to save the Life, and for ought I knew, the Soul of a poor Savage, and bring him to the true Knowledge of Religion, and of the Christian Doctrine, that he might know Christ Jesus, to know whom is Life eternal. I say, when I reflected upon all these Things, a secret Joy run through every Part of my Soul, and I frequently rejoyc'd that ever I was brought to this Place, which I had so often thought the most dreadful of all Afflictions that could possibly have befallen me.
  In this thankful Frame I continu'd all the Remainder of my Time, and the Conversation which employ'd the Hours between Friday and I, was such, as made the three Years which we liv'd there together perfectly and compleatly happy, if any such Thing as compleat Happiness can be form'd in a sublunary State. The Savage was now a good Christian, a much better than I; though I have reason to hope, and bless God for it, that we were equally penitent, and comforted restor'd Penitents; we had here the Word of God to read, and no farther off from his Spirit to instruct, than if we had been in England.
  I always apply'd my self in Reading the Scripture, to let him know, as well as I could, the Meaning of what I read; and he again, by his serious Enquiries, and Questionings, made me, as I said before, a much better Scholar in the Scripture Knowledge, than I should ever have been by my own private meer Reading. Another thing I cannot refrain from observing here also from Experience, in this retir'd Part of my Life,viz. How infinite and inexpressible a Blessing it is, that the Knowledge of God, and of the Doctrine of Salvation by Christ Jesus, is so plainly laid down in the Word of God; so easy to be receiv'd and understood: That as the bare reading the Scripture made me capable of understanding enough of my Duty, to carry me directly on to the great Work of sincere Repentance for my Sins, and laying hold of a Saviour for Life and Salvation, to a stated Reformation in Practice, and Obedience to all God's Commands, and this without any Teacher or Instructer; I mean, humane; so the same plain Instruction sufficiently serv'd to the enlightning this Savage Creature, and bringing him to be such a Christian, as I have known few equal to him in my Life.
  As to all the Disputes, Wranglings, Strife and Contention, which has happen'd in the World about Religion, whether Niceties in Doctrines, or Schemes of Church Government, they were all perfectly useless to us; as for ought I can yet see, they have been to all the rest of the World: We had the sure Guide to Heaven, viz. The Word of God; and we had, blessed be God, comfortable Views of the Spirit of God teaching and instructing us by his Word, leading us into all Truth, and making us both willing and obedient to the Instruction of his Word; and I cannot see the least Use that the greatest Knowledge of the disputed Points in Religion which have made such Confusions in the World would have been to us, if we could have obtain'd it; but I must go on with the Historical Part of Things, and take every Part in its order.
  After Friday and I became more intimately acquainted, and that he could understand almost all I said to him, and speak fluently, though in broken English to me; I acquainted him with my own Story, or at least so much of it as related to my coming into the Place, how I had liv'd there, and how long. I let him into the Mystery, for such it was to him, of Gunpowder, and Bullet, and taught him how to shoot: I gave him a Knife, which he was wonderfully delighted with, and I made him a Belt, with a Frog hanging to it, such as in England we wear Hangers in; and in the Frog, instead of a Hanger, I gave him a Hatchet, which was not only as good a Weapon in some Cases, but much more useful upon other Occasions.
  I describ'd to him the Country of Europe, and particularly England, which I came from; how we liv'd, how we worshipp'd God, how we behav'd to one another; and how we traded in Ships to all Parts of the World: I gave him an Account of the Wreck which I had been on board of, and shew'd him as near as I could, the Place where she lay; but she was all beaten in Pieces before, and gone.
  I shew'd him the Ruins of our Boat, which we lost when we escap'd, and which I could not stir with my whole Strength then; but was now fallen almost all to Pieces: Upon seeing this Boat, Friday stood musing a great while, and said nothing; I ask'd him what it was he study'd upon, at last says he, me see such Boat like come to Place at my Nation.
  I did not understand him a good while; but at last, when I had examin'd farther into it, I understood by him, that a Boat, such as that had been, came on Shore upon the Country where he liv'd; that is, as he explain'd it, was driven thither by Stress of Weather: I presently imagin'd, that some European Ship must have been cast away upon their Coast, and the Boat might get loose, and drive a Shore; but was so dull, that I never once thought of Men making escape from a Wreck thither, much less whence they might come; so I only enquir'd after a Description of the Boat.
  Friday describ'd the Boat to me well enough; but brought me better to understand him, when he added with some Warmth, we save the white Mans from drown: Then I presently ask'd him, if there was any white Mans, as he call'd them, in the Boat; yes, he said, the Boat full white Mans: I ask'd him how many; he told upon his Fingers seventeen: I ask'd him then what become of them; he told me, they live, they dwell at my Nation.
  This put new Thoughts into my Head; for I presently imagin'd, that these might be the Men belonging to the Ship, that was cast away in Sight of my Island, as I now call it; and who after the Ship was struck on the Rock, and they saw her inevitably lost, had sav'd themselves in their Boat, and were landed upon that wild Shore among the Savages.
  Upon this, I enquir'd of him more critically, What was become of them? He assur'd me they lived still there; that they had been there about four Years; that the Savages let them alone, and gave them Victuals to live. I ask'd him, How it came to pass they did not kill them and eat them? He said No, they make Brother with them; that is, as I understood him, a Truce: And then he added, They no eat Mans but when make the War fight; that is to say, they never eat any Men but such as come to fight with them, and are taken in Battle.
  It was after this some considerable Time, that being upon the Top of the Hill, at the East Side of the Island, from whence as have said, I had in a clear Day discover'd the Main, or Continent of America; Friday, the Weather being very serene, looks very earnestly towards the Main Land, and in a kind of Surprise, falls a jumping and dancing, and calls out to me, for I was at some Distance from him: I ask'd him, What was the Matter? O joy! Says he, O glad! There see my Country, there my Nation!
  I observ'd an extraordinary Sense of Pleasure appear'd in his Face, and his Eyes sparkled, and his Countenance discover'd a strange Eagerness, as if he had a Mind to be in his own Country again; and this Observation of mine, put a great many Thoughts into me, which made me at first not so easy about my new Man Friday as I was before; and I made no doubt, but that if Friday could get back to his own Nation again, he would not only forget all his Religion, but all his Obligation to me; and would be forward enough to give his Countrymen an Account of me, and come back perhaps with a hundred or two of them, and make a Feast upon me, at which he might be as merry as he us'd to be with those of his Enemies, when they were taken in War.
  But I wrong'd the poor honest Creature very much, for which I was very sorry afterwards. However as my Jealousy encreased, and held me some Weeks, I was a little more circumspect, and not so familiar and kind to him as before; in which I was certainly in the Wrong too, the honest grateful Creature having no thought about it, but what consisted with the best Principles, both as a religious Christian, and as a grateful Friend, as appeared afterwards to my full Satisfaction.
  While my Jealousy of him lasted, you may be sure I was every Day pumping him to see if he would discover any of the new Thoughts, which I suspected were in him; but I found every thing he said was so Honest, and so Innocent, that I could find nothing to nourish my Suspicion; and in spight of all my Uneasiness he made me at last entirely his own again, nor did he in the least perceive that I was Uneasie, and therefore I could not suspect him of Deceit.
  One Day walking up the same Hill, but the Weather being haizy at Sea, so that we could not see the Continent, I call'd to him, and said, Friday, do not you wish your self in your own Country, your own Nation? Yes, he said, he be much O glad to be at his own Nation. What would you do there said I, would you turn Wild again, eat Mens Flesh again, and be a Savage as you were before? He lookt full of Concern, and shaking his Head said, No no, Friday tell them to live Good, tell them to pray God, tell them to eat Corn bread, Cattleflesh, Milk, no eat Man again: Why then said I to him, They will kill you. He look'd grave at that, and then said, No, they no kill me, they willing love learn: He meant by this, they would be willing to learn. He added, they learn'd much of the Bearded-Mans that come in the Boat. Then I ask'd him if he would go back to them? He smil'd at that, and told me he could not swim so far. I told him I would make a Canoe for him. He told me, he would go, if I would go with him. I go! says I, why they will Eat me if I come there! No, no, says he, me make they no Eat you; me make they much Love you: He meant he would tell them how I had kill'd his Enemies, and sav'd his Life, and so he would make them love me; then he told me as well as he could, how kind they were to seventeen White-men, or Bearded-men, as he call'd them, who came on Shore there in Distress.
  From this time I confess I had a Mind to venture over, and see if I could possibly joyn with these Bearded-men, who I made no doubt were Spaniards or Portuguese; not doubting but if I could we might find some Method to Escape from thence, being upon the Continent, and a good Company together, better than I could from an Island 40 Miles off the Shore, and alone without Help. So after some Days I took Friday to work again, by way of Discourse, and told him I would give him a Boat to go back to his own Nation; and accordingly I carry'd him to my Frigate which lay on the other Side of the Island, and having clear'd it of Water, for I always kept it sunk in the Water, I brought it out, shewed it him, and we both went into it.
  I found he was a most dextrous Fellow at managing it, would make it go almost as swift and fast again as I could; so when he was in, I said to him, Well now, Friday, shall we go to your Nation? He look'd very dull at my saying so, which it seems was, because he thought the Boat too small to go so far. I told him then I had a bigger; so the next Day I went to the Place where the first Boat lay which I had made, but which I could not get into Water: He said that was big enough; but then as I had taken no Care of it, and it had lain two or three and twenty Years there, the Sun had split and dry'd it, that it was in a manner rotten. Friday told me such a Boat would do very well, and would carry much enough Vittle, Drink, Bread, that was his Way of Talking.
  Upon the whole, I was by this Time so fix'd upon my Design of going over with him to the Continent, that I told him we would go and make one as big as that, and he should go home in it. He answer'd not one Word, but look'd very grave and sad: I ask'd him what was the matter with him? He ask'd me again thus; Why, you angry mad with Friday, what me done? I ask'd him what he meant; I told him I was not angry with him at all. No angry! No angry! says he, repeating the Words several Times, Why send Friday home away to my Nation? Why, (says I) Friday, did you not say you wish'd you were there? Yes, yes, says he, wish be both there, no wish Friday there, no Master there. In a Word, he would not think of going there without me; I go there! Friday, (says I) what shall I do there? He turn'd very quick upon me at this: You do great deal much good, says he, you teach wild Mans be good sober tame Mans; you tell them know God, pray and live new Life. Alas! Friday, (says I) thou knowest not what thou sayest, I am but an ignorant Man my self Yes, yes, says he, you teachee me Good, you teachee them Good. No, no, Friday, (says I) you shall go without me, leave me here to live by my self as I did before. He look'd confus'd again at that Word, and running to one of the Hatchets which he used to wear, he takes it up hastily, comes and gives it me, What must I do with this? says I to him. You take, kill Friday; (says he.) What must I kill you for? said I again. He returns very quick, What you send Friday away for? take, kill Friday, no send Friday away. This he spoke so earnestly, that I saw Tears stand in his Eyes: In a Word, I so plainly discover'd the utmost Affection in him to me, and a firm Resolution in him, that I told him then, and often after, that I would never send him away from me, if he was willing to stay with me.
  Upon the whole, as I found by all his Discourse a settled Affection to me, and that nothing should part him from me, so I found all the Foundation of his Desire to go to his own Country, was laid in his ardent Affection to the People, and his Hopes of my doing them good; a Thing which as I had no Notion of my self, so I had not the least Thought or Intention, or Desire of undertaking it. But still I found a strong Inclination to my attempting an Escape as above, founded on the Supposition gather'd from the Discourse, (viz.) That there were seventeen bearded Men there; and therefore, without any more Delay, I went to Work with Friday to find out a great Tree proper to fell, and make a large Periagua or Canoe to undertake the Voyage. There were Trees enough in the Island to have built a little Fleet, not of Periagua's and Canoes, but even of good large Vessels. But the main Thing I look'd at, was to get one so near the Water that we might launch it when it was made, to avoid the Mistake I committed at first.
  At last, Friday pitch'd upon a Tree, for I found he knew much better than I what kind of Wood was fittest for it, nor can I tell to this Day what Wood to call the Tree we cut down, except that it was very like the Tree we call Fustic, or between that and the Nicaragua Wood, for it was much of the same Colour and Smell. Friday was for burning the Hollow or Cavity of this Tree out to make it for a Boat. But I shew'd him how rather to cut it out with Tools, which, after I had shew'd him how to use, he did very handily, and in about a Month's hard Labour, we finished it, and made it very handsome, especially when with our Axes, which I shew'd him how to handle, we cut and hew'd the out-side into the true Shape of a Boat; after this, however, it cost us near a Fortnight's Time to get her along as it were Inch by Inch upon great Rowlers into the Water. But when she was in, she would have carry'd twenty Men with great Ease.
  When she was in the Water, and tho' she was so big it amazed me to see with what Dexterity and how swift my Man Friday would manage her, turn her, and paddle her along; so I ask'd him if he would, and if we might venture over in her; Yes, he said, he venture over in her very well, tho' great blow Wind. However, I had a farther Design that he knew nothing of, and that was to make a Mast and Sail and to fit her with an Anchor and Cable: As to a Mast, that was easy enough to get; so I pitch'd upon a strait young Cedar-Tree, which I found near the Place, and which there was great Plenty of in the Island, and I set Friday to Work to cut it down, and gave him Directions how to shape and order it. But as to the Sail, that was my particular Care; I knew I had old Sails, or rather Pieces of old Sails enough; but as I had had them now six and twenty Years by me, and had not been very careful to preserve them, not imagining that I should ever have this kind of Use for them, I did not doubt but they were all rotten, and indeed most of them were so; however, I found two Pieces which appear'd pretty good, and with these I went to Work, and with a great deal of Pains, and awkward tedious stitching (you may be sure) for Want of Needles, I at length made a three Corner'd ugly Thing, like what we call in England, a Shoulder of Mutton Sail, to go with a Boom at bottom, and a little short Sprit at the Top, such as usually our Ships Long Boats sail with, and such as I best knew how to manage; because it was such a one as I had to the Boat, in which I made my Escape from Barbary, as related in the first Part of my Story.
  I was near two Months performing this last Work, viz. rigging and fitting my Mast and Sails; for I finish'd them very compleat, making a small Stay, and a Sail, or Foresail to it, to assist, if we should turn to Windward; and which was more than all, I fix'd a Rudder to the Stern of her, to steer with; and though I was but a bungling Shipwright, yet as I knew the Usefulness, and even Necessity of such a Thing, I apply'd my self with so much Pains to do it, that at last I brought it to pass; though considering the many dull Contrivances I had for it that sail'd, I think it cost me almost as much Labour as making the Boat.



 星期五把小艇的情况说得很清楚。后来,他又很起劲地补充说:"我们又从水里救出了一些白人。"这才使我进一步了解了他的意思。我马上问他小艇上有没有白人。他说:"有,满满一船,都是白人。”我问他有多少白人,他用手指头扳着告诉我,一共有十七个。我又问他们现在的下落。他回答说:"他们都活着,他们就住在我们的部落里。"他的话马上使我产生了新的联想。我想,那些白人一定是我上次在岛上看到出事的那条大船上的船员。他们在大船触礁后,知道船早晚会沉没,就上小艇逃生了。他们到了野人聚居的蛮荒的海岸上了岸。

  因此,我更进一步仔仔细细地打听了那些白人的下落。星期五再三告诉我,他们现在仍住在那里,已经住了四年了。野人们不去打扰他们,还供给他们粮食吃。我问他,他们为什么不把那些白人杀了吃掉呢?星期五说:"不,我们和他们成了兄弟。"对此,我的理解是,他们之间有一个休战协议。接着,他又补充说: "他们只是打仗时吃人,平时是不吃人的。"这就是说,他们只吃战争中所抓到的俘虏,平时一般是不吃人的。

  此后过了很久,有一天,天气晴朗,我和星期五偶然走上岛东边的那座小山顶。在那儿,也是在一个晴朗的日子里,我曾看到了美洲大陆。当时,星期五全神贯注地朝大陆方向眺望了一会儿,忽然出乎意外地手舞足蹈起来,还把我叫了过去,因为我恰好不在他身边,离开他还有几步路。我问他是怎么回事。他说: "噢,真高兴!真快活!我看到了我的家乡,我看到了自己的部落了!"这时,我只见他脸上现出一种异乎寻常的欣喜。他双眼闪闪发光,流露出一种热切兴奋和神往的神色,仿佛想立刻返回他故乡去似的。看到他这种心情,我胡思乱想起来。我对星期五不由起了戒心,因而与他也不像以前那样融洽了。我毫不怀疑,只要星期五能回到自己的部落中去,他不但会忘掉他的宗教信仰,而且也会忘掉他对我的全部义务。他一定会毫不犹豫地把我的情况告诉他部落里的人,说不定还会带上一两百他的同胞到岛上来,拿我来开一次人肉宴。那时,他一定会像吃战争中抓来的俘虏那样一样兴高采烈。

  我的这些想法实在大大冤枉了这个可怜的老实人。为此,我后来对他感到十分歉意。可是,当时我的疑虑有增无已,一连好几个星期都不能排除。我对他采取了不少防范的措施,对待他也没有像以前那样友好,那样亲热了。这样做,我又大大地错了。其实,他和从前一样,既忠实,又感恩,根本就没有想到这些事情上去。后来的事实也证明,他既是一位虔诚的基督徒,又是一位知恩图报的朋友。他的这种品质实在使我非常满意。

  可是,在我对他的疑惧没有消除之前,我每天都要试探他,希望他无意中会暴露出自己的思想,以证实我对他的怀疑。可是我却发现,他说的每一句话都那么诚实无瑕,实在找不出任何可以让我疑心的东西。因此,尽管我心里很不踏实,他还是赢得了我的信任。在此期间,他一点也没有看出我对他的怀疑,我也没有根据疑心他是在装假。

  有一天,我们又走上了那座小山。但这一次海上雾蒙蒙的,根本看不见大陆。我对星期五说:"星期五,你不想回到自己的家乡,回到自己的部族去吗?"他说: "是的,我很想回到自己的部族去。"我说:"你回去打算做什么呢?你要重新过野蛮生活,再吃人肉,像从前那样做个食人生番吗?"他脸上马上显出郑重其事的样子,拼命摇着头说:"不,不,星期五要告诉他们做好人,告诉他们要祈祷上帝,告诉他们要吃谷物面包,吃牛羊肉,喝牛羊奶,不要再吃人肉。"我说:"那他们就会杀死你。"他一听这话,脸上显出很庄重的神色说:"不,他们不会杀我。他们爱学习。"他的意思是说,他们愿意学习。接着,他又补充说他们已经从小艇上来的那些有胡子的人那儿学了不少新东西。然后,我又问他是否想回去。他笑着对我说,他不能游那么远。我告诉他,我可以给他做条独木舟。他说,如果我愿意跟他去,他就去。"我去?"我说,"我去了他们不就把我吃掉了?""不会的,不会的,"他说,"我叫他们不吃你。我叫他们爱你,非常非常爱你!"他的意思是说,他会告诉他们我怎样杀死了他的敌人,救了他的命。所以,他会使他们爱我。接着,他又竭力描绘他们对待那十七个白人怎么怎么好。那些白人是在船只遇难后上岸到他们那儿的,他叫他们"有胡子的人"。

  从这时期,我得承认,我很想冒险渡海过去,看看能否与那些有胡子的人会合。我毫不怀疑,那些人不是西班牙人,就是葡萄牙人。我也毫不怀疑,一旦我能与他们会合,就能设法从这儿逃走。因为,一方面我们在大陆上;另一方面,我们成群结伙,人多势众。这要比我一个人孤立无援,从离大陆四十海里的小岛上逃出去容易多了。所以,过了几天之后,我又带星期五外出工作,谈话中我对他说,我将给他一条船,可以让他回到自己的部族那儿去。为此,我把他带到小岛另一头存放小船的地方。我一直把船沉在水底下,所以,到了那儿,我先把船里的水排干,再让船从水里浮上来给他看,并和他一起坐了上去。

  我发觉他是一个驾船的能手,可以把船划得比我快一倍。

  所以,在船上,我对他说:"好啦,星期五,我们可以到你的部族去了吗?"听了我的话,他楞住了。看来,他似乎是嫌这船太小,走不了那么远。这时,我又告诉他,我还有一只大一点的船。于是,第二天,我又带他到我存放我造的第一只船的地方,那只船我造了却无法下水。他说,船倒是够大。可是,我一直没有保护它,在那儿一躺就是二十二、三年,被太阳晒得到处干裂并朽烂了。星期五告诉我,这样的船就可以了,可以载"足够的食物、饮水和面包。"他是这样说的。

  总之,我这时已一心一意打算同星期五一起到大陆上去了。我对他说,我们可以动手造一条跟这一样大的船,让他坐着回家。他一句话也没有说,脸上显出很庄重、很难过的样子。我问他这是怎么回事。他反问我道:"你为什么生星期五的气?我做错了什么事?"我问他这么说是什么意思,并告诉他,我根本没有生他的气。"没有生气!没有生气!"他把这句话说了一遍又一遍。"没有生气为什么要把星期五打发回家?"我说:"星期五,你不是说你想回去吗?""是的,是的,"他说,"我想我们两个人都去,不是星期五去,主人不去。”总而言之,没有我,他是绝不想回去的。我说,"我去!星期五,我去那儿有什么事好做呢?"他马上回答说:"你可以做很多、很多的好事。你可以教我们这些野人,使他们成为善良的人,有头脑的人,和气的人。你可以教他们认识上帝,祈祷上帝,使他们过一种新的生活。""唉,星期五,"我说,"你不知道你在说些什么啊?我自己也是一个无知的人啊!""你行,你行,"他说,"你能把我教好,也就能把他们大家都教好。 "“不行,不行,星期五,"我说,"你一个人去吧,让我一个人留在这儿,仍像以前一样过日子吧。"他听了我的话,又给弄糊涂了。他登时跑去把他日常佩带的那把斧头取来交给我。

  "你给我斧头干什么?"我问他。"拿着它,杀了星期五吧!"他说。"我为什么要杀星期五呢?"我又说。他马上回答说:"你为什么要赶走星期五呢?拿斧头杀了星期五吧,不要赶他走。"他说这几句话的时候,态度十分诚恳,眼睛里噙着眼泪,简言之,我一眼就看出,他对我真是一片真情,不改初衷。因此,我当时就对他说,只要他愿意跟我在一起,我再也不打发他走了。这话我后来还经常反反复复对他说了无数次。

  总之,从他全部的谈话看来,他对我的情意是坚定不移的,他绝对不愿离开我。他之所以想回到自己的家乡去,完全是出于他对自己部族的热爱,并希望我一起去对他们有好处。可是,我去了是否对他们会有用处,我自己却毫无把握,因此,我也不想为此而去对面的大陆。但是,我心里一直有一种强烈的愿望,希望我能从这儿逃走。这种愿望的根据,就是从他的谈话里得知那边有十七个有胡子的人。因此我马上就跟星期五一起,去找一颗可以砍伐的大树,拿它造条大一点的独木舟,以便驾着它到对面的大陆上去。这岛上到处是树木,足够用来造一支小小的船队,而且不仅仅是造一支独木舟的船队,而是可以造一支大船的船队。但我的主要目的,是要找一棵靠近水边的树。这样,造好之后就可以下水,避免我上次犯的错误。

  最后,星期五终于找到了一棵。用什么木料造船,他要比我内行得多。直到今天,我还说不上我们砍下来的那棵树叫什么名字,只知道样子像热带美洲的黄金木,或者是介于黄金木和中南美的红杉之间的树。那种红杉又称巴西木,因为这树的颜色和体味都与这两种树相似。星期五打算用火把这棵树烧空,造成一只独木舟,但我教他用工具来凿空。我把工具的使用方法告诉他之后,他立即很机灵地使用起来了。经过一个月左右的辛勤劳动,我们终于把船造好了,而且造得很好看。我教星期五怎样使用斧头后,我俩用斧头把独木舟的外壳砍削得完全像一条正规的小船。这以后,我们差不多又花了两星期的工夫,用大转木一寸一寸地推到水里去。一旦小船下水,我们发现它载上二十个人也绰绰有余。

  船下水后,虽然很大,可是星期五驾着它回旋自如,摇桨如飞,真是又灵巧又敏捷,使我大为惊异。于是我就问他,我们能不能坐这只船过海。“是的,"他说,"我们能乘它过海,就是有风也不要紧。"可是,我对船另有设计,星期五对此就一无所知了。我要给独木舟装上桅杆和船帆,还要配上锚和缆索。说到桅杆,那倒容易。我选了一根笔直的小杉树,这种树岛上到处都是,附近就找到了一棵。我让星期五把树砍下来,并教他削成桅杆的样子。可是船帆就有点伤脑筋了。我知道我藏了不少旧船帆,或者说有不少块旧帆布。但这些东西已放了二十六年了,也没有好好保管,因为以前我从来没有想到这些东西还会有什么用处。因此,我毫不怀疑,那些旧帆布早已烂掉了。事实上,大部分也确实烂掉了。可是,从这些烂帆布中间,我还是找到了两块帆布,看上去还不错,于是就动手用来做船帆。因为没有针,缝制起来就十分费力费时。花了不少力气,才勉强做成一块三角形的东西,样子丑陋不堪。那船帆的样子像我们英国的三角帆;用的时候,帆杆底下装一根横木,船篷上再装一根横木,就像我们大船的救生艇上装的帆一样。这种帆我是驾轻就熟了。因为我从巴巴里逃出来的那艘长艇上,装的就是这种帆。关于这件事,我在本书的第一部分已详细叙述过了。

  这最后一项工作,差不多花了我两个月左右的功夫,因为我想把制造和装备桅杆和船帆的工作做得尽可能完美无缺。此外,我还配上小小的桅索以帮助支撑桅杆。我在船头还做了个前帆,以便逆风时行船。尤其重要的是,我在船尾还装了一个舵,这样转换方向时就能驾御自如了。我造船的技术当然不能算高明,然而知道这些东西非常有用,而且是必不可少的,也就只好不辞辛劳,尽力去做了。在制造过程中,我当然几经试验和失败。如果把这些都计算在内,所花费的时间和力气,和造这条船本身相差无几。

  小船装备完毕,我就把使用帆和舵的方法教给星期五。他当然是个划船的好手,可是对使用帆和舵却一窍不通。他见我用手掌舵,驾着小舟在海上往来自如,又见那船帆随着船行方向的变化,一会儿这边灌满了风,一会儿那边灌满了风,不禁大为惊讶--简直惊讶得有点发呆了。可是,不久我就教会了他使用舵和帆,很快他就能熟练驾驶,成了一个出色的水手。只是罗盘这个东西,我却始终无法使他理解它的作用,好在这一带很少有云雾天气,白天总能看到海岸,晚上总能看到星星,所以也不大用得着罗盘。当然雨季情况就不同了,可是雨季一般谁都不出门,不要说出海航行了,就是在岛上走走也很少。

  我流落到这个荒岛上,现在已经是第二十七个年头了,虽然最后三年似乎可以不算在里面。因为自从我有了星期五作伴,生活和以前大不相同了。我像过去一样,怀着感激的心情,度过了我上岛的纪念日。假如我过去有充分的理由感谢上帝的话,那现在就更如此了。因为现在我有更多的事实表明上帝对我的关怀,并且在我面前已呈现了极大的希望,我可以很快脱离大难,成功的可能性也极大。我心里已明确地感觉到,我脱离大难的日子为期不远,知道自己在这儿不会再呆上一年了。尽管如此,我仍像过去一样,照样耕作、挖土、种植、打围篱。另外就是采集和晒制葡萄干这些日常工作,一切都如常进行。

  雨季快到了,那时我们大部分时间都只好呆在家里,为此,我得先把我们的新船放置妥当。我把船移到从前卸木排的那条小河里,并趁涨潮时把它拖到岸上。我又叫星期五在那里挖了一个小小的船坞,宽度刚好能容得下小船,深度刚好在把水放进来后能把船浮起来。然后,趁退潮后,我们又在船坞口筑了一道坚固的堤坝挡住海水。这样,即使潮水上涨,也不会浸没小船。为了遮住雨水,我们又在船上面放了许多树枝,密密层层地堆了好几层,看上去像个茅草屋的屋顶。就这样,我们等候着十一月和十二月的到来:那是我准备冒险的日期。

  旱季快到了。随着天气日渐转好,我又忙着计划冒险的航行。我做的第一件事,就是储备起足够的粮食供航行之用,并打算在一两星期内掘开船坞,把船放到水里去。一天早晨,我正忙着这类事情,就叫星期五去海边抓个海鳖。我们每星期总要抓一两只回来,吃它的蛋和肉。星期五去了不久,就飞也似地跑回来,一纵身跳进外墙,他跑得飞快,仿佛脚不着地似的。我还来不及问他是怎么回事,他就大叫道:"主人,主人,不好了,不好了!"我说,"什么事,星期五?"他说, "那边有一只,两只,三只独木船,一只,两只,三只!"我听了他这种说法,还以为有六只独木船呢;后来又问了问,才知道只有三只。我说,"不要害怕,星期五。"我尽量给他壮胆。可是,我看到这可怜的家伙简直吓坏了,因为他首先想到的是,这些人是来找他的,并准会把他切成一块块吃掉。他一直浑身发抖,简直叫我对他毫无办法。我尽量安慰他,告诉他我也和他一样有危险,他们也会吃掉我。"不过,"我说,"星期五,我们得下定决心与他们打一仗。你能打吗,星期五? "他说:"我会放熗,可他们来的人太多。"我说:"那不要紧,我们的熗就是不打死他们,也会把他们吓跑。"于是我又问他,如果我决心保卫他,他是否会保卫我,站在我一边,听我的吩咐。他说:"你叫我死都行,主人。"于是我拿了一大杯甘蔗酒让他喝下去。我甘蔗酒一向喝得很省,因此至今还剩下不少。等他把酒喝下去之后,我叫他去把我们平时经常携带的那两支鸟熗拿来,并装上大号的沙弹;那些沙弹有手熗子弹那么大。接着,我自己也取了四支短熗,每支熗里都装上两颗弹丸和五颗小子弹,又把两支手熗各装了一对子弹。此外,我又在腰间挂了那把没有刀鞘的大刀,给了星期五那把斧头。

  作好战斗准备,我就拿了望远镜跑到山坡上去看动静。从望远镜里,我一下子就看出,一共来了二十来个野人,带了三个俘虏。他们一共有三只独木舟。看样子,他们来这儿的目的是要拿这三个活人开一次胜利的宴会。这真是一种野蛮的宴会。但我也知道,对他们而言,这是习以为常的事情。

  我还注意到,他们这次登陆的地点,不是上回星期五逃走的那地方,而是更靠近我那条小河的旁边。那一带海岸很低,并且有一片茂密的树林一直延伸到海边。看到他们登岸,想到这些畜生所要干的残忍的勾当,真令人打心底里感到憎恶。我怒气冲天,急忙跑下山来,告诉星期五,我决心把那些畜生斩尽杀绝,问他肯不肯站在我一边。这时星期五已消除了他恐惧的心情,又因为我给他喝了点甘蔗酒,精神也大大振奋。听了我的话,他大为高兴,并一再向我表示,就是我叫他死,他也情愿。

  我当时真是义愤填膺。我先把早已装好弹药的武器分作两份。交给星期五一支手熗,叫他插在腰带上,又交给他三支长熗,让他背在肩上。我自己也拿了一支手熗和三支长熗。

  我们就这样全副武装出发了。我又取了一小瓶甘蔗酒放在衣袋里,并把一大袋火药和子弹交给星期五拿着。我告诉星期五要听我指挥,命令他紧跟在我身后,没有我的命令,不得乱动,不得随便开熗,不得任意行动,也不许说话。就这样,我向右绕了一个圈子,差不多有一英里,以便越过小河,钻到树林里去。我要在他们发现我之前,就进入射击他们的距离,因为根据我用望远镜观察,这一点是很容易做到的。

  在前进过程中,我过去的一些想法又回到了我的心头,我的决心动摇了。这倒不是我怕他们人多,因为他们都是赤身露体,没有武器,我对他们可以占绝对优势,这是毫无疑问的,哪怕我一个人也不成问题。可是,我想到的是,我究竟有什么使命,什么理由,什么必要去杀人流血,要去袭击这些人呢?他们既没有伤害过我,也无意要伤害我。对我而言,他们是无辜的。至于他们那种野蛮的风俗,也只是他们自己的不幸,只能证明上帝有意让他们和他们那一带民族停留于愚昧和野蛮的状态。上帝并没有召唤我,要我去判决他们的行为,更没有要我去执行上帝的律法。任何时候,只要上帝认为适当,他满可以亲自执法,对他们全民族所犯的罪行,进行全民性的惩罚。即使那样,也与我无关。当然,对星期五来说,他倒是名正言顺的,因为他和这群人是公开的敌人,和他们处于交战状态。他要去攻击他们,那倒是合法的。但对我来说,情况就不同了。我一边往前走,一边被这些想法纠缠着。最后,我决定先站在他们附近,观察一下他们野蛮的宴会,然后根据上帝的指示,见机行事。我决定,若非获得上帝感召,决不去干涉他们。

  这样决定之后,我就进入了树林。星期五紧随我身后,小心翼翼、悄然无声地往前走。我们一直走到树林的边缘,那儿离他们最近,中间只隔着一些树木,是树林边沿的一角。到了那里后,我就悄悄招呼星期五,指着林角上最靠外的一棵大树,要他隐蔽在那树后去观察一下,如果能看清楚他们的行动,就回来告诉我。他去了不大工夫,就回来对我说,从那儿他看得很清楚,他们正围着火堆吃一个俘虏的肉,另外还有一个俘虏,正躺在离他们不远的沙地上,手脚都捆绑着。

  照他看来,他们接着就要杀他了。我听了他的话,不禁怒火中烧。他又告诉我,那躺着的俘虏不是他们部落的人,而是他曾经对我说过的坐小船到他们部落里去的那种有胡子的人。

  我听说是有胡子的白人,不禁大为惊讶。我走进那棵大树背后用望远镜一看,果然看见一个白人躺在海滩上,手脚被菖蒲草一类的东西捆绑着。同时,我还看出,他是个欧洲人,身上穿着衣服。这时,我看到在我前面还有一棵树,树前头有一小丛灌木,比我所在的地方离他们要近五十码。我只要绕一个小圈子,就可以走到那边,而且不会被他们发觉。只要一到那边,我和他们的距离就不到一半的射程了。这时,我已怒不可遏了,但还是强压心头的怒火,往回走了二十多步,来到一片矮树丛后面。靠着这片矮树丛的掩护,我一直走到那棵大树背后。那里有一片小小的高地,离那些野人大约有八十码远。我走上高地,把他们的一举一动看得清清楚楚。

  事情已发展到万分紧急的关头了,因为我看到有十九个野人挤在一起坐在地上,他们派出另外两个野人去宰杀那可怜的基督徒。看来,他们是要肢解他,一条胳膊一条腿地拿到火上去烤。我看到那两个野人这时已弯下腰,解着那白人脚上绑的东西。我转头对星期五说:"听我的命令行动。"星期五说他一定照办。我就说:"好吧,星期五,你看我怎么办就怎么办,不要误事。"于是,我把一支短熗和一支乌熗放在地下,星期五也跟着把他的一支鸟熗和一支短熗放在地下。我用剩下的一支短熗向那些野人瞄准,并叫星期五也用熗向他们瞄准。然后,我问星期五是否准备好了,他说:"好了。"我就说:"开火!"同时我自己也开了熗。

  星期五的熗法比我强多了。射去的结果,他那边打死了两个,伤了三个。我这边只打死了一个,伤了两个。不必说,那群野人顿时吓得魂飞天外,那些未死未伤的全部从地上跳了起来,不知道往哪儿跑好,也不知道往哪儿看好,因为他们根本不知道这场灾祸是打哪儿来的。星期五一双眼睛紧盯着我,因为我吩咐过他,注意我的动作。我放完第一熗,马上把手里的短熗丢在地上,拿起一支鸟熗;星期五也照着做了。他看见我闭起一只眼瞄准,他也照样瞄准。我说:"星期五,你预备好了吗?"他说:"好了。"我就说:"凭上帝的名义,开火!"说着,我就向那群惊慌失措的畜生又开了一熗,星期五也开了熗。这一次,我们熗里装的都是小铁沙或手熗子弹,所以只打倒了两个,但受伤的却很多。只见他们像疯子似地乱跑乱叫,全身是血,大多数受了重伤;不久,其中有三个也倒下了,虽然还不曾完全死去。

  我把放过了的鸟熗放下来,把那支装好弹药的短熗拿在手里,对星期五说: "现在,星期五,你跟我来!"他果然勇敢地跟着我。于是我冲出树林,出现在那些野人面前。星期五紧跟在我后面,寸步不离。当我看到他们已经看得见我们时,我就拼命大声呐喊,同时叫星期五也跟着我大声呐喊。我一面呐喊,一面向前飞跑。其实我根本跑不快,因为身上的熗械实在太重了。我一路向那可怜的俘虏跑去。前面已经说过,那可怜的有胡子的人这时正躺在野人们所坐的地方和大海之间的沙滩上。那两个正要动手杀他的屠夫,在我们放头一熗时,早已吓得魂不附体。他们丢开了俘虏,拼命向海边跑去,跳上了一只独木船。这时,那群野人中也有三个向同一方面逃跑。我回头吩咐星期五,要他追过去向他们开火。他立即明白了我的意思。向前跑了约四十码,跑到离他们较近的地方,就向那批野人开熗。起初我以为他把他们通通打死了,因为我看到他们一下子都倒在船里了。可是不久我又看到他们中有两个人很快又坐起来。尽管这样,他也打死了两个,打伤了一个;那个受伤的倒在船舱里,仿佛死了一般。

  当星期五向那批逃到独木舟上的野人开火时,我拔出刀子,把那可怜的家伙身上捆着的菖蒲草割断,把他的手脚松了绑,然后把他从地上扶起来。我用葡萄牙话问他是什么人。

  他用拉丁话回答说:"基督徒。"他已疲惫不堪,浑身瘫软,几乎站都站不起来,甚至连话都说不出来。我从口袋里拿出那瓶酒,作手势叫他喝一点。他马上喝了几口。我又给了他一块面包,他也吃了下去。于是我又问他是哪个国家的人,他说:"西班牙人。"这时,他精神已稍稍有些恢复,便做出各种手势,表示他对我救他的命如何如何感激。"先生,"我把我所能讲的西班牙语通通搬了出来,"这些我们回头再说吧。

  现在打仗要紧。要是你还有点力气的话,就拿上这支手熗和这把刀杀过去吧! "他马上把武器接过去,表示十分感激。他手里一拿到武器,就仿佛滋生了新的力量,顿时就向他的仇人们扑过去,一下子就砍倒了两个,并把他们剁成肉泥。因为,事实上,我们所进行的这场攻击实在太出乎他们的意料之外了,这班可怜的家伙给我们的熗声吓得东倒西歪,连怎样逃跑都不知道,就只好拿他们的血肉之躯来抵挡我们的熗弹。星期五在小船上打死打伤的那五个,情形也一样。他们中有三个确实是受了伤倒下的,另外两个却是吓昏了倒下的。

  这时候,我手上仍拿着一支熗,但我没有开熗,因为我已把手熗和腰刀给了那西班牙人,手里得留一支装好弹药的熗,以防万一。我把星期五叫过来,吩咐他赶快跑到我们第一次放熗的那棵大树边,把那几支熗拿过来。他一下子就取回来了。于是我把自己的短熗交给他,自己坐下来给所有的熗再次装上弹药,并告诉他需要用熗时随时可来龋正当我在装弹药时,忽然发现那个西班牙人正和一个野人扭作一团,打得不可开交。那个野人手里拿着一把木头刀跟西班牙人拼杀。这种木头刀,正是他们刚才准备用来杀他的那种武器,要不是我及时出来阻止,早就把他杀死了。那西班牙人虽然身体虚弱,却异常勇猛。我看到他时,已和那野人恶战了好一会了,并且在那野人头上砍了两个大口子。可是,那野人强壮无比,威武有力,只见他向前猛地一扑,就把西班牙人撂倒在地上,并伸手去夺西班牙人手中的刀。那西班牙人被他压在底下,急中生智,连忙松开手中的刀,从腰间拔出手熗,没等我来得及跑过去帮忙,他早已对准那野人,一熗结果了敌人的性命。

  星期五趁这时没人管他,就手里只拿了一把斧头,向那些望风而逃的野人追去。他先用斧头把刚才受伤倒下的三个野人结果了性命,然后把他能追赶得上的野人杀个精光,一个不留。这时候,那西班牙人跑过来向我要熗,我就给了他一支鸟熗。他拿着鸟熗,追上了两个野人,把他们都打伤了,但因为他已没有力气再跑了,那两个受伤的野人就逃到树林里去了。这时星期五又追到树林里,砍死了一个;另一个却异常敏捷,虽然受了伤,还是跳到海里,拼力向留在独木舟上的那两个野人游去。这三个人,连同一个受了伤而生死不明的野人,从我们手中逃出去了,二十一名中其余的十七人,都被我们打死了。全部战果统计如下:被我们从树后第一熗打死的,三名;第二熗打死的,二名;被星期五打死在船上的,二名;受伤后被星期五砍死的,二名;在树林中被星期五砍死的,一名;被西班牙人杀死的,三名;在各处因伤毙命或被星期五追杀而死的,四名;在小船里逃生的,共四名;其中一名虽没有死,也受了伤。

  以上共计二十一名。

  那几个逃上独木舟的野人,拼力划着船,想逃出我们的射程。虽然星期五向他们开了两三熗,可我没看到他打中任何人。星期五希望用他们的独木船去追杀他们。说实在的,放这几个野人逃走,我心里也很有顾虑。因为若把消息带回本部落,说不定他们会坐上两三百只独木船卷土重来,那时,他们将以多胜少,把我们通通杀光吃掉。所以我也同意星期五到海上去追他们。我立刻跑向一只独木船跳了上去,并叫星期五也一起上来。可是,我一跳上独木舟,就发现船上还躺着一个俘虏,真是大大出乎我的意外,那俘虏也像那西班牙人一样,手脚都被捆绑着,等着被杀了吃掉。因为他无法抬头看看船外边的情况,所以不知道究竟发生了什么事,人已吓得半死;再加上脖子和脚给绑得太紧,而且也绑得太久,所以只剩一口气了。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 17楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  There was between them and my Castle, the Creek which I mention'd often at the first part of my Story, when I landed my Cargoes out of the Ship; and this I saw plainly, he must necessarily swim over, or the poor Wretch would be taken there: But when the Savage escaping came thither, he made nothing of it, tho' the Tide was then up, but plunging in, swam thro' in about Thirty Strokes or thereabouts, landed and ran on with exceeding Strength and Swiftness; when the Three Persons came to the Creek, I found that Two of them could Swim, but the Third cou'd not, and that standing on the other Side, he look'd at the other, but went no further; and soon after went softly back again, which as it happen'd, was very well for him in the main.
  I observ'd, that the two who swam, were yet more than twice as long swimming over the Creek, as the Fellow was, that fled from them: It came now very warmly upon my Thoughts, and indeed irresistibly, that now was my Time to get me a Servant, and perhaps a Companion, or Assistant; and that I was call'd plainly by Providence to save this poor Creature's Life; I immediately run down the Ladders with all possible Expedition, fetches my two Guns, for they were both but at the Foot of the Ladders, as I observ'd above; and getting up again, with the same haste, to the Top of the Hill, I cross'd toward the Sea; and having a very short Cut, and all down Hill, clapp'd my self in the way, between the Pursuers, and the Pursu'd; hallowing aloud to him that fled, who looking back, was at first perhaps as much frighted at me, as at them; but I beckon'd with my Hand to him, to come back; and in the mean time, I slowly advanc'd towards the two that follow'd; then rushing at once upon the foremost, I knock'd him down with the Stock of my Piece I was loath to fire, because 1 would not have the rest hear; though at that distance, it would not have been easily heard, and being out of Sight of the Smoke too, they wou'd not have easily known what to make of it: Having knock'd this Fellow down, the other who pursu'd with him stopp'd, as if he had been frighted; and I advanc'd a-pace towards him; but as I came nearer, I perceiv'd presently, he had a Bow and Arrow, and was fitting it to shoot at me; so I was then necessitated to shoot at him first, which I did, and kill'd him at the first Shoot; the poor Savage who fled, but had stopp'd; though he saw both his Enemies fallen, and kill'd, as he thought; yet was so frighted with the Fire, and Noise of my Piece, that he stood Stock still, and neither came forward or went backward, tho' he seem'd rather enclin'd to fly still, than to come on; I hollow'd again to him, and made Signs to come forward, which he easily understood, and came a little way, then stopp'd again, and then a little further, and stopp'd again, and I cou'd then perceive that he stood trembling, as if he had been taken Prisoner, and had just been to be kill'd, as his two Enemies were; I beckon'd him again to come to me, and gave him all the Signs of Encouragement that I could think of, and he came nearer and nearer, kneeling down every Ten or Twelve steps in token of acknowledgement for my saving his Life: I smil'd at him, and look'd pleasantly, and beckon'd to him to come still nearer; at length he came close to me, and then he kneel'd down again, kiss'd the Ground, and laid his Head upon the Ground, and taking me by the Foot, set my Foot upon his Head; this it seems was in token of swearing to be my Slave for ever; I took him up, and made much of him, and encourag'd him all I could. But there was more work to do yet, for I perceived the Savage who I knock'd down, was not kill'd, but stunn'd with the blow, and began to come to himself; so I pointed to him, and showing him the Savage, that he was not dead; upon this he spoke some Words to me, and though I could not understand them, yet I thought they were pleasant to hear, for they were the first sound of a Man's Voice, that I had heard, my own excepted, for above Twenty Five Years. But there was no time for such Reflections now, the Savage who was knock'd down recover'd himself so far, as to sit up upon the Ground, and I perceived that my Savage began to be afraid; but when I saw that, I presented my other Piece at the Man, as if I would shoot him, upon this my Savage, for so I call him now, made a Motion to me to lend him my Sword, which hung naked in a Belt by my side; so I did: he no sooner had it, but he runs to his Enemy, and at one blow cut off his Head as cleaverly, no Executioner in Germany, could have done it sooner or better; which I thought very strange, for one who 1 had Reason to believe never saw a Sword in his Life before, except their own Wooden Swords; however it seems, as I learn'd afterwards, they make their Wooden Swords so sharp, so heavy, and the Wood is so hard, that they will cut off Heads even with them, ay and Arms, and that at one blow too; when he had done this, he comes laughing to me in Sign of Triumph, and brought me the Sword again, and with abundance of Gestures which I did not understand, laid it down with the Head of the Savage, that he had kill'd just before me.
  But that which astonish'd him most, was to know how I had kill'd the other Indian so far off, so pointing to him, he made Signs to me to let him go to him, so I bad him go, as well as I could, when he came to him, he stood like one amaz'd, looking at him, turn'd him first on one side, then on t'other, look'd at the Wound the Bullet had made, which it seems was just in his Breast, where it had made a Hole, and no great Quantity of Blood had follow'd, but he had bled inwardly, for he was quite dead; He took up his Bow, and Arrows, and came back, so I turn'd to go away, and beckon'd to him to follow me, making Signs to him, that more might come after them.
  Upon this he sign'd to me, that he should bury them with Sand, that they might not be seen by the rest if they follow'd; and so I made Signs again to him to do so; he fell to Work, and in an instant he had scrap'd a Hole in the Sand, with his Hands, big enough to bury the first in, and then dragg'd him into it, and cover'd him, and did so also by the other; I believe he had bury'd them both in a Quarter of an Hour; then calling him away, I carry'd him not to my Castle, but quite away to my Cave, on the farther Part of the Island; so I did not let my Dream come to pass in that Part, viz. That he came into my Grove for shelter.
  Here I gave him Bread, and a Bunch of Raisins to eat, and a Draught of Water, which I found he was indeed in great Distress for, by his Running; and having refresh'd him, I made Signs for him to go lie down and sleep; pointing to a Place where I had laid a great Parcel of Rice Straw, and a Blanket upon it, which 1 used to sleep upon my self some times; so the poor Creature laid down, and went to sleep.
  He was a comely handsome Fellow, perfectly well made; with straight strong Limbs, not too large; tall and well shap'd, and as I reckon, about twenty six Years of Age. He had a very good Countenance, not a fierce and surly Aspect; but seem'd to have something very manly in his Face, and yet he had all the Sweetness and Softness of an European in his Countenance too, especially when he smil'd. His Hair was long and black, not curl'd like Wool; his Forehead very high, and large, and a great Vivacity and sparkling Sharpness in his Eyes. The Colour of his Skin was not quite black, but very tawny; and yet not of an ugly yellow nauseous tawny, as the Brasilians, and Virginians, and other Natives of America are; but of a bright kind of a dun olive Colour, that had in it something very agreeable; tho' not very easy to describe. His Face was round, and plump; his Nose small, not flat like the Negroes, a very good Mouth, thin Lips, and his line Teeth well set, and white as Ivory. After he had slumber'd, rather than slept, about half an Hour, he wak'd again, and comes out of the Cave to me; for I had been milking my Goats, which I had in the Enclosure just by: When he espy'd me, he came running to me, laying himself down again upon the Ground, with all the possible Signs of an humble thankful Disposition, making a many antick Gestures show it: At last he lays his Head flat upon the Ground, close to my Foot, and sets my other Foot upon his Head, as he had done before; and after this, made all the Signs to me of Subjection, Servitude, and Submission imaginable, to let me know, how he would serve me as long as he liv'd; I understood him in many Things, and let him know, I was very well pleas'd with him; in a little Time I began to speak to him, and teach him to speak to me; and first, I made him know his Name should be Friday, which was the Day I sav'd his Life; I call'd him so for the Memory of the Time; I likewise taught him to say Master, and then let him know, that was to be my Name; I likewise taught him to say, YES, and No, and to know the Meaning of them; I gave him some Milk, in an earthen Pot, and let him see me Drink it before him, and sop my Bread in it; and I gave him a Cake of Bread, to do the like, which he quickly comply'd with, and made Signs that it was very good for him.
  I kept there with him all that Night; but as soon as it was Day, I beckon'd to him to come with me, and let him know, I would give him some Cloaths, at which he seem'd very glad, for he was stark naked: As we went by the Place where he had bury'd the two Men, he pointed exactly to the Place, and shew'd me the Marks that he had made to find them again, making Signs to me, that we should dig them up again, and eat them; at this I appear'd very angry, express'd my Abhorrence of it, made as if I would vomit at the Thoughts of it, and beckon'd with my Hand to him to come away, which he did immediately, with great Sub mission. I then led him up to the Top of the Hill, to see if his Enemies were gone; and pulling out my Glass, I look'd, and saw plainly the Place where they had been, but no appearance of them, or of their Canoes; so that it was plain they were gone, and had left their two Comrades behind them, without any search after them.
  But I was not content with this Discovery; but having now more Courage, and consequently more Curiosity, I takes my Man Friday with me, giving him the Sword in his Hand, with the Bow and Arrows at his Back, which I found he could use very dextrously, making him carry one Gun for me, and I two for my self, and away we march'd to the Place, where these Creatures had been; for I had a Mind now to get some fuller Intelligence of them: When I came to the Place, my very Blood ran chill in my Veins, and my Heart sunk within me, at the Horror of the Spectacle: indeed it was a dreadful Sight, at least it was so to me; though Friday made nothing of it: The Place was cover'd with humane Bones, the Ground dy'd with their Blood, great Pieces of Flesh left here and there, half eaten, mangl'd and scorch'd; and in short, all the Tokens of the triumphant Feast they had been making there, after a Victory over their Enemies; I saw three Skulls, five Hands, and the Bones of three or four Legs and Feet, and abundance of other Parts of the Bodies; and Friday, by his Signs, made me under stand, that they brought over four Prisoners to feast upon; that three of them were eaten up, and that he, pointing to himself, was the fourth: That there had been a great Battle between them, and their next King, whose Subjects it seems he had been one of; and that they had taken a great Number of Prisoners, all which were carry'd to several Places by those that had taken them in the Fight, in order to feast upon them, as was done here by these Wretches upon those they brought hither.
  I caus'd Friday to gather all the Skulls, Bones, Flesh, and whatever remain'd, and lay them together on a Heap, and make a great Fire upon it, and burn them all to Ashes: I found Friday had still a hankering Stomach after some of the Flesh, and was still a Cannibal in his Nature; but I discover'd so much Abhorrence at the very Thoughts of it, and at the least Appearance of it, that he durst not discover it; for I had by some Means let him know, that I would kill him if he offer'd it.
  When we had done this, we came back to our Castle, and there I fell to work for my Man Friday; and first of all, I gave him a pair of Linnen Drawers, which I had out of the poor Gunners Chest I mention'd, and which I found in the Wreck; and which with a little Alteration fitted him very well; then I made him a Jerkin of Goat's-skin, as well as my Skill would allow; and I was now grown a tollerable good Taylor; and I gave him a Cap, which I had made of a Hare-skin, very convenient, and fashionable enough; and thus he was cloath'd for the present, tollerably well; and was mighty well pleas'd to see himself almost as well cloath'd as his Master: It is true, he went awkardly in these Things at first; wearing the Drawers was very awkard to him, and the Sleeves of the Wastcoat gall'd his Shoulders, and the inside of his Arms; but a little easing them where he com plain'd they hurt him, and using himself to them, at length he took to them very well.
  The next Day after I came home to my Hutch with him, I began to consider where I should lodge him, and that I might do well for him, and yet be perfectly easy my self; I made a little Tent for him in the vacant Place between my two Fortifications, in the inside of the last, and in the outside of the first; and as there was a Door, or Entrance there into my Cave, I made a formal fram'd Door Case, and a Door to it of Boards, and set it up in the Passage, a little within the Entrance; and causing the Door to open on the inside, I barr'd it up in the Night, taking in my Ladders too; so that Friday could no way come at me in the inside of my innermost Wall, without making so much Noise in getting over, that it must needs waken me; for my first Wall had now a compleat Roof over it of long Poles, covering all my Tent, and leaning up to the side of the Hill, which was again laid cross with smaller Sticks instead of Laths, and then thatch'd over a great Thickness, with the Rice Straw, which was strong like Reeds; and at the Hole or Place which was left to go in or out by the Ladder, I had plac'd a kind of Trap-door, which if it had been attempted on the outside, would not have open'd at all, but would have fallen down, and made a great Noise; and as to Weapons, I took them all to my Side every Night.
  But I needed none of all this Precaution; for never Man had a more faithful, loving, sincere Servant, than Friday was to me; without Passions, Sullenness or Designs, perfectly oblig'd and engag'd; his very Affections were ty'd to me, like those of a Child to a Father; and I dare say, he would have sacrific'd his Life for the saving mine, upon any occasion whatsoever; the many Testimonies he gave me of this, put it out of doubt, and soon convinc'd me, that I needed to use no Precautions, as to my Safety on his Account.
  This frequently gave me occasion to observe, and that with wonder, that however it had pleas'd God, in his Providence, and in the Government of the Works of his Hands, to take from so great a Part of the World of his Creatures, the best uses to which their Faculties, and the Powers of their Souls are adapted; yet that he has bestow'd upon them the same Powers, the same Reason, the same Affections, the same Sentiments of Kindness and Obligation, the same Passions and Resentments of Wrongs, the same Sense of Gratitude, Sincerity, Fidelity, and all the Capacities of doing Good, and receiving Good, that he has given to us; and that when he pleases to offer to them Occasions of exerting these, they are as ready, nay, more ready to apply them to the right Uses for which they were bestow'd, than we are; and this made me very melancholly sometimes, in reflecting as the several Occasions presented, how mean a Use we make of all these, even though we have these Powers enlighten'd by the great Lamp of Instruction, the Spirit of God, and by the Knowledge of his Word, added to our Understanding; and why it has pleas'd God to hide the like saving Knowledge from so many Millions of Souls, who if I might judge by this poor Savage, would make a much better use of it than we did.
  From hence, I sometimes was led too far to invade the Soveraignty of Providence, and as it were arraign the Justice of so arbitrary a Disposition of Things, that should hide that Light from some, and reveal it to others, and yet expect a like Duty from both: But I shut it up, and check'd my Thoughts with this Conclusion, (1st.) That we did not know by what Light and Law these should be Condemn'd; but that as God was necessarily, and by the Nature of his Being, infinitely Holy and Just, so it could not be, but that if these Creatures were all sentenc'd to Absence from himself, it was on account of sinning against that Light which, as the Scripture says, was a Law to themselves, and by such Rules as their Consciences would acknowledge to be just, tho' the Foundation was not discover'd to us: And (2d.) that still as we are all the Clay in the Hand of the Potter, no Vessel could say to him, Why hast thou form'd me thus?
  But to return to my New Companion; I was greatly delighted with him, and made it my Business to teach him every Thing, that was proper to make him useful, handy, and helpful; but especially to make him speak, and under stand me when I spake, and he was the aptest Schollar that ever was, and particularly was so merry, so constantly diligent, and so pleased, when he cou'd but understand me, or make me understand him, that it was very pleasant to me to talk to him; and now my Life began to be so easy, that I began to say to my self, that could I but have been safe from more Savages, I cared not, if I was never to remove from the place while I lived.
  After I had been two or three Days return'd to my Castle, I thought that, in order to bring Friday off from his horrid way of feeding, and from the Relish of a Cannibal's Stomach, I ought to let him taste other Flesh; so I took him out with me one Morning to the Woods: I went indeed intending to kill a Kid out of my own Flock, and bring him home and dress it. But as I was going, I saw a She Goat lying down in the Shade, and two young Kids sitting by her; I catch'd hold of Friday, hold says I, stand still; and made Signs to him not to stir, immediately I presented my Piece, shot and kill'd one of the Kids. The poor Creature who had at a Distance indeed seen me kill the Savage his Enemy, but did not know, or could imagine how it was done, was sensibly surpriz'd, trembled, and shook, and look'd so amaz'd, that I thought he would have sunk down. He did not see the Kid I shot at, or perceive I had kill'd it, but ripp'd up his Wastcoat to feel if he was not wounded, and as I found, presently thought I was resolv'd to kill him; for he came and kneel'd down to me, and embraceing my Knees, said a great many Things I did not understand; but I could easily see that the meaning was to pray me not to kill him.
  I soon found a way to convince him that I would do him no harm, and taking him up by the Hand laugh'd at him, and pointed to the Kid which I had kill'd, beckoned to him to run and fetch it, which he did; and while he was wondering and looking to see how the Creature was kill'd, I loaded my Gun again, and by and by I saw a great Fowl like a Hawk sit upon a Tree within Shot; so to let Friday understand a little what I would do, I call'd him to me again, pointed at the Fowl which was indeed a Parrot, tho' I thought it had been a Hawk, I say pointing to the Parrot, and to my Gun, and to the Ground under the Parrot, to let him see I would make it fall, I made him understand that I would shoot and kill that Bird; accordingly I fir'd and bad him look, and immediately he saw the Parrot fall, he stood like one frighted again, notwithstanding all I had said to him; and I found he was the more amaz'd, because he did not see me put any Thing into the Gun; but thought that there must be some wonderful Fund of Death and Destruction in that Thing, able to kill Man, Beast, Bird, or any Thing near, or far off; and the Astonishment this created in him was such, as could not wear off for a long Time; and I believe, if I would have let him, he would have worshipp'd me and my Gun: As for the Gun it self, he would not so much as touch it for several Days after; but would speak to it, and talk to it, as if it had answer'd him, when he was by himself; which, as I afterwards learn'd of him, was to desire it not to kill him.
  Well, after his Astonishment was a little over at this, I pointed to him to run and fetch the Bird I had shot, which he did, but stay'd some Time; for the Parrot not being quite dead, was flutter'd away a good way off from the Place where she fell; however, he found her, took her up, and brought her to me; and as I had perceivd his Ignorance about the Gun before, I took this Advantage to charge the Gun again, and not let him see me do it, that 1 might be ready for any other Mark that might present; but nothing more offer'd at that Time; so I brought home the Kid, and the same Evening I took the Skin off, and cut it out as well as I could; and having a Pot for that purpose, I boil'd, or stew'd some of the Flesh, and made some very good Broth; and after I had begun to eat some, I gave some to my Man, who seem'd very glad of it, and lik'd it very well; but that which was strangest to him, was, to see me eat Salt with it; he made a Sign to me, that the Salt was not good to eat, and putting a little into his own Mouth, he seem'd to nauseate it, and would spit and sputter at it, washing his Mouth with fresh Water after it; on the other hand, I took some Meat in my Mouth without Salt, and I pretended to spit and sputter for want of Salt, as fast as he had done at the Salt; but it would not do, he would never care for Salt with his Meat, or in his Broth; at least not a great while, and then but a very little.
  Having thus fed him with boil'd Meat and Broth, I was resolv'd to feast him the next Day with roasting a Piece of the Kid; this 1 did by hanging it before the Fire, in a String, as I had seen many People do in England, setting two Poles up, one on each side the Fire, and one cross on the Top, and tying the String to the Cross-stick, letting the Meat turn continually: This Friday admir'd very much; but when he came to taste the Flesh, he took so many ways to tell me how well he lik'd it, that I could not but understand him; and at last he told me he would never eat Man's Flesh any more, which I was very glad to hear.
  The next Day I set him to work to beating some Corn out, and sifting it in the manner I us'd to do, as I observ'd before and he soon understood how to do it as well as I, especially after he had seen what the Meaning of it was, and that it was to make Bread of; for after that I let him see me make my Bread, and bake it too, and in a little Time Friday was able to do all the Work for me, as well as I could do it my self.
  I begun now to consider, that having two Mouths to feed, instead of one, I must provide more Ground for my Harvest, and plant a larger Quantity of Corn, than I us'd to do; so I mark'd out a larger Piece of Land, and began the Fence in the same Manner as before, in which Friday not only work'd very willingly, and very hard; but did it very chearfully, and I told him what it was for; that it was for Corn to make more Bread, because he was now with me, and that I might have enough for him, and my self too: He appear'd very sensible of that Part, and let me know, that he thought I had much more Labour upon me on his Account, than I had for my self; and that he would work the harder for me, if I would tell him what to do.
  This was the pleasantest Year of all the Life I led in this Place; Friday began to talk pretty well, and understand the Names of almost every Thing I had occasion to call for, and of every Place I had to send him to, and talk'd a great deal to me; so that in short I began now to have some Use for my Tongue again, which indeed I had very little occasion for before; that is to say, about Speech; besides the Pleasure of talking to him, I had a singular Satisfaction in the Fellow himself; his simple unfeign'd Honesty, appear'd to me more and more every Day, and I began really to love the Creature; and on his Side, I believe he lov'd me more than it was possible for him ever to love any Thing before.
  I had a Mind once to try if he had any hankering Inclination to his own Country again, and having learn'd him English so well that he could answer me almost any Questions, I ask'd him whether the Nation that he belong'd to never conquer'd in Battle, at which he smil'd; and said; yes, yes, we always fight the better; that is, he meant always get the better in Fight; and so we began the following Discourse: You always fight the better said I, How came you to be taken Prisoner then, Friday?
  Friday, My Nation beat much, for all that.
  Master, How beat; if your Nation beat them, how come you to be taken?
  Friday, They more many than my Nation in the Place where me was; they take one, two, three, and me; my Nation over beat them in the yonder Place, where me no was; there my Nation take one, two, great Thousand.
  Master, But why did not your Side recover you from the Hands of your Enemies then?
  Friday, They run one, two, three, and me, and make go in the Canoe; my Nation have no Canoe that time.
  Master, Well, Friday, and What does your Nation do with the Men they take, do they carry them away, and eat them, as these did?
  Friday, Yes, my Nation eat Mans too, eat all up.
  Master, Where do they carry them?
  Friday, Go to other Place where they think.
  Master, Do they come hither?
  Friday, Yes, yes, they come hither; come other else Place.
  Master, Have you been here with them?
  Friday, Yes, I been here; [points to the N.W. Side of the Island, which it seems was their Side.]
  By this I understood, that my Man Friday had formerly been among the Savages, who us'd to come on Shore on the farther Part of the Island, on the same Man eating Occasions that he was now brought for; and sometime after, when I took the Courage to carry him to that Side, being the same I formerly mention'd, he presently knew the Place, and told me, he was there once when they eat up twenty Men, two Women, and one Child; he could not tell Twenty in English; but he numbred them by laying so many Stones on a Row, and pointing to me to tell them over.



有一次,我有心想试试他,看他是否还怀念自己的故乡。

  这时,我觉得他英语已讲得相当不错了,几乎能回答我提出的任何问题。我问他,他的部族是否在战争中从不打败仗。听了我的问题,他笑了。他回答说: "是的,是的,我们一直打得比人家好。"他的意思是说,在战斗中,他们总是占优势。

  由此,我们开始了下面的对话:"你们一直打得比人家好,"我说,"那你怎么会被抓住当了俘虏呢,星期五?"星期五:我被抓了,但我的部族打赢了。

  主人:怎么打赢的呢?如果你的部族打赢了,你怎么会被他们抓住呢?

  星期五:在我打仗的地方,他们的人比我们多。他们抓住了一个、两个、三个,还有我。在另一个地方,我的部族打败了他们。那儿,我们抓了他们一两千人。

  主人:可是,你们的人为什么不把你们救回去呢?

  星期五:他们把一个、两个、三个,还有我,一起放到独木舟上逃跑了。我们的部族那时正好没有独木舟。

  主人:那么,星期五,你们的部族怎么处置抓到的人呢?

  他们是不是也把俘虏带到一个地方,像你的那些敌人那样,把他们杀了吃掉?

  星期五:是的,我们的部族也吃人肉,把他们统统吃光。

  主人:他们把人带到哪儿去了?

  星期五:带到别的地方去了,他们想去的地方。

  主人:他们到这个岛上来过吗?

  星期五:是的,是的,他们来过。也到别的地方去。

  主人:你跟他们来过这儿吗?

  星期五:是的,我来过这儿(他用手指了指岛的西北方。

  看来,那是他们常去的地方。)。

  通过这次谈话,我了解到,我的仆人星期五,以前也经常和那些生番一起,在岛的另一头上岸,干那吃人的勾当,就像他这一次被带到岛上来,差一点也给别的生番吃掉。过了几天后,我鼓起勇气,把他带到岛的那一头,也就是我前面提到过的那地方。他马上认出了那地方。他告诉我,他到过这地方一次,吃了二十个男人、两个女人和一个小孩。他还不会用英语数到二十,所以用了许多石块在地上排成了长长的一行,用手指了指那行石块告诉我这个数字。

  我把这一段谈话叙述出来,是因为它与下面的事情有关。

  那就是,在我与他谈过这次话之后,我就问他,小岛离大陆究竟有多远,独木舟是否经常出事?他告诉我没有任何危险,独木舟也从未出过事。但在离小岛不远处,有一股急流和风,上午是一个方向,下午又是一个方向。

  起初我还以为这不过是潮水的关系,有时往外流,有时往里流。后来我才弄明白,那是由于那条叫作奥里诺科河①的大河倾泻入海,形成回流之故。而我们的岛,刚好是在该河的一处入海口上。我在西面和西北面看到的陆地,正是一个大岛,叫特里尼达岛,正好在河口的北面。我向星期五提出了无数的问题,问到这一带的地形、居民、海洋、海岸,以及附近居住着什么民族。他毫无保留地把他所知道的一切都告诉了我,态度十分坦率。我又问他,他们这个民族分成多少部落,叫什么名字。可问来问去只问出一个名字,就是加勒比人。于是我马上明白,他所说的是加勒比群岛,在我们的地图上,是属于美洲地区;这些群岛从奥里诺科河河口,一直延伸到圭亚那,再延伸到圣马大。他指着我的胡子对我说,在月落的地方,离这儿很远很远,也就是说,在他们国土的西面。住着许多像我这样有胡子的白人。又说,他们在那边杀了很多很多的人。从他的话里,我明白他指的是西班牙人。他们在美洲的杀人暴行在各民族中臭名远扬,并且在这些民族中世代相传。

  我问他能不能告诉我怎样才能从这个岛上到那些白人那边去。他对我说:"是的,是的,可以坐两只独木船去。"我不明白"坐两只独木舟去"是什么意思,也无法使他说明"两只独木船"的意思。到最后,费了好大的劲,我才弄清楚他的意思。原来是要用一只很大很大的船,要像两只独木船那样大。

  星期五的谈话使我很感兴趣。从那时期,我就抱着一种希望,但愿有一天能有机会从这个荒岛上逃出去,并指望这个可怜的野人能帮助我达到目的。

  现在,星期五与我在一起生活了相当长一段时间了,他渐渐会和我谈话了,也渐渐听得懂我的话了。在这段时间里,我经常向他灌输一些宗教知识。特别有一次,我问他:他是谁创造出来的?这可怜的家伙一点也不明白我的意思,以为是我在问他谁是他的父亲。我就换一个方法问他:大海,我们行走的大地、高山、树林,都是谁创造出来的?他告诉我,是一位叫贝纳木基的老人创造出来的,这位老人住在很远很远的地方。但无法告诉我这位伟大的老人究竟是怎么样的一个人,只是说他年纪很大很大,比大海和陆地、月亮和星星年纪都大。我又问他: "既然这位老人家创造了万物,万物为什么不崇拜他呢?"他脸上马上显出既庄重又天真的神气说:"万物都对他说'哦'。"于是我又问他:在他们国家里,人死之后都到什么地方去了?他说:"是的,都到贝纳木基老人那里去了。"接着我又问他:他们吃掉的人是不是也到那里去了?

  他说:"是的。"

  从这些事情入手,我逐渐教导他,使他认识真正的神是上帝。我指着天空对他说,万物的伟大创造者就住在天上,并告诉他,上帝用神力和神意创造了世界,治理着世界。我还告诉他,上帝是万能的,他能为我们做任何事情,他能把一切都赐予我们,也能把一切从我们手里夺走。就这样,我逐渐使他睁开了眼睛。他专心致志地听我讲,并且很乐意接受我向他灌输的观念:基督是被派来替我们赎罪的。他也乐意学着向上帝祈祷,并知道,上帝在天上能听到他的祈祷。有一天,他对我说,上帝能从比太阳更远的地方听到我们的话,他必然是比贝纳木基更伟大的神。因为贝纳木基住的地方不算太远,可他却听不到他们的话,除非他们到他住的那座山里去向他谈话。我问他:他可曾去过那儿与他谈过话?他说:没有,青年人从来不去,只有那些被称为奥乌卡儿的老人才去。经过他解释,我才知道,所谓奥乌卡儿,就是他们部族的祭司或僧侣。据他说,他们到那儿去说"哦",(他说,这是他们的祈祷。)然后就回来,把贝纳木基的话告诉他们。从星期五的话里,我可以推断,即使是世界上最盲目无知的邪教徒中,也存在着祭司制度;同时,我也发现,把宗教神秘化,从而使人们能敬仰神职人员,这种做法不仅存在于罗马天主教,也存在于世界上一切宗教,甚至也存在于最残忍、最野蛮的野人中间。

  我竭力向我的仆人星期五揭发这一骗局。我告诉他,那些老人假装到山里去对贝纳木基说"哦",完全是骗人的把戏。

  他们说他们把贝纳木基的话带回来,更是骗人的诡计。我对他说,假如他们在那儿真的听到什么,真的在那边同什么人谈过话,那也一定是魔鬼。然后,我用很长的时间跟他谈魔鬼的问题:魔鬼的来历,他对上帝的反叛,他对人类的仇恨及其原因,他怎样统治着世界最黑暗的地方,叫人像礼拜上帝一样礼拜他,以及他怎样用种种阴谋诡计诱惑人类走上绝路,又怎样偷偷潜入我们的情欲和感情,迎合着我们的心理来安排他的陷阱,使我们自己诱惑自己,甘心走上灭亡的道路。

  我发现,让他对上帝的存在获得正确的观念还算容易,但要使他对魔鬼有正确的认识,就不那么容易了。我可以根据许多自然现象向他证明,天地间必须要有一个最高的主宰,一种统治一切的力量,一种冥冥中的引导者,并向他证明,崇敬我们自己的创造者,是完全公正合理的,如此等等,不一而足。可是,关于魔鬼的观念,他的起源,他的存在,他的本性,特别是他一心作恶并引诱人类作恶的意图等等,我却找不出现成的证明。因此,有一次,这可怜的家伙向我提出了一个又自然又天真的问题,就一下子把我难住了,简直不知怎样回答他才好。在此以前,我一直跟他谈关于上帝的问题:上帝的权威,上帝的全知全能,上帝嫉恶如仇的本性,以及他怎样用烈火烧死那些奸恶不义之徒。关于这些问题,我同他谈得很多。我还向他谈到,上帝既然创造了万物,他也可以在一刹那间把全世界和我们全人类都毁灭。在我谈话的时候,他总是非常认真地听着。

  然后,我又告诉他,在人们心里,魔鬼是上帝的敌人。他一贯心存恶意,使尽阴谋诡计来破坏上帝善良的计划,试图毁灭世界上的基督天国等等。于是,星期五说:"你说,上帝是强大的,伟大的,他不是比魔鬼更强大、更有力吗?""是的,是的,"我说,"星期五,上帝比魔鬼更强大,上帝高于魔鬼。因此,我们应该祈祷上帝,使我们有力量把魔鬼踩在我们的脚下,并使我们有力量抵制他的诱惑,扑灭他的火箭。""可是,""星期五又问,"既然上帝比魔鬼更强大、更有力,为什么上帝不把魔鬼杀死,免得他再作恶事呢?"他这个问题大大出乎我意料之外。因为,尽管我现在年纪已很大了,但作为一个教导别人的老师,却资历很浅,我不善于解决道德良心的问题,也不够资格辩难决疑。我一时不知怎么回答他才好,就只好装作没听清他的话,问他说的是什么。可是,星期五是十分认真的,当然不会忘记他的问题,所以又把刚才提的问题用英语结结巴巴地重复了一遍。这时,我已略略恢复了镇静,就回答他说:"上帝最终将严惩魔鬼,魔鬼必定受到审判,并将被投入无底的深渊,经受地狱之火的熬炼,永世不得翻身。"这个回答当然不能使星期五满意,他用我的话回问我:"最终、必定,我不懂。但是,为什么不现在就把魔鬼杀掉?为什么不老早就把魔鬼杀掉?"我回答说:"你这样问我,就等于问为什么上帝不把你和我杀掉,因为,我们也犯了罪,得罪了上帝。上帝留着我们,是让我们自己有机会忏悔,有机会获得赦免。"他把我的话想了好半天,最后,他显得很激动,并对我说:"对啦,对啦,你、我、魔鬼都有罪,上帝留着我们,是让我们忏悔,让我们都获得赦免。"谈到这里,我又被他弄得十分尴尬。他的这些话使我充分认识到,虽然天赋的观念可以使一般有理性的人认识上帝,可以使他们自然而然地对至高无上的上帝表示崇拜和敬礼,然而,要认识到耶稣基督,要认识到他曾经替我们赎罪,认识到他是我们同上帝之间所立的新约的中间人,认识到他是我们在上帝宝座前的仲裁者,那就非要神的启示不可。这就是说,只有神的启示,才能使我们在灵魂里形成这些认识。

  因此,只有救主耶稣的普渡众生的福音,只有上帝的语言和上帝的圣灵,才能成为人类灵魂绝对不可少的引导者,帮助我们认识上帝拯救人类的道理,以及我们获救的方法。

  因此,我马上把我和星期五之间的谈话岔到别的事情上去。我匆匆忙忙站起来,仿佛突然想到一件什么要紧的事情,必须出去一下。同时,我又找了一个借口,把他差到一个相当远的地方去办件什么事。等他走后,我就十分挚诚地祷告上帝,祈求他赐予我教导这个可怜的野人的好方法,祈求他用他的圣灵帮助这可怜无知的人从基督身上接受上帝的真理,和基督结合在一起;同时期求他指导我用上帝的语言同这个野人谈话,以便使这可怜的家伙心悦诚服,睁开眼睛,灵魂得救。当星期五从外面回来时,我又同他进行了长时间的谈话,谈到救世主耶稣代人赎罪的事,谈到从天上来的福音的道理,也就是说,谈到向上帝忏悔、信仰救主耶稣等这一类事情。然后,我又尽可能向他解释,为什么我们的救主不以天使的身份出现,而降世为亚伯拉罕的后代,为什么那些被贬谪的天使不能替人类赎罪,以及耶稣的降生是为了挽救迷途的以色列人等等道理。

  事实上,在教导他的时候,我所采用的方法,诚意多于知识。同时,我也必须承认,在向他说明这些道理时,我自己在不少问题上也获得了很多知识;这些问题有的我过去自己也不了解,有的我过去思考得不多,现在因为要教导星期五,自然而然地进行了深入的思考。我想,凡是诚心帮助别人的人,都会有这种边教边学的体会。我感到自己现在探讨这些问题的热情比以前更大了。所以,不管这个可怜的野人将来对我是否有帮助,我也应该感谢他的出现。现在,我不再像以前那样整日愁眉苦脸了,生活也逐渐愉快起来。每当我想到,在这种孤寂的生活中,我不但自己靠近了上帝,靠近了造物主,而且还受到了上帝的启示,去挽救一个可怜的野人的生命和灵魂,使他认识了基督教这一唯一正宗的宗教和基督教义的真谛,使他认识了耶稣基督,而认识耶稣基督就意味着获得永生。每当想到这里,我的灵魂便充满快乐,这是一种真正内心感觉到的欢愉。现在我觉得我能流落到这荒岛上来,实在是一件值得庆幸的事,而在此之前,我却认为是我生平最大的灾难呢!

  

  









第八章

  我怀着这种感恩的心情,度过了我在岛上的最后几年。在我和星期五相处的三年中,因为有许多时间同他谈话,日子过得完满幸福,如果在尘世生活中真有 "完满幸福"的话。这野人现在已成了一个虔诚的基督徒,甚至比我自己还要虔诚。

  当然,我完全有理由希望,并为此我要感谢上帝,我们两人都能成为真正悔罪的人,并从悔罪中得到安慰,彻底洗心革面,改过自新。在这里,我们有《圣经》可读,这就意味着我们离圣灵不远,可以获得他的教导,就像在英国一样。

  我经常诵读《圣经》,并尽量向他解释《圣经》中那些词句的意义。星期五也认真钻研,积极提问。这使我对《圣经》的知识比一个人阅读时钻研得更深,了解得更多了。这一点我前面也已提到。此外,根据我在岛上这段隐居生活的经历,我还不得不提出一点自己的体会。我觉得关于对上帝的认识和耶稣救人的道理,在《圣经》中写得这样明明白白,这样容易接受,容易理解,这对人类实在是一种无限的、难以言喻的幸福。因为,仅仅阅读《圣经》,就能使自己认识到自己的责任,并勇往直前地去担负起这样一个重大的任务:真诚地忏悔自己的罪行,依靠救主耶稣来拯救自己,在实践中改造自己,服从上帝的一切指示;而所有这些认识,都是在没有别人的帮助和教导下获得的(这儿的"别人",我是指自己的同类--人类),而只要自己阅读《圣经》就能无师自通。

  而且,这种浅显明白的教导,还能启发这个野人,使他成为我生平所少见的虔诚的基督徒。

  至于世界上所发生的一切有关宗教的争执、纠缠、斗争和辩论,无论是教义上微细的分别,还是教会行政上的种种计谋,对我们来说,都毫无用处。并且,在我看来,对世界上其他人也毫无用处。我们走向天堂最可靠的指南就是《圣经》--上帝的语言。感谢上帝,上帝的圣灵用上帝的语言教导我们,引导我们认识真理,使我们心悦诚服地服从上帝的指示。所以,即使我们十分了解造成世界上巨大混乱的那些宗教上的争执,在我看来对我们也毫无用处。现在,我还是把一些重要的事情,按发生的先后顺序,继续讲下去吧。

  我和星期五成了好朋友,我说的话,他几乎都能听懂;他自己的英语尽管说得不太地道,但已能相当流利地与我交谈了。这时,我就把自己的身世告诉了他,特别是我怎样流落到这小岛上来,怎样在这儿生活,在这儿已多少年了等等。我又把火药和子弹的秘密告诉了他,因为,在他看来,这确实是个秘密,并教会了他开熗。我还给了他一把刀,对此他高兴极了。我又替他做了一条皮带,皮带上挂了一个佩刀的搭环,就像在英国我们用来佩刀的那种搭环。不过,在搭环上,我没有让他佩腰刀,而是给他佩了把斧头,因为斧头不仅在战斗时可以派用场,而且在平时用处更多。

  我把欧洲的情况,特别是我的故乡英国的情况,说给他听,告诉他我们是怎样生活的,我们怎样崇拜上帝,人与人之间又怎样互相相处,以及怎样乘船到世界各地做生意。我又把我所乘的那条船出事的经过告诉他,并指给他看沉船的大致地方。至于那条船,早已给风浪打得粉碎,现在连影子都没有了。

  我又把那只小艇的残骸指给他看,也就是我们逃命时翻掉的那只救生艇。我曾经竭尽全力想把它推到海里去,但怎么使劲小艇都分毫不动。现在,这小艇也已差不多烂成碎片了。星期五看到那只小艇,站在那里出神了好一会儿,一句话也不说。我问他在想些什么。他说,"我看到过这样的小船到过我们的地方。"我好半天都不明白他的意思。最后,经过详细追问,我才明白他的意思:曾经有一只小艇,同这只一模一样,在他们住的地方靠岸,而且,据他说,小艇是给风浪冲过去的。由此,我马上联想到,这一定是一只欧洲的商船在他们海岸附近的海面上失事了,那小艇是被风浪打离了大船,飘到他们海岸上。当时,我的头脑真是迟钝极了,我怎么也没有想到有人也许从失事的船只上乘小艇逃生,到了他们那边。至于那是些什么人,我当然更是想都没有想过。因此,我只是要星期五把那只小艇的样子详详细细地给我描绘一番。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 16楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  After this I went on board; but the first Sight I met with, was two Men drown'd, in the Cookroom, or Forecastle of the Ship, with their Arms fast about one another: I concluded, as is indeed probable, that when the Ship struck, it being in a Storm, the Sea broke so high, and so continually over her, that the Men were not able to bear it, and were strangled with the constant rushing in of the Water, as much as if they had been under Water. Besides the Dog, there was nothing left in the Ship that had Life; nor any Goods that I could see, but what were spoil'd by the Water. There were some Casks of Liquor, whether Wine or Brandy, I knew not, which lay lower in the Hold; and which, the Water being ebb'd out, I could see; but they were too big to meddle with: I saw several Chests, which I believ'd belong'd to some of the Seamen; and I got two of them into the Boat, without examining what was in them.
  Had the Stern of the Ship been fix'd, and the Forepart broken off, I am perswaded I might have made a good Voyage; for by what I found in these two Chests, I had room to suppose, the Ship had a great deal of Wealth on board; and if I may guess by the Course she steer'd, she must have been bound from the Buenos Ayres, or the Rio de la Plata, in the South Part of America, beyond the Brasils, to the Havana, in the Gulph of Mexico, and so perhaps to Spain: She had no doubt a great Treasure in her; but of no use at that time to any body; and what became of the rest of her People, I then knew not.
  I found besides these Chests, a little Cask full of Liquor, of about twenty Gallons, which I got into my Boat, with much Difficulty; there were several Muskets in a Cabin, and a great Powder-horn, with about 4 Pounds of Powder in it; as for the Muskets, I had no occasion for them; so I left them, but took the Powder-horn: I took a Fire Shovel and Tongs, which I wanted extremely; as also two little Brass Kettles, a Copper Pot to make Chocolate, and a Gridiron; with this Cargo, and the Dog, I came away, the Tide beginning to make home again; and the same Evening, about an Hour within Night, I reach'd the Island again, weary and fatigu'd to the last Degree.
  I repos'd that Night in the Boat, and in the Morning I resolved to harbour what I had gotten in my new Cave, not to carry it home to my Castle. After refreshing my self, I got all my Cargo on Shore, and began to examine the Particulars: The Cask of Liquor I found to be a kind of Rum, but not such as we had at the Brasils; and in a Word, not at all good; but when I came to open the Chests, I found several Things, of great use to me: For Example, I found in one, a fine Case of Bottles, of an extraordinary kind, and fill'd with Cordial Waters, fine, and very good; the Bottles held about three Pints each, and were tipp'd with Silver: I found two Pots of very good Succades, or Sweetmeats, so fastned also on top, that the Salt Water had not hurt them; and two more of the same, which the Water had spoil'd: I found some very good Shirts, which were very welcome to me; and about a dozen and half of Linnen white Handkerchiefs, and colour'd Neckcloths; the former were also very welcome, being exceeding refreshing to wipe my Face in a hot Day; besides this, when I came to the Till in the Chest, I found there three great Bags of Pieces of Eight, which held about eleven hundred Pieces in all; and in one of them, wrapt up in a Paper, six Doubloons of Gold, and some small Bars or Wedges of Gold; I suppose they might all weigh near a Pound.
  The other Chest I found had some Cloaths in it, but of little Value; but by the Circumstances it must have belong'd to the Gunner's Mate; though there was no Powder in it; but about two Pound of fine glaz'd Powder, in three small Flasks, kept, I suppose, for charging their Fowling-Pieces on occasion: Upon the whole, I got very little by this Voyage, that was of any use to me; for as to the Money, I had no manner of occasion for it: 'Twas to me as the Dirt under my Feet; and I would have given it all for three or four pair of English Shoes and Stockings, which were Things I greatly wanted, but had not had on my Feet now for many Years: I had indeed gotten two pair of Shoes now, which I took off of the Feet of the two drown'd Men, who I saw in the Wreck; and I found two pair more in one of the Chests, which were very welcome to me; but they were not like our English Shoes, either for Ease, or Service; being rather what we call Pumps, than Shoes: I found in this Seaman's Chest, about fifty Pieces of Eight in Ryals, but no Gold; I suppose this belong'd to a poorer Man than the other, which seem'd to belong to some Officer.
  Well, however, I lugg'd this Money home to my Cave, and laid it up, as I had done that before, which I brought from our own Ship; but it was great Pity as I said, that the over Part of this Ship had not come to my Share; for I am satisfy'd I might have loaded my Canoe several Times over with Money, which if I had ever escap'd to England, would have lain here safe enough, till I might have come again and fetch'd it.
  Having now brought all my Things on Shore, and secur'd them, I went back to my Boat, and row'd, or paddled her along the Shore, to her old Harbour, where I laid her up, and made the best of my way to my old Habitation, where I found every thing safe and quiet; so I began to repose my self, live after my old fashion, and take care of my Family Affairs; and for a while, I liv'd easy enough; only that I was more vigilant than I us'd to be, look'd out oftner, and did not go abroad so much; and if at any time I did stir with any Freedom, it was always to the East Part of the Island, where I was pretty well satisfy'd the Savages never came, and where I could go without so many Precautions, and such a Load of Arms and Ammunition, as I always carry'd with me, if I went the other way.
  I liv'd in this Condition near two Years more; but my unlucky Head, that was always to let me know it was born to make my Body miserable, was all this two Years fill'd with Projects and Designs, how, if it were possible, I might get away from this Island; for sometimes I was for making another Voyage to the Wreck, though my Reason told me that there was nothing left there, worth the Hazard of my Voyage: Sometimes for a Ramble one way, sometimes another; and I believe verily, if I had had the Boat that I went from Sallee in, I should have ventur'd to Sea, bound any where, I knew not whither.
  I have been in all my Circumstances a Memento to those who are touch'd with the general Plague of Mankind, whence, for ought I know, one half of their Miseries flow; I mean, that of not being satisfy'd with the Station wherein God and Nature has plac'd them; for not to look back upon my primitive Condition, and the excellent Advice of my Father, the Opposition to which, was, as I may call it, my ORIGINAL SIN; my subsequent Mistakes of the same kind had been the Means of my coming into this miserable Condition; for had that Providence, which so happily had seated me at the Brasils, as a Planter, bless'd me with confin'd Desires, and I could have been contented to have gone on gradually, I might have been by this Time; I mean, in the Time of my being in this Island, one of the most considerable Planters in the Brasils, nay, I am perswaded, that by the Improvements I had made, in that little Time I liv'd there, and the Encrease I should probably have made, if I had stay'd, I might have been worth an hundred thousand Moydors; and what Business had I to leave a settled Fortune, a well stock'd Plantation, improving and encreasing, to turn Supra-Cargo to Guinea, to fetch Negroes; when Patience and Time would have so encreas'd our Stock at Home, that we could have bought them at our own Door, from those whose Business it was to fetch them; and though it had cost us something more, yet the Difference of that Price was by no Means worth saving, at so great a Hazard.
  But as this is ordinarily the Fate of young Heads, so Reflection upon the Folly of it, is as ordinarily the Exercise of more years, or of the dear bought Experience of Time; and so it was with me now; and yet so deep had the Mistake taken root in my Temper, that I could not satisfy my self in my Station, but was continually poring upon the Means, and Possibility of my Escape from this Place; and that I may with the greater Pleasure to the Reader, bring on the remaining Part of my Story, it may not be improper, to give some Account of my first Conceptions on the Subject of this foolish Scheme, for my Escape; and how, and upon what Foundation I acted.
  I am now to be suppos'd retir'd into my Castle, after my late Voyage to the Wreck, my Frigate laid up, and secur'd under Water, as usual, and my Condition restor'd to what it was before: I had more Wealth indeed than I had before, but was not at all the richer; for I had no more use for it, than the Indians of Peru had, before the Spaniards came there.
  It was one of the Nights in the rainy Season in March, the four and twentieth Year of my first setting Foot in this Island of Solitariness; I was lying in my Bed, or Hammock, awake, very well in Health, had no Pain, no Distemper, no Uneasiness of Body; no, nor any Uneasiness of Mind, more than ordinary; but could by no means close my Eyes; that is, so as to sleep; no, not a Wink all Night long, otherwise than as follows:
  It is as impossible, as needless, to set down the innumerable Crowd of Thoughts that whirl'd through that great thorow-fare of the Brain, the Memory, in this Night's Time: I run over the whole History of my Life in Miniature, or by Abridgment, as I may call it, to my coming to this Island; and also of the Part of my Life, since I came to this Island. In my Reflections upon the State of my Case, since I came on Shore on this Island, I was comparing the happy Posture of my Affairs, in the first Years of my Habitation here, compar'd to the Life of Anxiety, Fear and Care, which I had liv'd ever since I had seen the Print of a Foot in the Sand; not that I did not believe the Savages had frequented the Island even all the while, and might have been several Hundreds of them at Times on Shore there; but I had never known it, and was incapable of any Apprehensions about it; my Satisfaction was perfect, though my Danger was the same; and I was as happy in not knowing my Danger, as if I had never really been expos'd to it: This furnish'd my Thoughts with many very profitable Reflections, and particularly this one, How infinitely Good that Providence is, which has provided in its Government of Mankind, such narrow bounds to his Sight and Knowledge of Things, and though he walks in the midst of so many thousand Dangers, the Sight of which, if discover'd to him, would distract his Mind, and sink his Spirits; he is kept serene, and calm, by having the Events of Things hid from his Eyes, and knowing nothing of the Dangers which surround him.
  After these Thoughts had for some Time entertain'd me, I came to reflect seriously upon the real Danger I had been In, for so many Years, in this very Island; and how I had walk'd about in the greatest Security, and with all possible Tranquillity; even when perhaps nothing but a Brow of a Hill, a great Tree, or the casual Approach of Night, had been between me and the worst kind of Destruction, viz. That of falling into the Hands of Cannibals, and Savages, who would have seiz'd on me with the same View, as I did of a Goat, or a Turtle; and have thought it no more a Crime to kill and devour me, than I did of a Pidgeon, or a Curlieu: I would unjustly slander my self, if I should say I was not sincerely thankful to my great Preserver, to whose singular Protection I acknowledg'd, with great Humility, that all these unknown Deliverances were due; and without which, I must inevitably have fallen into their merciless Hands.
  When these Thoughts were over, my Head was for some time taken up in considering the Nature of these wretched Creatures; I mean, the Savages; and how it came to pass in the World, that the wise Governour of all Things should give up any of his Creatures to such Inhumanity; nay, to something so much below, even Brutality it self, as to devour its own kind; but as this ended in some (at that Time fruitless) Speculations, it occurr'd to me to enquire, what Part of the World these Wretches liv'd in; how far off the Coast was from whence they came; what they ventur'd over so far from home for; what kind of Boats they had; and why I might not order my self, and my Business so, that I might be as able to go over thither, as they were to come to me.
  I never so much as troubl'd my self to consider what I should do with my self, when I came thither; what would become of me, if I fell into the Hands of the Savages; or how I should escape from them, if they attempted me; no, nor so much as how it was possible for me to reach the Coast, and not be attempted by some or other of them, without any Possibility of delivering my self; and if I should not fall into their Hands, what I should do for Provision, or whither I should bend my Course; none of these Thoughts, I say, so much as came in my way; but my Mind was wholly bent upon the Notion of my passing over in my Boat, to the Main Land: I look'd back upon my present Condition, as the most miserable that could possibly be, that I was not able to throw my self into any thing but Death, that could be call'd worse; that if I reached the Shore of the Main, I might perhaps meet with Relief, or I might coast along, as I did on the Shore of Africk, till I came to some inhabited Country, and where I might find some Relief; and after all perhaps, I might fall in with some Christian Ship, that might take me in; and if the worse came to the worst, I could but die, which would put an end to all these Miseries at once. Pray note, all this was the fruit of a disturb'd Mind, an impatient Temper, made as it were desperate by the long Continuance of my Troubles, and the Disappointments I had met in the Wreck, I had been on board of; and where I had been so near the obtaining what I so earnestly long'd for, viz. Some-body to speak to, and to learn some Knowledge from of the Place where I was, and of the probable Means of my Deliverance; I say, I was agitated wholly by these Thoughts: All my Calm of Mind in my Resignation to Providence, and waiting the Issue of the Dispositions of Heaven, seem'd to be suspended; and I had, as it were, no Power to turn my Thoughts to any thing, but to the Project of a Voyage to the Main, which came upon me with such Force, and such an Impetuosity of Desire, that it was not to be resisted.
  When this had agitated my Thoughts for two Hours, or more, with such Violence, that it set my very Blood into a Ferment, and my Pulse beat as high as if I had been in a Feaver, meerly with the extraordinary Fervour of my Mind about it; Nature, as if I had been fatigued and exhausted with the very Thought of it, threw me into a sound Sleep; one would have thought, I should have dream'd of it: But I did not, nor of any Thing relating to it; but I dream'd, that as I was going out in the Morning as usual from my Castle, I saw upon the Shore, two Canoes, and eleven Savages coming to Land, and that they brought with them another Savage, who they were going to kill, in Order to eat him; when on a sudden, the Savage that they were going to kill, jumpt away, and ran for his Life; and I thought in my Sleep, that he came running into my little thick Grove, before my Fortification, to hide himself; and that I seeing him alone, and not perceiving that the other sought him that Way, show'd my self to him, and smiling upon him, encourag'd him; that he kneel'd down to me, seeming to pray me to assist him; upon which I shew'd my Ladder, made him go up, and carry'd him into my Cave, and he became my Servant; and that as soon as I had gotten this Man, I said to my self, now I may certainly venture to the main Land; for this Fellow will serve me as a Pilot, and will tell me what to do, and whether to go for Provisions; and whether not to go for fear of being devoured, what Places to venture into, and what to escape: I wak'd with this Thought, and was under such inexpressible Impressions of Joy, at the Prospect of my Escape in my Dream, that the Disappointments which I felt upon coming to my self, and finding it was no more than a Dream, were equally extravagant the other Way, and threw me into a very great Dejection of Spirit.
  Upon this however, I made this Conclusion, that my Only Way to go about an Attempt for an Escape, was, if possible, to get a Savage into my Possession; and if possible, it should be one of their Prisoners, who they had condemn'd to be eaten, and should bring thither to kill; but these Thoughts still were attended with this Difficulty, that it was impossible to effect this, without attacking a whole Caravan of them, and killing them all; and this was not only a very desperate Attempt, and might miscarry; but on the other Hand, I had greatly scrupled the Lawfulness of it to me; and my Heart trembled at the thoughts of shedding so much Blood, tho' it was for my Deliverance. I need not repeat the Arguments which occurr'd to me against this, they being the same mention'd before; but tho' I had other Reasons to offer now (viz.) that those Men were Enemies to my Life, and would devour me, if they could; that it was Self-preservation in the highest Degree, to deliver my self from this Death of a Life, and was acting in my own Defence, as much as if they were actually assaulting me, and the like. I say, tho' these Things argued for it, yet the Thoughts of shedding Humane Blood for my Deliverance, were very Terrible to me, and such as I could by no Means reconcile my self to, a great while.
  However at last, after many secret Disputes with my self, and after great Perplexities about it, for all these Arguments one Way and another struggl'd in my Head a long Time, the eager prevailing Desire of Deliverance at length master'd all the rest; and I resolv'd, if possible, to get one of those Savages into my Hands, cost what it would. My next Thing then was to contrive how to do it, and this indeed was very difficult to resolve on: But as I could pitch upon no probable Means for it, so I resolv'd to put my self upon the Watch, to see them when they came on Shore, and leave the rest to the Event, taking such Measures as the Opportunity should present, let be what would be.
  With these Resolutions in my Thoughts, I set my self upon the Scout, as often as possible, and indeed so often till I was heartily tir'd of it, for it was above a Year and Half that I waited, and for great part of that Time went out to the West End, and to the South West Corner of the Island, almost every Day, to see for Canoes, but none appear'd. This was very discouraging, and began to trouble me much, tho' I cannot say that it did in this Case, as it had done some time before that, (viz.) wear off the Edge of my Desire to the Thing. But the longer it seem'd to be delay'd, the more eager I was for it; in a Word, I was not at first so careful to shun the sight of these Savages, and avoid being seen by them, as I was now eager to be upon them.
  Besides, I fancied my self able to manage One, nay, Two or Three Savages, if I had them so as to make them entirely Slaves to me, to do whatever I should direct them, and to prevent their being able at any time to do me any Hurt. It was a great while, that I pleas'd my self with this Affair, but nothing still presented; all my Fancies and Schemes came to nothing, for no Savages came near me for a great while.
  About a Year and half after I had entertain'd these Notions, and by long musing, had as it were resolved them all into nothing, for want of an Occasion to put them in Execution,
  I was surpriz'd one Morning early, with seeing no less than five Canoes all on Shore together on my side the Island; and the People who belong'd to them all landed, and out of my sight: The Number of them broke all my Measures, for seeing so many, and knowing that they always came four or six, or sometimes more in a Boat, I could not tell what to think of it, Or how to take my Measures, to attack Twenty or Thirty Men single handed; so I lay still in my Castle, perplex'd and discomforted: However I put my self into all the same Postures for an Attack that I had formerly provided, and was just ready for Action, if any Thing had presented; having waited a good while, listening to hear if they made any Noise; at length being very impatient, I set my Guns at the Foot of my Ladder, and clamber'd up to the Top of the Hill, by my two Stages as usual; standing so however that my Head did not appear above the Hill, so that they could not perceive me by any Means; here I observ'd by the help of my Perspective Glass, that they were no less than Thirty in Number, that they had a Fire kindled, that they had had Meat dress'd. How they had cook'd it, that I knew not, or what it was; but they were all Dancing in I know not how many barbarous Gestures and Figures, their own Way, round the Fire. While I was thus looking on them, I perceived by my Perspective, two miserable Wretches dragg'd from the Boats, where it seems they were laid by, and were now brought out for the Slaughter. I perceived one of them immediately fell, being knock'd down, I suppose with a Club or Wooden Sword, for that was their way, and two or three others were at work immediately cutting him open for their Cookery, while the other Victim was left standing by himself, till they should be ready for him. In that very Moment this poor Wretch seeing himself a little at Liberty, Nature inspir'd him with Hopes of Life, and he started away from them, and ran with incredible Swiftness along the Sands directly towards me, I mean towards that part of the Coast, where my Habitation was.
  I was dreadfully frighted, (that I must acknowledge) when I perceived him to run my Way; and especially, when as I thought I saw him pursued by the whole Body, and now I expected that part of my Dream was coming to pass, and that he would certainly take shelter in my Grove; but I could not depend by any means upon my Dream for the rest Of it, (viz.) that the other Savages would not pursue him thither, and find him there. However I kept my Station, and my Spirits began to recover, when I found that there was not above three Men that follow'd him, and still more was I encourag'd, when I found that he outstrip'd them exceedingly in running, and gain'd Ground of them, so that if he could but hold it for half an Hour, I saw easily he would fairly get away from them all.


  由于想不出什么妥当的办法,我决定先进行守候观察,看他们什么时候上岸,其余的事先不去管它,到时候见机行事。

  这样决定之后,我就经常出去侦察。我一有空就出去。时日一久,就又感到厌烦起来。因为这一等又是一年半以上,差不多每天都要跑到小岛的西头或西南角去,看看海面上有没有独木舟出现。可是,这么长时间中一次也没有看到,真是令人灰心丧气,懊恼至极。但这一次我没有像上次那样完全放弃希望,相反,等待时日愈久,我愈急不可待。总之,我从前处处小心,尽量避免碰到野人;可现在却急于要同他们碰面了。

  此外,我认为自己有充分的能力驾驭一个野人,甚至两三个野人也毫无问题,只要我能把他们弄到手就行,我可以叫他们完全成为我的奴隶,要他们做什么就做什么,并且任何时候都可以防止他们伤害我。我为自己的这种想法大大得意了一番。可是,事情连影子也没有,一切都只是空想,计划当然也无从实现,因为很久很久野人都没有出现。

  我自从有了这些想法之后,平时就经常会想到这件事,可是因为没有机会付诸实施,因此一直都毫无结果。这样大约又过了一年半光景。一天清晨,我忽然发现有五只独木舟在岛这头靠了岸,船上的人都已上了岛,但却不知道他们去哪儿了。他们来的人这么多,把我的计划彻底打破了。因为我知道,一只独木舟一般载五、六个人,有时甚至更多。现在一下子来了这么多船,少说他有二三十人,我一个人单熗匹马,如何能对付他们呢!因此,我只好悄悄躲到城堡里去,坐立不安,一筹莫展。可是,我还是根据过去的计划,进行作战准备,以便一有机会,立即行动。我等了好久,留神听他们的动静,最后,实在耐不住了,就把熗放在梯子脚下,像平时那样,分作两步爬上小山顶。我站在那里,尽量不把头露出来,唯恐被他们看见。我拿起望远镜进行观察,发现他们不下三十人,并且已经生起了火,正在煮肉。至于他们怎样煮的,煮的又究竟是什么肉,我就不得而知了。这时,只见他们正手舞足蹈,围着火堆跳舞。他们做出种种野蛮难看的姿势,按自己的步法,正跳得不亦乐乎。

  正当我观望的时候,从望远镜里又看到他们从小船上拖出两个倒霉的野人来。这两个野人大概是他们事先放在船上的,现在拖上岸来准备屠杀了。我看到其中一个被木棍或木刀乱打一片,立即倒了下去。接着便有两三个野人一涌而上,动手把他开膛破腹,准备煮了来吃。另一个俘虏被撂在一边,到时他们再动手拿他开刀。这时,这个可怜的家伙看见自己手脚松了绑,无人管他,不由起了逃命的希望。他突然跳起身奔逃起来;他沿着海岸向我这边跑来,其速度简直惊人。我是说,他正飞速向我的住所方向跑来。

  我得承认,当我见他朝我这边跑来时,着实吃惊不小;因为我认为,那些野人必然全部出动来追赶他。这时,我看到,我梦境中的一部分开始实现了:那个野人必然会在我城堡外的树丛中躲起来。可是,梦境中的其余部分我可不敢相信--也就是那些野人不会来追他,也不会发现他躲在树丛里。我仍旧站在原地,一动也不动。后来,我发现追他的只有三个人,胆子就大一点了。尤其是我发现那个野人跑得比追他的三个人快得多,而且把他们愈甩愈远了。只要他能再跑上半小时,就可完全摆脱他们了。这不由使我勇气倍增。

  在他们和我的城堡之间,有一条小河。这条小河,我在本书的开头部分曾多次提到过;我把破船上的东西运下来的时候,就是进入小河后搬上岸的。我看得很清楚,那逃跑的野人必须游过小河,否则就一定会被他们在河边抓祝这时正值涨潮,那逃跑的野人一到河边,就毫不犹豫纵身跳下河去,只划了三十来下便游过了河。他一爬上岸,又迅速向前狂奔。后面追他的那三个野人到了河边。其中只有两个会游水,另一个却不会,只好站在河边,看其他两个游过河去。又过了一会,他一个人就悄悄回去了。这实在救了他一命。

  我注意到,那两个会游水的野人游得比那逃跑的野人慢多了;他们至少花了一倍的时间才游过了河。这时候,我脑子里突然产生一个强烈的、不可抗拒的欲望:我要找个仆人,现在正是时候;说不定我还能找到一个侣伴,一个帮手哩。这明明是上天召唤我救救这个可怜虫的命呢!我立即跑下梯子,拿起我的两支熗—-前面我已提到,这两支熗就放在梯子脚下。然后,又迅速爬上梯子,翻过山顶,向海边跑去。我抄了一条近路,跑下山去,插身在追踪者和逃跑者之间。我向那逃跑的野人大声呼唤。他回头望了望,起初仿佛对我也很害怕,其程度不亚于害怕追赶他的野人。但我用手势召唤他过来,同时慢慢向后面追上来的两个野人迎上去。等他俩走近时,我一下子冲到前面的一个野人跟前,用熗杆子把他打倒在地。我不想开熗,怕熗声让其余的野人听见。其实距离这么远,熗声是很难听到的;即使隐隐约约听到了,他们也看不见硝烟,所以肯定会弄不清是怎么回事。第一个野人被我打倒之后,同他一起追来的那个野人就停住了脚步,仿佛吓住了。于是我又急步向他迎上去。当我快走近他时,见他手里拿起弓箭,准备拉弓向我放箭。我不得不先向他开熗,一熗就把他打死了。那逃跑的野人这时也停住了脚步。这可怜的家伙虽然亲眼见到他的两个敌人都已经倒下,并且在他看来已必死无疑,但却给我的熗声和火光吓坏了。他站在那里,呆若木鸡,既不进也不退,看样子他很想逃跑而不敢走近我。

  我向他大声招呼,做手势叫他过来。他明白了我的意思,向前走几步停停,又走几步又停停。这时,我看到他站在那里,混身发抖。他以为自己成了我的俘虏,也将像他的两个敌人那样被杀死。我又向他招招手,叫他靠近我,并做出种种手势叫他不要害怕。他这才慢慢向前走,每走一二十步便跪一下,好像是感谢我救了他的命。我向他微笑,作出和蔼可亲的样子,并一再用手招呼他,叫他再靠近一点。最后,他走到我跟前,再次跪下,吻着地面,又把头贴在地上,把我的一只脚放到他的头上,好像在宣誓愿终身做我的奴隶。我把他扶起来,对他十分和气,并千方百计叫他不要害怕。但事情还没有完。我发现我用熗杆打倒的那个野人并没有死。他刚才是给我打昏了,现在正苏醒过来。我向他指了指那个野人,表示他还没有死。他看了之后,就叽哩咕噜向我说了几句话。虽然我不明白他的意思,可对我来说听起来特别悦耳,因为这是我二十五年来第一次听到别人和我说话,以前我最多也只能听到自己自言自语的声音。当然,现在不是多愁善感的时候。那被打倒的野人已完全清醒,并从地上坐了起来。

  我发现被我救出的野人又有点害怕的样子,便举起另一支熗准备射击。这时,我那野人(我现在就这样叫他了)做了个手势,要我把挂在腰间的那把没鞘的刀借给他。于是我把刀给了他。他一拿到刀,就奔向他的敌人,手起刀落,一下子砍下了那个野人的头,其动作干脆利落,胜过德国刽子手。这使我大为惊讶,因为,我完全可以相信,这个人在此之前,除了他们自己的木刀外,一生中从未见过一把真正的刀。但现在看来,他们的木头刀也又快又锋利,砍头杀人照样一刀就能让人头落地。后来我了解到,事实也正是如此。他们的刀是用很硬的木头做成的,做得又沉重又锋利。再说我那野人砍下了敌人的头,带着胜利的笑声回到我跟前。他先把刀还给了我,然后做了许多莫名其妙的手势,把他砍下来的野人头放在我脚下。

  但是,最使他感到惊讶的,是我怎么能从这么远的距离把另一个野人打死。他用手指了指那个野人的尸体,做着手势要我让他过去看看。我也打着手势,竭力让他懂得我同意他过去。他走到那死人身边,简直惊呆了。他两眼直瞪瞪地看着死人,然后又把尸体翻来翻去,想看个究竟。他看了看熗眼,子弹正好打中那野人的胸部,在那里穿了个洞,但血流得不多,因为中弹后人马上死了,血就流到体内去了。他取下那野人的弓箭回到我跟前,我就叫他跟我离开这地方。我用手势告诉他,后面可能有更多的敌人追上来。

  他懂了我的意思后,就用手势表示要把两个尸体用沙土埋起来,这样追上来的野人就不会发现踪迹。我打手势叫他照办。他马上干起来,不到一会儿功夫,就用双手在沙土上创了一个坑,刚好埋一个野人。他把尸体拖了进去,用沙土盖好。接着又如法泡制,埋了第二个野人的尸体。我估计,他总共只花了一刻钟,就把两具尸体埋好了。然后,我叫他跟我一起离开这儿。我没有把他带到城堡去,而是带到岛那头的洞穴里去。我这样做是有意不让自己的梦境应验,因为在梦里,他是跑到城堡外面的树丛中躲起来的。

  到了洞里,我给他吃了些面包和一串葡萄干,又给了他点水喝。因为我见他跑了半天,已经饥渴不堪了。他吃喝完毕后,我又指了指一个地方,做着手势叫他躺下来睡一觉。那儿铺了一堆干草,上面还有一条毯子,我自己有时也在上面睡觉。于是这个可怜的家伙一倒下去就呼呼睡着了。

  这个野人生得眉清目秀,非常英浚他身材修短合宜,四肢挺直又结实,但并不显得粗壮。他个子很高,身体健康,年纪看来约二十六岁。他五官端正,面目一点也不狰狞可憎,脸上有一种男子汉的英勇气概,又具有欧洲人那种和蔼可亲的样子,这种温柔亲切的样子在他微笑的时候表现得更为明显。

  他的头发又黑又长,但不像羊毛似地卷着;他的前额又高又大,目光锐利而又活泼。他的皮肤不怎么黑,略带棕色,然而不像巴西人或弗吉尼亚人或美洲其他土人的肤色那样黄金褐色的,令人生厌,而是一种深茶青色的,油光乌亮,令人爽心悦目,劫难以用言语形容。他的脸圆圆胖胖的,鼻子却很小,但又不像一般黑人的鼻子那样扁;他的嘴形长得也很好看,嘴唇薄薄的,牙齿又平又白,白得如同象牙。他并没有睡得死死的,实际上只打了半小时的盹就醒来了。他一醒来就跑到洞外来找我,因为当时我正在挤羊奶,我的羊圈就在附近。他一见到我,立刻向我奔来,爬在地上,做出各种各样的手势和古怪的姿势,表示他臣服感激之心。最后,他又把头放在地上,靠近我的脚边,然后又像上次那样,把我的另一只脚放到他的头上,这样做之后,又向我作出各种姿势,表示顺从降服,愿终身做我的奴隶,为我效劳。他的这些意思我都明白了。我告诉他,我对他非常满意。不久,我就开始和他谈话,并教他和我谈话。首先,我告诉他,他的名字叫 "星期五",这是我救他命的一天,这样取名是为了纪念这一天。我教他说"主人",并告诉他这是我的名字。我还教他说"是"和"不是",并告诉他这两个词的意思。我拿出一个瓦罐,盛了一些羊奶给他。我先喝给他看,并把面包浸在羊奶里吃给他看。然后,我给了他一块面包,叫他学我的样子吃。他马上照办了,并向我做手势,表示很好吃。

  晚上,我和他一起在地洞里睡了一夜。天一亮,我就叫他跟我一起出去,并告诉他,我要给他一些衣服穿。他明白了我的意思后,显得很高兴,因为他一直光着身子,一丝不挂。当我们走过他埋下两个尸体的地方时,他就把那地方指给我看,并告诉我他所做的记号。他向我做着手势,表示要把尸体掘出来吃掉!对此,我表示十分生气,我向他表明,对人吃人这种残忍的行为我深恶痛绝。我做出一想到这种罪恶勾当就要呕吐的样子。然后,我向他招手,叫他马上走开。他立即十分驯服地跟着我走了。我把他带到那小山顶上,看看他的敌人有没有走。我拿出望远镜,一眼就看到了他们昨天聚集的地方。但那些野人和独木舟都不见了。显然他们上船走了,并且把他们的两个同伴丢在岛上,连找都没有找他们。

  我对这一发现并不感到满足。现在,我勇气倍增,好奇心也随之增大。因此,我带了我的奴隶星期五,准备到那边看个究竟。我给了他一把刀,让他拿在手里,他自己又把弓箭背在背上--我已经了解到,他是一个出色的弓箭手。另外,我还叫他给我背一支熗,而我自己则背了两支熗。这样武装好之后,我们就向那些野人昨天聚集过的地方出发了,因为我很想获得有关那些野人充分的情报。一到那里,呈现在我面前的是一起惨绝人寰的景象,我血管里的血不由得都冰冷了,连心脏也停止了跳动。那真是一幅可怕的景象,至少对我而言实在惨不忍睹,可是对星期五来说,根本不当一回事。那儿遍地都是死人骨头和人肉,鲜血染红了土地;那大片大片的人肉,有的吃了一半,有的砍烂了,有的烧焦了,东一块西一块的,一片狼藉。总之,到处都是他们战胜敌人之后举行人肉宴的痕迹。我看到一共有三个骷髅,五只人手,三四根腿骨和脚骨,还有不少人体的其他部分。星期五用手势告诉我,他们一共带来了四个俘虏来这儿举行人肉宴,三个已经吃掉了。他是第四个。说到这里,他还指了指自己。他又告诉我,那些野人与他们的部族的新王发生了一次激烈的战争,而他自己是新王的臣员。他们这一边也抓了大批俘虏;这些俘虏被带到不同的地方杀掉吃了,就像那些野人把他们带到这儿杀了吃掉一样。

  我让星期五把所有的骷髅、人骨和人肉以及那些野人吃剩下来的东西收集在一起,堆成一堆,然后点上火把它们通通烧成灰烬。我发现星期五对那些人肉仍垂涎欲滴,不改他吃人的天性。但我明显地表现出对吃人肉的事极端憎恶,不要说看到这种事,甚至连想都不愿想。我还设法让他明白,如果他敢再吃一口人肉,我就把他杀了,这才使他不敢有所表示。

  办完这件事后,我们就回到城堡里去了。一到那里,我就开始为星期五的穿着忙碌起来。首先,我给了他一条麻纱短裤。这条短裤是我从那条失事船上死去的炮手箱子里找出来的。这件事我前面已提到过了。短裤略改一下,刚刚合他的身。然后,我又用羊皮给他做了件背心。我尽我所能缝制这件背心。应该说,我现在的裁缝手艺已相当不错了。另外,我又给了他一顶兔皮帽子,戴起来挺方便,样子也很时髦。现在,他的这身穿戴也还过得去了。他看到自己和主人几乎穿得一样好,心里十分高兴。说句实话,开始他刚穿上这些衣服时,深感行动不便;不但裤子穿起来感到很别扭,而且,背心的袖筒磨痛了他的肩膀和胳肢窝。后来我把那使他难受的地方略微放宽了一些,再加上对穿衣服也感到慢慢习惯了,他就喜欢上他的衣着了。

  回到家里第二天,我就考虑怎样安置星期五的问题。我又要让他住得好,又要保证自己绝对安全。为此,我在两道围墙之间的空地上,给他搭了一个小小的帐篷,也就是说,这小帐篷搭在内墙之外,外墙之内。在内墙上本来就有一个入口通进山洞。因此,我在入口处做了个门柜和一扇木板门。门是从里面开的。一到晚上,我就把门从里面闩上,同时把梯子也收了进来。这样,如果星期五想通过内墙来到我身边,就必然会弄出许多声响,也就一定会把我惊醒。因为我在内墙和岩壁之间用长木条作椽子搭了一个屋顶,把我的帐篷完全遮盖了起来。椽子上又横搭了许多小木条,上面盖了一层厚厚的、像芦苇一样结实的稻草。在我用梯子爬进爬出的地方,又装了一个后门。从外面把门打开,是绝对不可能的,这样做,活门就会自动落下来,从而发出很大的声响。此外,我每夜都把武器放在身边,以备不时之需。

  其实,对星期五,我根本用不着采取任何防范措施。任何其他人都不可能有像星期五这样忠诚老实、听话可爱的仆人。他没有脾气,性格开朗,不怀鬼胎,对我又顺从又热心。

  他对我的感情,就像孩子对父亲的感情,一往情深。我可以说,无论何时何地,他都宁愿牺牲自己的生命来保护我。后来,他的许多表现都证明了这一点,并使我对此毫不怀疑。因此,我深信,对他我根本不用防备。

  这不由得使我经常想到,上帝对世事的安排,自有其天意,在其对自己所创造的万物的治理中,一方面他剥夺了世界上许多生物的才干和良知,另一方面,他照样赋予他们与我们文明人同样的能力,同样的理性,同样的感情,同样的善心和责任感,也赋予他们同样的嫉恶如仇的心理;他们与我们一样知道感恩图报,诚恳待人,忠贞不渝,相互为善。而且,当上帝给他们机会表现这些才干和良知时,他们和我们一样,立即把上帝赋予他们的才干和良知发挥出来做各种好事,甚至可以说比我们自己发挥得更充分。对此,我不能不感到惊讶。同时,想到这些,我又感到有些悲哀,因为许多事实证明,我们文明人在发挥这些才干和良知方面,反而显得非常卑劣。尽管我们不仅有能力,而且,我们受到上帝的教诲,上帝的圣灵和上帝的语言的启示,这使我们能有更深刻的认识。同时,我也感到奇怪,为什么上帝不给这成千上百万的生灵以同样的教诲和启示,使他们懂得赎罪的道理。我觉得,如果我以这可怜的野人作为判断的依据,那么,他们实在能比我们文明人做得更好。

  关于这些问题,我有时甚至会想过头,以至冒犯了上帝的统治权,认为他对世事的安排欠公正,因为他把他的教诲赐予了一部分人,而不赐予另一部分人,但却又要这两部分人负起同样的义务。但我终于打消了这种想法,并得出了以下的结论:第一,我们不知道上帝根据什么神意和律法来给这些人定罪。上帝既然是神,他必然是无限神圣,无限公正的。假如上帝作出判决,不把他的教诲赐给这些人,那一定是因为他们违反了上帝的教诲,也就是违反了《圣经》上所说的他们自己的律法;而上帝的判决,也是以他们的良心所承认的法则为标准的,虽然这些法则所依据的原则还没有被我们了解。第二,上帝就像陶匠,我们都是陶匠手里的陶土;没有一样陶器可以对陶匠说:"你为什么把我做成这个样子?"现在再来谈谈我的新伙伴吧。我对他非常满意,并决定教会他做各种各样的事情,使他成为我有用的助手,特别是要教会他说英语,并听懂我说的话。他非常善于学习,尤其是学习时总是兴致勃勃,勤勤恳恳;每当他听懂了我的话,或是我听懂了他的话,他就欢天喜地,十分高兴。因此,与他谈话对我来说实在是一件乐事。现在,我生活变得顺心多了。

  我甚至对自己说,只要不再碰到那批食人生番,哪怕永远不离开这个地方,我也不在乎。

  回到城堡两三天之后,我觉得应该戒掉星期五那种可怕的吃相,尤其是要戒掉他吃人的习惯。为此,我想应该让他尝尝别的肉类的味道。所以,一天早晨,我带他到树林里去。

  我原来想从自己的羊圈里选一只小羊,把它杀了带回家煮了吃。可是,走到半路上,我发现有一只母羊躺在树荫下,身边还有两只小羊坐在那儿。我一把扯住星期五,并对他说:"站住别动。"同时打手势,叫他不要动。接着我举起熗,开熗打死了一只小羊。可怜的星期五上次曾看到我用熗打死了他的敌人,但当时他站在远处,弄不清是怎么回事,也想象不出我是怎样把他的敌人打死的。可这一次他看到我开熗,着实吃惊不少;他浑身颤抖,简直吓呆了,差一点瘫倒在地上。

  他既没有去看我开熗射击的那只小羊,也没有看到我已把小羊打死了,只顾扯开他自己的背心,在身上摸来摸去,看看自己有没有受伤。原来他以为我要杀死他。他跑到我跟前,扑通一声跪下来抱住我的双腿,嘴里叽哩咕噜说了不少话,我都不懂。但我不难明白他的意思,那就是求我不要杀他。

  我马上想出办法使他相信,我决不会伤害他。我一面用手把他从地上扶起来,一面哈哈大笑,并用手指着那打死的小羊,叫他跑过去把它带回来。他马上跑过去了。他在那里查看小山羊是怎样被打死的,并感到百思不得其解。这时我趁此机会重新把熗装上了子弹。不久,我看见一只大鸟,样子像一只苍鹰,正落在我射程内的一棵树上。为了让星期五稍稍明白我是怎样开熗的,就叫他来到我跟前。我用手指了指那只鸟--现在我看清了,其实那是一只鹦鹉,而我原先把它当作苍鹰了。我刚才说了,我用手指了指那只鹦鹉,又指了指自己的熗和鹦鹉身子底下的地方,意思是说,我要开熗把那只鸟打下来。于是,我开了熗了,并叫他仔细看好。他立即看到那鹦鹉掉了下来。他再次吓得站在那里呆住了,尽管我事先已把事情给他交待清楚了。尤其使他感到惊讶的是,他没有看到我事先把弹药装到熗里去,因此就以为熗里一定有什么神奇的致命的东西,可以把人哪,鸟哪,野兽哪,以及远远近近的任何生物都杀死。他这种惊讶好久好久都不能消失。我相信,如果我让他这样下去,他一定会把我和我的熗当神一样来崇拜呢!至于那支熗,事后好几天,他连碰都不敢碰它,还经常一个人唠唠叨叨地跟它说话谈天,仿佛熗会回答他似的。后来我才从他口里知道,他是在祈求那支熗不要杀害他。

  当时,我等他的惊讶心情略微平静下来之后,就用手指了指那只鸟掉下去的地方,叫他跑过去把鸟取来。于是他去了好半天才回来。原来那只鹦鹉还没有一下子死掉,落下来之后,又拍着翅膀挣扎了一阵子,扑腾到别处去了。可是星期五还是把它找到了,并取来给了我。我见他对我的熗感到神秘莫测,就趁他去取鸟的机会重新装上弹药,并不让他看见我是怎样装弹药的,以便碰到任何其他目标时可以随时开熗。可是,后来没有碰到任何可以值得开熗的目标,就只把那只小羊带回了家。当晚我就把它剥皮,把肉切好。我本来就有一只专门煮肉的罐子,就把一部分肉放到里面煮起来,做成了鲜美的羊肉汤。我先吃了一点,然后也给了点他吃。他吃了之后,感到非常高兴,并表示很喜欢吃。但最使他感到奇怪的是,他看到我在肉和肉汤里放盐。他向我做手势,表示盐不好吃。他把一点盐放在嘴里,做出作呕的样子,呸呸地吐了一阵子,又赶紧用清水嗽了嗽口。我也拿了一块没有放盐的肉放在嘴里,也假装呸呸地吐了一阵子,表示没有盐肉就吃不下去,正像他有盐吃不下去一样。但这没有用。他就是不喜欢在肉里或汤里放盐。过了很长一段时间之后,他也只是放很少一点盐。

  吃过煮羊肉和羊肉汤之后,我决定第二天请他吃烤羊肉。

  我按照英国的烤法,在火的两边各插一根有叉的木竿,上面再搭上一根横竿,再用绳子把肉吊在横竿上,让它不断转动。

  星期五对我这种烤肉方法十分惊异。但当他尝了烤羊肉的味道后,用各种方法告诉我他是多么爱吃这种味道;我当然不可能不了解他的意思。最后,他告诉我,他从此之后再也不吃人肉了。听到他讲这句话,我感到非常高兴。

  第二天,我叫他去打谷,并把谷筛出来。筛谷的办法我前面已提到过了,我让他照着我的办法做。不久,他打谷筛谷就做得和我一样好,尤其是当他懂得这项工作的意义后,干得更卖力。因为我等他打完谷之后,就让他看看我做面包、烤面包。这时,他就明白,打谷是为了做面包用的。没多久,他也能做面包、烤面包了,而且做得和我一样好。

  这时,我也考虑到,现在既然添了一张嘴吃饭,就得多开一点地,多种一点粮食。于是,我又划了一块较大的地,像以前一样把地圈起来。星期五对这工作干得又主动,又卖力,而且干起活来总是高高兴兴的。我又把这项工作的意义告诉他,使他知道现在添了他这个人,就得多种些粮食,多做些面包,这样才够我们两个人吃。他似乎很能领会这个意思,并表示他知道,我为他干的活比为我自己干的活还多。所以,只要告诉他怎么干,他一定会尽心竭力地去干。

  这是我来到荒岛上度过的最愉快的一年。星期五的英语已说得相当不错了,也差不多完全能明白我要他拿的每一样东西的名称和我差他去的每一个地方,而且,还喜欢一天到晚跟我谈话。以前,我很少有机会说话;现在,我的舌头终于又可以用来说话了。我与他谈话真是快乐无比。不仅如此,我对他的人品也特别满意。相处久了,我越来越感到他是多么地天真诚实,我真的打从心底里喜欢上了他。同时,我也相信,他爱我胜过爱任何人。

  
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 15楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  I was now recover'd from my Surprize, and began to look round me, when I found the Cave was but very small, that is to say, it might be about twelve Foot over, but in no manner of Shape, either round or square, no Hands having ever been employ'd in making it, but those of meer Nature: I observ'd also, that there was a Place at the farther Side of it, that went in farther, but was so low, that it requir'd me to creep upon my Hands and Knees to go into it, and whither I went I knew not; so having no Candle, I gave it over for some Time; but resolv'd to come again the next Day, provided with Candles, and a Tinder-box, which I had made of the Lock of one of the Muskets, with some wild-fire in the Pan.
  Accordingly the next Day, I came provided with six large Candles of my own making; for I made very good Candles now of Goat's Tallow; and going into this low Place, I was oblig'd to creep upon all Fours, as I have said, almost ten Yards; which by the way, I thought was a Venture bold enough, considering that I knew not how far it might go, nor what was beyond it. When I was got through the Strait, I found the Roof rose higher up, I believe near twenty Foot; but never was such a glorious Sight seen in the Island, I dare say, as it was, to look round the Sides and Roof of this Vault, or Cave; the Walls reflected 100 thousand Lights to me from my two Candles; what it was in Rock, whether Diamonds, or any other precious Stones, or Gold, which I rather suppos'd it to be, I knew not.
  The Place I was in, was a most delightful Cavity, or Grotto, of its kind, as could be expected, though perfectly dark; the Floor was dry and level, and had a sort of small lose Gravel upon it, so that there was no nauseous or venemous Creature to be seen, neither was there any damp, or wet, on the Sides or Roof: The only Difficulty in it was the Entrance, which however as it was a Place of Security, and such a Retreat as I wanted, I thought that was a Convenience; so that I was really rejoyc'd at the Discovery, and resolv'd without any Delay, to bring some of those Things which I was most anxious about, to this Place; particularly, I resolv'd to bring hither my Magazine of Powder, and all my spare Arms, viz. Two Fowling-Pieces, for I had three in all; and three Muskets, for of them I had eight in all; so I kept at my Castle only five, which stood ready mounted like Pieces of Cannon, on my out-most Fence; and were ready also to take out upon any Expedition.
  Upon this Occasion of removing my Ammunition, I took occasion to open the Barrel of Powder which I took up out of the Sea, and which had been wet; and I found that the Water had penetrated about three or four Inches into the Powder, on every Side, which caking and growing hard, had preserv'd the inside like a Kernel in a Shell; so that I had near sixty Pound of very good Powder in the Center of the Cask, and this was an agreeable Discovery to me at that Time; so I carry'd all away thither, never keeping above two or three Pound of Powder with me in my Castle, for fear of a Surprize of any kind: I also carry'd thither all the Lead I had Belt for Bullets.
  I fancy'd my self now like one of the ancient Giants, which are said to live in Caves, and Holes, in the Rocks, where none could come at them; for I perswaded my self while I was here, if five hundred Savages were to hunt me, they could never find me out; or if they did, they would not venture to attack me here.
  The old Goat who I found expiring, dy'd in the Mouth of the Cave, the next Day after I made this Discovery; and I found it much easier to dig a great Hole there, and throw him in, and cover him with Earth, than to drag him out; so I interr'd him there, to prevent the Offence to my Nose.
  I was now in my twenty third Year of Residence in this Island, and was so naturaliz'd to the Place, and to the Manner of Living, that could I have but enjoy'd the Certainty that no Savages would come to the Place to disturb me, I could have been content to have capitulated for spending the rest of my Time there, even to the last Moment, till I had laid me down and dy'd, like the old Goat in the Cave. I had also arriv'd to some little Diversions and Amusements, which made the Time pass more pleasantly with me a great deal, than it did before; as First, I had taught my Poll, as I noted before, to speak; and he did it so familiarly, and talk'd so articulately and plain, that it was very pleasant to me; and he liv'd with me no less than six and twenty Years: How long he might live afterwards, I know not; though I know they have a Notion in the Brasils, that they live a hundred Years; perhaps poor Poll may be alive there still, calling after Poor Robin Crusoe to this Day. I wish no English Man the ill Luck to come there and hear him; but if he did, he would certainly believe it was the Devil. My Dog was a very pleasant and loving Companion to me, for no less than sixteen Years of my Time, and then dy'd, of meer old Age; as for my Cats, they multiply'd as I have observ'd to that Degree, that I was oblig'd to shoot several of them at first, to keep them from devouring me, and all I had; but at length, when the two old Ones I brought with me were gone, and after some time continually driving them from me, and letting them have no Provision with me, they all ran wild into the Woods, except two or three Favourites, which I kept tame; and whose Young when they had any, I always drown'd; and these were part of my Family: Besides these, I always kept two or three houshold Kids about me, who I taught to feed out of my Hand; and I had two more Parrots which talk'd pretty well, and would all call Robin Crusoe; but none like my first; nor indeed did I take the Pains with any of them that I had done with him. I had also several tame Sea-Fowls, whose Names I know not, who I caught upon the Shore, and cut their Wings; and the little Stakes which I had planted before my Castle Wall being now grown up to a good thick Grove, these Fowls all liv'd among these low Trees, and bred there, which was very agreeable to me; so that as I said above, I began to be very well contented with the Life I led, if it might but have been secur'd from the dread of the Savages.
  But it was otherwise directed; and it may not be amiss for all People who shall meet with my Story, to make this just Observation from it, vis. How frequently in the Course of our Lives, the Evil which in it self we seek most to shun, and which when we are fallen into it, is the most dreadful to us, is oftentimes the very Means or Door of our Deliverance, by which alone we can be rais'd again from the Affliction we are fallen into. I cou'd give many Examples of this in the Course of my unaccountable Life; but in nothing was it more particularly remarkable, than in the Circumstances of my last Years of solitary Residence in this Island.
  It was now the Month of December, as I said above, in my twenty third Year; and this being the Southern Solstice, for Winter I cannot call it, was the particular Time of my Harvest, and requir'd my being pretty much abroad in the Fields; when going out pretty early in the Morning, even before it was thorow Day-light, I was surpriz'd with seeing a Light of some Fire upon the Shore, at a Distance from me, of about two Mile towards the End of the Island, where I had observ'd some Savages had been as before; but not on the other Side; but to my great Affliction, it was on my Side of the Island.
  I was indeed terribly surpriz'd at the Sight, and stepp'd short within my Grove, not daring to go out, least I might be surpriz'd; and yet I had no more Peace within, from the Apprehensions I had, that if these Savages in rambling over the Island, should find my Corn standing, or cut, or any of my Works and Improvements, they would immediately conclude, that there were People in the Place, and would then never give over till they had found me out: In this Extremity I went back directly to my Castle, pull'd up the Ladder after me, and made all Things without look as wild and natural as I could.
  Then I prepar'd my self within, putting my self in a Posture of Defence; I loaded all my Cannon, as I call'd them; that is to say, my Muskets, which were mounted upon my new Fortification, and all my Pistols, and resolv'd to defend my self to the last Gasp, not forgetting seriously to commend my self to the Divine Protection, and earnestly to pray to God to deliver me out of the Hands of the Barbarians; and in this Posture I continu'd about two Hours; but began to be mighty impatient for Intelligence abroad, for I had no Spies to send out.
  After sitting a while longer, and musing what I should do in this Case, I was not able to bear sitting in Ignorance any longer; so setting up my Ladder to the Side of the Hill, where there was a flat Place, as I observ'd before, and then pulling the Ladder up after me, I set it up again, and mounted to the Top of the Hill; and pulling out my Perspective Glass, which I had taken on Purpose, I laid me down flat on my Belly, on the Ground, and began to look for the Place; I presently found there was no less than nine naked Savages, sitting round a small Fire, they had made, not to warm them; for they had no need of that, the Weather being extreme hot; but as I suppos'd, to dress some of their barbarous Diet, of humane Flesh, which they had brought with them, whether alive or dead I could not know.
  They had two Canoes with them, which they had haled up upon the Shore; and as it was then Tide of Ebb, they seem'd to me to wait for the Return of the Flood, to go away again; it is not easy to imagine what Confusion this Sight put me into, especially seeing them come on my Side the Island, and so near me too; but when I observ'd their coming must be always with the Current of the Ebb, I began afterwards to be more sedate in my Mind, being satisfy'd that I might go abroad with Safety all the Time of the Tide of Flood, if they were not on Shore before: And having made this Observation, I went abroad about my Harvest Work with the more Composure.
  As I expected, so it prov'd; for as soon as the Tide made to the Westward, I saw them all take Boat, and row (or paddle as we call it) all away: I should have observ'd, that for an Hour and more before they went off, they went to dancing, and I could easily discern their Postures, and Gestures, by my Glasses: I could not perceive by my nicest Observation, but that they were stark naked, and had not the least covering upon them; but whether they were Men or Women, that I could not distinguish.
  As soon as I saw them shipp'd, and gone, I took two Guns upon my Shoulders, and two Pistols at my Girdle, and my great Sword by my Side, without a Scabbard, and with all the Speed I was able to make, I went away to the Hill, where I had discover'd the first Appearance of all; and as soon as I gat thither, which was not less than two Hours (for I could not go apace, being so loaden with Arms as I was) I perceiv'd there had been three Canoes more of Savages on that Place; and looking out farther, I saw they were all at Sea together, making over for the Main.
  This was a dreadful Sight to me, especially when going down to the Shore, I could see the Marks of Horror, which the dismal Work they had been about had left behind it, viz. The Blood, the Bones, and part of the Flesh of humane Bodies, eaten and devour'd by those Wretches, with Merriment and Sport: I was so fill'd with Indignation at the Sight, that I began now to premeditate the Destruction of the next that I saw there, let them be who, or how many soever.
  It seem'd evident to me, that the Visits which they thus make to this Island, are not very frequent; for it was above fifteen Months before any more of them came on Shore there again; that is to say, I neither saw them, or any Footsteps, or Signals of them, in all that Time; for as to the rainy Seasons, then they are sure not to come abroad, at least not so far; yet all this while I liv'd uncomfortably, by reason of the constant Apprehensions I was in of their coming upon me by Surprize; from whence I observe, that the Expectation of Evil is more bitter than the Suffering, especially if there is no room to shake off that Expectation, or those Apprehensions.
  During all this Time, I was in the murthering Humour; and took up most of my Hours, which should have been better employ'd, in contriving how to circumvent, and fall upon them, the very next Time I should see them; especially if they should be divided, as they were the last Time, into two Parties; nor did I consider at all, that if I kill'd one Party, suppose Ten, or a Dozen, I was still the next Day, or Week, or Month, to kill another, and so another, even ad infinitum, till I should be at length no less a Murtherer than they were in being Man-eaters; and perhaps much more so.
  I spent my Days now in great Perplexity, and Anxiety of Mind, expecting that I should one Day or other fall into the Hands of these merciless Creatures; and if I did at any Time venture abroad, it was not without looking round me with the greatest Care and Caution imaginable; and now I found to my great Comfort, how happy it was that I provided for a tame Flock or Herd of Goats; for I durst not upon any account fire my Gun, especially near that Side of the Island where they usually came, least I should alarm the Savages; and if they had fled from me now, I was sure to have them come back again, with perhaps two or three hundred Canoes with them, in a few Days, and then I knew what to expect.
  However, I wore out a Year and three Months more, before I ever saw any more of the Savages, and then I found them again, as I shall soon observe. It is true, they might have been there once, or twice; but either they made no stay, or at least I did not hear them; but in the Month of May, as near as I could calculate, and in my four and twentieth Year, I had a very strange Encounter with them, of which in its Place.
  The Perturbation of my Mind, during this fifteen or sixteen Months Interval, was very great; I slept unquiet, dream'd always frightful Dreams, and often started out of my Sleep in the Night: In the Day great Troubles overwhelm'd my Mind, and in the Night I dream'd often of killing the Savages, and of the Reasons why I might justify the doing of it; but to wave all this for a while; it was in the middle of May, on the sixteenth Day I think, as well as my poor wooden Calendar would reckon; for I markt all upon the Post still; I say, it was the sixteenth of May, that it blew a very great Storm of Wind, all Day, with a great deal of Lightning, and Thunder, and a very foul Night it was after it; I know not what was the particular Occasion of it; but as I was reading in the Bible, and taken up with very serious Thoughts about my present Condition, I was surpriz'd with a Noise of a Gun as I thought fir'd at Sea.
  This was to be sure a Surprize of a quite different Nature from any I had met with before; for the Notions this put into my Thoughts, were quite of another kind. I started up in the greatest hast imaginable, and in a trice clapt my Ladder to the middle Place of the Rock, and pull'd it after me, and mounting it the second Time, got to the Top of the Hill, the very Moment, that a Flash of Fire bid me listen for a second Gun, which accordingly, in about half a Minute I heard; and by the sound, knew that it was from that Part of the Sea where I was driven down the Current in my Boat.
  I immediately consider'd that this must be some Ship in Distress, and that they had some Comrade, or some other Ship in Company, and fir'd these Guns for Signals of Distress, and to obtain Help: I had this Presence of Mind at that Minute, as to think that though I could not help them, it may be they might help me; so I brought together all the dry Wood I could get at hand, and making a good handsome Pile, I set it on Fire upon the Hill; the Wood was dry, and blaz'd freely; and though the Wind blew very hard, yet it burnt fairly out; that I was certain, if there was any such Thing as a Ship, they must needs see it, and no doubt they did; for as soon as ever my Fire blaz'd up, I heard another Gun, and after that several others, all from the same Quarter; I ply'd my Fire all Night long, till Day broke; and when it was broad Day, and the Air clear'd up, I saw something at a great Distance at Sea, full East of the Island, whether a Sail, or a Hull, I could not distinguish, no not with my Glasses, the Dna was so great, and the Weather still something haizy also; at least it was so out at Sea.
  I look'd frequently at it all that Day, and soon perceiv'd that it did not move; so I presently concluded, that it was a Ship at an Anchor, and being eager, you may be sure, to be satisfy'd, I took my Gun in my Hand, and run toward the South Side of the Island, to the Rocks where I had formerly been carry'd away with the Current, and getting up there, the Weather by this Time being perfectly clear, I could plainly see to my great Sorrow, the Wreck of a Ship cast away in the Night, upon those concealed Rocks which I found, when I was out in my Boat; and which Rocks, as they check'd the Violence of the Stream, and made a kind of Counter-stream, or Eddy, were the Occasion of my recovering from the most desperate hopeless Condition that ever I had been in, in all my Life.
  Thus what is one Man's Safety, is another Man's Destruction; for it seems these Men, whoever they were, being out of their Knowledge, and the Rocks being wholly under Water, had been driven upon them in the Night, the Wind blowing hard at E. and E.N.E: Had they seen the Island, as I must necessarily suppose they did not, they must, as I thought, have endeavour'd to have sav'd themselves on Shore by the Help of their Boat; but their firing of Guns for Help, especially when they saw, as I imagin'd, my Fire, fill'd me with many Thoughts: First, I imagin'd that upon seeing my Light, they might have put themselves into their Boat, and have endeavour'd to make the Shore; but that the Sea going very high, they might have been cast away; other Times I imagin'd, that they might have lost their Boat before, as might be the Case many Ways; as particularly by the Breaking of the Sea upon their Ship, which many Times obliges Men to stave, or take in Pieces their Boat; and sometimes to throw it over-board with their own Hands: Other Times I imagin'd, they had some other Ship, or Ships in Company, who upon the Signals of Distress they had made, had taken them up, and carry'd them off: Other whiles I fancy'd, they were all gone off to Sea in their Boat, and being hurry'd away by the Current that I had been formerly in, were carry'd out into the great Ocean, where there was nothing but Misery and Perishing; and that perhaps they might by this Time think of starving, and of being in a Condition to eat one another.
  As all these were but Conjectures at best; so in the Condition I was in, I could do no more than look on upon the Misery of the poor Men, and pity them, which had still this good Effect on my Side, that it gave me more and more Cause to give Thanks to God who had so happily and comfortably provided for me in my desolate Condition; and that of two Ships Companies who were now cast away upon this part of the World, not one Life should be spar'd but mine: I learn'd here again to observe, that it is very rare that the Providence of God casts us into any Condition of Life so low, or any Misery so great, but we may see something or other to be thankful for; and may see others in worse Circumstances than our own.
  Such certainly was the Case of these Men, of whom I could not so much as see room to suppose any of them were sav'd; nothing could make it rational, so much as to wish, or expect that they did not all perish there; except the Possibility only of their being taken up by another Ship in Company, and this was but meer Possibility indeed; for I saw not the least Signal or Appearance of any such Thing.
  I cannot explain by any possible Energy of Words, what a strange longing or hankering of Desires I felt in my Soul upon this Sight; breaking out sometimes thus; O that there had been but one or two; nay, or but one Soul sav'd out of this Ship, to have escap'd to me, that I might but have had one Companion, one Fellow-Creature to have spoken to me, and to have convers'd with! In all the Time of my solitary Life I never felt so earnest, so strong a Desire after the Society of my Fellow-Creatures, or so deep a Regret at the want of it.
  There are some secret moving Springs in the Affections, which when they are set a going by some Object in view, or be it some Object, though not in view, yet rendred present to the Mind by the Power of Imagination, that Motion' carries out the Soul by its Impetuosity to such violent eager embracings of the Object, that the Absence of it is insupportable.
  Such were these earnest Wishings, That but one Man had been sav'd! O that it had been but One! I believe I repeated the Words, O that it had been but One! A thousand Times; and the Desires were so mov'd by it, that when I spoke the Words, my Hands would clinch together, and my Fingers press the Palms of my Hands, that if I had had any soft Thing in my Hand, it wou'd have crusht it involuntarily; and my Teeth in my Head wou'd strike together, and set against one another so strong, that for some time I cou'd not part them again.
  Let the Naturalists explain these Things, and the Reason and Manner of them; all I can say to them, is, to describe the Fact, which was even surprising to me when I found it; though I knew not from what it should proceed; it was doubtless the effect of ardent Wishes, and of strong Ideas form'd in my Mind, realizing the Comfort, which the Conversation of one of my Fellow-Christians would have been to me.
  But it was not to be; either their Fate or mine, or both, forbid it; for till the last Year of my being on this Island, I never knew whether any were saved out of that Ship or no; and had only the Affliction some Days after, to see the Corps of a drownded Boy come on Shore, at the End of the Island which was next the Shipwreck: He had on no Cloaths, but a Seaman's Wastcoat, a pair of open knee'd Linnen Drawers, and a blew Linnen Shirt; but nothing to direct me so much as to guess what Nation he was of: He had nothing in his Pocket, but two Pieces of Eight, and a Tobacco Pipe; the last was to me of ten times more value than the first.
  It was now calm, and I had a great mind to venture out in my Boat, to this Wreck; not doubting but I might find something on board, that might be useful to me; but that did not altogether press me so much, as the Possibility that there might be yet some living Creature on board, whose Life I might not only save, but might by saving that Life, comfort my own to the last Degree; and this Thought clung so to my Heart, that I could not be quiet, Night or Day, but I must venture out in my Boat on board this Wreck; and committing the rest to God's Providence, I thought the Impression was so strong upon my Mind, that it could not be resisted, that it must come from some invisible Direction, and that I should be wanting to my self if I did not go.
  Under the Power of this Impression, I hasten'd back to my Castle, prepar'd every Thing for my Voyage, took a Quantity of Bread, a great Pot for fresh Water, a Compass to steer by, a Bottle of Rum; for I had still a great deal of that left; a Basket full of Raisins: And thus loading my self with every Thing necessary, I went down to my Boat, got the Water out of her, and got her afloat, loaded all my Cargo in her, and then went Home again for more; my second Cargo was a great Bag full of Rice, the Umbrella to set up over my Head for Shade; another large Pot full of fresh Water, and about two Dozen of my small Loaves, or Barley Cakes, more than before, with a Bottle of Goats-Milk, and a Cheese; all which, with great Labour and Sweat, I brought to my Boat; and praying to God to direct my Voyage, I put out, and Rowing or Padling the Canoe along the Shore, I came at last to the utmost Point of the Island on that Side, (viz.) N. E. And now I was to launch out into the Ocean, and either to venture, or not to venture. I look'd on the rapid Currents which ran constantly on both Sides of the Island, at a Distance, and which were very terrible to me, from the Remembrance of the Hazard I had been in before, and my Heart began to fail me; for I foresaw that if I was driven into either of those Currents, I should be carry'd a vast Way out to Sea, and perhaps out of my Reach, or Sight of the Island again; and that then, as my Boat was but small, if any little Gale of Wind should rise, I should be inevitably lost.
  These Thoughts so oppress'd my Mind, that I began to give over my Enterprize, and having haled my Boat into a little Creek on the Shore, I stept out, and sat me down upon a little rising bit of Ground, very pensive and anxious, between Fear and Desire about my Voyage; when as I was musing, I could perceive that the Tide was turn'd, and the Flood come on, upon which my going was for so many Hours impracticable; upon this presently it occurr'd to me, that I should go up to the highest Piece of Ground I could find, and observe, if I could, how the Sets of the Tide, or Currents lay, when the Flood came in, that I might judge whether if I was driven one way out, I might not expect to be driven another way home, with the same Rapidness of the Currents: This Thought was no sooner in my Head, but I cast my Eye upon a little Hill, which sufficiently over-look'd the Sea both ways, and from whence I had a clear view of the Currents, or Sets of the Tide, and which way I was to guide my self in my Return; here I found, that as the Current of the Ebb set out close by the South Point of the Island; so the Current of the Flood set in close by the Shore of the North Side, and that I had nothing to do but to keep to the North of the Island in my Return, and I should do well enough.
  Encourag'd with this Observation, I resolv'd the next Morning to set out with the first of the Tide; and reposing my self for the Night in the Canoe, under the great Watch-coat, I mention'd, I launched out: I made first a little out to Sea full North, till I began to feel the Benefit of the Current, which set Eastward, and which carry'd me at a great rate, and yet did not so hurry me as the Southern Side Current had done before, and so as to take from me all Government of the Boat; but having a strong Steerage with my Paddle, I went at a great rate, directly for the Wreck, and in less than two Hours I came up to it.
  It was a dismal Sight to look at: The Ship, which by its building was Spanish, stuck fast, jaum'd in between two Rocks; all the Stern and Quarter of her was beaten to pieces, with the Sea; and as her Forecastle, which stuck in the Rocks, had run on with great Violence, her Mainmast and Foremast were brought by the Board; that is to say, broken short off; but her Boltsprit was found, and the Head and Bow appear'd firm; when I came close to her, a Dog appear'd upon her, who seeing me coming, yelp'd, and cry'd; and as soon as I call'd him, jump'd into the Sea, to come to me, and I took him into the Boat; but found him almost dead for Hunger and Thirst: I gave him a Cake of my Bread, and he eat it like a ravenous Wolf, that had been starving a Fortnight in the Snow: I then gave the poor Creature some fresh Water, with which, if I would have let him, he would have burst himself.


 整整一天,我一直眺望着海面上那东西,不久便发现它一直停在原处,一动也不动。于是我断定,那一定是一条下了锚的大船。可以想象,我多么急于把事情搞个水落石出,所以,就拿起熗向岛的南边跑去,跑到我前次被急流冲走的那些岩石前面。到了那里,天气已完全晴朗了。我一眼就看到,有一只大船昨天夜里撞在暗礁上失事了。这真叫我痛心;事实上,我上次驾舟出游时,就发现了那些暗礁。正是这些暗礁,挡住了急流的冲力,形成了一股逆流,使我那次得以死里逃生。这是我生平从最绝望的险境里逃出性命的经历。

  由此可见,同样的险境,对这个人来说是安全的,对另一个人来说则可能意味着毁灭。我想,这些人由于不熟悉地形,那些暗礁又都隐藏在水底下,再加上昨天晚上的东北风很大,所以船触上了暗礁。如果他们发现这个小岛,我想他们一定会用船上的救生艇竭尽全力划到岸上来的。但看来他们一定没有看到小岛,只是鸣熗求救,尤其是他们看到我燃起的火光后,更是多次放熗。由此我头脑里出现了种种设想。

  首先,我想到,他们看到我点燃的火光后,必然会下到救生艇里拼命向岸上划来,但由于风急浪高,把他们刮走了。一会儿我又猜想,也许他们的救生艇早就没了,这种情况是经常发生的。当大船遇到惊涛骇浪时,水手们往往不得不把船上的救生艇拆散,甚至干脆扔到海里去。过会儿我又想,也许与他们结伴同行的船只,在见到他们出事的信号后,已把他们救起来带走了。我又想到,说不定他们已经坐上救生艇,可是遇到了我上次自己碰上的那股急流,给冲到大洋里去了。

  到了大洋里,他们可就糟了,那是必死无疑的。说不定这会儿他们都快饿死了,甚至可能正在人吃人呢!

  所有这些想法,都仅仅是我自己的猜测罢了。在我目前的处境下,只能眼睁睁地看着这伙可怜的人遭难,并从心里为他们感到难过;除此之外,我毫无办法。可是,这件事在我思想上产生了很好的影响。从这次事件中,我进一步认识到上帝对自己的恩惠,我是多么感激他对我的关怀啊!尽管我处境悲惨,但我的生活还是过得非常舒适,非常幸福。同时,我也要感谢上帝在船难中仅让我一人死里逃生;到目前为止,我至少已亲自见到两艘船只在海上遇难,这两艘船的全体水手无一幸免,唯我独生。此外,从这件事中,我再一次认识到,不管上帝把我们置于何等不幸的境地或何等恶劣的生活环境,我们总会亲眼看到一些使我们感恩的事,看到有些人的处境比自己更不幸。

  就拿这伙人来说吧,我简直很难想象他们中间有什么人能死里逃生,也没有任何理由指望他们全体生还。对他们来说,唯一的希望是被结伴同行的船只搭救。可是这种可能性实在太小了,我看不出任何一点被搭救的迹象。

  看到这一情景,我心里产生了一种说不出的求伴求友的强烈欲望,有时竟会脱口而出地大声疾呼:"啊!哪怕有一两个人--就是只有一个人能从船上逃出性命也好啊!那样他能到我这儿来,与我作伴,我能有人说说话也好啊!"我多年来过着孤寂的生活,可从来没有像今天这样强烈地渴望与人交往,也从来没有像今天这样深切地感到没有伴侣的痛苦。

  在人类的感情里,往往有一种隐秘的原动力,这种原动才一旦被某种目标所吸引,就会以一种狂热和冲动驱使我们的灵魂向那目标扑去,不管是看得见的目标,还是自己头脑想象中的看不见的目标;不达目标,我们就会痛苦不堪。

  我多么渴望能有一个人逃出性命啊!"啊,哪怕只有一个人也好啊!"这句话我至少重复了上千次。"啊!哪怕只有一个人也好啊!"我的这种愿望是多么急切,因此,每当我咕遖这句话时,不禁会咬紧牙关,半天也张不开来;同时会紧握双拳,如果手里有什么脆软的东西,一定会被捏得粉碎。

  关于这种现象及其产生的原因和表现形式,不妨让那些科学家去解释吧。我只能原原本本地把事实讲出来。当我初次发现这一现象时,我着实吃了一惊,尽管我不知道发生这种现象的原因,但是,毫无疑问的是,这是我内心热切的愿望和强烈的思绪所产生的结果。因为我深切地体会到,如果能有一位基督徒与我交谈,这对我实在是一种莫大的安慰。

  但他们一个人也没有幸存下来。这也许是他们的命运,也许是我自己的命运,也许是我们双方都命运不济,不让我们能互相交往。直到我在岛上的最后一年,我也不清楚那条船上究竟有没有人生还。更令人痛心的是,过了几天,我在靠近失事船只的岛的那一头,亲眼看到了一个淹死了的青年人的尸体躺在海滩上。他身上只穿了件水手背心,一条开膝麻纱短裤和一件蓝麻纱衬衫。从他的穿着看,我无法判别他是哪个国家的人。他的衣袋里除了两块西班牙金币和一个烟斗外,其他什么也没有。这两样东西,对我来说,烟斗的价值超过西班牙金币十倍。

  这时,海面上已风平浪静,我很想冒险坐小船上那失事的船上看看。我相信一定能找到一些对我有用的东西。此外,我还抱着一个更为强烈的愿望,促使我非上那艘破船不可。那就是希望船上还会有活人。这样,我不仅可以救他的命,更重要的是,如果我能救他活命,对我将是一种莫大的安慰。这个念头时刻盘据在我心头,使我日夜不得安宁,只想乘小船上去看看。我想,这种愿望如此强烈,自己已到了无法抵御的地步,那一定是有什么隐秘的神力在驱使我要去。这种时候,我如果不去,那就太愚蠢了。所以,我决意上船探看一番,至于会有什么结果,那就只好听天由命了。

  在这种愿望的驱使下,我匆匆跑回城堡作出航的准备。我拿了不少面包,一大罐淡水,一个驾驶用的罗盘,一片甘蔗酒--这种酒我还剩下不少,一满筐葡萄干。我把一切必需品都背在身上,就走到我藏小船的地方。我先把船里的水淘干,让船浮起来;然后把所有的东西都放进船里。接着,我又跑回家去取些其他东西。这一次我拿了一大口袋米,还有那把挡太阳的伞,又取了一大罐淡水,二十多只小面包--实际上是一些大麦饼,这次拿得比上次还多。另外又拿了一瓶羊奶,一块干酪。我费了不少力气,流了不少汗,才把这些东西通通运到小船上。然后,我祈祷上帝保佑我一路平安,就驾船出发了。我沿海岸先把小舟划到小岛的东北角。现在,我得把独木舟驶入大洋中去了;要么冒险前进,要么知难而退。我遥望着远处海岛两边日夜奔腾的两股急流,回想起上次遭到的危险,不由得有点害怕了。因为我可以想见,只要被卷入这两股急流中的任何一股,小舟一定会被冲进外海,到那时,我就再也看不到小岛,再也回不到小岛了。我的船仅仅是一只小小的独木舟,只要大海上稍稍起一阵风,就难免覆没了。

  我思想压力很大,不得不考虑放弃原定的计划。我把小船拉进沿岸的一条小河里,自己迈步上岸,在一块小小的高地上坐下来沉思。我心情忧郁,心绪不宁。我害怕死,又想前去探个究竟。正当我沉思默想之际,只见潮流起了变化,潮水开始上涨。这样,我一时肯定走不成了。这时,我忽然想到,应该找一个最高的地方,上去观察一下潮水上涨时那两股急流的流向,从中我可以作出判断,万一我被一股急流冲入大海,是否有可能被另一股急流冲回来。我刚想到这一层,就看见附近有一座小山;从山上可以看到左右两边的海面,并对两股急流的流向可以一目了然,从而可以确定我回来时应走哪一个方向。到了山上,我发现那退潮的急流是沿着小岛的南部往外流的,而那涨潮的急流是沿着小岛的北部往里流的。这样,我回来时,小舟只要沿着北部行驶,自然就可以被涨潮的急流带回来。

  经过观察,我大受鼓舞,决定第二天早晨乘第一次潮汐出发。我把水手值夜的大衣盖在身上,在独木舟里过了一夜。

  第二天一早,我就驾舟出发了。最初,我一出海就朝正北驶去,走没多远,就进入了那股向东流动的急流;小舟在急流中向前飞驶,可是流速没有上回岛南边那股急流那么大,所以我尚能掌握住小舟。我以桨代舵,使劲掌握航向,朝那失事的大船飞驶过去。不到两小时,我就到了破船跟前。

  眼前的景象一片凄凉。从那条船的构造外形来看,是一条西班牙船,船身被紧紧地夹在两块礁石之间。船尾和后舱都被海浪击得粉碎,那搁在礁石中间的前舱,由于猛烈撞去,上面的前桅和主桅都折断倒在了甲板上,但船首的斜桁仍完好无损,船头也还坚固。我靠近破船时,船上出现了一只狗。

  它一见到我驶近,就汪汪吠叫起来。我向它一呼唤,它就跳到海里,游到我的小船边来,我把它拖到船上,只见它又饥又渴,快要死了。我给了它一块面包,它就大吃大嚼起来,活像一只在雪地里饿了十天半月的狼。我又给他喝了点淡水,它就猛喝,要是我不制止它的话,真的可以喝得把肚子都涨破。

  接着,我就上了大船。我第一眼看到的,是两个淹死的人;他们紧紧地抱在一起,躺在前舱的厨房里。看来,船触礁时,海面上狂风暴雨,海浪接连不断地打在船上,船上的人就像被埋在水里一样,实在受不了最后窒息而死。除了那条狗,船上没有任何其他生还的生物。船上所有的货物,也都让海水给浸坏了,只有舱底下几桶酒因海水已退而露在外面,也不知道是葡萄酒还是白兰地。那些酒桶很大,我没法搬动它们。另外,我还看见几只大箱子,可能是水手的私人财物。我搬了两只到我的小船上,也没有来得及检查一下里面究竟装的是什么东西。

  要是触礁的是船尾,撞碎的是船首,我此行收获就大了。

  从两只箱子里找出来的东西看,我完全可以断定,船上装的财富十分可贵。从该船所走的航线来看,我也不难猜想它是从南美巴西南部的布宜诺斯艾利斯或拉普拉塔河口出发的,准备开往墨西哥湾的哈瓦那,然后也许再从那儿驶向西班牙。所以,船上无疑满载金银财宝,可是这些财富目前对任何人都毫无用处。至于船上的人究竟发生了什么情况,我当然无从得知了。

  除了那两只箱子,我还找到了一小桶酒,约有二十加仑。

  我费了九牛二虎之力,才把酒桶搬到小船上。船舱里还有几支短熗和一只盛火药的大角筒,里面大约有四磅火药。短熗对我来说已毫无用处。因此我就留下了,只取了盛火药的角筒。另外我又拿了一把火炉铲和一把火钳,这两样正是我十分需要的东西。我还拿了两把小铜壶,一只煮巧克力的铜锅和一把烤东西用的铁钯。我把这些货物通通装进我的小船,再带上那只狗,就准备回家了。这时正值涨潮,潮水开始向岛上流。天黑后不到一小时,我就回到了岸上,但人已劳累得疲倦不堪了。

  

  









第七章

  当晚在小船上安歇了一夜。第二天早晨,我决定把运回来的东西都放到新发现的地穴里去,而不是放到城堡里去。我先吃了点东西,把所有的东西都搬到岸上,并仔仔细细地查看了一番。我搬回来的那桶酒是一种甘蔗酒,但与我们巴西的甘蔗酒不一样。一句话,这种酒非常难喝。可是,我打开那两只大箱子后,找到了几样东西对我非常有用。例如,在一只箱子里,有一只精致的小酒箱,里面的酒瓶也十分别致,装的是上等的提神烈性甜酒,每瓶约三品脱,瓶口上还包着银子;还有两罐上好的蜜饯,因为封口很好,咸水没有进去。

  另外还有两罐却已被海水泡坏了。我又找到一些很好的衬衫,这正是我求之不得的东西。还有一打半白麻纱手帕和有色的领巾。麻纱手帕我也十分需要,大热天拿来擦脸真是再爽快也没有了。此外,在箱子的钱箱里,有三大袋西班牙银币,约一千一百多枚,其中一袋里有六块西班牙金币和一些小块的金条,都包在纸里,估计约有一磅重。

  在另一只大箱子里找到了一些衣服,但对我来说都没有多大用处。看样子,这只箱子是属于船上的副炮手的。箱子里没有很多火药,只有两磅压成细粒的火药,装在三只小瓶里;我想大概是装鸟熗用的。总的来说,我这趟出海弄到的东西有用的不太多。至于钱币,对我当然毫无用处,真是不如粪土!我宁愿用全部金币银币来换三四双英国袜子和鞋子,因为这些都是我迫切需要的东西,我已经好几年没有鞋袜穿了。不过,我还是弄到了两双鞋子,那是我从遇难船上两个淹死的水手的脚上脱下来的。另外,在这只大箱子里还找到两双鞋,这当然也是求之不得的。但这两双鞋子都没有英国鞋子舒适耐穿,因为不是一般走路穿的鞋子,只是一种便鞋而已。在这只船员的箱子里,我另外又找到了五十多枚西班牙银币,但没有金币。我想这只箱子的主人一定比较贫寒,而另一只箱子的主人一定是位高级船员。

  不管怎么说,我还是把所有的钱搬回了山洞,像以前一样妥善收藏好。可惜的是,我无法进入破船的其他部分;否则的话,我准可以用我的独木舟一船一船地把钱币运到岸上。

  如果有一天我能逃回英国,就是把这些钱都放在这里也非常安全,等以后有机会再回来取也不迟。

  我们所有的东西运到岸上安置妥当后,就回到小船上。我沿着海岸,划到原来停泊的港口,把船缆系好。然后,我拖着波惫的身子回到了我的老住所。到了那里,只见一切平安无事。于是我开始休息,并又像过去一样照常度日,料理家务。有这么一段短短的时期,我日子过得非常怡闲自在,只是比以前较谨慎罢了。我时时注意外面的动静,也很少外出。

  即使有时大胆到外面活动,也只是到小岛的东部走走,因为我确信野人从未到过那儿,因此用不着处处提防,也用不着带上许多武器弹药。要是到其他地方去,只带少许武器弹药就不行了。

  我在这种情况下又过了将近两年。在这两年里,我头脑里充塞着各种各样的计划,一心设法逃离孤岛,尽管我自己也知道,我那倒霉的头脑似乎生来就是为了折磨我的肉体。有时候,我还想上那条破船去察看一番,尽管我也知道,船上已没有什么东西值得我再次冒险出海了。有时候,我又想乘小舟东逛逛西走走。我毫不怀疑,如果我现在有我从萨累逃出来时坐的那条小船,早就冒险出海了;至于去什么地方,那我也顾不上了。

  一般人往往有一种通病,那就是不知足,老是不满于上帝和大自然对他们的安排。现在我认识到,他们的种种苦难,至少有一半是由于不知足这种毛病造成的。患有这种病的人大可以从我的一生经历中得到教训。就拿我自己来说吧,正是由于我不满自己原来的境况,又不听父亲的忠告--我认为,我有悖教训,实为我的"原罪",再加上我后来又犯了同样的错误,才使自己落到今天这样悲惨的地步。当时,造物主已安排我在巴西做了种植园主。如果我自己不痴心妄想发财,而是满足于逐渐致富,这时候我也许已成了巴西数一数二的种植园主了,而现在我却白白地在这荒岛上流落了这么多年,过着悲惨孤寂的生活。而且,我在巴西经营时间不长;就是在这段短短的时间里,我也获利不少。因此我确信,要是我继续经营下去的话,到现在一定拥有十几万葡萄牙金币的家财了。当时,我的种植园已走上了轨道,并且日益兴旺。可是,我偏偏把这一切丢弃,甘愿去当一名船上的管货员,只是为了到几内亚去贩卖黑奴。现在想来,我为什么要这样做呢?要是我守住家业,只要有耐心,经过一段时间之后,同样可以积聚大笔财富,我不是也可以在自己的家门口,从那些黑奴贩子手里买到黑奴吗?虽说价钱贵一点,但这点差价绝不值得自己去冒这样大的风险!

  然而,这正是一般不懂世事的青年人共同的命运。他们不经过多年的磨炼,不用高昂的代价获得人生的阅历,是不会明白自己的愚蠢行为的。我现在的情况就是这样。我生性不知自足,一直到现在还不能安于现状。所以,我头脑里老是盘算着逃离荒岛的种种办法和可能性。为了使读者对我后面要叙述的故事更感兴趣,在这儿我不妨先谈一下我这种荒唐的逃跑计划最初是怎样形成的,后来又是怎样实施的,以及我实施这一计划的根据。

  这次去破船上的航行回来之后,我又回到城堡里过起隐居生活来。我把独木舟按原来的办法沉入水底隐藏好,过着以前那样平静的日常生活。现在,我比以前更有钱了,但并不因此而更富有,因为金钱对我毫无用处,就像秘鲁的印第安人,在西班牙人来到之前,金钱对他们也是毫无用处的。

  我来到这孤岛上已二十四年了。现在正值雨季三月。一天夜里,我躺在吊床上,辗转反侧,难以入睡。我很健康,没有病痛,没有什么不舒服,心情也很平静,可是怎么也合不上眼,就是睡不着。可以这么说,整个晚上都没打过盹。

  那天晚上,我心潮起伏,思绪万千,思前想后,实在一言难荆我粗略地回顾了自己一生的历程。我回想起自己怎样流落到这荒岛上,又怎样在这儿过了二十四年的孤寂生活。

  我想到,来到岛上的最初几年,我怎样过着无忧无虑的快乐生活;后来,在沙滩上发现了人的脚印后,又怎样焦虑恐惧,过着忧心忡忡的生活。我也知道,多少年来,那些食人生番经常到岛上来,有时甚至成千上百登上岸来。但在此之前,我不知道这件事,当然也不会担惊受怕。那时,我尽管有危险,但自己不知道,所以也活得快活自在。我想,如果不知道有危险,就等于没有危险,生活就照样无忧无虑,十分幸福。由此,我悟出不少有益的道理。造物主统治人类,把人类的认识和知识局限在狭隘的范围内,这正是造物主的英明之处。实际上,人类往往生活在种种危险之中,如果让人类发现这些危险,那一定会使人人心烦意乱,精神不振。但造物主不让人类看清事实真相,使他们全然不知道四周的危险,这样,人们就过着泰然宁静的生活。

  我这样想了一段时间后,就开始认真地考虑到这么多年来我在这荒岛上一直所面临的危险。这种危险是实实在在的,可是,我过去却经常坦然自若地在岛上走来走去。实际上,可能只是一座小山,一棵大树,或是夜正好降临,才使我免遭杀害,而且,将会是以一种最残忍的方式的杀害:那就是落入吃人生番手里。如果落到他们手里,他们就会把我马上抓起来,就像我抓只山羊或海鳖一样。同时,在他们看来,把我杀死吃掉,也不是什么犯罪行为,就像把一只鸽子或鹬杀了吃掉在我看来也不是什么犯罪行为一样。我衷心感激我的伟大的救世主,如果我不承认我的感激之情,那我就不诚实了。我必须恭恭敬敬地承认,我之所以在不知不觉中免于大难,完全是由于救世主的保佑,要是没有他的保佑,我早就落入野人的毒手了。

  这些念头想过之后,我又想到了那些畜生的天性--那些食人生番的天性。我想,主宰万物的上帝怎么会容忍自己所创造的生物堕落到这样毫无人性的地步,干出人吃人的禽兽不如的残酷行径。我考虑来,考虑去,最后还是不得其解。

  于是,我又想到另一些问题:这些畜生究竟住在什么地方?他们住在对面的大陆上,这一点不错。但他们住的地方离海岸究竟有多远?他们老远从家里跑出来,究竟有什么目的?他们所乘的船,又是什么样子?我又想,他们既然可以到我这边来,为什么我不可设法到他们那边去呢?

  可是,我从来没有考虑过一旦到了那里我该怎么办;也没有考虑过万一落入野人手里结果会如何;也没有考虑过万一他们追杀我,我又该怎样逃命。不但如此,我甚至一点也没有考虑到,我一上大陆,那些食人生番必然会追杀我,不管他们来自什么部落,所以,我是绝无逃生希望的。何况,即使不落到他们的手里,我也没有东西吃,也不知道往哪里走。

  总之,所有这些,我都没有想过。当时,我只是一心一意想乘上小舟渡过海峡到达对面的大陆上。我认为,自己目前的处境是世界上最悲惨不过的了,除了死亡,任何其他不幸都比我目前的境况强。我想,只要一上大陆,我就会得救;或者,我可以像上次在非洲那样,让小舟沿海岸行驶,一直驶到有居民的地方,从而可以获救。而且,说不定还会碰到文明世界的船只,他们就一定会把我救出来。最坏的结果,也不过是死,一死倒好,一了百了,种种苦难也算到了尽头。请读者注意。我当时心烦意乱,性情急躁,所以才产生了上述种种想法。而我之所以心烦意乱,性情急躁,是因为长期以来生活一直不顺利,加上最近我上那条遇难船后感到万分失望,因而心情更加烦躁不安。因为我原来指望在船上能找到一两个活人,这样我总算可以找到说说话的伴侣,并可从他们那儿了解一些情况,譬如我目前究竟在哪里,有没有脱险的可能等等。这些都是我冒险上船所迫切追求的目的,可是结果一无所获。所有这些都使我头脑发昏,感情冲动。在此之前,我已心情平静,只想听天由命,一切凭上天作主;可现在,心情怎么也安定不下来了。我仿佛无法控制自己的思想,整天只想着怎样渡海到对面的大陆上去。而且,这种愿望越来越强烈,简直使我无法抗拒。

  有两三小时工夫,强烈的欲望使我激动得心跳加剧,热血沸腾,好像得了热病一样。当然,这只是我头脑发热罢了。

  我就这么想阿想啊,直想得精疲力竭,直至昏昏睡去。也许有人以为,我在睡梦中也会登上大陆。可是,我没有做这样的梦,却做了一个与此毫不相干的梦。我梦见自己像往常一样,一大早走出城堡,忽然看见海面上有两只独木船载着十一个野人来到岛上;他们另外还带来了一个野人,准备把他杀了吃掉。突然,他们要杀害的那个野人一下子跳起来,拼命奔逃。睡梦中,我恍惚见他很快就跑到我城堡外的浓密的小树林里躲起来。我发现只有他一个人,其他野人并没有过来追他,便走出城堡,向他招手微笑,并叫他不要怕。他急忙跪在地下,仿佛求我救救他。于是,我向他指指我的梯子,叫他爬上去,并把他带到我住所的洞穴里。由此,他就成了我的仆人。我一得到这个人,心里就想,现在,我真的可以冒险上大陆了。这个野人可以做我的向导,告诉我该如何行动,什么地方可弄到食物,什么地方不能去,以免被野人吃掉,告诉我什么地方可去,什么地方不可去。正这样想着,我就醒来了。起初,我觉得自己大有获救的希望,高兴得无法形容;及至清醒过来,发现原来不过是一场梦境,不禁又极度失望,懊丧不已。

  但是,这个梦境却给了我一个启示:我若想摆脱孤岛生活,唯一的办法就是尽可能弄到一个野人;而且,如果可能的话,最好是一个被其他野人带来准备杀了吃掉的俘虏。但要实现这个计划也有其困难的一面,那就是进攻一大队野人,并把他们杀得一个不留。这种做法可以说是孤注一掷之举,难保不出差错;不仅如此,而且从另一方面来说,这种做法是否合法,也还值得怀疑。一想到要杀这么多人,流这么多血,我的心不由得颤抖起来,尽管这样做是为了使自己获救。我前面也已经谈到过我为什么不应该主动去攻击野人的种种理由,所以我不必在此再噜嗦了。另外,我现在还可以举出种种其他理由来证明为什么我应该攻击这些野人。譬如说,这些野人是我的死敌,只要可能,他们就会把我吃掉;再譬如说,我这样做是为了保护自己的生命,是为了拯救自己,这是一种自卫的行动。因为,他们若向我进攻,我也不得不还击。如此等等,理由还可以举出一大堆。可是,一想到为了自己获救,非得别人流血,我就感到可怕,好久好久都想不通。

  我内心进行了激烈的思想斗争,心里十分矛盾,各种理由在我头脑里反复斗争了好久。最后,要使自己获救的迫切愿望终于战胜了一切,我决定不惜一切代价,弄到一个野人。

  现在,第二步就是怎样实施这一计划。这当然一时难以决定。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 14楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  I then reflected that God, who was not only Righteous but Onmipotent, as he had thought fit thus to punish and afflict me, so he was able to deliver me; that if he did not think fit to do it, 'twas my unquestion'd Duty to resign my self absolutely and entirely to his Will; and on the other Hand, it was my Duty also to hope in him, pray to him, and quietly to attend the Dictates and Directions of his daily Providence.
  These Thoughts took me up many Hours, Days; nay, I may say, Weeks and Months; and one particular Effect of my Cogitations on this Occasion, I cannot omit, viz. One Morning early, lying in my Bed, and fill'd with Thought about my Danger from the Appearance of Savages, I found it discompos'd me very much, upon which those Words of the Scripture came into my Thoughts, Call upon me in the Day of Trouble, and I will deliver, and thou shalt glorify me.
  Upon this, rising chearfully out of my Bed, my Heart was not only comforted, but I was guided and encourag'd to pray earnestly to God for Deliverance: When I had done praying, I took up my Bible, and opening it to read, the first Words that presented to me, were, Wait on the Lord, and be of good Cheer, and he shall strengthen thy Heart; wait, I say, on the Lord: It is impossible to express the Comfort this gave me. In Answer, I thankfully laid down the Book, and was no more sad, at least, not on that Occasion.
  In the middle of these Cogitations, Apprehensions and Reflections, it came into my Thought one Day, that all this might be a meer Chimera of my own; and that this Foot might be the Print of my own Foot, when I came on Shore from my Boat: This chear'd me up a little too, and I began to perswade my self it was all a Delusion; that it was nothing else but my own Foot, and why might not I come that way from the Boat, as well as I was going that way to the Boat; again, I consider'd also that I could by no Means tell for certain where I had trod, and where I had not; and that if at last this was only the Print of my own Foot, I had play'd the Part of those Fools, who strive to make stories of Spectres, and Apparitions; and then are frighted at them more than any body.
  Now I began to take Courage, and to peep abroad again; for I had not stirr'd out of my Castle for three Days and Nights; so that I began to starve for Provision; for I had little or nothing within Doors, but some Barley Cakes and water. Then I knew that my Goats wanted to be milk'd too, which usually was my Evening Diversion; and the poor Creatures were in great Pain and Inconvenience for want of it; and indeed, it almost spoil'd some of them, and almost dry'd up their Milk.
  Heartning my self therefore with the Belief that this was nothing but the Print of one of my own Feet, and so I might be truly said to start at my own Shadow, I began to go abroad again, and went to my Country House, to milk my Flock; but to see with what Fear I went forward, how often I look'd behind me, how I was ready every now and then to lay down my Basket, and run for my Life, it would have made any one have thought I was haunted with an evil Conscience, or that I had been lately most terribly frighted, and so indeed I had.
  However, as I went down thus two or three Days, and having seen nothing, I began to be a little bolder; and to think there was really nothing in it, but my own Imagination: But I cou'd not perswade my self fully of this, till I should go down to the Shore again, and see this Print of a Foot, and measure it by my own, and see if there was any Similitude or Fitness, that I might be assur'd it was my own Foot: But when I came to the Place, First, It appear'd evidently to me, that when I laid up my Boat, I could not possibly be on Shore any where there about. Secondly, When I came to measure the Mark with my own Foot, I found my Foot not so large by a great deal; both these Things fill'd my Head with new Imaginations, and gave me the Vapours again, to the highest Degree; so that I shook with cold, like one in an Ague: And I went Home again, fill'd with the Belief that some Man Or Men had been on Shore there; or in short, that the Island was inhabited, and I might be surpriz'd before I was aware; and what course to take for my Security I knew not.
  O what ridiculous Resolution Men take, when possess'd with Fear! It deprives them of the Use of those Means which Reason offers for their Relief. The first Thing I propos'd to my self, was, to throw down my Enclosures, and turn all my tame Cattle wild into the Woods, that the Enemy might not find them; and then frequent the Island in Prospect of the same, or the like Booty: Then to the simple' Thing of Digging up my two Corn Fields, that they might not find such a Grain there, and still be prompted to frequent the Island; then to demolish my Bower, and Tent, that they might not see any Vestiges of Habitation, and be prompted to look farther, in order to find out the Persons inhabiting.
  These were the Subject of the first Night's Cogitation, after I was come Home again, while the Apprehensions which had so over-run my Mind were fresh upon me, and my Head was full of Vapours, as above: Thus Fear of Danger is ten thousand Times more terrifying than Danger it self, when apparent to the Eyes; and we find the Burthen of Anxiety greater by much, than the Evil which we are anxious about; and which was worse than all this, I had not that Relief in this Trouble from the Resignation I used to practice, that I hop'd to have. I look'd, I thought, like Saul, who complain'd not only that the Philistines were upon him; but that God had forsaken him; for I did not now take due Ways to compose my Mind, by crying to God in my Distress, and resting upon his Providence, as I had done before, for my Defence and Deliverance; which if I had done, I had, at least, been more cheerfully supported under this new Surprise, and perhaps carry'd through it with more Resolution.
  This Confusion of my Thoughts kept me waking all Night; but in the Morning I fell asleep, and having by the Amusement of my Mind, been, as it were, tyr'd, and my Spirits exhausted; I slept very soundly, and wak'd much better compos'd than I had ever been before; and now I began to think sedately; and upon the utmost Debate with my self, I concluded, That this Island, which was so exceeding pleasant, fruitful, and no farther from the main Land than as I had seen, was not so entirely abandon'd as I might imagine: That altho' there were no stated Inhabitants who liv'd on the Spot; yet that there might sometimes come Boats off from the Shore, who either with Design, or perhaps never, but when they were driven by cross Winds, might come to this Place.
  That I had liv'd here fifteen Years now, and had not met with the least Shadow or Figure of any People yet; and that if at any Time they should be driven here, it was probable they went away again as soon as ever they could, seeing they had never thought fit to fix there upon any Occasion, to this Time.
  That the most I cou'd suggest any Danger from, was, from any such casual accidental Landing of straggling People from the Main, who, as it was likely if they were driven hither, were here against their Wills; so they made no stay here, but went off again with all possible Speed, seldom staying one Night on Shore, least they should not have the Help of the Tides, and Day-light back again; and that therefore I had nothing to do but to consider of some safe Retreat, in Case I should see any Savages land upon the Spot.
  Now I began sorely to repent, that I had dug my Cave so large, as to bring a Door through again, which Door, as I said, came out beyond where my Fortification joyn'd to the Rock; upon maturely considering this therefore, I resolv'd to draw me a second Fortification, in the same Manner of a Semicircle, at a Distance from my Wall, just where I had planted a double Row of Trees, about twelve Years before, of which I made mention: These Trees having been planted so thick before, they wanted but a few Piles to be driven between them, that they should be thicker, and stronger, and my Wall would be soon finish'd.
  So that I had now a double Wall, and my Outer Wall was thickned with Pieces Of Timber, old Cables, and every Thing I could think of, to make it strong; having in it seven little Holes, about as big as I might put my Arm out at: In the In-side of this, I thickned my Wall to above ten Foot thick, with continual bringing Earth out of my Cave, and laying it at the Foot of the Wall, and walking upon it; and through the seven Holes, I contriv'd to plant the Musquets, of which I took Notice, that I got seven on Shore out of the Ship; these, I say, I planted like my Cannon, and fitted them into Frames that held them like a Carriage, that so I could fire all the seven Guns in two Minutes Time: This Wall I was many a weary Month a finishing, and yet never thought my self safe till it was done.
  When this was done, I stuck all the Ground without my Wall, for a great way every way, as full with Stakes or Sticks of the Osier like Wood, which I found so apt to grow, as they could well stand; insomuch, that I believe I might set in near twenty thousand of them, leaving a pretty large Space between them and my Wall, that I might have room to see an Enemy, and they might have no shelter from the young Trees, if they attempted to approach my outer Wall.
  Thus in two Years Time I had a thick Grove and in five or six Years Time I had a Wood before my Dwelling, growing so monstrous thick and strong, that it was indeed perfectly impassable; and no Men of what kind soever, would ever imagine that there was any Thing beyond it, much less a Habitation: As for the Way which I propos'd to my self to go in and out, for I left no Avenue; it was by setting two Ladders, one to a Part of the Rock which was low and then broke in, and left room to place another Ladder upon that; so when the two Ladders were taken down, no Man living could come down to me without mischieving himself; and if they had come down, they were still on the Out-side of my outer Wall.
  Thus I took all the Measures humane Prudence could suggest for my own Preservation; and it will be seen at length, that they were not altogether without just Reason; though I foresaw nothing at that Time, more than my meer Fear suggested to me.
  While this was doing, I was not altogether Careless of my other Affairs; for I had a great Concern upon me, for my little Herd of Goats; they were not only a present Supply to me upon every Occasion, and began to be sufficient to me, without the Expence of Powder and Shot; but also without the Fatigue of Hunting after the wild Ones, and I was loth to lose the Advantage of them, and to have them all to nurse up over again.
  To this Purpose, after long Consideration, I could think of but two Ways to preserve them; one was to find another convenient Place to dig a Cave Under-ground, and to drive them into it every Night; and the other was to enclose two or three little Bits of Land, remote from one another and as much conceal'd as I could, where I might keep about half a Dozen young Goats in each Place: So that if any Disaster happen'd to the Flock in general, I might be able to raise them again with little Trouble and Time: And this, tho' it would require a great deal of Time and Labour, I thought was the most rational Design.
  Accordingly I spent some Time to find out the most retir'd Parts of the Island; and I pitch'd upon one which was as private indeed as my Heart could wish for; it was a little damp Piece of Ground in the Middle of the hollow and thick Woods, where, as is observ'd, I almost lost my self once before, endeavouring to Come back that Way from the Eastern Part of the Island: Here I found a clear Piece of Land near three Acres, so surrounded with Woods, that it was almost an Enclosure by Nature, at least it did not want near so much Labour to make it so, as the other Pieces of Ground I had work'd so hard at.
  I immediately went to Work with this Piece of Ground, and in less than a Month's Time, I had so fenc'd it round, that my Flock or Herd, call it which you please, who were not so wild now as at first they might be supposed to be, were well enough secur'd in it. So, without any farther Delay, I removed ten young She-Goats and two He-Goats to this Piece; and when they were there, I continued to perfect the Fence till I had made it as secure as the other, which, however, I did at more Leisure, and it took me up more Time by a great deal.
  All this Labour I was at the Expence of, purely from my Apprehensions on the Account of the Print of a Man's Foot which I had seen; for as yet I never saw any human Creature come near the Island, and I had now liv'd two Years under these Uneasinesses, which indeed made my Life much less comfortable than it was before; as may well be imagin'd by any who know what it is to live in the constant Snare of the Fear of Man; and this I must observe with Grief too, that the Discomposure of my Mind had too great Impressions also upon the religious Part of my Thoughts, for the Dread and Terror of falling into the Hands of Savages and Canibals, lay so upon my Spirits, that I seldom found my self in a due Temper for Application to my Maker, at least not with the sedate Calmness and Resignation of Soul which I was wont to do; I rather pray'd to God as under great Affliction and Pressure of Mind, surrounded with Danger, and in Expectation every Night of being murther'd and devour'd before Morning; and I must testify from my Experience, that a Temper of Peace, Thankfulness, Love and Affection, is much more the proper Frame for Prayer than that of Terror and Discomposure; and that under the Dread of Mischief impending, a Man is no more fit for a comforting Performance of the Duty of praying to God, than he is for Repentance on a sick Bed: For these Discomposures affect the Mind as the others do the Body; and the Discomposure of the Mind must necessarily be as great a Disability as that of the Body, and much greater, Praying to God being properly an Act Of the Mind, not of the Body.
  But to go on; After I had thus secur'd one Part of my little living Stock, I went about the whole Island, searching for another private Place, to make such another Deposit; when wandring more to the West Point of the Island, than I had ever done yet, and looking out to Sea, I thought I saw a Boat upon the Sea, at a great Distance; I had found a Prospective Glass, or two, in one of the Seamen's Chests, which I sav'd out of our Ship; but I had it not about me, and this was so remote, that I could not tell what to make of it; though I look'd at it till my Eyes were not able to hold to look any longer; whether it was a Boat, or not, I do not know; but as I descended from the Hill, I could see no more of it, so I gave it over; only I resolv'd to go no more out without a Prospective Glass in my Pocket.
  When I was come down the Hill, to the End of the Island, where indeed I had never been before, I was presently convinc'd, that the seeing the Print of a Man's Foot, was not such a strange Thing in the Island as I imagin'd; and but that it was a special Providence that I was cast upon the Side of the Island, where the Savages never came: I should easily have known, that nothing was more frequent than for the Canoes from the Main, when they happen'd to be a little too far out at Sea, to shoot over to that Side of the Island for Harbour; likewise as they often met, and fought in their Canoes, the Victors having taken any Prisoners, would bring them over to this Shore, where according to their dreadful Customs, being all Canibals, they would kill and eat them; of which hereafter.
  When I was come down the Hill, to the Shore, as I said above, being the S.W. Point of the Island, I was perfectly confounded and amaz'd; nor is it possible for me to express the Horror of my Mind, at seeing the Shore spread with
  Skulls, Hands, Feet, and other Bones of humane Bodies; and particularly I observ'd a Place where there had been a Fire made, and a Circle dug in the Earth, like a Cockpit, where it is suppos'd the Savage Wretches had sat down to their inhumane Feastings upon the Bodies of their Fellow-Creatures. I was so astonish'd with the Sight of these Things, that I entertain'd no Notions of any Danger to my self from it for a long while; All my Apprehensions were bury'd in the Thoughts of such a Pitch of inhuman, hellish Brutality, and the Horror of the Degeneracy of Humane Nature; which though I had heard of often, yet I never had so near a View of before; in short, I turn'd away my Face from the horrid Spectacle; my Stomach grew sick, and I was just at the Point of Fainting, when Nature discharg'd the Disorder from my Stomach; and having vomited with an uncommon violence, I was a little reliev'd; but cou'd not bear to stay in the Place a Moment; so I gat me up the Hill again, with the Speed I cou'd, and walk'd on towards my own Habitation.
  When I came a little out of that Part of the Island, I stood a while as amaz'd; and then recovering my self, I look'd with the utmost Affection of my Soul, and with a Flood Tears in my Eyes, gave God Thanks that had cast my Lot in a Part of the World, where I was distinguish'd from such dreadful Creatures as these; and that though I had esteem'd my present Condition very miserable, had yet given me so many Comforts in it, that I had still more to give Thanks for than to complain of; and this above all, that had even in this miserable Condition been comforted with the Knowledge of himself, and the Hope of his Blessing, which was a Felicity more than sufficiently equivalent to all the Misery which I had suffer'd, or could suffer.
  In this Frame of Thankfulness, I went Home to my Castle, and began to be much easier now, as to the Safety my Circumstances, than ever I was before; for I observ'd, that these Wretches never came to this Island in search of what they could get; perhaps not seeking, not wanting, or not expecting any Thing here; and having often, no doubt, been up in the cover'd woody Part of it, without finding any Thing to their Purpose. I knew I had been here now almost eighteen Years, and never saw the least Foot-steps of Humane Creature there before; and I might be here eighteen more, as entirely conceal'd as I was now, if I did not discover my self to them, which I had no manner of Occasion to do, it being my only Business to keep my self entirely conceal'd where I was, unless I found a better sort of Creatures than Canibals to make my self known to.
  Yet I entertain'd such an Abhorrence of the Savage Wretches, that I have been speaking of, and of the wretched inhuman Custom of their devouring and eating one another up, that I continu'd pensive, and sad, and kept close within my own Circle for almost two Years after this: When I say my own Circle, I mean by it, my three Plantations, viz. my Castle, my Country Seat, which I call'd my Bower, and my Enclosure in the Woods; nor did I look after this for any other Use than as an Enclosure for my Goats; for the Aversion which Nature gave me to these hellish Wretches, was such, that I was fearful of seeing them, as of seeing the Devil himself; nor did I so much as go to look after my Boat, in all this Time; but began rather to think of making me another; for I cou'd not think of ever making any more Attempts, to bring the other Boat round the Island to me, least I should meet with some of these Creatures at Sea, in which, if I had happen'd to have fallen into their Hands, I knew what would have been my Lot.
  Time however, and the Satisfaction I had, that I was in no Danger of being discover'd by these People, began to wear off my Uneasiness about them; and I began to live just in the same compos'd Manner as before; only with this Difference, that I used more Caution, and kept my Eyes more about me than I did before, least I should happen to be seen by any of them; and particularly, I was more cautious of firing my Gun, least any of them being on the Island, should happen to hear of it; and it was therefore a very good Providence to me, that I had furnish'd my self with a tame Breed of Goats, that I needed not hunt any more about the Woods, or shoot at them; and if I did catch any of them after this, it was by Traps, and Snares, as I had done before; so that for two Years after this, I believe I never fir'd my Gun once off, though I never went out without it; and which was more, as I had sav'd three Pistols out of the Ship, I always carry'd them out with me, or at least two of them, sticking them in my Goat-skin Belt; also I furbish'd up one of the great Cutlashes, that I had out of the Ship, and made me a Belt to put it on also; so that I was now a most formidable Fellow to look at, when I went abroad, if you add to the former Description of my self, the Particular of two Pistols, and a great broad Sword, hanging at my Side in a Belt, but without a Scabbard.
  Things going on thus, as I have said, for some Time; I seem'd, excepting these Cautions, to be reduc'd to my former calm, sedate Way of Living, all these Things tended to shewing me more and more how far my Condition was from being miserable, compar'd to some others; nay, to many other Particulars of Life, which it might have pleased God to have made my Lot. It put me upon reflecting, How little repining there would be among Mankind, at any Condition of Life, if People would rather compare their Condition with those that are worse, in order to be thankful, than be always Comparing them with those which are better, to assist their Murmurings and Complainings.
  As in my present Condition there were not really many Things which I wanted; so indeed I thought that the Frights I had been in about these Savage Wretches, and the Concern I had been in for my own Preservation, had taken off the Edge of my Invention for my own Conveniences; and I had dropp'd a good Design, which I had once bent my Thoughts too much upon; and that was, to try if I could not make some of my Barley into Malt, and then try to brew my self some Beer: This was really a whimsical Thought, and I reprov'd my self often for the Simplicity of it; for I presently saw there would be the want of several Things necessary to the making my Beer, that it would be impossible for me to supply; as First, Casks to preserve it in, which was a Thing, that as I have observ'd already, I cou'd never compass; no, though I spent not many Days, but Weeks, nay, Months in attempting it, but to no purpose. In the next Place, I had no Hops to make it keep, no Yeast to make it work, no Copper or Kettle to make it boil; and yet all these Things, notwithstanding, I verily believe, had not these Things interven'd, I mean the Frights and Terrors I was in about the Savages, I had undertaken it, and perhaps brought it to pass too; for I seldom gave any Thing over without accomplishing it, when I once had it in my Head enough to begin it.
  But my Invention now run quite another Way; for Night and Day, I could think of nothing but how I might destroy some of these Monsters in their cruel bloody Entertainment, and if possible, save the Victim they should bring hither to destroy. It would take up a larger Volume than this whole Work is intended to be, to set down all the Contrivances I hatch'd, or rather brooded upon in my Thought, for the destroying these Creatures, or at least frighting them, so as to prevent their coming hither any more; but all was abortive, nothing could be possible to take effect, unless I was to be there to do it my self; and what could one Man do among them, when perhaps there might be twenty or thirty of them together, with their Darts, or their Bows and Arrows, with which they could shoot as true to a Mark, I could with my Gun?
  Sometime I contriv'd to dig a Hole under the Place where they made their Fire, and put in five or six Pound of Gun-powder, which when they kindled their Fire, would consequently take Fire, and blow up all that was near it; but as in the first Place I should be very loth to wast so much Powder upon them, my Store being now within the Quantity of one Barrel; so neither could I be sure of its going off' at any certain Time, when it might surprise them, and at best, that it would do little more than just blow the Fire about their Ears and fright them, but not sufficient to make them forsake the Place; so I laid it aside, and then propos'd, that I would place my self in Ambush, in some convenient Place, with my three Guns, all double loaded; and in the middle of their bloody Ceremony, let fly at them, when I should be sure to kill or wound perhaps two or three at every shoot; and then falling in upon them with my three Pistols, and my Sword, I made no doubt, but that if there was twenty I should kill them all: This Fancy pleas'd my Thoughts for some Weeks, and I was so full of it, that I often dream'd of it; and sometimes that I was just going to let fly at them in my Sleep.
  I went so far with it in my Imagination, that I employ'd my self several Days to find out proper Places to put my self in Ambuscade, as I said, to watch for them; and I went frequently to the Place it self, which was now grown more familiar to me; and especially while my Mind was thus fill'd with Thoughts of Revenge, and of a bloody putting twenty or thirty of them to the Sword, as I may call it, the Horror I had at the Place, and at the Signals of the barbarous Wretches devouring one another, abated my Malice.
  Well, at length I found a Place in the Side of the Hill, where I was satisfy'd I might securely wait, till I saw any of their Boats coming, and might then, even before they would be ready to come on Shore, convey my self unseen into Thickets of Trees, in one of which there was a Hollow large enough to conceal me entirely; and where I might sit, and observe all their bloody Doings, and take my full aim at their Heads, when they were so close together, as that it would be next to impossible that I should miss my Shoot, or that I could fail wounding three or four of them at the first Shoot.
  In this Place then I resolv'd to fix my Design, and accordingly I prepar'd two Muskets, and my ordinary Fowling Piece. The two Muskets I loaded with a Brace of Slugs each, and four or five smaller Bullets, about the Size of Pistol Bullets; and the Fowling Piece I loaded with near a Handful of Swan-shot, of the largest Size; I also loaded my Pistols with about four Bullets each, and in this Posture, well provided with Ammunition for a second and third Charge, I prepar'd my self for my Expedition.
  After I had thus laid the Scheme of my Design, and in my Imagination put it in Practice, I continually made my Tour every Morning up to the Top of the Hill, which was from my Castle, as I call'd it, about three Miles, or more, to see if I cou'd observe any Boats upon the Sea, coming near the Island, or standing over towards it; but I began to tire of this hard Duty, after I had for two or three Months constantly kept my Watch; but came always back without any Discovery, there having not in all that Time been the least Appearance, not only on, or near the Shore; but not on the whole Ocean, so far as my Eyes or Glasses could reach every Way.
  As long as I kept up my daily Tour to the Hill, to look out; so long also I kept up the Vigour of my Design, and my Spirits seem'd to be all the while in a suitable Form, for so outragious an Execution as the killing twenty or thirty naked Savages, for an Offence which I had not at all entred into a Discussion of in my Thoughts, any farther than my Passions were at first fir'd by the Horror I conceiv'd at the natural Custom of that People of the Country, who it had been suffer'd by Providence in his wise Disposition of the World, to have no other Guide than that of their own abominable and vitiated Passions; and constantly were left, and perhaps had been so for some Ages, to act: horrid Things, and receive such dreadful Customs, as nothing but Nature entirely abandon'd of Heaven, and acted by hellish Degeneracy, could have run them into: But now, as I have said, I began to be weary of the fruitless Excursion, which I had made so long, and so far, every Morning in vain, so my Opinion of the Action it self began to alter, and I began with cooler and calmer Thoughts to consider what it was I was going to engage in. What Authority, or Call I had, to pretend to be Judge and Executioner upon these Men as Criminals, whom Heaven had thought fit for so many Ages to suffer unpunish'd, to go on, and to be as it were, the Executioners of his Judgments one upon another. How far these People were Offenders against me, and what Right I had to engage in the Quarrel of that Blood, which they shed promiscuously one upon another. I debated this very often with my self thus; How do I know what God himself judges in this particular Case? is certain these People either do not commit this as a Crime; it is not against their own Consciences reproving, or their Light reproaching them. They do not know it be Offence, and then commit it in Defiance of Divine Justice, we do in almost all the Sins we commit. They think it no ore a Crime to kill a Captive taken in War, than we do kill an Ox; nor to eat humane Flesh, than we do to eat Mutton.
  When I had consider'd this a little, it follow'd necessarily, that I was certainly in the Wrong in it, that these People were not Murtherers in the Sense that I had before condemn'd them, in my Thoughts; any more than those Christians were Murtherers, who often put to Death the Prisoners taken in Battle; or more frequently, upon many Occasions, put whole Troops of Men to the Sword, without giving Quarter, though they threw down their Arms and submitted.
  In the next Place it occurr'd to me, that albeit the Usage they thus gave one another, was thus brutish and inhuman; yet it was really nothing to me: These People had done me Injury. That if they attempted me, or I saw it necessary my immediate Preservation to fall upon them, something might be said for it; but that as I was yet out of their Power, and they had really no Knowledge of me, and consequently sign upon me; and therefore it could not be just for to fall upon them. That this would justify the Conduct the Spaniards in all their Barbarities practis'd in America, and where they destroy'd Millions of these People, who however they were Idolaters and Barbarians, and had several bloody and barbarous Rites in their Customs, such as sacrificing human Bodies to their Idols, were yet, as to the Spaniards, very innocent People; and that the rooting them out of the Country, is spoken of with the utmost Abhorrence and Detestation, by even the Spaniards themselves, at this Time; and by all other Christian Nations of Europe, as a meer Butchery, a bloody and unnatural Piece of Cruelty, unjustifiable either to God or Man; and such, as for which the very Name of a Spaniard is reckon'd to be frightful and terrible to all People of Humanity, or of Christian Compassion: As if the Kingdom of Spain were particularly Eminent for the Product of a Race of Men, who were without Principles of Tenderness, or the common Bowels of Pity to the Miserable, which is reckon'd to be a Mark of generous Temper in the Mind.
  These Considerations really put me to a Pause, and to a kind of a Full-stop; and I began by little and little to be off of my Design, and to conclude, I had taken wrong Measures in my Resolutions to attack the Savages; that it was not my Business to meddle with them, unless they first attack'd me, and this it was my Business if possible to prevent; but that if I were discover'd, and attack'd, then I knew my Duty.
  On the other hand, I argu'd with my self, That this really was the way not to deliver my self, but entirely to ruin and destroy my self; for unless I was sure to kill every one that not only should be on Shore at that Time, but that should ever come on Shore afterwards, if but one of them escap'd, to tell their Country People what had happen'd, they would come over again by Thousands to revenge the Death of their Fellows, and 1 should only bring upon my self a certain Destruction, which at present I had no manner of occasion for.
  Upon the whole I concluded, That neither in Principle or in Policy, I ought one way or other to concern my self in this Affair. That my Business was by all possible Means to conceal my self from them, and not to leave the least Signal to them to guess by, that there were any living Creatures upon the Island; I mean of humane Shape.
  Religion joyn'd in with this Prudential, and I was convinc'd now many Ways, that I was perfectly out of my Duty, when I was laying all my bloody Schemes for the Destruction of innocent Creatures, I mean innocent as to me: As to the Crimes they were guilty of towards one another, I had nothing to do with them; they were National, and I ought to leave them to the Justice of God, who is the Governour of Nations, and knows how by National Punishments to make a just Retribution for National Offences; and to bring publick Judgments upon those who offend in a publick Manner, by such Ways as best pleases him.
  This appear'd so clear to me now, that nothing was a greater Satisfaction to me, than that I had not been suffer'd to do a Thing which I now saw so much Reason to believe would have been no less a Sin, than that of wilful Murther, if I had committed it; and I gave most humble Thanks on my Knees to God, that had thus deliver'd me from Blood-Guiltiness; beseeching him to grant me the Protection of his Providence, that I might not fall into the Hands of the Barbarians; or that I might not lay my Hands upon them, unless I had a more clear Call from Heaven to do it, in Defence of my own Life.
  In this Disposition I continu'd, for near a Year after this; and so far was I from desiring an Occasion for falling upon these Wretches, that in all that Time, I never once went up the Hill to see whether there were any of them in Sight, or to know whether any of them had been on Shore there, or not, that I might not be tempted to renew any of my Contrivances against them, or be provok'd by any Advantage which might present it self, to fall upon them; only this I did I went and remov'd my Boat, which I had on the other Side the Island, and carry'd it down to the East End of the whole Island, where I ran it into a little Cove which I found under some high Rocks, and where I knew, by Reason of the Currents, the Savages durst not, at least would not come with their Boats, upon any Account whatsoever.
  With my Boat I carry'd away every Thing that I had left there belonging to her, though not necessary for the bare going thither, viz. A Mast and Sail which I had made for her, and a Thing like an Anchor, but indeed which could not be call'd either Anchor or Grapling; however, it was the best I could make of its kind: All these I remov'd, that there might not be the least Shadow of any Discovery, or any Appearance of any Boat, or of any human Habitation upon the Island.
  Besides this, I kept my self, as I said, more retir'd than ever, and seldom went from my Cell, other than upon my constant Employment, viz. To milk my She-goats, and manage my little Flock, in the Wood; which as it was quite on the other Part of the Island, was quite out of Danger; for certain it is, that these Savage People who sometimes haunted this Island, never came with any Thoughts of finding any Thing here; and consequently never wandred off from the Coast; and I doubt not, but they might have been several Times on Shore, after my Apprehensions of them had made me cautious as well as before; and indeed, I look'd back with some Horror upon the Thoughts of what my Condition would have been, if I had chop'd upon them, and been discover'd before that, when naked and unarm'd, except with one Gun, and that loaden often only with small Shot, I walk'd every where peeping, and peeping about the Island, to see what I could get; what a Surprise should I have been in, if when I discover'd the Print of a Man's Foot, I had instead of that, seen fifteen or twenty Savages, and found them pursuing me, and by the Swiftness of their Running, no Possibility of my escaping them.
  The Thoughts of this sometimes sunk my very Soul within me, and distress'd my Mind so much, that I could not soon recover it, to think what I should have done, and how I not only should not have been able to resist them, but even should not have had Presence of Mind enough to do what I might have done; much less, what now after so much Consideration and Preparation I might be able to do: Indeed, after serious thinking of these Things, I should be very Melancholly, and sometimes it would last a great while; but I resolv'd it at last all into Thankfulness to that Providence, which had deliver'd me from so many unseen Dangers, and had kept me from those Mischiefs which I could no way have been the Agent in delivering my self from; because I had not the least Notion of any such Thing depending,' or the least Supposition of it being possible.
  This renew'd a Contemplation, which often had come to my Thoughts in former Time, when first I began to see the merciful Dispositions of Heaven, in the Dangers we run through in this Life. How wonderfully we are deliver'd, when we know nothing of it. How when we are in (a Quandary, as we call it) a Doubt or Hesitation, whether to go this Way, or that Way, a secret Hint shall direct us this Way, when we intended to go that Way; nay, when Sense, our own Inclination, and perhaps Business has call'd to go the other Way, yet a strange Impression upon the Mind, from we know not what Springs, and by we know not what Power, shall over-rule us to go this Way; and it shall afterwards appear, that had we gone that Way which we should have gone, and even to our Imagination ought to have gone, we should have been ruin'd and lost: Upon these, and many like Reflections, I afterwards made it a certain Rule with me, That whenever I found those secret Hints, or pressings of my Mind, to doing, or not doing any Thing that presented; or to going this Way, or that Way, I never fail'd to obey the secret Dictate; though I knew no other Reason for it, than that such a Pressure, or such a Hint hung upon my Mind: I could give many Examples of the Success of this Conduct in the Course of my Life; but more especially in the latter Part of my inhabiting this unhappy Island; besides many Occasions which it is very likely I might have taken Notice of, if I had seen with the same Eyes then, that I saw with now: But 'tis never too late to be wise; and I cannot but advise all considering Men, whose Lives are attended with such extraordinary Incidents as mine, or even though not so extraordinary, not to slight such secret Intimations of Providence, let them come from what invisible Intelligence they will, that' I shall not discuss, and perhaps cannot account for; but certainly they are a Proof of the Converse of Spirits, and the secret Communication between those embody'd, and those unembody'd; and such a Proof as can never be withstood: Of which I shall have Occasion to give some very remarkable Instances, in the Remainder of my solitary Residence in this dismal Place.
  I believe the Reader of this will not think strange, if I confess that these Anxieties, these constant Dangers I liv'd in, and the Concern that was now upon me, put an End to all Invention, and to all the Contrivances that I had laid for my future Accommodations and Conveniencies. I had the Care of my Safety more now upon my Hands, than that of my Food. I car'd not to drive a Nail, or chop a Stick of Wood now, for fear the Noise I should make should be heard; much less would I fire a Gun, for the same Reason; and above all, I was intollerably uneasy at making any Fire, least the Smoke which is visible at a great Distance in the Day should betray me; and for this Reason I remov'd that Part of my Business which requir'd Fire; such as burning of Pots, and Pipes, etc. into my new Apartment in the Woods, where after I had been some time, I found to my unspeakable Consolation, a meer natural Cave in the Earth, which went in a vast way, and where, I dare say, no Savage, had he been at the Mouth of it, would be so hardy as to venture in, nor indeed, would any Man else; but one who like me, wanted nothing so much as a safe Retreat.
  The Mouth of this Hollow, was at the Bottom of a great Rock, where by meer accident, (I would say, if I did not see abundant Reason to ascribe all such Things now to Providence) I was cutting down some thick Branches of Trees, to make Charcoal; and before I go on, I must observe the Reason of my making this Charcoal; which was thus: I was afraid of making a Smoke about my Habitation, as I said before; and yet I could not live there without baking my Bread, cooking my Meat, etc. so I contriv'd to burn some Wood here, as I had seen done in England, under Turf, till it became Chark, or dry Coal; and then putting the Fire out, I preserv'd the Coal to carry Home; and perform the other Services which Fire was wanting for at Home without Danger of Smoke.
  But this is by the by: While I was cutting down some Wood here, I perceiv'd that behind a very thick Branch of low Brushwood, or Underwood, there was a kind of hollow Place; I was curious to look into it, and getting with Difficulty into the Mouth of it, I found it was pretty large; that is to say, sufficient for me to stand upright in it, and perhaps another with me; but I must confess to you, I made more hast out than I did in, when looking farther into the Place, and which was perfectly dark, I saw two broad shining Eyes of some Creature, whether Devil or Man I knew not, which twinkl'd like two Stars, the dim Light from the Cave's Mouth shining directly in and making the Reflection.
  However, after some Pause, I recover'd my self, and began to call my self a thousand Fools, and tell my self, that he that was afraid to see the Devil, was not fit to live twenty Years in an Island all alone; and that I durst to believe there was nothing in this Cave that was more frightful than my self; upon this, plucking up my Courage, I took up a great Firebrand, and in I rush'd again, with the Stick flaming in my Hand; I had not gone three Steps in, but I was almost as much frighted as I was before; for I heard a very loud Sigh, like that of a Man in some Pain, and it was follow'd by a broken Noise, as if of Words half express'd, and then a deep Sigh again: I stepp'd back, and was indeed struck with such a Surprize, that it put me into a cold Sweat; and if I had had a Hat on my Head, I will not answer for it, that my Hair might not have lifted it off. But still plucking up my Spirits as well as I could, and encouraging my self a little with considering that the Power and Presence of God was every where, and was able to protect me; upon this I stepp'd forward again, and by the Light of the Firebrand, holding it up a little over my Head, I saw lying on the Ground a most monstrous frightful old He-goat, just making his Will, as we say, and gasping for Life, and dying indeed of meer old Age.
  I stirr'd him a little to see if I could get him out, and he essay'd to get up, but was not able to raise himself; and I thought with my self, he might even lie there; for if he had frighted me so, he would certainly fright any of the Savages, if any of them should be so hardy as to come in there, while he had any Life in him.


为此,我考虑良久,觉得只有两个办法可以保全羊群。一是另外找个适当的地方,挖一个地洞,每天晚上把羊赶进去;另一个办法是再圈两三块小地方一个强者,就要正视“死”,果断地心甘情愿地选择死亡。后,彼此相隔较远,愈隐蔽愈好,每个地方养六七只羊。万一大羊群遭到不测,我还可以花点时间和精力再恢复起来。这个办法虽然要付出很多时间和劳力,但我却认为是一个最合理的计划。

  因此,我就花了一些时间,寻找岛上最深幽之处。我选定了一块非常隐蔽的地方,完全合乎我的理想。那是一片小小的湿洼地,周围是一片密林。这座密林正是我上次从岛的东部回家时几乎迷路的地方。这儿我找到一片空地,大约有三英亩大,四周的密林几乎像是天然的篱墙,至少用不着像我在别的地方圈地那样费时费力。

  于是,我立刻在这块地上干起来。不到一个月时间,篱墙就打好,羊群就可以养在里面了。现在这些山羊经过驯养,已不像以前那样野了,放在那儿十分安全。因此我一点也不敢耽搁,马上就移了十只小母羊和两只公羊到那儿去。羊移过去之后,我继续加固篱墙,做得与第一个圈地的篱墙一样坚固牢靠。所不同的是,我做第一个篱墙时比较从容不迫,花的时间也多得多。

  我辛辛苦苦从事各项工作,仅仅是因为我看到那只脚印,因而产生了种种疑惧。其实,直到现在,我还没有看到任何人到岛上来过。就这样在这种忐忑不安的心情下我又过了两年。这种不安的心情使我的生活远远不如从前那样舒畅了。这种情况任何人都可以想象的。试想一个人成天提心吊胆地生活立一套科学概念,必须摆脱意识形态的框架。,生怕有人会害他,这种生活会有什么乐趣呢?更令我痛心的是,这种不安的心情大大影响了我的宗教观念。因为我时刻担心落到野人或食人生番的手里,简直无心祈祷上帝;即使在祈祷的时候,也已不再有以往那种宁静和满足的心情了。

  我祈祷时,心情苦恼,精神负担很重,仿佛危机四伏,每夜都担心可能被野人吃掉似的。经验表明,平静、感激和崇敬的心情比恐怖和不安的心情更适于祈祷。一个人在大祸临头的恐惧下作祈祷,无异于在病榻上作忏悔祈祷,心情同样不安。这种时候是不宜作祈祷的,因为,这种不安的心情影响到一个人的心理,正如疾病影响肉体一样。不安是心灵上的缺陷,其危害性不亚于肉体上的缺陷,甚至超过肉体上的缺陷。而祈祷是心灵的行为,不是肉体的行为。

  现在,再接着说说我接下去做的事。我把一部分家畜安置妥当后,便走遍全岛,想再找一片这样深幽的地方,建立一个同样的小圈地养羊。我一直往岛的西部走,到了一个我从前从未涉足的地方。我往海里一看,仿佛看到极远处有一只船。我曾从破船上一个水手的箱子里找到了一两只望远镜,可惜没有带在身边。那船影太远,我也说不准到底是否是船。

  我一直凝望着,看得我眼睛都痛得看不下去了。当我从山上下来时,那船影似的东西已完全消失了,我也只好随它去了。

  不过,我由此下了决心,以后出门衣袋里一定要带一副望远镜。

  我走下山岗,来到小岛的尽头。这一带我以前从未来过。

  一到这里,我马上明白,在岛上发现人的脚印,并不像我原来想象的那样稀奇。只是老天爷有意安排,让我飘流到岛上野人从来不到的那一头。否则,我早就知道,那些大陆上来的独木舟,有时在海上走得太远了,偶尔会渡过海峡到岛的这一边来找港口停泊。这是经常有的事。而且,他们的独木舟在海上相遇时,经常要打仗,打胜了的部落就把抓到的俘虏带到岛上这边来,按照他们吃人部落的习惯,把俘虏杀死吃掉。关于吃人肉的事,我下面再谈。

  再说我从山岗上下来,走到岛的西南角,我马上就吓得惊惶失措,目瞪口呆了。只见海岸上满地都是人的头骨、手骨、脚骨,以及人体其他部分的骨头,我心里的恐怖,简直无法形容。我还看到有一个地方曾经生过火,地上挖了一个斗鸡坑似的圆圈,那些野蛮人大概就围坐在那里,举行残忍的宴会,吃食自己同类的肉体。

  见到这一情景,我简直惊愕万分。好久好久,我忘记了自身的危险。想到这种极端残忍可怕的行为,想到人性竟然堕落到如此地步,我忘记了自己的恐惧。吃人的事我以前虽然也经常听人说起过,可今天才第一次亲眼看到吃人留下的现常我转过脸去,不忍再看这可怕的景象。我感到胃里东西直往上冒,人也几乎快晕倒了,最后终于恶心得把胃里的东西都吐了出来。我吐得很厉害,东西吐光后才略感轻松些。

  但我一分钟也不忍心再待下去了,所以马上拔脚飞跑上小山,向自己的家里走去。

  当我略微跑远吃人现场之后,还是惊魂不定,呆呆地在路上站了一会儿。直到后来,心情才稍稍安定下来。我仰望苍天,热泪盈眶,心里充满了感激之情,感谢上帝把我降生在世界上别的地方,使我没有与这些可怕的家伙同流合污。尽管我感到自己目前的境况十分悲惨,但上帝还是在生活上给我种种照顾。我不仅不应该抱怨上帝,而且应衷心地感激他。

  尤其是,在这种不幸的境遇中,上帝指引我认识他,乞求他的祝福,这给了我莫大的安慰。这种幸福足以补偿我曾经遭受的和可能遭受的全部不幸还有余。

  我就怀着这种感激的心情回到了我的城堡。我比以往任何时候都感到自己的住所安全可靠,因而心里也宽慰多了。因为我看到,那些残忍的食人部落来到岛上并不是为了寻找什么他们所需要的东西;他们到这儿来根本不是为了寻求什么,需求什么或指望得到什么。因为,有一点是毫无疑问的:那就是他们一般在树深林密的地方登岸后,从未发现过任何他们所需要的东西。我知道,我在岛上已快十八年了,在这儿,我从未见过人类的足迹。只要我自己不暴露自己,只要自己像以前一样很好地隐蔽起来,我完全可以再住上十八年。何况,我当然绝不会暴露自己,因为我唯一的目的就是很好地隐蔽自己,除非我发现比吃人生番更文明的人,才敢与他们交往。

  我对这伙野蛮的畜生,对他们互相吞食这种灭绝人性的罪恶风俗真是深恶痛绝。所以,差不多有两年时间,我整天愁眉不展,郁郁寡欢,并不敢超越自己的活动范围。我所谓的活动范围,就是指我的三处庄园--我的城堡,我的别墅和我那森林中的圈地。这中间,那森林中的圈地,我只是用来养羊,从不派别的用处。因为我天生憎恶那些魔鬼似的食人畜生,所以害怕看到他们,就像害怕看到魔鬼一样。这两年中,我也没有去看过那只小船,只想另外再造一只。我根本不敢再想把那只小船从海上弄回来,唯恐在海上碰到那些野人。那时候,若落到他们手里,我的命运就可想而知了。

  可是,尽管如此,时间一久,我对食人生番的担心逐渐消失了,更何况我确信自己没有被他们发现的危险。所以,我又像以前那样泰然自若地过平生活了。所不同的是,我比以前更小心了,比以前更留心观察,唯恐被上岛的野人看见。特别是,我使用熗时更小心谨慎,以免给上岛的野人听到熗声。

  天幸我早就驯养了一群山羊,现在就再也不必到树林里去打猎了。这就是说,我用不着开熗了。后来,我也捉过一两只野山羊,但用的都是老办法,即用捕机和陷阱捉到的。因此,此后两年中,我记得我没有开过一次熗,虽然每次出门时还总是带着的。此外,我曾从破船上弄到三把手熗,每次出门,我总至少带上两把,挂在腰间的羊皮皮带上。我又把从船上拿下来的一把大腰刀磨快,系了一条带子挂在腰间。这样,我出门时,样子实在令人可怕。除了前面我描述过的那些装束外,又添了两支手熗和一把没有刀鞘的腰刀,挂在腰间的一条皮带上。

  这样过了一段时间,除了增加上述这些预防措施外,我似乎又恢复了以前那种安定宁静的生活方式。这些经历使我越来越体会到,我的境况与其他人相比,实在说不上怎样不幸;尤其是与我可能遭到的不幸相比,更应算是万幸的了。更何况上帝完全可以使我的命运更悲惨。这又使我进行了一番反剩我想,如果大家能把自己的处境与处境更糟的人相比,而不是与处境较好的人相比,就会对上帝感恩戴德,而不会嘟嘟,怨天尤人了。如果能做到这样,不论处于何种境况,人们的怨言就会少多了。

  就我目前的境况而言,我其实不缺多少东西。可是,我总感到,由于受到那些野蛮的食人生番的惊吓,因而时时为自己的安全而担惊受怕。以往,为使自己的生活过得舒服,我充分发挥了创造发明的才能,但现在就无法充分发挥了。我本来有一个煞费苦心的计划,想试验一下能否把大麦制成麦芽,再用麦芽来酿起酒。现在,这一计划也放弃了。当然,这实在也是一个荒唐的念头,连我自己也经常责备自己把事情想得太简单了。因为我不久就看出,许多酿造啤酒必不可少的材料我都没有,也无法自己制造。首先,没有啤酒桶。前面说过,我曾尝试做木桶,但怎么也做不好。我曾花了许多天、甚至许多星期、许多个月,结果还是没有成功。其次,没有啤酒花使酒经久不坏,没有酵母发酵,没有铜锅铜罐煮沸。可是,尽管如此,我还是坚信,要是没有对食人生番的惊惧和恐怖,我早就可能着手去做了,甚至也许已做成功了。

  因为我的脾气是,不管什么事情,一旦决心去做,不成功是决不罢休的!

  可现在,我的发明创造能力向另一方面发展了。我日日夜夜都在捉摸,怎样趁那伙食人恶魔在进行残忍的人肉宴会时杀掉他们一批;并且,如果可能的话,把他们带到岛上准备杀害的受难者救出来。我脑子里想到各种各样的计划,想消灭这些野蛮的家伙,或者至少吓他们一下,让他们再也不敢上岛来。如果真的想把我酝酿过的计划通通记载下来的话,那就会比这本书还要厚了。然而,这一切都是不切实际的空想;只想不做,起不了任何作用。更何况如果他们二三十人成群结伙而来,我孤身一人怎么能对付他们呢?他们带着标熗或弓箭之类的武器,射起来能像我的熗打得一样准。

  有时我又想在他们生火的地方下面挖个小坑,里面放上五六磅火药。等他们生火时,必然会引爆火药,把附近的一切都炸毁。但是,我首先不愿意在他们身上浪费这么多的火药,因为我剩下的火药已不到一桶了。再说,我也不能保证火药在特定的时间爆炸,给他们一个突然袭击。可能最多也不过把火星溅到他们的脸上,使他们吓一跳罢了,决不会使他们放弃这块地方,永远不敢再来。因此,我把这个计划搁置一边另想办法。后来,我又想到可以找一个适当的地方埋伏起来,把三支熗装上双倍的弹药,等他们正热闹地举行那残忍的仪式时,就向他们开火,一熗准能打死或打伤两三个。

  然后带上我的三支手熗和一把腰刀向他们冲去,如果他们只有一二十人,准可以把他们杀得一个不留。这个妄想使我心里高兴了好几个星期。我整天整夜想着这个计划,连做梦也想,以至梦见我向那些野人开熗的情景。

  我对这个计划简直着了迷,竟费了好几天的工夫去寻找适当的埋伏地点。我还常到他们吃人的地点去察看,所以对那儿地势已了如指掌。尤其是我报复心切,恨不得一刀杀死他们二三十个;而在我一次次亲临现场,看到那恐怖的景象,看到那些野蛮的畜牲互相吞食的痕迹,更使我怒气冲天。

  最后,我在小山坡上找到了一个地方,可以安全地把自己隐蔽起来,监视他们小船上岛的一举一动。在他们上岸之前,我可藏身在丛林里,因为那儿有一个小坑,大小正好能使我藏身。我可以稳稳当当地坐在那里,把他们食人的残忍行为看得一清二楚。等他们凑在一块儿的时候,就对准他们头上开熗,准能打中目标,第一熗就能打伤他们三四个。

  于是,我就决定在这儿把计划付诸实施。我先把两支短熗和一支鸟熗装好弹药,每支短熗装上双弹丸和四五颗小子弹,大约有手熗子弹那么大;在鸟熗里装了特大号鸟弹。另外,每支手熗再装四颗子弹。出发之前,再把弹药带足,以作第二第三次射击之用。就这样,我完成了战斗准备。

  计划安排已定,我在自己的想象中又一次次地付诸实施。

  同时,每天上午我都要跑到那小山坡去巡视一番,看看海上有没有小船驶近小岛,或从远处向小岛驶来。我选定的地点离我的城堡有三英里多。一连守望了两三个月,每天都毫无收获回到家里,我开始对这件苦差使感到厌倦了。这段时间,不仅海岸上或海岸附近没有小船的影子,就连用眼睛和望远镜向四面八方了望,整个洋面上也没有任何船只的影踪。

  在每天到小山上巡逻和了望期间,我始终精神抖擞,情绪高涨,决心实现自己的计划。我似乎随时都可以干得出惊人的壮举,一口气杀掉二三十个赤身裸体的野人。至于他们究竟犯了什么滔天大罪,我却从未认真考虑,只是当初看到这些土人伤天害理的习俗,从心底里本能地感到厌恶和愤怒罢了。造物主治理世界,当然是英明无比的,但他似乎已经弃绝了这些土人。任其他们按照自己令人憎恶的、腐败堕落的冲动去行事,任其他们多少世纪以来干着这种骇人听闻的勾当,形成这种可怕的风俗习惯。要是他们不是被上天所遗弃,要是他们没有堕落到如此毫无人性的地步,他们是决不会落到现在这种境地的。但是,前面提到,一连两三个月,我每天上午都外出巡视,却始终毫无结果。我开始感到厌倦了。

  于是,我对自己的计划也改变了看法,并开始冷静地考虑我自己的行动。我想:这么多世纪以来,上天都容许这些人不断互相残杀而不惩罚他们,那我有什么权力和责任擅自将他们判罪处死,代替上天执行对他们的判决呢?这些人对我又究竟犯了什么滔天大罪呢?我又有什么权力参与他们的自相残杀呢?我经常同自己进行辩论:"我怎么知道上帝对于这件公案是怎样判断的呢?毫无疑问,这些人并不知道他们互相吞食是犯罪行为;他们那样做并不违反他们的良心,因而他们也不会受到良心的谴责。他们并不知道食人是违背天理的罪行而故意去犯罪,就像我们大多数人犯罪时一样。他们并不认为杀死战俘是犯罪行为,正如我们并不认为杀牛是犯罪行为;他们也不认为吃人肉是犯罪行为,正如我们并不认为吃羊肉是犯罪行为。"我稍稍从这方面考虑了一下,就觉得自己不对了。我感到他们并不是我过去心目中所谴责的杀人犯。有些基督徒在战斗中常常把战俘处死,甚至在敌人已经丢下武器投降后,还把成队成队的敌人毫无人道地杀个精光。从这方面来看,那些土人与战斗中残杀俘虏的基督徒岂不一样!

  其次,我又想到:尽管他们用如此残暴不仁的手段互相残杀,于我却毫无干系。他们并没有伤害我。如果他们想害我,我为了保卫自己而向他们进攻,那也还说得过去。可现在我并没有落到他们手里,他们也根本不知道我的存在,因而也不可能谋害我。在这种情况下,我若主动攻击他们,那就没有道理了。我若这样做,无异于承认那些西班牙人在美洲的暴行是正当的了。大家都知道,西班牙人在美洲屠杀了成千上万的当地土人。这些土著民族崇拜偶象,确确实实是野蛮民族;在他们的风俗中,有些仪式残忍野蛮,如把活人祭祀他们的偶像等等。可是,对西班牙人而言,他们都是无辜的。西班牙人这种杀人灭种的行为,无论在西班牙人自己中间,还是在欧洲各基督教国家中谈论起来,都引起极端的憎恶和痛恨,认为这是一种兽性的屠杀,一种人神共恨的残酷不仁的暴行。"西班牙人"这个名词,在一切具有人道主义思想和基督徒同情心的人们中,成了一个可怕的字眼,就仿佛只有西班牙这个国家才出这样的人:他们残酷不仁,对不幸的人竟毫无怜悯之心;而同情和怜悯正是仁慈品德的标志。

  基于上述考虑,我中止了执行攻击野人的计划,或至少在某些方面几乎完全停止了行动。这样,我逐渐放弃了这一计划,因为,我认为自己作出袭击那些野人的决定是错误的。

  我不应干预他们的内部事务,除非他们先攻击我。我应做的是,只要可能,尽量防止他们攻击我自己。不过,现在我至少知道,如果自己一旦被发现并受到攻击,该如何对付他们了。

  另外,我也认识到,这种主动攻击野人的计划不仅不能拯救自己,反而会完全彻底地毁灭自己。因为,除非我有绝对把握杀死当时上岸的每一个人,还能杀死以后上岸的每一个人;否则,如果有一个人逃回去,把这儿发生的一切告诉他们的同胞,他们就会有成千上万的人过来报仇,我这岂不是自取灭亡吗?这是我当前绝对不应该做的事。

  最后,我得出结论:无论在原则上还是策略上,我都不应该管他们自己的事。我的任务是,采取一切可能的办法,不让他们发现我,并且不能留下任何一点细微的痕迹,会让他们怀疑有人住在这小岛上。

  这种聪明的处世办法还唤起了我的宗教信念。种种考虑使我认识到,当时我制定的那些残酷的计划,要灭绝这些无辜的野人,完全背离了我自己的职责,因为,他们至少对我是无辜的。至于他们彼此之间所犯的种种罪行,于我毫无关系。他们所犯的罪行,是一种全民性的行为,我应该把他们交给上帝,听凭上帝的裁判,因为上帝是万民的统治者,上帝知道用什么样的全民性的处罚来惩治全民性的犯罪行为,怎样公开判决这些在光天化日之下吃人饮血的罪人。

  现在,事情在我看来已经非常清楚了。我觉得,上帝没有让我干出这件事来,实是一件最令我庆幸的事情。我认识到,我没有任何理由去干这件事;如果我真的干了,我所犯的罪行无异于故意谋杀。于是我跪下来,以最谦卑的态度向上帝表示感谢,感谢他把我从杀人流血的罪恶中拯救出来,并祈祷他保佑我,不让我落入野人手里,以防止我动手伤害他们;降非上天高声召唤我,让我为了自卫才这样做。

  此后,我在这种心情下又过了将近一年。在这段时期,我再也没有去那座小山视察他们的踪影,了解他们有没有人上岸。因为,一方面我不想碰到这些残忍的家伙,不想对他们进行攻击;另一方面,我生怕自己一旦碰上他们会受不住诱惑,把我原来的计划付诸实施,生怕自己看到有机可趁时对他们进行突然袭击。在此期间,我只做了一件事:那就是把停放在岛那边的小船转移到岛的东边来。我在一个高高的岩石下发现了一个小湾,我就把船隐藏在这个小湾里。那儿有一股急流,我知道那些野人无论如何也不敢或不愿坐小船进来的。

  同时,我把放在船上的一切东西都搬了下来,因为一般短途来往不需要这些东西,其中包括我自己做的桅杆和帆,一个锚样的东西--其实,根本不像锚或搭钩,可我已尽我所能,做成那个样子。我把船上所有的东西通通搬下来,免得让人发现有任何船只或有人居住的踪迹。

  此外,我前面已提到过,我比以往更深居简出。除了干一些日常工作,如挤羊奶,照料树林中的羊群等,我很少外出了。羊群在岛的另一边,因此没有什么危险。因为那些偶尔上岛的野人,从来没有想在岛上找到什么东西,所以他们从不离开海岸向岛里走。我也毫不怀疑,自从我处处小心提防他们之后,他们还照常到岛上来过好几次。真的,我一想到我过去出游的情况,不禁不寒而栗。我以前外出只带一支熗,熗里装的也是一些小子弹。就这样我在岛上到处东走走,西瞧瞧,看看能不能弄到什么吃的东西。在这种情况下,假使碰上他们,或被他们发现,我该怎么办呢?因为,我没有多少自卫能力。或者,假定我当时看到的不是一个人的脚印,而是一二十个野人,一见到我就向我追来。他们善于奔跑,我是无论如何跑不过他们的,那我必定会落在他们手里!

  有时想到这些,我就会吓得魂不附体,心里异常难过,半天都恢复不过来。我简直不能设想当时会怎么办,因为我不但无法抵抗他们,甚至会因惊惶失措而失去从容应付的能力,更不用说采取我现在经过深思熟虑和充分准备的这些措施了。的确,我认真地把这些事情思考过后,感到闷闷不乐,有时好半天都排解不开。最后,我总是想到上帝,感谢他把我从这么多看不到的危险中拯救出来,使我躲开了不少灾祸,而我自己是无论如何无法躲避这些灾祸的,因为我完全不可能预见到这些灾祸,也完全没有想到会有这种灾祸。

  以前,当在生活中遭遇到各种危难时,我开始认识到上帝对我们总是慈悲为怀,使我们绝处逢生。现在,这种感想又重新回到我的心头。我觉得,我们经常神奇地逃脱大难,连自己也不知道是怎么回事。有时,我们会陷入无所适从的境地,踌躇不定不知道该走哪条路才好。这时候,内心常常会出现一种暗示,指示我们走这条路,虽然我们原来想走的是那条路。不仅如此,有时我们的感觉、愿望、或我们的任务明明要我们走那条路,可是心里忽然灵机一动,要我们走这条路;这种灵机也不知道是从哪里来的,也不知道出自什么影响,可就是压倒了原来的一切感觉和愿望,使我们走这条路。结果,后来的事实证明,如果我们当初走了我们自己想走的路,或者走了我们心目中认为应该走的路,我们则早已陷于万劫不复的境地。反复思索之后,我自己定下了一条规矩:每当自己心里出现这种神秘的暗示或冲动,指示我应做什么或不应做什么,我就坚决服从这种神秘的指示,尽管我不知道为什么该这么做或该这么走,我知道的只是心里的这种暗示或冲动。在我一生中,可以找出许许多多这样的例子,由于我遵循了这种暗示或冲动而获得了成功,尤其是我流落到这个倒霉的荒岛上以后的生活,更证明了这一点。此外还有许多例子。当时我若能用现在的眼光去看待,是一定会意识到的。但是,世上有许多道理,只要有一天能大彻大悟,就不算太晚。我奉劝那些三思而后行的人,如果在他们的生活里,也像我一样充满了种种出乎寻常的变故,或者即使没有什么出乎寻常的变故,都千万不要忽视这种上天的启示,不管这种启示是什么看不见的神明发出的。关于这一点,我不准备在这里讨论,也无法加以阐明。但这种启示至少可以证明,精神与精神之间是可以交往的,有形的事物和无形的事物之间是有神秘的沟通的。而且,这种证明是永远无法推翻的。关于这一点,我将用我后半生的孤寂生活中一些很重要的例子加以证明。

  由于我一直生活在危险之中,因而日夜忧虑,寝食不安,这就扼杀了我为使自己生活舒适方便的发明创造能力。如果我坦诚承认这一点,读者一定不会感到奇怪。我当前最迫切需要解决的是自己的安全问题,而不是食物问题。我连一个钉子都不敢钉,一块木头都不敢劈,生怕声音被别人听见;同样,我更不敢开熗了。尤其叫我担心的是生火这件事,唯恐烟火在白天老远就被人看见而把自己暴露。因此,我把一切需要生火的事,如用锅子烧东西或抽烟斗等都转移到我那林间别墅去做。在那儿,我呆了一段时期之后,发现了一个天然地穴,这使我感到无限的欣慰。地穴很深。我敢保证,即使野人来到洞口,也不敢进去。说实在的,一般人谁都不敢进去,只有像我这样一心一意想寻找安全的藏身之所才会冒险深入。

  地穴的洞口在一块大岩石底下。有一天,我正在那儿砍柴,准备用来烧炭,偶然间发现了一个洞口,这一发现我除了归诸天意外,只能说是偶然了。现在,在我继续讲我的发现之前,必须先谈谈我为什么要烧炭。

  前面我已经说过,我不敢在我的住所附近生火。可是,那儿是我生活的地方,我不能不烤面包,不能不煮肉。因此,我计划按照我在英国看到的办法,拿一些木头放在草皮泥层下烧,把木头烧成木炭,熄火后再把木炭带回家。这样,如果家里需用火,就可用木炭来烧,省得有冒烟的危险。

  烧木炭的事顺便就谈到这里。再说有一天,我正在那里砍柴,忽然发现,在一片浓密的矮丛林后面,好像有一个深坑。我怀着好奇心想进去看看。我费力地走进洞口,发现里面相当大。我在里面站直了还绰绰有余,甚至还能再站一个人。可是说实在的,我一进去就赶快逃出来,因为我朝地穴深处一看,只见里面一片漆黑,在黑暗中,忽然看见有两只发亮的大眼睛,也不知道是魔鬼的眼睛,还是人的眼睛,在洞口射进去的微弱光线的反射下,那对眼睛像两颗星星闪闪发光。

  尽管这样,过了一会儿,我又恢复了镇静,连声骂自己是个大傻瓜。我对自己说,谁要是怕魔鬼,谁就不配孤身一人在岛上住二十年了。而且,我敢相信,在这洞里,没有其他东西会比我自己更令人可怕的了。于是,我又鼓起勇气,点燃了一个火把,重新钻进洞去。可是,我刚走出三步,又像第一次那样吓得半死。因为我忽然听到一声很响的叹息声,就像一个人在痛苦中发出的叹息。接着是一阵断断续续的声音,好像是半吞半吐的说话声,然后紧跟着又是一声深深的叹息声。我马上后退,吓出了一身冷汗。要是我当时戴帽子的话,一定会吓得毛发倒竖,把帽子也挤掉。可是,我还是尽量鼓起勇气。而且,我想上帝和上帝的神力是无所不在的,他一定会保护我。这样一想,也稍稍受到了鼓舞。于是,我高举火把,向前走了两步。我借着火光一看,原来地上躺着一只大得吓人的公山羊,正在那里竭力喘气,快要死了。这山羊大概是在这个洞穴里找到了一个老死的地方。

  我推了推它,看看能不能把它赶出去;它也动了动,想站起来,可是已经爬不起来了。于是我想,就让他躺在那里吧。既然它把我吓了一大跳,只要它一息尚存,也一定会把胆敢闯进来的野人吓跑。

  这时,我从惊恐中恢复过来,开始察看周围的情况。我发现洞不太大,周围不过十二英尺,但这完全是一个天然的洞穴,既不方,也不圆,不成什么形状,没有任何人工斧凿的痕迹。我又发现,在洞的尽头,还有一个更深的地方,但很低,只能俯下身子爬进去。至于这洞通向何处,我当然不得而知。当时我手头没有蜡烛,只好暂时不进去,但我决定第二天带上蜡烛和火绒盒进去。那火绒盒我是用一支短熗上的熗机做成的。另外,我还得带一盘火种。

  第二天,我带了六支自己做的大蜡烛去了。我现在已经能用羊脂做出很好的蜡烛。我钻进那低矮的小洞时,不得不俯下身子,这我前面已提过了。我在地上爬了约十来码。说起来,这实在是一个大胆的冒险举动,因为我既不知道要爬多远,也不知道里面究竟有什么东西。钻过这段通道后,洞顶豁然开朗,洞高差不多有数十英尺。我环顾周围上下,只见这地下室或地窟的四壁和顶上,在我两支蜡烛烛光的照耀下,反射出万道霞光,灿烂耀目;这情景是我上岛以来第一次看到的。至于那岩石中是钻石,是宝石,还是金子,我当然不清楚,但我想很可能是这类珍宝。

  虽然在洞里没有光线,但这却是一个令人赏心悦目的最美丽的洞穴。地上干燥平坦,表面是一层细碎的沙石,所以不会有令人厌恶的毒蛇爬虫。洞顶和四壁也十分干燥。这个洞穴唯一的缺点是入口太小,然而正是因为进出困难,才使它成为一个安全隐蔽的地方,而这也正是我千方百计寻求的庇护所。所以,这个缺点于我来说反而成了一个优点。我对自己的发现真是欣喜万分,决定立刻把我所最放心不下的一部分东西搬到洞里来,特别是我的火药库和多余的熗支,包括两支鸟熗和三支短熗。因为我一共有三支鸟熗和八支短熗,在城堡里留下五支短熗架在外墙洞里像大炮一样,作战中需要时也可随时拿下来使用。

  在这次转移军火时,我也顺便打开了我从海上捞起来的那桶受潮的火药。结果发现,火药四周进了三四寸水,结成了一层坚固的硬壳,可里面部分却完好无损,仿佛壳里的果仁保存得很好。我从桶里弄到了差不多六十磅好火药,这真是一个可喜的收获。不用说,我把全部火药都搬了过去。从此以后,我在城堡里最多只放三磅火药,唯恐发生任何意外。

  另外,我又把做子弹的铅也全部搬了过去。

  在我自己的想象中,我成了一个古代的巨人,据说这些巨人住在山岩的洞穴里,没有人能攻击他们。我自己想,只要我呆在洞里,即使有五百个野人来追踪我,也不会找到我;就是给他们发现了,也不敢向我进攻。

  我发现洞穴的第二天,那只垂死的老山羊就在洞口边死去了。我觉得与其把它拖出去,倒不如就地挖个大坑,用土把它埋起来更省事些。于是我就地把老山羊埋了,免得我鼻子闻到死羊的臭气。

  我现在在岛上已经住了二十三年了,对这个地方以及对自己在岛上的生活方式,也已非常适应了。如果我不担心野人袭击的话,我宁愿在此度过我的余生,直到生命的最后一刻,就像洞中的那只老山羊一样无疾而终。同时,我又想出了一些小小的消遣和娱乐,使我的日子过得比以前快活多了。

  首先,我前面也提到过,教会了鹦鹉说话。现在,它说得又熟练又清楚,实在令人高兴。这只鹦鹉同我一起生活了二十六年。至于它后来又活了多久,我也不知道了。但巴西人都认为,鹦鹉可以活上一百年,也许我那可怜的鹦鹉至今还活在岛上呢,还在叫着"可怜的鲁滨孙"哩!但愿没有一个英国人会这样倒霉,跑到那里听到它说话。要真的给他听到了,他肯定认为碰上了魔鬼呢!我的狗也讨我欢喜,是个可爱的伴侣,跟我不下十六年,后来终于老死了。至于我的那些猫,前面也已说过,由于繁殖太多,我不得不开熗打死了几只,免得它们把我的东西通通吃光。后来,我从船上带下来的两只老猫都死了,我又不断地驱逐那些小猫,不给它们吃东西,结果它们都跑到树林里去,变成了野猫。只有两三只我喜欢的小猫被我留在家里驯养起来。可是每当它们生出小猫时,我就把小猫投在水里淹死。这些都是我家庭的一部分成员。另外我身边还养了两三只小山羊,教会它们在我手里吃东西。此外,还养了两只鹦鹉,也会说话,也会叫"鲁滨孙",可都比不上第一只说得那么好;当然,我在它们身上花的功夫也没有第一只那么多。我还养了几只海鸟,究竟是什么鸟,我也不知道。我在海边把它们抓住后,剪去了翅膀养起来。现在,我城堡围墙外打下去的那些小树桩,已长成浓密的丛林。那些鸟就栖息在矮丛中,并生出了小鸟,非常有趣。所以,正如我前面所说的,只要不担心受野人的袭击,我对自己所过的生活,确实感到心满意足了。

  可是,事情的发展却与我的愿望相反。这部小说的读者一定会得出这样一个正确的结论:在我们的生活中,我们竭力想躲避的坏事,却往往是我们获得拯救的途径;我们一旦遭到这种恶运,往往会吓得半死,可是,正由于我们陷入了痛苦,才得以解脱痛苦。在我一生离奇的生活中,可以举出许多这一类的例子,尤其是我孤居荒岛最后几年的生活情况更能证明这一点。

  前面我已说过,这是我在荒岛上的第二十三个年头了。当时正是十二月冬至前后。当然,这儿的十二月,根本不能算是冬天,但对我来说,这是收获庄稼的特殊季节。我必须经常出门到田里去。一天清晨,天还未大亮,我就出门了。忽然,只见小岛尽头的海岸上一片火光,那儿离我大约有两英里远。这使我惊恐万分。那儿我也发现过野人到过的痕迹。但使我更苦恼的是,火光不是在岛的另一边,而是在我这一边。

  看到这个情景,我着实吃惊不校我立即停住脚步,留在小树林里,不敢再往外走,唯恐受到野人的突然袭击。可是,我心里怎么也无法平静了,我怕那些野人万一在岛上走来走去,发现我的庄稼,看到有些已收割了,有些还没有收割,或者发现我其他的一些设施,他们马上会断定岛上有人;那时,他们不把我搜出来是决不会罢休的。在这危险关头,我立即跑回城堡,收起梯子,并把围墙外的一切东西尽量弄成荒芜自然的样子。

  然后,我在城堡内做好防御野人袭击的准备。我把手熗和所有的炮全都装好弹药;所谓炮,就是那些架在外墙上的短熗,样子像炮,我就这么叫叫罢了。作好了这些准备,我决心抵抗到最后一口气。同时,我也没有忘记把自己托付给神的保护,挚诚地祈求上帝把我从野蛮人的手里拯救出来。在这种心情和状态下,我大约等了两小时,就又急不可耐地想知道外面的情况,因为我没有探子派出去为我打听消息。

  我又在家里坐了一会,琢磨着该怎样应付当前的情况。最后,我实在坐不住了,因为我迫切需要知道外面的情况。于是,我便把梯子搭在山岩旁边。前面我曾提到过,山岩边有一片坡坎,我登上那片坡坎,再把梯子抽上来放在坡坎上,然后登上山顶。我平卧在山顶上,取出我特意带在身边的望远镜,向那一带地方望去。我立即发现,那儿大约有十来个赤身裸体的野人,围着一小堆火坐着。他们生火显然不是为了取暖,因为天气很热,根本用不着取暖。我想,他们一定是带来了战俘在烧烤人肉,至于那些战俘带上岛时是活是死,我就不得而知了。

  他们有两只独木舟,已经拉到岸上。那时正好退潮,他们大概要等潮水回来后再走。看到这一情景,我内心慌乱极了;尤其是发现他们到了小岛的这一边,离我住所那么近,很难想象我是多么惊慌失措啊!但我后来注意到,他们一定得趁着潮水上岛。这一发现使我稍稍安心了一点。只要他们不在岸上,我在涨潮期间外出是绝对安全的。知道这一点,我以后就可以外出安安心心地收获我的庄稼了。

  事情果然不出我所料,当潮水开始西流时,他们就上船划桨离去了。在离开前,他们还跳了一个多小时的舞。从我的望远镜里,可以清楚地看到他们手舞足蹈的样子。我还可以看到他们都赤身裸体,一丝不挂,可是是男是女,怎么仔细看也分辩不出来。

  一见他们上船离开了,我就拿了两支熗背在肩上,两支手熗挂在腰带上,又取了一把没鞘的大刀悬在腰间,尽快向靠海的那座小山上跑去,正是在那儿我第一次发现野人的踪迹。我费了两个多钟头才到达那里,因为我全副武装,负担太重,怎么也走不快。我一上小山就看到,除了我刚才看到的两只独木舟外,还有另外三只在那儿。再往远处看去,只见他们在海面上会合后往大陆方向驶去了。

  对我来说,这真是一个可怕的景象。尤其是我走到岸边,看到他们所干的惨绝人寰的残杀所遗留下来的痕迹,更令人可怕!那血迹,那人骨,那一块块人肉!可以想象,那些残忍的家伙一边吞食,一边寻欢作乐。见此情景,我义愤填膺。

  这不禁使我重新考虑:下次再碰到他们过来干此罪恶勾当,非把他们宰尽杀绝不可,不管他们是什么部落,也不管他们来多少人。

  但我发现,他们显然并不经常到岛上来,我第二次碰到他们在那里登岸,是一年零三个月之后的事。这就是说,一年多时间中,我从未再见到过他们,也没有见过他们的脚印或其他任何上岛的痕迹。看来,在雨季,他们肯定是不会出门的,至少不会跑到这么远的地方来。然而,在这一年多中,我却时刻担心遭到他们的袭击,所以日子过得很不舒畅。由此,我悟出一个道理:等待大难临头比遭难本身更令人痛苦,尤其是无法逃避这种灾难而不得不坐等其降临,更是无法摆脱这种担惊受怕的恐惧。

  这段时间里,我只是一心想杀这些野人。大部分时间我不干别的,只是苦思冥想杀人的计划。我设想种种计谋,下次再看到他们时该怎样向他们进攻,尤其是要提防他们像上次那样,分成两股前来。但我完全没有考虑到,即使我把他们一股通通杀光,比如说,杀掉十个或十二个,到第二天,或第二个星期,或第二个月,我还得再杀掉他们另一股。这样一股一股杀下去,永无止境,我自己最后岂不也成了杀人凶手,而且,比那些食人生番也许更残暴!

  我现在每天都在疑虑和焦急中过日子,感到自己总有一天会落入那些残忍无情的家伙手中。即使偶然大着胆子外出,也总是东张西望,极端小心谨慎。我现在发现,我老早驯养了一群羊,这真给了我极大的宽慰,因为我无论如何也不敢再开熗,尤其是在他们常来的一带地方,唯恐惊动了那些野人。我知道,即使我暂时把他们吓跑,不出明天他们就会卷土重来,那时,说不定会来两三百只独木舟,我的结果也就可想而知了。

  然而,在一年零三个月中,我从未见到过一个野人。直到后来,才又重新碰到了他们。详细经过,我下面再谈。不错,在这段时期中,他们很可能来过一两次。不过,他们大概没有在岛上逗留多久,要不就是我自己没有听到他们的动静。可是现在,我在岛上已生活了二十四个年头了。估计是这一年的五月份,我又见到了那些食人生番。这可以说是一次奇遇。下面我就讲讲这次不期而遇的经过。

  在这十五六个月里,我极度心烦意乱。晚上我睡不着觉,经常做恶梦,并常从梦中惊醒。白天,我心神不定,坐立不安;夜里,我在睡梦中大杀野人,并为自己列举杀害野人的种种理由。所有这一切,现在先不提。且说到了五月中旬,大约是五月十六日。这是根据我刻在柱上的日历计算的,我至今还每天在柱上划刻痕,但已不太准了。五月十六日这一天刮起了暴风雨,整天雷声隆隆,电光闪闪,直至晚上,依然风雨交加,整夜不停。我也说不清事情究竟是什么时候发生的,只记得当时我正在读《圣经》,并认真地考虑着自己当前的处境。忽然,我听到一声熗响,好像是从海上发出的。这真大大出乎我的意料。

  这个意外事件与我以前碰到的任何事件完全不一样,因而在我头脑里所产生的反应也完全不一样。听到熗声后,我一跃而起,转眼之间就把梯子竖在半山上,登上半山的坡坎后,又把梯子提起来架在坡坎上,最后爬上了山顶。就在这一刹那,我又看见火光一闪,知道第二熗又要响了;果然不出所料,半分钟之后,又听到了熗声。从那声音判断,知道熗声正是从我上回坐船被急流冲走的那一带海上传来的。

  我立即想到,这一定是有船只遇难了,而且,他们一定有其他船只结伴航行,因此放熗发出求救信号。我这时非常镇定,我想,即使我无法救助他们,他们倒可能帮助我。于是,我把附近的干柴通通收集起来,在山上堆成一大堆点起了火。木柴很干,火一下子就烧得很旺。虽然风很大,火势依然不减。我确信,只要海上有船,他们一定看得见。事实是,他们确实也看到了。因为我把火一烧起来,马上又听见一声熗声,接着又是好几声熗响,都是从同一个方向传来的。

  我把火烧了一整夜,一直烧到天亮。天大亮后,海上开始晴朗起来。这时,我看到,在远处海面上,在小岛正东方向,仿佛有什么东西,不知是帆,还是船。我怎么看也看不清楚,用望远镜也没有用,因为距离实在太远了,而且,天气还是雾蒙蒙的;至少海面上雾气还很浓。

执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 13楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  Having fitted my Mast and Sail, and try'd the Boat, I found she would sail very well: Then I made little Lockers, or Boxes, at either End of my Boat, to put Provisions, Necessaries and Ammunition, etc. into, to be kept dry, either from Rain, or the Sprye of the Sea; and a little long hollow Place I cut in the In-side of the Boat, where I could lay Gun, making a Flap to hang down over it to keep it dry.
  I fix'd my Umbrella also in a Step at the Stern, like a Mast, to stand over my Head, and keep the Heat of the Sun off of me like an Auning; and thus I every now and then took a little Voyage upon the Sea, but never went far out, nor far from the little Creek; but at last being eager to view the Circumference of my little Kingdom, I resolv'd upon my our, and accordingly I victuall'd my Ship for the Voyage, putting in two Dozen of my Loaves (Cakes I should rather All them) of Barley Bread, an Earthen Pot full of parch'd Rice, a Food I eat a great deal of, a little Bottle of Rum, half a Goat, and Powder and Shot for killing more, and two large Watch-coats, of those which, as I mention'd before, I had sav'd out of the Seamen's Chests; these I took, one to lye upon, and the other to cover me in the Night.
  It was the sixth of November, in the sixth Year of my Reign, or my Captivity, which you please, That I set out on this Voyage, and I found it much longer than I expected; for though the Island it self was not very large, yet when I me to the East Side of it, I found a great Ledge of Rocks lye out above two Leagues into the Sea, some above Water, some under it; and beyond that, a Shoal of Sand, lying dry half a League more; so that I was oblig'd to go a great Way out to Sea to double the Point.
  When first I discover'd them, I was going to give over my Enterprise, and come back again, not knowing how far it might oblige me to go out to Sea; and above all, doubting how I should get back again; so I came to an Anchor; for I had made me a kind of an Anchor with a Piece of a broken Graplin, which I got out of the Ship.
  Having secur'd my Boat, I took my Gun, and went on Shore, climbing up upon a Hill, which seem'd to over-look that Point, where I saw the full Extent of it, and resolv'd to venture.
  In my viewing the Sea from that Hill where I stood, I perceiv'd a strong, and indeed, a most furious Current, which run to the East, and even came close to the Point; and I took the more Notice of it, because I saw there might be some Danger; that when I came into it, I might be carry'd out to Sea by the Strength of it, and not be able to make the Island again; and indeed, had I not gotten first up upon this Hill, 1 believe it would have been so; for there was the same Current on the other Side the Island, only, that it set off at a farther Distance; and I saw there was a strong Eddy under the Shore; so I had nothing to do but to get in out of the first Current, and I should presently be in an Eddy.
  I lay here, however, two Days; because the Wind blowing pretty fresh at E.S.E. and that being just contrary to the said Current, made a great Breach of the Sea upon the Point; so that it was not safe for me to keep too close to the Shore for the Breach, nor to go too far off because of the Stream.
  The third Day in the Morning, the Wind having abated over Night, the Sea was calm, and I ventur'd; but I am a warning Piece again, to all rash and ignorant Pilots; for no sooner was I come to the Point, when even I was not my Boat's Length from the Shore, but I found my self in a great Depth of Water, and a Current like the Sluice of a Mill: It carry'd my Boat a long with it with such Violence, That all I could do, could not keep her so much as on the Edge of it; but I found it hurry'd me farther and farther out from the Eddy, which was on my left Hand. There was no Wind stirring to help me, and all I could do with my Paddlers signify'd nothing, and now I began to give my self over for lost; for as the Current was on both Sides the Island, I knew in a few Leagues Distance they must joyn again, and then I was irrecoverably gone; nor did I see any Possibility of avoiding it; so that I had no Prospect before me but of Perishing; not by the Sea, for that was calm enough, but of starving for Hunger. I had indeed found a Tortoise on the Shore, as big almost as I could lift, and had toss'd it into the Boat; and I had a great Jar of fresh Water, that is to say, one of my Earthen Pots; but what was all this to being driven into the vast Ocean, where to be sure, there was no Shore, no main Land, or Island, for a thousand Leagues at least.
  And now I saw how easy it was for the Providence of God make the most miserable Condition Mankind could be in worse. Now I look'd back upon my desolate solitary Island, the most pleasant Place in the World, and all the Happiness my Heart could wish for, was to be but there again. I stretch'd out my Hands to it with eager Wishes. O happy Desart said I, I shall never see thee more. O miserable Creature, said I, whether am I going: Then I reproach'd my Self with my unthankful Temper, and how I had repin'd at my solitary Condition; and now what would I give to be on Shore there again. Thus we never see the true State of our Condition, till it is illustrated to us by its Contraries; nor know how to value what we enjoy, but by the want of it. It is scarce possible to imagine the Consternation I was now in, being driven from my beloved Island (for so it appear'd to me now to be) into the wide Ocean, almost two Leagues, and in the utmost Despair of ever recovering it again. However, I work'd hard, till indeed my Strength was almost exhausted, and kept my Boat as much to the Northward, that is, towards the Side of the Current which the Eddy lay on, as possibly I could; when about Noon, as the Sun pass'd the Meridian, I thought I felt a little Breeze of Wind in my Face, springing up from the S.S.E. This chear'd my Heart a little, and especially when in about half an Hour more, it blew a pretty small gentle Gale. By this Time I was gotten at a frightful Distance from the Island, and had the least Cloud or haizy Weather interven'd, I had been undone another Way too; for I had no Compass on Board, and should never have known how to have steer'd towards the Island, if I had but once lost Sight of it; but the Weather continuing clear, I apply'd my self to get up my Mast again, spread my Sail, standing away to the North, as much as possible, to get out of the Current.
  Just as I had set my Mast and Sail, and the Boat began to stretch away, I saw even by the Clearness of the Water, some Alteration of the Current was near; for where the Current was so strong, the Water was foul; but perceiving the Water clear, I found the Current abate, and presently I found to the East, at about half a Mile, a Breach of the Sea upon some Rocks; these Rocks I found caus'd the Current to part again, and as the main Stress of it ran away more Southerly, leaving the Rocks to the North-East; so the other return'd by the Repulse of the Rocks, and made a strong Eddy, which run back again to the North-West, with a very sharp Stream.
  They who know what it is to have a Reprieve brought to them upon the Ladder, or to be rescued from Thieves just a going to murther them, or, who have been in such like Extremities, may guess what my present Surprise of Joy was, and how gladly I put my Boat into the Stream of this Eddy, and the Wind also freshening, how gladly I spread my Sail to it, running chearfully before the Wind, and with a strong Tide or Eddy under Foot.
  This Eddy carryed me about a League in my Way back again directly towards the Island, but about two Leagues more to the Northward than the Current which carried me away at first; so that when I came near the Island, I found my self open to the Northern Shore of it, that is to say, the other End of the Island opposite to that which I went out from.
  When I had made something more than a League of Way by the help of this Current or Eddy, I found it was spent and serv'd me no farther. However, I found that being between the two great Currents, (viz.) that on the South Side which had hurried me away, and that on the North which lay about a League on the other Side. I say between these two, in the wake of the Island, I found the Water at least still and running no Way, and having still a Breeze of Wind fair for me, I kept on steering directly for the Island, tho' not making such fresh Way as I did before.
  About four a-Clock in the Evening, being then within about a League of the Island, I found the Point of the Rocks which occasioned this Disaster, stretching out as is describ'd before to the Southward, and casting off the Current more Southwardly, had of Course made another Eddy to the North, and this I found very strong, but not directly setting the Way my Course lay which was due West, but almost full North. However having a fresh Gale, I stretch'd a-cross this Eddy slanting North-west, and in about an Hour came within about a Mile of the Shore, where it being smooth Water, I soon got to Land.
  When I was on Shore I fell on my Knees and gave God Thanks for my Deliverance, resolving to lay aside all Thoughts of my Deliverance by my Boat, and refreshing my self with such Things as I had, I brought my Boat close to the Shore in a little Cove that I had spy'd under some Trees, and lay'd me down to sleep, being quite spent with the Labour and Fatigue of the Voyage.
  I was now at a great Loss which Way to get Home with my Boat, I had run so much Hazard, and knew too much the Case to think of attempting it by the Way I went out, and what might be at the other Side (I mean the West Side) I knew not, nor had I any Mind to run any more Ventures; so I only resolved in the Morning to make my Way Westward along the Shore and to see if there was no Creek where I might lay up my Frigate in Safety, so as to have her again if I wanted her; in about three Mile or thereabout coasting the Shore, I came to a very good Inlet or Bay about a Mile over, which narrowed till it came to a very little Rivulet or Brook, where I found a very convenient Harbour for my Boat and where she lay as if she had been in a little Dock made on Purpose for her. Here I put in, and having stow'd my Boat very safe, I went on Shore to look about me and see where I was.
  I soon found I had but a little past by the Place where I had been before, when I travell'd on Foot to that Shore; so taking nothing out of my Boat, but my Gun and my Umbrella, for it was exceeding hot, I began my March: The Way was comfortable enough after such a Voyage as I had been upon, and I reach'd my old Bower in the Evening, where I found every thing standing as I left it; for I always kept it in good Order, being, as I said before, my Country House.
  I got over the Fence, and laid me down in the Shade to rest my Limbs; for I was very weary, and fell asleep: But judge you, if you can, that read my Story, what a Surprize I must be in, when I was wak'd out of my Sleep by a Voice calling me by my Name several times, Robin, Robin, Robin Crusoe, poor Robin Crusoe, where are you Robin Crusoe? Where are you? Where have you been?
  I was so dead asleep at first, being fatigu'd with Rowing, or Paddling, as it is call'd, the first Part of the Day, and with walking the latter Part, that I did not wake thoroughly, but dozing between sleeping and waking, thought I dream'd that some Body spoke to me: But as the Voice continu'd to repeat Robin Crusoe, Robin Crusoe, at last I began to wake more perfectly, and was at first dreadfully frighted, and started up in the utmost Consternation: But no sooner were my Eyes open, but I saw my Poll sitting on the Top of the Hedge; and immediately knew that it was he that spoke to me; for just in such bemoaning Language I had used to talk to him, and teach him; and he had learn'd it so perfectly, that he would sit upon my Finger, and lay his Bill close to my Face, and cry, Poor Robin Crusoe, Where are you? Where have you been? How come you here? And such things as I had taught him.
  However, even though I knew it was the Parrot, and that indeed it could be no Body else, it was a good while before I could compose my self: First, I was amazed how the Creature got thither, and then, how he should just keep about the Place, and no where else: But as I was well satisfied it could be no Body but honest Poll, I got it over; and holding out my Hand, and calling him by his Name Poll, the sociable Creature came to me, and sat upon my Thumb, as he used to do, and continu'd talking to me, Poor Robin Crusoe, and how did I come here? and where had I been? just as if he had been overjoy'd to see me again; and so I carry'd him Home along with me.
  I had now had enough of rambling to Sea for some time, and had enough to do for many Days to sit still, and reflect upon the Danger I had been in: I would have been very glad to have had my Boat again on my Side of the Island; but I knew not how it was practicable to get it about as to the East Side of the Island, which I had gone round; I knew well enough there was no venturing that Way; my very heart would shrink, and my very Blood run chill but to think of it: And as to the other Side of the Island, I did not know how it might be there; but supposing the Current ran with the same Force against the Shore at the East as it pass'd by it on the other, I might run the same Risk of being driven down the Stream, and carry'd by the Island, as I had been before, of being carry'd away from it; so with these Thoughts I contented my self to be without any Boat, though it had been the Product of so many Months Labour to make it, and of so many more to get it unto the Sea.
  In this Government of my Temper, I remain'd near a Year, liv'd a very sedate retir'd Life, as you may well suppose; and my Thoughts being very much composed as to my Condition, and fully comforted in resigning my self to the Dispositions of Providence, I thought I liv'd really very happily in all things, except that of Society.
  I improv'd my self in this time in all the mechanick Exercises which my Necessities put me upon applying my self to, and I believe cou'd, upon Occasion, make a very good Carpenter, especially considering how few Tools I had.
  Besides this, I arriv'd at an unexpected Perfection in my Earthen Ware, and contriv'd well enough to make them with a Wheel, which I found infinitely easyer and better; because I made things round and shapable, which before were filthy things indeed to look on. But I think I was never more vain of my own Performance, or more joyful for any thing I found out, than for my being able to make a Tobacco-Pipe. And tho' it was a very ugly clumsy thing, when it was done, and only burnt red like other Earthen Ware, yet as it was hard and firm, and would draw the Smoke, I was exceedingly comforted with it, for I had been always used to smoke, and there were Pipes in the Ship, but I forgot them at first, not knowing that there was Tobacco in the Island; and afterwards, when I search'd the Ship again, I could not come at any Pipes at all.
  In my Wicker Ware also I improved much, and made abundance of necessary Baskets, as well as my Invention shew'd me, tho not very handsome, yet they were such as were very handy and convenient for my laying things up in, or fetching things home in. For Example, if I kill'd a Goat abroad, I could hang it up in a Tree, flea it, and dress it, and cut it in Pieces, and bring it home in a Basket, and the like by a Turtle, I could cut it up, take out the Eggs, and a Piece or two of the Flesh, which was enough for me, and bring them home in a Basket, and leave the rest behind me. Also large deep Baskets were my Receivers for my Corn, which I always rubb'd out as soon as it was dry, and cured, and kept it in great Baskets.
  I began now to perceive my Powder abated considerably, and this was a Want which it was impossible for me to supply, and I began seriously to consider what I must do when I should have no more Powder; that is to say, how I should do to kill any Goat. I had, as is observ'd in the third Year of my being here, kept a young Kid, and bred her up tame, and I was in hope of getting a He-Goat, but I could not by any Means bring it to pass, 'till my Kid grew an old Goat; and I could never find in my Heart to kill her, till she dy'd at last of meer Age.
  But being now in the eleventh Year of my Residence, and, as I have said, my Ammunition growing low, I set my self to study some Art to trap and snare the Goats, to see whether I could not catch some of them alive, and particularly I wanted a She-Goat great with young.
  To this Purpose I made Snares to hamper them, and I do believe they were more than once taken in them, but my Tackle was not good, for I had no Wire, and I always found them broken, and my Bait devoured.
  At length I resolv'd to try a Pit-fall, so I dug several large Pits in the Earth, in Places where I had observ'd the Goats used to feed, and over these Pits I plac'd Hurdles of my own baking too, with a great Weight upon them; and several times I put Ears of Barley, and dry Rice, without setting the Trap, and I could easily perceive that the Goats had gone in and eaten up the Corn, for I could see the Mark of their Feet. At length I set three Traps in one Night, and going the next Morning I found them all standing, and yet the Bait eaten and gone: This was very discouraging. However, I alter'd my Trap, and, not to trouble you with Particulars, going one Morning to see my Trap, I found in one of them a large old He-Goat, and in one of the other, three Kids, a Male and two Females.
  As to the old one, I knew not what to do with him, he was so fierce I durst not go into the Pit to him; that is to say, to go about to bring him away alive, which was what I wanted. I could have kill'd him, but that was not my Business, nor would it answer my End. So I e'en let him out, and he ran away as if he had been frighted out of his Wits: But I had forgot then what I learn'd afterwards, that Hunger will tame a Lyon. If I had let him stay there three or four Days without Food, and then have carry'd him some Water to drink, and then a little Corn, he would have been as tame as one of the Kids, for they are mighty sagacious tractable Creatures where they are well used.
  However, for the present I let him go, knowing no better at that time; then I went to the three Kids, and taking them one by one, I tyed them with Strings together, and with some Difficulty brought them all home.
  It was a good while before they wou'd feed, but throwing them some sweet Corn, it tempted them and they began to be tame; and now I found that if I expected to supply my self with Goat-Flesh when I had no Powder or Shot left, breeding some up tame was my only way, when perhaps I might have them about my House like a Flock of Sheep.
  But then it presently occurr'd to me, that I must keep the tame from the wild, or else they would always run wild when they grew up, and the only Way for this was to have some enclosed Piece of Ground, well fenc'd either with Hedge or Pale, to keep them in so effectually, that those within might not break out, or those without break in.
  This was a great Undertaking for one Pair of Hands, yet as I saw there was an absolute Necessity of doing it, my first Piece of Work was to find out a proper Piece of Ground, viz. where there was likely to be Herbage for them to eat, Water for them to drink, and Cover to keep them from the Sun.
  Those who understand such Enclosures will think I had very little Contrivance, when I pitch'd upon a Place very proper for all these, being a plain open Piece of Meadow-Land, or Savanna, (as our People call it in the Western Collonies,) which had two or three little Drills' of fresh Water in it, and at one end was very woody. I say they will smile at my Forecast, when I shall tell them I began my enclosing of this Piece of Ground in such a manner, that my Hedge or Pale must have been at least two Mile about. Nor was the Madness of it so great as to the Compass, for if it was ten Mile about I was like to have time enough to do it in. But I did not consider that my Goats would be as wild in so much Compass as if they had had the whole Island, and I should have so much Room to chace them in, that I should never catch them.
  My Hedge was begun and carry'd on, I believe, about fifty Yards, when this Thought occurr'd to me, so I presently stopt short, and for the first beginning I resolv'd to enclose a Piece of about 150 Yards in length, and 100 Yards in breadth, which as it would maintain as many as I should have in any reasonable time, so as my Flock encreased, I could add more Ground to my Enclosure.
  This was acting with some Prudence, and I went to work with Courage. I was about three Months hedging in the first Piece, and till I had done it I tether'd the three Kids in the best part of it, and us'd them to feed as near me as possible to make them familiar; and very often I would go and carry them some Ears of Barley, or a handful of Rice, and feed them out of my Hand; so that after my Enclosure was finished, and I let them loose, they would follow me up and down, bleating after me for a handful of Corn.
  This answer'd my End, and in about a Year and half I had a Flock of about twelve Goats, Kids and all; and in two Years more I had three and forty, besides several that I took and kill'd for my Food. And after that I enclosed five several Pieces of Ground to feed them in, with little Pens to drive them into, to take them as I wanted, and Gates out of one Piece of Ground into another.
  But this was not all, for now I not only had Goats Flesh to feed on when I pleas'd, but Milk too, a thing which indeed in my beginning I did not so much as think of, and which, when it came into my Thoughts, was really an agreeable Surprize. For now I set up my Dairy, and had sometimes a Gallon or two of Milk in a Day. And as Nature, who gives Supplies of Food to every Creature, dictates even naturally how to make use of it; so I that had never milk'd a Cow, much less a Goat, or seen Butter or Cheese made, very readily and handily, tho' after a great many Essays and Miscarriages, made me both Butter and Cheese at last, and never wanted it afterwards.
  How mercifully can our great Creator treat his Creatures, even in those Conditions in which they seem'd to be overwhelm'd in Destruction. How can he sweeten the bitterest Providences, and give us Cause to praise him for Dungeons and Prisons. What a Table was here spread for me in a Wilderness, where I saw nothing at first but to perish for Hunger.
  It would have made a Stoick smile to have seen, me and my little Family sit down to Dinner; there was my Majesty the Prince and Lord of the whole island; I had the Lives of all my Subjects at my absolute Command. I could hang, draw, give Liberty, and take it away, and no Rebels among all my Subjects.
  Then to see how like a King I din'd too all alone, attended by my Servants, Poll, as if he had been my Favourite, was the only Person permitted to talk to me. My Dog who was now grown very old and crazy, and had found no Species to multiply his Kind upon, sat always at my Right Hand, and two Cats, one on one Side the Table, and one on the other, expecting now and then a Bit from my Hand, as a Mark of special Favour.
  But these were not the two Cats which I brought on Shore at first, for they were both of them dead, and had been interr'd near my Habitation by my own Hand; but one of them having multiply'd by I know not what Kind of Creature, these were two which I had preserv'd tame, whereas the rest run wild in the Woods, and became indeed troublesom to me at last; for they would often come into my House, and plunder me too, till at last I was obliged to shoot them, and did kill a great many; at length they left me with this Attendance, and in this plentiful Manner I lived; neither could I be said to want any thing but Society, and of that in some time after this, I was like to have too much.
  I was something impatient, as I have observ'd, to have the Use of my Boat; though very loath to run any more Hazards; and therefore sometimes I sat contriving Ways to get her about the Island, and at other Times I sat my self down contented enough without her. But I had a strange Uneasiness in my Mind to go down to the Point of the Island, where, as I have said, in my last Ramble, I went up the Hill to see how the Shore lay, and how the Current set, that I might see what I had to do: This Inclination encreas'd upon me every Day, and at length I resolv'd to travel thither by Land, following the Edge of the Shore. I did so: But had any one in England been to meet such a Man as I was, it must either have frighted them, or rais'd a great deal of Laughter; and as I frequently stood still to look at my self, I could not but smile at the Notion of my travelling though Yorkshire with such an Equipage, and in such a Dress: Be pleas'd to take a Scetch of my Figure as follows,
  I had a great high shapeless Cap, made of a Goat's Skin, with a Flap hanging down behind, as well to keep the Sun from me, as to shoot the Rain off from running into my Neck; nothing being so hurtful in these Climates, as the Rain upon the Flesh under the Cloaths.
  I had a short Jacket of Goat-Skin, the Skirts coming down to about the middle of my Thighs; and a Pair of open-knee'd Breeches of the same, the Breeches were made of the Skin of an old He-goat, whose Hair hung down such a Length on either Side, that like Pantaloons it reach'd to the middle of my Legs; Stockings and Shoes I had none, but had made me a Pair of some-things, I scarce know what to call them, like Buskins to flap over my Legs, and lace on either Side like Spatter-dashes; but of a most barbarous Shape, as indeed were all the rest of my Cloaths.
  I had on a broad Belt of Goats-Skin dry'd, which I drew together with two Thongs of the same, instead of Buckles, and in a kind of a Frog on either Side of this. Instead of a Sword and a Dagger, hung a little Saw and a Hatchet, one on one Side, one on the other. I had another Belt not so broad, and fasten'd in the same Manner, which hung over my Shoulder; and at the End of it, under my left Arm, hung two Pouches, both made of Goat's-Skin too; in one of which hung my Powder, in the other my Shot: At my Back I carry'd my Basket, on my Shoulder my Gun, and over my Head a great clumsy ugly Goat-Skin Umbrella, but which, after all, was the most necessary Thing I had about me, next to my Gun: As for my Face, the Colour of it was really not so Moletta-like as one might expect from a Man not at all careful of it, and living within nine or ten Degrees of the Equinox. My Beard I had once suffer'd to grow till it was about a Quarter of a Yard long; but as I had both Scissars and Razors sufficient, I had cut it pretty short, except what grew on my upper Lip, which I had trimm'd into a large Pair of Mahometan Whiskers, such as I had seen worn by some Turks, who I saw at Sallee; for the Moors did not wear such, tho' the Turks did; of these Muschatoes or Whiskers, I will not say they were long enough to hang my Hat upon them; but they were of a Length and Shape monstrous enough, and such as in England would have pass'd for frightful.
  But all this is by the by; for as to my Figure, I had so few to observe me, that it was of no manner of Consequence; so I say no more to that Part. In this kind of Figure I went my new Journey, and was out five or six Days. I travell'd first along the Sea Shore, directly to the Place where I first brought my Boat to an Anchor, to get up upon the Rocks; and having no Boat now to take care of, I went over the Land a nearer Way to the same Height that I was upon before, when looking forward to the Point of the Rocks which lay out, and which I was oblig'd to double with my Boat, as is said above: I was surpriz'd to see the Sea all smooth and quiet, no Ripling, no Motion, no Current, any more there than in other Places.
  I was at a strange Loss to understand this, and resolv'd to spend some Time in the observing it, to see if nothing from the Sets of the Tide had occasion'd it; but I was presently convinc'd how it was, viz. That the Tide of Ebb setting from the West, and joyning with the Current of Waters from some great River on the Shore, must be the Occasion of this Current; and that according as the Wind blew more forcibly from the West, or from the North, this Current came nearer, or went farther from the Shore; for waiting thereabouts till Evening, I went up to the Rock again, and then the Tide of Ebb being made, I plainly saw the Current again as before, only, that it run farther off, being near half a League from the Shore; whereas in my Case, it set close upon the Shore, and hurry'd me and my Canoe along with it, which at another Time it would not have done.
  This Observation convinc'd me, That I had nothing to do but to observe the Ebbing and the Flowing of the Tide, and I might very easily bring my Boat about the Island again: But when I began to think of putting it in Practice, I had such a Terror upon my Spirits at the Remembrance of the Danger I had been in, that I could not think of it again with any Patience; but on the contrary, I took up another Resolution which was more safe, though more laborious; and this was, That I would build, or rather make me another Periagua or Canoe; and so have one for one Side of the Island, and one for the other.
  You are to understand, that now I had, as I may call it, two Plantations in the Island; one my little Fortification or Tent, with the Wall about it under the Rock, with the Cave behind me, which by this Time I had enlarg'd into several Apartments, or Caves, one within another. One of these, which was the dryest, and largest, and had a Door out beyond my Wall or Fortification; that is to say, beyond where my Wall joyn'd to the Rock, was all fill'd up with the large Earthen Pots, of which I have given an Account, and with fourteen or fifteen great Baskets, which would hold five or six Bushels each, where I laid up my Stores of Provision, especially my Corn, some in the Ear cut off short from the Straw, and the other rubb'd out with my Hand.
  A for my Wall made, as before, with long Stakes or Piles, those Piles grew all like Trees, and were by this Time grown so big, and spread so very much, that there was not the least Appearance to any one's View of any Habitation behind them.
  Near this Dwelling of mine, but a little farther within the Land, and upon lower Ground, lay my two Pieces of Corn-Ground, which I kept duly cultivated and sow'd, and which duly yielded me their Harvest in its Season; and whenever I had occasion for more Corn, I had more Land adjoyning as fit as that.
  Besides this, I had my Country Seat, and I had now a tollerable Plantation there also; for first, I had my little Bower, as I call'd it, which I kept in Repair; that is to say, I kept the Hedge which circled it in, constantly fitted up to its usual Height, the Ladder standing always in the Inside; I kept the Trees which at first were no more than my Stakes, but were now grown very firm and tall; I kept them always so cut, that they might spread and grow thick and wild, and make the more agreeable Shade, which they did effectually to my Mind. In the Middle of this I had my Tent always standing, being a piece of a Sail spread over Poles set up for that Purpose, and which never wanted any Repair or Renewing; and under this I had made me a Squab or Couch, with the Skins of the Creatures I had kill'd, and with other soft Things, and a Blanket laid on them, such as belong'd to our Sea-Bedding, which I had saved, and a great Watch-Coat to cover me; and here, whenever I had Occasion to be absent from my chief Seat, I took up my Country Habitation.
  Adjoyning to this I had my Enclosures for my Cattle, that is to say, my Goats: And as I had taken an inconceivable deal of Pains to fence and enclose this Ground, so I was so uneasy to see it kept entire, lest the Goats should break thro', that I never left off till with infinite Labour I had stuck the Out-side of the Hedge so full of small Stakes, and so near to one another, that it was rather a Pale than a Hedge, and there was scarce Room to put a Hand thro' between them, which afterwards when those Stakes grew, as they all did in the next rainy Season, made the Enclosure strong like a Wall, indeed stronger than any Wall.
  This will testify for me that I was not idle, and that I spared no Pains to bring to pass whatever appear'd necessary for my comfortable Support; for I consider'd the keeping up a Breed of tame Creatures thus at my Hand, would be a living Magazine of Flesh, Milk, Butter and Cheese, for me as long as I liv'd in the Place, if it were to be forty Years; and that keeping them in my Reach, depended entirely upon my perfecting my Enclosures to such a Degree, that I might be of keeping them together; which by this Method indeed I so effectually secur'd, that when these little Stakes began to grow, I had planted them so very thick, I was forced to pw some of them up again.
  In this Place also I had my Grapes growing, which I principally depended on for my Winter Store of Raisins; and which I never fail'd to preserve very carefully, as the best and most agreeable Dainty of my whole Diet; and indeed they were not agreeable only, but physical, whole-some, nourishing, and refreshing to the last Degree.
  As this was also about half Way between my other Habitation, and the Place where I had laid up my Boat, I generally stay'd, and lay here in my Way thither; for I used frequently to visit my Boat, and I kept all Things about or belonging to her in very good Order; sometimes I went out in her to divert my self, but no more hazardous Voyages would I go, nor scarce ever above a Stone's Cast or two from the Shore, I was so apprehensive of being hurry'd out my Knowledge again by the Currents, or Winds, or any ether Accident. But now I come to a new Scene of my Life. It happen'd one Day about Noon going towards my Boat, I was exceedingly surpriz'd with the Print of a Man's naked Foot on the Shore, which was very plain to be seen in the Sand: I stood like one Thunder-struck, or as if I had seen an Apparition; I listen'd, I look'd round me, I could hear nothing, nor see any Thing, I went up to a rising Ground to look farther, I went up the Shore and down the Shore, but it was all one, I could see no other Impression but that one, I went to it again to see if there were any more, and to observe if it might not be my Fancy; but there was no Room for that, for there was exactly the very Print of a Foot, Toes, Heel, and every Part of a Foot; how it came thither, I knew not, nor could in the least imagine. But after innumerable fluttering Thoughts, like a Man perfectly confus'd and out of my self, I came Home to my Fortification, not feeling, as we say, the Ground I went on, but terrify'd to the last Degree, looking behind me at every two or three Steps, mistaking every Bush and Tree, and fancying every Stump at a Distance to be a Man; nor is it possible to describe how many various Shapes affrighted Imagination represented Things to me in, how many wild Ideas were found every Moment in my Fancy, and what strange unaccountable Whimsies came into my Thoughts by the Way.
  When I came to my Castle, for so I think I call'd it ever after this, I fled into it like one pursued; whether I went over by the Ladder as first contriv'd, or went in at the Hole in the Rock, which I call'd a Door, I cannot remember; no, nor could I remember the next Morning, for never frighted Hare fled to Cover, or Fox to Earth, with more Terror of Mind than I to this Retreat.
  I slept none that Night; the farther I was from the Occasion of my Fright, the greater my Apprehensions were, which is something contrary to the Nature of such Things, and especially to the usual Practice of all Creatures in Fear: But I was so embarrass'd with my own frightful Ideas of the Thing, that I form'd nothing but dismal Imaginations to my self, even tho' I was now a great way off of it. Sometimes I fancy'd it must be the Devil; and Reason joyn'd in with me upon this Supposition: For how should any other Thing in human Shape come into the Place? Where was the Vessel that brought them? What Marks was there of any other Footsteps? And how was it possible a Man should come there? But then to think that Satan should take human Shape upon him in such a Place where there could be no manner of Occasion for it, but to leave the Print of his Foot behind him, and that even for no Purpose too, for he could not be sure I should see it; this was an Amusement the other Way; I consider'd that the Devil might have found out abundance of other Ways to have terrify'd me than this of the single Print of a Foot. That as I liv'd quite on the other Side of the Island, he would never have been so simple to leave a Mark in a Place where 'twas Ten Thousand to one whether I should ever see it Or not, and in the Sand too, which the first Surge of the Sea upon a high Wind would have defac'd entirely: All this seem'd inconsistent with the Thing it self, and with all the Notions we usually entertain of the Subtilty of the Devil.
  Abundance of such Things as these assisted to argue me out' of all Apprehensions of its being the Devil: And I presently concluded then, that it must be some more dangerous Creature, (viz.) That it must be some of the Savages of the main Land over-against me, who had wander'd out to Sea in their Canoes; and either driven by the Currents, or by contrary Winds had made the Island; and had been on Shore, but were gone away again to Sea, being as loth, perhaps, to have stay'd in this desolate Island, as I would have been to have had them.
  While these Reflections were rowling upon my Mind, I was very thankful in my Thoughts, that I was so happy as not to be thereabouts at that Time, or that they did not see my Boat, by which they would have concluded that some Inhabitants had been in the Place, and perhaps have search'd farther for me: Then terrible Thoughts rack'd my Imagination about their having found my Boat, and that there were People here; and that if so, I should certainly have them come again in greater Numbers, and devour me; that if it should happen so that they should not find me, yet they would find my Enclosure, destroy all my Corn, carry away all my Flock of tame Goats, and I should perish at last for meer Want.
  Thus my Fear banish'd all my religious Hope; all that former Confidence in God which was founded upon such wonderful Experience as I had had of his Goodness, now vanished, as if he that had fed me by Miracle hitherto, could not preserve by his Power the Provision which he had made for me by his Goodness: I reproach'd my self with my Easiness, that would not sow any more Corn one Year than would just serve me till the next Season, as if no Accident could intervene to prevent my enjoying the Crop that was upon the Ground; and this I thought so just a Reproof, that I resolv'd for the future to have two or three Years Corn beforehand, so that whatever might come, I might not perish for want of Bread.
  How strange a Chequer Work of Providence is the Life of Man! and by what secret differing Springs are the Affections hurry'd about as differing Circumstance present To Day we love what to Morrow we hate; to Day we seek what to Morrow we shun; to Day we desire what to Morrow we fear; nay even tremble at the Apprehensions of; this was exemplify'd in me at this Time in the most lively Manner imaginable; for I whose only Affliction was, that I seem'd banished from human Society, that I was alone, circumscrib'd by the boundless Ocean, cut off from Mankind, and condemn'd to what I call'd silent Life; that I was as one who Heaven thought not worthy to be number'd among the Living, or to appear among the rest of his Creatures; that to have seen one of my own Species, would have seem'd to me a Raising me from Death to Life, and the greatest Blessing that Heaven it self, next to the supreme Blessing of Salvation, could bestow; I say, that I should now tremble at the very Apprehensions of seeing a Man, and was ready to sink into the Ground at but the Shadow or silent Appearance of a Man's having set his Foot in the Island.
  Such is the uneven State of human Life: And it afforded me a great many curious Speculations afterwards, when I had a little recover'd my first Surprize; I consider'd that this was the Station of Life the infinitely wise and good Providence of God had determin'd for me, that as I could not foresee what the Ends of Divine Wisdom might be in all this, so I was not to dispute his Sovereignty, who, as I was his Creature, had an undoubted Right by Creation to govern and dispose of me absolutely as he thought fit; and who, as I was a Creature who had offended him, had likewise a judicial Right to condemn me to what Punishment he thought fit; and that it was my Part to submit to bear his Indignation, because I had sinn'd against him.




  我在海上飘流了那么长时间,实在够受的了,现在正好安安静静地休息几天,回味一下所经历过的危险。我很想把小船弄回海岛的这一边来,也就是我的住所这一边,但想不出切实可行的办法。至于岛的东边,我已经去过那儿,知道不能再去冒险了。一想到这次经历,我就胆战心惊,不寒而栗。而岛的西边,我对那儿的情况一无所知。如果那边也有像东边那样的急流猛烈地冲击着海岸,就会碰到同样的危险,我也会被卷进急流,像上次那样给冲到海里去。想到这些,我便决心不要那小船了,尽管我花了好几个月的辛勤劳动才把它做成,又花了好几个月的工夫引它下水进入海里。

  差不多有一年的工夫,我压制着自己的性子,过着一种恬静优闲的生活,这一点你们完全可以想象。我安于自己的境遇,安于上天对我的安排,因此,我感到生活十分幸福。唯一的缺陷是,没有人可以交往。

  在此期间,为了应付生活的需要,我的各种技艺都有长足的进步。我相信,总有一天,我会成为一个手艺出色的木匠,尤其是工具缺乏的条件下,我也能有所作为。

  此外,令人难以意料的是,我的陶器也做得相当完美。我想出了一个好方法,用一只轮盘来制造陶器,做起来又容易又好看。现在我做出来的器皿又圆又有样子,而过去做出来的东西看了也叫人恶心。但使我感到最自豪最高兴的是,居然还做成功了一只烟斗。尽管我做出来的这只烟斗又粗劣又难看,并且烧得和别的陶器一样红,可是却坚实耐用,烟管也抽得通。这对于我是个莫大的安慰,因为我有的是烟叶。当时,船上虽然也有几只烟斗,但我起初忘了带下来,不知道岛上也长有烟叶;后来再到船上去找,却一只也找不到了。

  在编制藤皮方面,我也有不少进步,并且运用我全部匠心,编了不少自己需要的筐子,虽然不太雅观,倒也方便实用。这些筐子或是用来放东西,或是用来运东西回家。例如,我外出打死了山羊,就把死羊吊在树上剥皮挖肚,再把肉切成一块块装在筐子里带回家。同样,有时我抓到一只鳖,也随即杀了,把蛋取出来,再切下一两块肉,装在筐子里带回来,余下的肉就丢弃不要了,因为带回去多了也吃不掉。此外,我又做了一些又大又深的筐子来盛谷物。谷物收获后,一等谷物干透,就搓出来晒干,然后装在筐子里贮藏起来。

  我现在开始发现我的火药已大大减少了,这是无法补充的必需品。我开始认真考虑不用弹药猎山羊的问题,也就是用什么办法捕获山羊。前面我也曾提到,上岛第三年,我捉到了一只雌的小山羊,经过驯养,它长大了。后来,我一直想再活捉一只雄山羊与它配对;可是想尽办法也没能抓到一只。到最后,小山羊成了老山羊,我怎么也不忍心杀它,直至它老死。

  现在我已在岛上生活了十一年。前面也已说过,我的弹药越来越少了。于是我开始研究如何用陷阱或夹子捕捉山羊,看看能否活捉它一两只;我特别希望能抓到一只怀孕的母羊。

  为此,我做了几只夹子来捕捉山羊。我确信有好几次山羊曾被夹子夹住了,但是,由于没有铅丝之类的金属线,夹子做得不理想,结果发现它们总是吃掉诱饵弄坏夹子后逃之夭夭。

  最后,我决定挖陷阱试试看。于是,我在山羊经常吃草的地方掘了几个大陷坑,在坑上盖上几块自制木条格子,再在上面压了一些很重的东西。开始几次,我在复盖好的陷坑上面放了一些大麦穗子和干米,但有意未装上机关。我一看就知道,山羊曾走进去吃过谷物,因为上面留下了它们的脚樱末了,有一天晚上,我一下子在三个陷阱里都安了机关。

  第二天早晨跑去一看,只见食饵都给吃掉了,可三个机关都没有动。这真使人丧气。于是,我改装了机关。具体我不再细说了。总而言之,有一天早上我去看看陷阱,结果发现在一个陷阱里扣着一只老公羊,另一个陷阱里扣着三只小羊,其中一只是公羊,两只是母羊。

  对那只老公羊我毫无办法。它凶猛异常,我不敢下坑去捉它。我是想抓活的,这也是我的目的。当然我也可以把它杀死,但我不想那么做,因为那不是我的意愿。所以我只好把它放走了。老山羊一跑出陷坑,便像吓掉魂一样一溜烟逃跑了。当时我没有想到,就是一头狮子,也可以用饥饿的办法把它驯服,但这只是到后来我才懂得了这个办法。如果我让那头老山羊在陷阱里饿上三四天,不给它吃东西,然后,再稍稍给它点水喝,给它点谷物吃,它也一定会像那些小山羊一样驯服。只要饲养得法,山羊是十分伶俐、十分容易驯养的。

  可是,当时我并不知道有什么好办法,所以只好把老山羊放走了。然后,我就到小山羊的陷坑里,一只只把它们捉起来,再用绳子把它们拴在一起,又费了不少力气才把它们牵回家。

  小山羊好久都不肯吃东西。后来,我给它们吃一些谷粒,因为味道甜美,它们很喜欢吃,就慢慢驯顺起来。现在我知道,如果弹药用尽之后还想吃山羊肉,唯一的办法就是驯养一些山羊。将来也许会在我屋子周围有一大群山羊呢!

  目前,我首先想到的是,必须把驯养的山羊与野山羊隔离弃来。否则,驯养的小山羊一长大,就会跑掉又变成野山羊。而要把驯养的山羊与野山羊隔离,唯一的办法是找一块空地,用坚固的篱笆或木栅栏圈起来。这样,里面的驯羊出不来,外面的野羊进不去。

  我孤身一人,要圈地修筑篱笆无疑是一项巨大的工程,可这样做又是绝对必要的。所以,我首先得找到一块合适的地方,那儿既要有青草供山羊吃,又要有水供它们喝,并且还要有荫凉的地方供它们歇息。

  我找到了一个十分合适的地方,以上三个条件样样具备。

  这是一大片平坦的草原,也就是西部殖民者所说的热带或亚热带那种树木稀疏的草原。草原上有两三条小溪,水流清澈,小溪尽头有不少树木。但凡是有圈地经验的人,一定会认为我这种做法缺少计算,如果我把自己原来的想法告诉他们,他们也一定会笑话我。这不仅因为我的圈地规模过大,如果要把篱笆或木栅栏修筑起来,至少有两英里长!其实,篱笆长短还在其次,即使十英里长我也有工夫将它完成,主要还是圈地范围过大所带来的后果。当时我没有考虑到,山羊在这么宽广的范围内,一定会到处乱跑,就像没有围起来一样。如果要捕捉它们,就根本无法抓到。

  我开始动手修筑篱笆,但直到完成了大约五十码时,才想到了上面提到的问题。于是我立即停工,并决定先圈一块长约一百五十码,宽约一百码的地方。这个面积,在相当一段时期内,足以容纳我能驯养的山羊;等以后羊群增加了,我可以进一步扩大圈地。

  这个办法较为审慎可行,我就鼓起勇气重新动手干起来。

  这第一块圈地用了差不多三个月的时间才完成。在此期间,我一直把三只小羊拴在最好的地方,并让它们一直在我近旁吃草,使它们与我混熟。我还经常用大麦穗子和一把把大米喂它们,让它们在我手里吃。这样,当我把篱笆修筑完成之后,即使把它们放开,也会回来跟着我转,并咩咩叫着向我讨吃哩!

  我的目的总算实现了。不到一年半,我已连大带小有了十二只山羊了。又过了两年,除了被我宰杀吃掉的几只不算,我已有了四十三只了。这以后,我又圈了五六块地方养羊。在这些圈地上,都做了窄小的围栏;我要捉羊时,就把羊赶进去。同时,在各圈地之间,又做了一些门使之彼此相通。这还不算,现在我不仅随时有羊肉吃,还有羊奶喝。这在当初我根本想也没有想到。所以我忽然想到可以喝羊奶时,真是喜出望外。现在,我有了自己的挤奶房,有时每天可产一两加仑的羊奶。我这人一生没有挤过牛奶,更没有挤过羊奶,也没有见过人家做奶油或乳酪。可是,经过多次的试验和失败,我终于做出了奶油和干酪,而且做得方便利索。可见大自然不但使每个生灵都得到食物,而且还自然而然地教会他们如何充分地利用各种食物。

  造物主对待自己所创造的一切生灵是多么仁慈啊,哪怕他们身处绝境,他也还是那么慈悲为怀。他能把苦难的命运变得甜蜜,即使我们囚于牢狱也都要赞美他!当我刚来到这片荒野时,一定以为自己会饿死;而现在,摆在我面前是多么丰盛的筵席啊!

  你如果是一个信奉斯多葛哲学的人,看到我和我的小家庭成员共进晚餐的情景,也一定会忍俊不禁。我坐在中间,俨然是全岛的君王。我对自己的臣民拥有绝对的生杀之权。我可以任意处置我的臣民,要杀就杀,要抓就抓,要放就放,而且不会有反叛者。

  再看看我是怎样用餐的吧!我一个人坐在那儿进餐,其他都是我的臣民在一旁侍候。我的鹦鹉仿佛是我的宠臣,只有它才被允许与我讲话。我的狗现在已又老又昏聩了,它总是坐在我右手;而那两只猫则各坐一边,不时地希望从我手里得到一点赏赐,并把此视为一种特殊的恩宠。

  这两只猫已不是我最初从破船上带下来的了,那两只早就死了,我亲自把它们葬在我的住所附近。不过其中一只不知同什么动物交配,生下了许多小猫。这两只就是我从那些小猫中留下来驯养起来的,其余的都跑到树林里成了野猫。那些野猫后来给我添了不少麻烦,因为它们经常跑到我家里来劫掠我的东西。最后我不得不开熗杀了它们一大批,终于把它们赶走了。所以,我现在有那么多仆人侍候我,生活也过得很富裕,唯一缺乏的就是没有人可以交往而已,其它什么都不缺。但不久之后,我就有人交往了,后来甚至感到交往的人太多了。

  我曾经说过,我非常希望能使用那只小船,但又不想再次冒险。因此,有时我会坐着苦思冥想,竭力设法把船弄到小岛的这边来;有时我又会安下心来,觉得不要它也行。可是我这人生性不安于现状,总是想到我上次出游时到过的海岛的那一边走一趟,看看有没有办法把小船弄过来,因为,正是在那儿,我可以登上小山,远眺海岸和潮水的流向。这念头在心里变得越来越强烈,最后终于决定沿着海岸从陆上走到那边去。于是我就出发了。如果在英国有人碰到我这样的人,一定会吓一大跳,再不然也会大笑一阵。我也常常停下来打量自己,想到自己如果穿这套行装,像这样打扮在约克郡旅行,也禁不住笑起来。下面我把自己的模样描绘一下吧。

  我头上戴着一顶山羊皮做的便帽,这帽子做得又高又大,很不像样,后面还垂着一条长长的帽缘,一来是为了遮太阳,二来是为了挡雨,免得雨水流进脖子。在热带,被雨淋湿是最伤身体的。

  我上身穿了一件山羊皮做的短外套,衣襟遮住了一半大腿。下身穿了一条齐膝短裤,也是用一只老公羊的皮做成的,两旁的羊毛一直垂到小腿上,看上去象条长裤。我没有鞋子,也没有袜子,但做了一双短靴似的东西,自己也不知道该叫什么,靴长刚及小腿,两边再用绳子系起来,好像绑腿一样。

  这双靴子与我身上的其他装束一样,极端拙劣难看。

  我腰间束了一条宽阔的皮带,那是用晒干了的小羊皮做的,皮带没有搭扣,只用两根山羊皮条系着。带子两边有两个搭环,原来是水手用来挂短刀或短剑的,可我挂了一把小锯和一把斧头,一边一把。另一条较窄的皮带,斜挂在我的肩膀上,也用皮条系着。这条皮带的末端,在我左胳膊下,挂着两个山羊皮袋,一个装火药,一个装子弹。我背上背着筐子,肩上扛着熗,头上撑着一顶羊皮做的大阳伞,样子又难看又笨拙。尽管如此,除了熗之外,这把伞也是我随身不可缺少的东西。至于我的脸,倒不像穆拉托人那么黑,看上去像一个住在赤道九度、十度之内的热带地区那种不修边幅的人。我的胡子曾长到四分之一码长,但我有的是剪刀和剃刀,所以就把它剪短了,但上嘴唇的胡子仍留着,并修剪成像回教徒式的八字大胡子,像我在萨累见到的土耳其人留的胡子那样,因为摩尔人是不留这种胡子的,只有土耳其人才留。我不敢说我的这副胡子长得可以挂我的帽子,但确实又长又大,要是在英国给人看见,准会吓得一大跳。

  不过,关于我的这副模样,只是顺便提提罢了,因为根本没有人会看到,我模样如何就无关紧要了,所以我也不必多费笔墨。我就带着这副尊容出发,一直走了五六天。我先沿海岸走到我上次泊船登上小山的地方。这次我用不着照管小船,就抄近路走上前次登过的那座小山岗。当我远眺伸入海中的岬角时,前面我曾提到、前次到达这儿时我不得不驾船绕道而行,但现在只见海面风平浪静,那儿既没有波澜,也大出乎我的意料。

  对这个现象我感到莫明其妙,决心花些时间留心观察一下,看看是否与潮水方向有关。不久我就明白了其中的奥妙。

  原来,从西边退下来的潮水与岸上一条大河的水流汇合,形成了那股急流;而西风或北风的强度又决定了那股急流离岸的远近。等到傍晚,我重新登上小山顶。当时正值退潮,我又清楚地看到了那股急流。只不过这一次离岸较远,约在一海里半处;而我上次来时,急流离岸很近,结果把我的独木舟冲走了。在别的时候,也许不会发生这种情况。

  这次观察使我确信,只要注意潮水的涨落,我可以很容易把小船弄到我住地所在的那一边。但当我想把自己的主意付诸实施的时候,又想到了上次所经历的危险,不由心惊肉跳,连想也不敢想了。于是,我作了一个新的决定,那就是再造一条独木舟。这样,我在岛的这边有一只,岛的那边也有一只。这样做虽然比较费力,但却比较安全。

  你们要知道,现在我在岛上已有了两个庄园--我也许可以这么称呼我的两处住所。一处是我的那个小小的城堡或帐篷。这儿,在小山脚下,四周建起了围墙,后面是一个岩洞,现在,岩洞已扩大成好几个房间,或者说好几个洞室,一个套着一个。其中有一间最干燥最宽大,并有一个门通到围墙外面,或者说是城堡外面。也就是说,通到了围墙和山石的连接处。在这一间里,我放满了前面提到过的那些陶土烧制成的大瓦缸,还放了十四五只大筐子,每只大筐子能装五六浦式耳粮食,主要装的是谷物。有的筐子装着直接从茎秆上摘下来的穗子,有的装着我用手搓出来的谷粒。

  那堵围墙我当时是用高大的树桩筑成的;现在,这些树桩已长成了树,又大又密,谁都看不出后面会住人。

  靠近住所,往岛内走几步,在一片地势较低的地方,有两块庄稼地。我按时耕种,按时收获。如果我需要更多的粮食,毗邻还有不少同样相宜的土地可以扩大。

  此外,在我的乡间别墅那边,现在也有一座像样的庄园。

  首先,我有一间茅舍。这间茅舍还不断加以修理。也就是说,我经常修剪周围的树篱,使其保持一定的高度。我的梯子也一直放在树篱里面。那些树起初只不过是一些树桩,现在却长得又粗又高了。我不断修剪树桩,希望能长得枝多叶茂,生机勃勃。后来,这些树真的长得蔚然成荫,令我十分称心如意。树篱中央,则搭着一顶帐篷。帐篷是用一块帆布做成的,由几根柱子支撑着,永远不必修理或重搭。帐篷下放了一张睡榻,那是我用兽皮和其他一些柔软的材料做成的;那些兽皮当然是我从打死了的野兽身上剥下来的。睡榻上还铺了一条毛毯,是我从船上的卧具中拿下来的;另外还有一件很大的值夜衣服用作盖被。我每次有事离开我的老住所时,就住在这座乡间别墅里。

  与别墅毗邻的是我的圈地,里面放养着山羊。当初,为了圈这块地,我曾历尽艰辛。我竭尽全力,把篱笆做得十分严密,免得圈在里面的山羊逃出去。我不遗余力,辛勤劳作,在篱笆外插满了小木桩,而且插得又密又多,样子不像篱墙,倒像是一个栅栏;在木桩与木桩之间,连手都插不进去。后来,在第三个雨季中,这些小木桩都长大了,成了一堵坚固的围墙,甚至比围墙还坚固。

  这一切都可以证明我并没有偷懒。为了使生活舒适,凡是必须做的事,我都会不辞辛劳地去完成。我认为,手边驯养一批牲畜,就等于替自己建立一座羊肉、羊奶、奶油和奶酪的活仓库。无论我在岛上生活多少年--那怕是四十年--也将取之不尽,用之不竭。同时,我也认为,要想一伸手就能抓到这些山羊,就得把羊圈修筑得十分严密,绝不能让它们到处乱跑。我把这个主意彻底实施,结果把木桩插得太密了,等它们长大后,我还不得不拔掉一些呢!在这里,我还种了一些葡萄,我每年冬天贮藏的葡萄干,主要是从自己葡萄园里收获的葡萄晒制而成的。这些葡萄干我都小心保藏,因为这是我现有食物中最富营养最可口的食品。葡萄干不仅好吃,而且营养丰富,祛病提神,延年益寿。

  我的乡间别墅正处于我泊船的地方和我海边住所的中途,因此每次去泊船处我总要在这里停留一下。我常去看看那条独木舟,并把船里的东西整理得井井有条。有时我也驾起独木舟出去消遣消遣,但我再也不敢离岸太远冒险远航了,唯恐无意中被急流、大风或其他意外事故把我冲走或刮走。然而,正在这时我生活却发生了新的变化。

  一天中午,我正走去看我的船,忽然在海边上发现一个人的脚印;那是一个赤脚的脚印,清清楚楚地印在沙滩上。这简直把我吓坏了。我呆呆地站在那里,犹如挨了一个晴天霹雳,又像大白天见到了鬼。我侧耳倾听,又环顾四周,可什么也没有听到,什么也没有见到。我跑上高地,向远处眺望,又在海边来回跑了几趟,可还是毫无结果。脚印就这一个,再也找不到其他脚樱我跑到脚印前,看看还有没有别的脚印,看看它是不是我自己的幻觉。可是,脚印就是脚印,而且就这么一个,不容置疑。脚趾头、脚后跟,是一个完整的脚樱可这脚印是怎么在这儿留下来的呢?我无法知道,也无从猜测。这使我心烦意乱,像一个精神失常的人那样,头脑里尽是胡思乱想,后来就拔腿往自己的防御工事跑去,一路飞奔,脚不沾地。可是,我心里又惶恐至极,一步三回头,看看后面有没有人追上来,连远处的一丛小树,一枝枯树干,都会使我疑神疑鬼,以为是人。一路上,我是惊恐万状,头脑里出现各种各样的幻景,幻觉里又出现各种各样荒诞不经的想法以及无数离奇古怪的妄想,简直一言难荆我一跑到自己的城堡--以后我就这样称呼了--一下子就钻了进去,好像后面真的有人在追赶似的。至于我是按原来的想法,用梯子爬进去的呢,还是从我打通了的岩洞的门里钻进去的,连自己都记不得了,甚至到了第二天早上也想不起来。因为,我跑进这藏身之所时,心里恐怖已极,就是一只受惊的野兔逃进自己的草窝里,一只狐狸逃进自己的地穴里,也没有像我这样胆颤心惊。

  我一夜都没合眼。时间越长,我的疑惧反而越大。这似乎有点反常,也不合乎受惊动物正常的心理状态。原来主要是因为我自己大惊小怪,因而引起一连串的胡思乱想,结果自己吓自己;而且,想的时间越长,越是都往坏处想。有时候,我幻想着,那定是魔鬼在作祟;于是,我的理智便随声附和,支持我的想法。我想,其他人怎么会跑到那儿去呢?把他们送到岛上来的船在哪里呢?别的脚印又在什么地方呢?一个人又怎么可能到那边去呢?但是,再一想,要是说魔鬼在那儿显出人形,仅仅是为了留下一个人的脚印,那又未免毫无意义,因为我未必一定会看到它。我想,魔鬼若为了吓吓我,可以找到许多其它办法,何必留下这个孤零零的脚印呢?

  何况我住在岛的另一头,魔鬼绝不会头脑如此简单,把一个记号留在我十有八九看不到的地方,而且还留在沙滩上,因为只要一起大风,就会被海潮冲得一干二净。这一切看来都不能自圆其说,也不符合我们对魔鬼的一般看法,在我们眼里,魔鬼总是十分乖巧狡猾的。

  所有这一切都使我不得不承认,我害怕那是魔鬼的作为是毫无根据的。因此,我马上得出一个结论:那一定是某种更危险的生物,也就是说,一定是海岛对岸大陆上的那些野人来跟我作对。他们划着独木舟在海上闲游,可能卷入了急流,或碰上逆风,偶尔冲到或刮到海岛上。上岸后又不愿留在这孤岛上,又回到了海上,要不我该发现他们了。

  当上述种种想法在我头脑里萦回时,我起初还庆幸自己当时没有在那边,也没有给他们发现我的小船。要是他们真的看到了小船,就会断定这小岛上有人,说不定会来搜寻我。

  可是,我又胡思乱想起来,出现了一些恐怖的念头。我想,他们可能已发现了我的小船,并且也已发现这岛上有人。又想,如果这样,他们一定会来更多的人把我吃掉;即使他们找不到我,也一定会发现我的围墙。那样,他们就会把我的谷物通通毁掉,把我驯养的山羊都劫走;最后,我只好活活饿死。

  恐惧心驱走了我全部的宗教信仰。在此之前,我亲身感受到上帝的恩惠,使我产生了对上帝的信仰;现在,这种信仰完全消失了。过去,上帝用神迹赐给我食物;而现在,我似乎认为他竟无力来保护他所赐给我的食物了。于是,我责备自己贪图安逸的生活,不肯多种一些粮食,只图能接得上下一季吃的就算了,好像不会发生什么意外似的,认为我一定能享用地里收获的谷物。这种自我谴责是有道理的,所以我决定以后一定要屯积好两三年的粮食。这样,无论发生什么事,也不致于因缺乏粮食而饿死。

  天命难测,使人生显得多么光怪陆离,变化无穷啊!在不同的环境下,人的感情又怎样变幻无常啊!我们今天所爱的,往往是我们明天所恨的;我们今天所追求的,往往是我们明天所逃避的;我们今天所希翼的,往往是我们明天所害怕的,甚至会吓得胆战心惊。现在,我自己就是一个生动的例子。以前,我觉得,我最大的痛苦是被人类社会所抛弃,孤身一人,被汪洋大海所包围,与人世隔绝,被贬黜而过着寂寞的生活。仿佛上天认定我不足与人类为伍,不足与其他人交往似的。我当时觉得,假如我能见到一个人,对我来说不亚于死而复生,那将是上帝所能赐给我的最大的幸福,这种幸福仅次于上帝饶恕我在人间所犯的罪孽,让我登上天堂。而现在呢,只要疑心可能会看到人,我就会不寒而栗;只要见到人影,看到人在岛上留下的脚印无声无息地躺在那里,我就恨不得地上有个洞让我钻下去。

  人生就是这么变幻无常。我惊魂甫定之后,产生了关于人生的离奇古怪的想法。我认识到,我当前的境遇,正是大智大仁的上帝为我安排的。我既然无法预知天命,就该服从上帝的绝对权威。因为,我既然是上帝创造的,他就拥有绝对的权力按照他的旨意支配我和处置我;而我自己又曾冒犯过他,他当然有权力给我任何惩罚,这是合情合理的。我自己也理所当然地应接受他的惩罚,因为我对上帝犯了罪。

  于是,我又想到,既然公正而万能的上帝认为应该这样惩罚我,他当然也有力量拯救我。如果上帝认为不应该拯救我,我就应该认命,绝对地、毫无保留地服从上帝的旨意;同时,我也应该对上帝寄予希望,向他祈祷,静静地听候他圣意的吩咐和指示。

  我就这样苦思冥想,花去了许多小时,许多天,甚至许多星期,许多个月。思考的结果,在当时对我产生了一种特殊的影响,不能不在这里提一下。那就是:一天清晨,我正躺在床上想着野人出现的危险,心里觉得忐忑不安。这时,我忽然想到《圣经》上的话:"你在患难的时候呼求我,我就必拯救你,而你要颂赞我。 "于是,我愉快地从床上爬起来,不仅心里感到宽慰多了,而且获得了指引和鼓舞,虔诚地向上帝祈祷,恳求他能拯救我。做完祈祷之后,我就拿起《圣经》翻开来,首先就看到下面这句话:"等候上帝,要刚强勇敢,坚定你的意志,等候上帝!"这几句话给我的安慰,非语言所能形容。于是,我放下《圣经》,心里充满了感激之情,也不再忧愁哀伤,至少当时不再难过了。

  我就这样一会儿胡猜乱想,一会儿疑神疑鬼,一会儿又反省冥思。忽然有一天,我觉得这一切也许全是我自己的幻觉。那只脚印可能是我下船上岸时自己留在沙滩上的。这个想法使我稍稍高兴了一些,并竭力使自己相信,那确实是自己的幻觉,那只不过是自己留下的脚印而已。因为,我既然可以从那儿上船,当然也可以从那儿下船上岸。更何况,我自己也无法确定哪儿我走过,哪儿我没走过。如果最终证明那只不过是自己的脚印,我岂不成了个大傻瓜,就像那些编造鬼怪恐怖故事的傻瓜,没有吓倒别人反而吓坏了自己!

  于是,我又鼓起勇气,想到外面去看看。我已经三天三夜没有走出城堡了,家里快断粮了,只剩一些大麦饼和水。另外,我还想到,那些山羊也该挤奶了,这项工作一直是我傍晚的消遣。那些可怜的家伙好久没挤奶,一定痛苦不安。事实上,由于长久没有挤奶,有好几只几乎已挤不出奶而糟蹋掉了。

  相信那不过是自己的脚印,这一切只是自己在吓自己,我就壮起胆子重新外出了,并跑到我的乡间别墅去挤羊奶。我一路上担惊害怕,一步三回头往身后张望,时刻准备丢下筐子逃命。如果有人看到我那走路的样子,一定以为我做了什么亏心事,或新近受了什么极大的惊吓哩-—受惊吓这倒也是事实!

  

  









第六章

  可是,我一连跑去挤了两三天奶,什么也没有看到,我的胆子稍稍大了一点。我想,其实没有什么事情,都是我的想象罢了。但我还不能使自己确信那一定是自己的脚印,除非我再到海边去一趟,亲自看看那个脚印,用自己的脚去比一比,看看是不是一样大;只有这样,我才能确信那是我自己的脚樱不料,我一到那边,首先发现的是,当初我停放小船时,绝不可能在那儿上岸;其次,当我用自己的脚去比那脚印时,发现我的脚小得多。这两个情况又使我马上胡思乱想起来,并使我忧心忡忡,忐忑不安。结果我吓得浑身颤抖,好像发疟疾一样。我马上跑回家里,深信至少一个人或一些人上过岸。总之,岛上已经有人了,说不定什么时候会对我进行突然袭击,使我措手不及。至于我应采取什么措施进行防卫,却仍毫无头绪。

  唉!人在恐惧中所作出的决定是多么荒唐可笑啊!凡是理智提供他们保护自己的种种办法,一旦恐惧心占了上风,他们就不知道如何使用这些办法了。我的第一个想法,就是把那些围墙拆掉,把所有围地中的羊放回树林,任凭它们变成野羊,免得敌人发现之后,为了掠夺更多的羊而经常上岛骚扰;其次,我又打算索性把那两块谷物田也挖掉,免得他们在那里发现这种谷物后,再常常到岛上来劫掠。最后,我甚至想把乡间茅舍和海边住所的帐篷都通通毁掉,免得他们会发现住人的痕迹,从而会进行搜索,找出住在这里的人。

  这些都是我第二次从发现脚印的海边回家之后在晚上想到的种种问题。那时候,我又像第一次发现脚印后那样,惊魂不定,心里充满疑虑,心情忧郁低落。由此可见,对危险的恐惧比看到危险本身更可怕千百倍;而焦虑不安给人的思想负担又大大超过我们所真正担忧的坏事。更糟糕的是,我以前总能听天由命,从中获得安慰;而现在祸到临头,却不能使自己听从天命了,因而也无法获得任何安慰。我觉得我像《圣经》里的扫罗,不仅埋怨非利士人攻击他,并且埋怨上帝离弃了他。①因为我现在没有用应有的办法来安定自己的心情,没有在危难中大声向上帝呼吁,也没有像以前那样把自己的安全和解救完全交托给上帝,听凭上帝的旨意。假如我那样做了,对这新的意料之外的事,我至少会乐观些,也会有更大的决心度过这一难关。

  我胡思乱想,彻夜不眠。到早晨,由于思虑过度,精神疲惫,才昏昏睡去。我睡得很香明学术渊源;其次叙述生平、著作、思想,采录文集粹语,附,醒来之后,觉得心里比以往任何时候都安定多了。我开始冷静地思考当前的问题。我内心进行了激烈的争辩,最后得出了这样的结论:这个小岛既然风景宜人,物产丰富,又离大陆不远,就不可能像我以前想象的那样绝无人迹。岛上虽然没有居民,但对面大陆上的船只有时完全有可能来岛上靠岸。那些上岛的人,有些可能有一定的目的,有些则可能被逆风刮过来的。

  我在这岛上已住了十五年了,但从未见过一个人影。因为,即使他们偶尔被逆风刮到岛上来,也总是尽快离开,看来,到目前为止,他们仍认为这座孤岛是不宜久居的地方。

  现在,对我来说最大的危险不过是那边大陆上偶尔在此登岸的三三两两的居民而已。他们是被逆风刮过来的,上岛完全是出于不得已,所以他们也不愿留下来,上岛后只要可能就尽快离开,很少在岛上过夜。否则的话,潮水一退,天色黑了,他们要离岛就困难了。所以,现在我只要找到一条安全的退路,一看到野人上岸就躲起来,别的事情就用不着操心了。

  这时,我深深后悔把山洞挖得太大了,并且还在围墙和岩石衔接处开了一个门。经过一番深思熟虑后,我决定在围墙外边,也就是我十二年前种两行树的地方为宇宙间唯一的存在就是无限的实体(自然界),无数运动变,再筑起一道半圆形的防御工事。那些树原来就种得非常密,所以现在只须在树干之间再打一些木桩,就可以使树干之间的距离变得十分紧密。我很快就把这道围墙打好了。

  现在,我有两道墙了。我又在外墙上用了不少木料、旧缆索及其他我能想到的东西进一步加固,并在墙上开了七个小洞,大小刚好能伸出我的手臂。在围墙里面,我又从山洞里搬了不少泥土倒在墙脚上用脚踩实。这样,把墙加宽到十多英尺宽。这七个小洞是准备放我的短熗的。我从破船上拿下了七支短熗。现在把这些熗安置在七个洞里,并用架子支撑好,样子像七尊大炮。这样,在两分钟之内我可以连开七熗。我辛勤工作了好几个月,才完成了这道墙;而在没有完成以前,我一直感到自己不够安全。

  这项工程完成后,我又在墙外空地周围密密地插了一些杨柳树树桩或树枝,差不多插了两万多支,因为杨柳树特别容易生长。在杨柳树林与围墙之间,我特地留出一条很宽的空地。这样,如有敌人袭击,一下子就能发现。因为他们无法在外墙和小树间掩蔽自己,这样就难以接近外墙了。

  不到两年时间,我就有了一片浓密的丛林,不到五六年工夫,我住所面前便长期了一片森林,又浓密又粗壮学说,简直无法通行。谁也不会想到树林后会有什么东西,更不会想到有人会住在那儿了。在树林里我没有留出小路,因此我的进出办法是用两架梯子。一架梯子靠在树林侧面岩石较低的地上;岩石上有一个凹进去的地方,正好放第二架梯子。只要把两架梯子拿走,谁想走近城堡,谁就难以保护自己不受到我的反击;就算他能越过树林,也只是在我的外墙外边而进不了外墙。

  现在,我可以说已竭尽人类的智慧,千方百计地保护自己了。以后可以看到,我这样做不是没有道理的,虽然我目前还没有预见到什么危险,所感到的恐惧也没有什么具体的对象。

  进行上述工作时,我也没有忽略别的事情。我仍十分关心我的羊群,它们随时可以充分满足我的需要,使我不必浪费火药和子弹,也省得费力气去追捕野山羊。我当然不愿放弃自己驯养山羊所提供的便利,免得以后再从头开始驯养。

  
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 12楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  But when I had done this, I was unable to stir it up again, or to get under it, much less to move it forward, towards the Water; so I was forc'd to give it over; and yet, though I gave over the Hopes of the Boat, my desire to venture over for the Main increased, rather than decreased, as the Means for it seem'd impossible.
  This at length put me upon thinking, Whether it was not possible to make my self a Canoe, or Periagua, such as the Natives of those Climates make, even without Tools, or, as I might say, without Hands, viz. of the Trunk of a great Tree. This I not only thought possible, but easy, and pleas'd my self extreamly with the Thoughts of making it, and with my having much more Convenience for it than any of the Negroes or Indians; but not at all considering the particular Inconveniences which I lay under, more than the Indians did, viz.Want of Hands to move it, when it was made, into the Water, a Difficulty much harder for me to surmount, than all the Consequences of Want of Tools could be to them; for what was it to me, That when I had chosen a vast Tree in the Woods, I might with much Trouble cut it down, if after I might be able with my Tools to hew and dub the Out-side into the proper Shape of a Boat, and burn or cut out the In-side to make it hollow, so to make a Boat of it: If after all this, I must leave it just there where I found it, and was not able to launch it into the Water.
  One would have thought, I could not have had the least Reflection upon my Mind of my Circumstance, while I was making this Boat; but I should have immediately thought how I should get it into the Sea; but my Thoughts were so intent upon my Voyage over the Sea in it, that I never once consider'd how I should get it off of the Land; and it was really in its own Nature more easy for me to guide it over forty five Miles of Sea, than about forty five Fathom of Land, where it lay, to set it a float in the Water.
  I went to work upon this Boat, the most like a Fool, that ever Man did, who had any of his Senses awake. I pleas'd my self with the Design, without determining whether I was ever able to undertake it; not but that the Difficulty of launching my Boat came often into my Head; but I put a stop to my own Enquiries into it, by this foolish Answer which I gave my self, Let's first make it, I'll warrant I'll find some Way or other to get it along, when 'tis done.
  This was a most preposterous Method; but the Eagerness of my Fancy prevail'd, and to work I went. I fell'd a Cedar Tree: I question much whether Solomon ever had such a One for the Building of the Temple at Jerusalem. It was five Foot ten Inches Diameter at the lower Part next the Stump, and four Foot eleven Inches Diameter at the End of twenty two Foot, after which it lessen'd for a while, and then parted into Branches: It was not without infinite Labour that I fell'd this Tree: I was twenty Days hacking and hewing at it at the Bottom. I was fourteen more getting the Branches and Limbs, and the vast' spreading Head of it cut off, which I hack'd and hew'd through with Axe and Hatchet, and inexpressible Labour: After this, it cost me a Month to shape it, and dub it to a Proportion, and to something like the Bottom of a Boat, that it might swim upright as it ought to do. It cost me near three Months more to clear the In-side, and work it out so, as to make an exact Boat of it: This I did indeed without Fire, by meer Malett and Chissel, and by the dint of hard Labour, till I had brought it to be a very handsome Periagua, and big enough to have carry'd six and twenty Men, and consequently big enough to have carry'd me and all my Cargo.
  When I had gone through this Work, I was extremely delighted with it. The Boat was really much bigger than I ever saw a Canoe, or Periagua, that was made of one Tree, in my Life. Many a weary Stroke it had cost, you may be sure; and there remain'd nothing but to get it into the Water; and had I gotten it into the Water, I make no question but I should have began the maddest Voyage, and the most unlikely to be perform'd, that ever was undertaken.
  But all my Devices to get it into the Water fail'd me; tho' they cost me infinite Labour too. It lay about one hundred Yards from the Water, and not more: But the first Inconvenience was, it was up Hill towards the Creek; well, to take away this Discouragement, I resolv'd to dig into the Surface of the Earth, and so make a Declivity: This I begun, and it cost me a prodigious deal of Pains; but who grutches Pains, that have their Deliverance in View: But then this was work'd through, and this Difficulty manag'd, it was still much at one; for I could no more stir the Canoe, than I could the other Boat.
  Then I measur'd the Distance of Ground, and resolv'd to cut a Dock, or Canal, to bring the Water up to the Canoe, seeing I could not bring the Canoe down to the Water: Well, I began this Work, and when I began to enter into it, and calculate how deep it was to be dug, how broad, how the Stuff to be thrown out, I found, That by the Number of Hands I had, being none but my own, it must have been ten or twelve Years before I should have gone through with it; for the Shore lay high, so that at the upper End, it must have been at least twenty Foot Deep; so at length, tho' with great Reluctancy, I gave this Attempt over also.
  This griev'd me heartily, and now I saw, tho' too late, the Folly of beginning a Work before we count the Cost; and before we judge rightly of our own Strength to go through with it.
  In the middle of this Work, I finish'd my fourth Year in this Place, and kept my Anniversary with the same Devotion, and with as much Comfort as ever before; for by a constant Study, and serious Application of the Word of God, and by the Assistance of his Grace, I gain'd a different Knowledge from what I had before. I entertain'd different Notions of Things. I look'd now upon the World as a Thing remote, which I had nothing to do with, no Expectation from, and indeed no Desires about: In a Word, I had nothing indeed to do with it, nor was ever like to have; so I thought it look'd as we may perhaps look upon it hereafter, viz. as a Place I had liv'd in, but was come out of it; and well might I say, as Father Abraham to Dives, Between me and thee is a great Gulph fix'd.
  In the first Place, I was remov'd from all the Wickedness of the World here. I had neither the Lust of the Flesh, the Lust of the Eye, or the Pride of Life. I had nothing to covet; for I had all that I was now capable of enjoying: I was Lord of the whole Mannor; or if I pleas'd, I might call my self King, or Emperor over the whole Country which I had Possession of. There were no Rivals. I had no Competitor, none to dispute Sovereignty or Command with me. I might have rais'd Ship Loadings of Corn; but I had no use for it; so I let as little grow as I thought enough for my Occasion.
  I had Tortoise or Turtles enough; but now and then one, was as much as I could put to any use. I had Timber enough to have built a Fleet of Ships. I had Grapes enough to have made Wine, or to have cur'd into Raisins, to have loaded that Fleet, when they had been built. But all I could make use of, was, All that was valuable. I had enough to eat, and to supply my Wants, and, what was all the rest to me? If I kill'd more Flesh than I could eat, the Dog must eat it, or the Vermin. If I sow'd more Corn than I could eat, it must be spoil'd. The Trees that I cut down, were lying to rot on the Ground. I could make no more use of them than for Fewel; and that I had no Occasion for, but to dress my Food.
  In a Word, The Nature and Experience of Things dictated to me upon just Reflection, That all the good Things of this World, are no farther good to us, than they are for our Use; and that whatever we may heap up indeed to give others, we enjoy just as much as we can use, and no more. The most covetous griping Miser in the World would have been cur'd of the Vice of Covetousness, if he had been in my Case; for I possess'd infinitely more than I knew what to do with. I had no room for Desire, except it was of Things which I had not, and they were but Trifles, though indeed of great Use to me. I had, as I hinted before, a Parcel of Money, as well Gold as Silver, about thirty six Pounds Sterling: Alas! There the nasty sorry useless Stuff lay; I had no manner of Business for it; and I often thought with my self, That I would have given a Handful of it for a Gross of Tobacco-Pipes, or for a Hand-Mill to grind my Corn; nay, I would have given it all for Sixpenny-worth of Turnip and Carrot Seed out of England, or for a Handful of Pease and Beans, and a Bottle of Ink: As it was, I had not the least advantage by it, or Benefit from it; but there it lay in a Drawer, and grew mouldy with the Damp of the Cave, in the wet Season; and if I had had the Drawer full of Diamonds, it had been the same Case; and they had been of no manner of Value to me, because of no Use.
  I had now brought my State of Life to be much easier in it self than it was at first, and much easier to my Mind, as well as to my Body. I frequently sat down to my Meat with Thankfulness, and admir'd the Hand of God's Providence, which had thus spread my Table in the Wilderness. I learn'd to look more upon the bright Side of my Condition, and less upon the dark Side; and to consider what I enjoy'd, rather than what I wanted; and this gave me sometimes such secret Comforts, that I cannot express them; and which I take Notice of here, to put those discontented People in Mind of it, who cannot enjoy comfortably what God has given them; because they see, and covet something that he has not given them: All our Discontents about what we want, appear'd to me, to spring from the Want of Thankfulness for what we have.
  Another Reflection was of great Use to me, and doubtless would be so to any one that should fall into such Distress as mine was; and this was, To compare my present Condition with what I at first expected it should be; nay, with what it would certainly have been, if the good Providence of God had not wonderfully order'd the Ship to be cast up nearer to the Shore, where I not only Could come at her, but could bring what I got out of her to the Shore, for my Relief and Comfort; without which, I had wanted for Tools to work, Weapons for Defence, or Gun-Powder and Shot for getting my Food.
  I spent whole Hours, I may say whole Days, in representing to my self in the most lively Colours, how I must have acted, if I had got nothing out of the Ship. How I could not have so much as got any Food, except Fish and Turtles; and that as it was long before I found any of them, I must have perish'd first. That I should have liv'd, if I had not perish'd, like a meer Savage. That if I had kill'd a Goat, or a Fowl, by any Contrivance, I had no way to flea' or open them, or part the Flesh from the Skin, and the Bowels, or to cut it up; but must gnaw it with my Teeth, and pull it with my Claws like a Beast.
  These Reflections made me very sensible of the Goodness of Providence to me, and very thankful for my present Condition, with all its Hardships and Misfortunes: And this Part also I cannot but recommend to the Reflection of those, who are apt in their Misery to say, Is any Affliction like mine! Let them consider, How much worse the Cases of some People are, and their Case might have been, if Providence had thought fit.
  I had another Reflection which assisted me also to comfort my Mind with Hopes; and this was, comparing my present Condition with what I had deserv'd, and had therefore Reason to expect from the Hand of Providence. I had liv'd a dreadful Life, perfectly destitute of the Knowledge and Fear of God. I had been well instructed by Father and Mother; neither had they been wanting to me, in their early Endeavours, to infuse a religious Awe of God into my Mind, a Sense of my Duty, and of what the Nature and End of my Being, requir'd of me. But alas! falling early into the Seafaring Life, which of all the Lives is the most destitute of the Fear of God, though his Terrors are always before them; I say, falling early into the Seafaring Life, and into Seafaring Company, all that little Sense of Religion which I had entertain'd, was laugh'd out of me by my Mess-Mates, by a harden'd despising of Dangers; and the Views of Death, which grew habitual to me; by my long Absence from all Manner of Opportunities to converse with any thing but what was like my self, or to hear any thing that was good, or tended towards it.
  So void was I of every Thing that was good, or of the least Sense of what I was, or was to be, that in the greatest Deliverances I enjoy'd, such as my Escape from Sallee; my being taken up by the Portuguese Master of the Ship; my being planted so well in the Brasils; my receiving the Cargo from England, and the like; I never had once the Word Thank God, so much as on my Mind, or in my Mouth; nor in the greatest Distress, had I so much as a Thought to pray to him, or so much as to say, Lord have Mercy upon me;no nor to mention the Name of God, unless it was to swear by, and blaspheme it.
  I had terrible Reflections upon my Mind for many Months, as I have already observ'd, on the Account of my wicked and hardned Life past; and when I look'd about me and considered what particular Providences had attended me since my coming into this Place, and how God had dealt bountifully with me; had not only punished me less than my Iniquity had deserv'd, but had so plentifully provided for me; this gave me great hopes that my Repentance was accepted, and that God had yet Mercy in store for me.
  With these Reflections I work'd my Mind up, not only to Resignation to the Will of God in the present Disposition of my Circumstances; but even to a sincere Thankfulness for my Condition, and that I who was yet a living Man, ought not to complain, seeing I had not the due Punishment of my Sins; that I enjoy'd so many Mercies which I had no reason to have expected in that Place; that I ought never more to repine at my Condition but to rejoyce, and to give daily Thanks for that daily Bread, which nothing but a Croud of Wonders could have brought. That I ought to consider I had been fed even by Miracle, even as great as that of feeding Elijah by Ravens; nay, by a long Series of Miracles, and that I could hardly have nam'd a Place in the unhabitable Part of the World where I could have been cast more to my Advantage: A Place, where as I had no Society, which was my Affliction on one Hand, so I found no ravenous Beast, no furious Wolves or Tygers to threaten my Life, no venomous Creatures or poisonous, which I might feed On to my Hurt, no Savages to murther and devour me.
  In a word, as my Life was a Life of Sorrow, one way, so it was a Life of Mercy, another; and I wanted nothing to make it a Life of Comfort, but to be able to make my Sence of God's Goodness to me, and Care over me in this Condition, be my daily Consolation; and after I did make a just Improvement of these things, I went away and was no more sad.
  I had now been here so long, that many Things which I brought on Shore for my Help, were either quite gone, or very much wasted' and near spent.
  My Ink, as I observed, had been gone some time, all but a very little, which I eek'd out with Water a little and a little, till it was so pale it scarce left any Appearance of black upon the Paper: As long as it lasted, I made use of it to minute down the Days of the Month on which any remarkable Thing happen'd to me, and first by casting up Times past: I remember that there was a strange Concurrence of Days, in the various Providences which befel me; and which, if I had been superstitiously inclin'd to observe Days as Fatal or Fortunate, I might have had Reason to have look'd upon with a great deal of Curiosity.
  First I had observed, that the same Day that I broke away from my Father and my Friends, and run away to Hull, in order to go to Sea; the same Day afterwards I was taken by the Sallee Man of War, and made a Slave.
  The same Day of the Year that I escaped out of the Wreck of that Ship in Yarmouth Rodes, that same Day-Year afterwards I made my escape from Sallee in the Boat.
  The same Day of the Year I was born on (viz.) the 30th of September, that same Day, I had my Life so miraculously saved 26 Year after, when I was cast on Shore in this Island, so that my wicked Life, and my solitary Life begun both on a Day.
  The next Thing to my Ink's being wasted, was that of my Bread, I mean the Bisket which I brought out of the Ship; this I had husbanded to the last degree, allowing my self but one Cake of Bread a Day for above a Year, and yet I was quite without Bread for near a Year before I got any Corn of my own, and great Reason I had to be thankful that I had any at all, the getting it being, as has been already observed, next to miraculous.
  My Cloaths began to decay too mightily: As to Linnen, I had had none a good while, except some chequer'd Shirts which I found in the Chests of the other Seamen, and which I carefully preserved, because many times I could bear no other Cloaths on but a Shirt; and it was a very great help to me that I had among all the Men's Cloaths Of the Ship almost three dozen Of Shirts. There were also several thick Watch Coats of the Seamens, which were left indeed, but they were too hot to wear; and tho' it is true, that the Weather was so violent hot, that there was no need of Cloaths, yet I could not go quite naked; no, tho' I had been inclin'd to it, which I was not, nor could not abide the thoughts of it, tho' I was all alone.
  The Reason why I could not go quite naked, was, I could not bear the heat of the Sun so well when quite naked, as with some Cloaths on; nay, the very Heat frequently blistered my Skin; whereas with a Shirt on, the Air itself made some Motion, and whistling under that Shirt was twofold cooler than without it; no more could I ever bring my self to go out in the heat of Sun, without a Cap or a Hat; the heat of the Sun beating with such Violence as it does in that Place, would give me the Head-ach presently, by darting so directly on my Head, without a Cap or Hat on, so that I could not bear it, whereas, if I put on my Hat, it would presently go away.
  Upon those Views I began to consider about putting the few Rags I had, which I call'd Cloaths, into some Order; I had worn out all the Wast-coats I had, and my Business was now to try if I could not make Jackets out of the great Watch-Coats which I had by me, and with such other Materials as I had, so I set to Work a Taylering, or rather indeed a Botching, for I made most piteous Work of it. However, I made shift to make two or three new Wastcoats, which I hoped wou'd serve me a great while; as for Breeches or Drawers, I made but a very sorry shift indeed, till afterward.
  I have mentioned that I saved the Skins of all the Creatures that I kill'd, I mean four-footed ones, and I had hung them up stretch'd out with Sticks in the Sun, by which means some of them were so dry and hard that they were fit for little but others it seems were very useful. The first thing I made of these was a great Cap for my Head, with the Hair on the out Side to shoor off the Rain; and this I perform'd so well, that after this I made me a Suit of Cloaths wholly of these Skins, that is to say, a Wastcoat, and Breeches open at Knees, and both loose, for they were rather wanting to keep me cool than to keep me warm. I must not omit to acknowledge that they were wretchedly made; for if I was a bad Carpenter, I was a worse Tayler. However, they were such as I made very good shift with; and when I was abroad, if it happen'd to rain, the Hair of my Wastcoat and Cap being outermost, I was kept very dry.
  After this I spent a great deal of Time and Pains to make me an Umbrella; I was indeed in great want of one, and had a great Mind to make one; I had seen them made in the Brasils, where they are very useful in the great Heats which are there. And I felt the Heats every jot as great here, and greater too, being nearer the Equinox; besides, as I was oblig'd to be much abroad, it was a most useful thing to me, as well for the Rains as the Heats. I took a world of Pains at it, and was a great while before I could make any thing likely to hold; nay, after I thought I had hit the Way, I spoil'd 2 or 3 before I made one to my Mind; but at last I made one that answer'd indifferently well: The main Difficulty I found was to make it to let down. I could make it to spread, but if it did not let down too, and draw in, it was not portable for me any Way but just over my Head, which wou'd not do. However, at last, as I said, I made one to answer, and covered it with Skins, the Hair upwards, So that it cast off the Rains like a Penthouse, and kept off the Sun so effectually, that I could walk out in the hottest of the Weather with greater Advantage than I could before in the coolest, and when I had no need of it, cou'd close it and carry it under my Arm.
  Thus I liv'd mighty comfortably, my Mind being entirely composed by resigning to the Will of God, and throwing my self wholly upon the Disposal of his Providence. This made my Life better than sociable, for when I began to regret the want of Conversation, I would ask my self whether thus conversing mutually with my own Thoughts, and, as I hope I may say, with even God himself by Ejaculations, was not better than the utmost Enjoyment of humane Society in the World.
  I cannot say that after this, for five Years, any extraordinary thing happened to me, but I liv'd on in the same Course, in the same Posture and Place, just as before; the chief things I was employ'd in, besides my yearly Labour of planting my Barley and Rice, and curing my Raisins, of both which I always kept up just enough to have sufficient Stock of one Year's Provisions beforehand. I say, besides this yearly Labour, and my daily Labour of going out with my Gun, I had one Labour to make me a Canoe, which at last I finished. So that by digging a Canal to it of six Foot wide, and four Foot deep, I brought it into the Creek, almost half a Mile. As for the first, which was so vastly big, as I made it without considering before-hand, as I ought to do, how I should be able to launch it; so never being able to bring it to the Water, or bring the Water to it, I was oblig'd to let it lye where it was, as a Memorandum to teach me to be wiser next Time: Indeed, the next Time, tho' I could not get a Tree proper for it, and in a Place where I could not get the Water to it, at any less Distance, than as I have said, near half a Mile; yet as I saw it was practicable at last, I never gave it over: and though I was near two Years about it, yet I never grutch'd my Labour, in Hopes of having a Boat to go off to Sea at last.
  However, though my little Periagua was finish'd; yet the Size of it was not at all answerable to the Design which I had in View, when I made the first; I mean, Of venturing over to the Terra Firma, where it was above forty Miles broad; accordingly, the Smallness of my Boat assisted to put an End to that Design, and now I thought no more of it: But as I had a Boat, my next Design was to make a Tour round the Island; for as I had been on the other Side, in one Place, crossing as I have already describ'd it, over the Land; so the Discoveries I made in that little Journey, made me very eager to see other Parts of the Coast; and now I had a Boat, I thought of nothing but sailing round the Island.
  For this Purpose, that I might do every Thing with Discretion and Consideration, I fitted up a little Mast to my Boat, and made a Sail to it, out of some of the Pieces of the Ship's Sail, which lay in store; and of which I had a great Stock by me.



第五章

  这项工作进行到一半,我也结束了荒岛上第四年的生活。

  和以往一样,我以虔诚和欣慰的心情,度过了我上岛的周年纪念日。我常常阅读《圣经》,并认真付诸实践,再加上上帝对我的恩宠,我获得了前所未有的全新的认识。对我来说,世界是遥远的;我对它已没有任何关系,也没有任何期望。可以说,我于世无求。总之,我与世界已无什么牵连,而且以后也不会再发生什么关系。因此,我对世界的看法,就像我们离开人世后对世界的看法一样:这是我曾经居住过的地方,但现在已经离开了。我完全可以用亚伯拉罕对财主说的那句话:"你我中间隔着一条深渊。"首先,我在这里摆脱了一切人世间的罪恶。我既无"肉体的欲望、视觉的贪欲,也无人生的虚荣"。我一无所求,因为,我所有的一切,已尽够我享受了。我是这块领地的主人,假如我愿意,我可以在我占有的这片国土上封王称帝。我没有敌人,也没有竞争者与我来争权争势。我可以生产出整船的粮食,可是这对我没有用处,我只要生产足够我吃用的粮食就行了。我有很多的龟鳖,但我只要偶尔吃一两只就够了。

  我有充足的木材,可以用来建造一支船队。我有足够的葡萄,可以用来酿酒或制葡萄干,等把船队建成后,可以把每只船都装满。

  我只能使用对我有用的那些东西。我已经够用够吃,还贪图别的什么呢?若猎获物太多,吃不了就得让狗或虫豸去吃;若粮食收获太多,吃不了就会发霉;树木砍倒不用,躺在地上就会腐烂1844年经济学哲学手稿又称“巴黎手稿”。由三个未完成,除了作柴烧烹煮食物外,根本没有什么别的用处。

  总之,事理和经验使我懂得,世间万物,只是有用处,才是最可宝贵的。任何东西,积攒多了,就应送给别人;我们能够享用的,至多不过是我们能够使用的部分,多了也没有用。即使是世界上最贪婪、最一毛不拔的守钱奴,处在我现在的地位,也会把贪得无厌的毛病治好,因为我现在太富有了,简直不知道如何支配自己的财富。我心里已没有任何贪求的欲念。我缺的东西不多,所缺的也都是一些无足轻重的小东西。前面我曾提到过,我有一包钱币,其中有金币,也有银币,总共大约值三十六金镑。可是,这些肮脏、可悲而又无用的东西,至今还放在那里,对我毫无用处。我自己常常想,我宁愿用一大把金币去换十二打烟斗,或换一个磨谷的手磨。我甚至愿意用我全部的钱币去换价值仅六个便士的英国萝卜和胡萝卜种子,或者去换一把豆子或一片墨水。可是现在,那些金钱银币对我一点也没有用处,也毫无价值。它们放在一个抽屉里,而一到雨季,由于洞里潮湿,就会发霉。

  在这种情况下,即使我抽屉里堆满了钻石,对我来说也毫无价值,因为它们毫无用处。

  与当初上岛时相比,我已大大改善了自己的生活状况。我不仅生活舒适,而且心情也安逸。每当我坐下来吃饭,总会有一种感激之情,惊异上帝万能历史唯物主义的观点,分析了中国近代历史和世界历史的根,竟然能在旷野为我摆设筵席。我已学会多看看自己生活中的光明面,少看看生活中的黑暗面;多想想自己所得到的享受,少想想所缺乏的东西。这种态度使我内心感到的由衷安慰,实难言表。在这儿,我写下这些话,就是希望那些不知满足的人能有所觉醒:他们之所以不能舒舒服服地享受上帝的恩赐,正是因为他们老是在期望和贪求他们还没有得到的东西。我感到,我们老是感到缺少什么东西而不满足,是因为我们对已经得到的东西缺少感激之情。

  还有一种想法对我也大有好处,而且,这种反省毫无疑问对遇到我这种灾难的其他任何人也一定大有用处。那就是拿我目前的情况跟我当初所预料的情况加以比较,或者不如说,跟我必然会遭遇的境况加以比较。上帝神奇地作出了目前这样的安排,把大船冲近海岸,让我不仅能靠近它,还能从上面取下所需要的东西搬到岸上,使我获得救济和安慰。假如不是这样,我就没有工具工作,没有武器自卫,没有弹药猎取食物了。

  我有时一连几小时,甚至好几天沉思冥想。我自己设想:假如我没能从船上取下任何东西,那将怎么办呢?假如那样,除了鳖外,我就找不到任何其他食物了;而鳖是很久之后才发现的,那么,我一定早就饿死了。即使不饿死,我也一定过着野人一样的生活,即使想方设法打死一只山羊或一只鸟,我也无法把它们开膛破肚,剥皮切块,而只好像野兽一样,用牙齿去咬,用爪子去撕了。

  这种想法使我深深地感到造物主对我的仁慈,尽管我当前的处境相当困苦不幸,但我还是充满了感激之情。在困苦中的人常常会哀叹:"有谁像我这样苦啊! "我劝他们好好读读我这段话,并好好想一想,有些人的情况比他们还要坏得多。还应想一想学家,科学院院士。早年在国外研究哲学。1903年起为布尔,假如造物主故意捉弄他们,他们的景况将会糟得多。

  此外,还有一种想法,使我心里充满了希望,从而内心获得极大的安慰。那就是,把我目前的境况与造物主应对我的报应加以比较。过去,我过着可怕的生活,对上帝完全缺乏认识和敬畏。我父母曾给我很好的教育,他们也尽力教导我应敬畏上帝,教育我应明白自己的责任,明白做人的目的和道理。可是,天哪,我很早就当了水手,过上了航海生活。

  要知道,水手是最不尊敬不畏惧上帝的人,尽管上帝使他们的生活充满了恐怖。由于我年轻时就过水手生活,与水手们为伍,我早年获得的那不多的宗教意识,早就从我的头脑里消失得一干二净了。这是由于伙伴们的嘲笑,由于经常遭遇危险而视死如归,由于没有与善良的人交往而从未听到有益的教导,因此本来就十分淡薄的宗教信仰,就消失殆尽了。

  那时,我完全没有善心,也不知道自己的为人,不知道该怎样做人;因此,即使上帝赐给我最大的恩惠社会主义就是从这个哲学体系中自然而然产生出来的。这个,在我心里或嘴里却从未说过一句"感谢上帝"的话。譬如,我从萨累出逃,被葡萄牙船长从海上救起来,在巴西安身立命并获得发展,从英国运回我采购的货物,凡此种种,难道不都是上帝的恩赐吗?另一方面,当我身处极端危难之中时,我从不向上帝祈祷,也从不说一声"上帝可怜可怜我吧"。在我的嘴里,要是提到上帝的名字,那不是赌咒发誓,就是恶言骂人。

  正如前面提到的,一连好几个月,我对过去的罪恶生活一直进行着反省,心里感到非常害怕。但是,当我再看看自己目前的处境,想到自从到了这荒岛上之后,上帝给了我多少恩惠,对我多么仁慈宽厚,想到上帝不仅没有因我过去的罪恶生活惩罚我,反而处处照顾我,我心里不禁又充满了希望。我想,上帝已接受了我的忏悔,并且还会怜悯我。

  反省使我更坚定了对上帝的信念。我不但心平气和地接受了上帝对我当前处境的安排,甚至对现状怀着衷心的感激之情。我竟然没有受到惩罚而至今还活着,我不应该再有任何抱怨。我得到了许许多多的慈悲,而这些慈悲我是完全不应该期望能获得的。我绝不应该对自己的境遇感到不满,而是应该感到心满意足;我应该感谢每天有面包吃,因为我能有面包吃,完全是一系列的奇迹造成的。我感到,我是被奇迹养活着,这种奇迹是罕见的,就像以利亚被乌鸦养活一样。应该说,正是由于发生了一系列的奇迹,我至今还能活着。在世界上所有荒无人烟的地区,我感到没有一个地方会比我现在流落的荒岛更好了。虽说这儿远离人世,形单影只,使我非常苦恼,但这儿没有吃人的野兽,没有凶猛的虎狼害我性命,没有毒人的动物和植物,吃下去会把我毒死,更没有野人会把我杀了吃掉。

  总而言之,我的生活,在一方面看来,确是一种可悲的生活;在另一方面看来,却也是一种蒙恩的生活。我不再乞求任何东西级思想家、无政府主义者蒲鲁东的社会改良主义观点及其唯,以使自己过上舒适的生活,我只希望自己能体会到上帝对我的恩惠,对我的关怀,使我时时能得到安慰。我这样提高了自己的认识,就会感到心满意足,不再悲伤了。

  我来到岛上已很久了。我从船里带上岸的许多东西不是用完了,就是差不多快用完了或用坏了。

  前面已经提到过,我的墨水早就用完了,到最后,只剩下一点点。我就不断加点水进去,直到后来淡得写在纸上看不出字迹了。但我决心只要还有点墨水,就要把每月中发生特殊事件的日子记下来。翻阅了一下日记,发现我所遭遇的各种事故,在日期上有某种巧合;如果我有迷信思想,认为时辰有凶吉,那我一定会感到无限的惊诧。

  首先,我前面已提到过,九月三十日,是我离家出走来到赫尔去航海的日子;我被萨累的海盗船俘虏而沦为奴隶的日期,也正好是同一天。

  其次,我从雅茅斯锚地的沉船中逃出来的那天,也正是后来我从萨累逃跑的那天,同月同日。

  我诞生于九月三十日;正是二十六年之后的这一天,我奇迹般地获救,流落到这荒岛上。所以,我的罪恶生活和我的孤单生活,可以说开始于同一个日子。

  除了墨水用完之外,"面包"也吃完了。这是指我从船上拿回来的饼干。我饼干吃得很省,一天只吃一块,维持了整整一年多时间。在收获到自己种的粮食之前,我还是断了一年的面包。后来,我可以吃到自己的面包了。对上帝真是感激不尽,因为,正如我前面所说的,我能吃到面包,真是奇迹中的奇迹!

  我的衣服也开始破烂不堪了。内衣我是早就没有了,剩下的就是从水手们的箱子里找到的几件花格子衬衫,那也是我舍不得穿而小心保存下来的。在这儿,大部分时间只能穿衬衫,穿不住别的衣服。还好在水手服装里有大约三打衬衫,这帮了我的大忙。另外,还有几件水手值夜穿的服装,那穿起来就太热了。虽然这里天气酷热,用不着穿衣服,但我总不能赤身裸体吧。即使我可以不穿衣服,我也不想这样做;这种念头我连想都不愿想一下,尽管岛上只有我孤孤单单一个人。

  我不能赤身裸体当然是有理由的。这儿阳光炽热,裸体晒太阳根本就受不了,不一会太阳就会把皮肤晒出泡来。穿上衣服就不同了,空气可以在下面流通,这比不穿衣服要凉快两倍。同时,在太阳底下不戴帽子也不行。这儿的太阳,热力难当,直接晒在头上,不一会儿就晒得头痛难熬。但如果戴上帽子,那就好多了。

  根据这些情况,我便开始考虑把那些破衣服整理一下。我所有的背心都已穿破了,所以我得做两件背心,布料就可以用水手值夜的衣服拆下来,再加上一些别的布料。于是我做起裁缝来。其实,我根本不懂缝纫工作,只是胡乱缝合起来罢了。我的手艺可以说是再糟也没有了。尽管如此,我还是勉强做成了两三件新背心,希望能穿一段时间。至于短裤,我直到后来才马马虎虎做出几条很不像样的东西。

  我前面提到过,凡是我打死的野兽,我都把毛皮保存起来,所谓野兽,我指的是四足动物。我把毛皮用棍子支在太阳下晒干,有的被晒得又干又硬,简直没有什么用处了;但有的倒还合用。我首先用这些毛皮做了顶帽子,把毛翻在外面,可以挡雨。帽子做得还可以,我就又用一些毛皮做了一套衣服,包括一件背心和一条长仅及膝的短裤。背心和短裤都做得非常宽大,因为它们主要是用来挡热的,而不是御寒的。当然,我不得不承认,不论是背心还是短裤,做得都很不像样,因为,如果说我的木匠手艺不行,那我的裁缝手艺就更糟了。话虽如此,我还是做好了,总算能够将就着穿。我外出时,若遇到下雨,把背心和帽子的毛翻在外面,就可挡雨,身上就不致淋湿。

  后来,我又花了不少时间和精力做了一把桑我非常需要一把伞,也一直想做一把。在巴西时,我曾见别人做过桑在巴西,天气炎热,伞是十分有用的。这儿的天气和巴西一样热,而且由于更靠近赤道,比巴西还热。此外,我还不得不经常外出,伞对我实在太有用了,遮荫挡雨都需要桑我历尽艰辛,花了不少时间,好不容易做成了一把。做伞确实不易,就是在我自以为找到诀窍之后,还是做坏了两三把,直到最后,总算做成一把勉强可用。我感到做伞的最大困难是要使伞能收起来。做一把撑开的伞不难,但如果不能收起来,就只能永远撑在头顶上,这种伞根本无法携带,当然不适用。

  最后,正如我上面说的,总算做成了一把,尚能差强人意。我用毛皮做伞顶,毛翻在外面,可以像一座小茅屋似地把雨挡住,并能挡住强烈的阳光。这样,即使在最热的天气,我也能外出,甚至比以往最凉的天气外出还要舒服。伞不用的时候,就可以折起来挟在胳膊下,携带十分方便。

  我现在生活得非常舒服,心情也非常舒畅;我悉听天命,听从上帝的旨意和安排。这样,我觉得我现在的生活比有交际的生活还要好。因为,每当我抱怨没有人可以交谈时,我便责问自己,同自己的思想交谈,并且,我想我可以说,通过祷告同上帝交谈,不是比世界上人类社会中的交际更好吗?

  此后五年,我的生活环境和生活方式基本上没有什么变化,也没有什么特别的事情发生。我的主要工作是,每年按时种大麦和稻子,晒葡萄干,并把这些东西贮藏起来,供我一年吃用;此外,就是天天带熗外出行猎。在此期间,除了这些日常工作外,我做的唯一一件大事就是给自己又造了一只独木舟,并最后确实也做成了。为了把独木舟引入半英里外的小河里,我挖了一条运河,有六英尺宽,四英尺深。先前做的那只实在太大,我始终无法把它放到水里去,也无法把水引到它下面来。这是由于我事先没有考虑到船造好后的下水问题,而这问题是我应该预先考虑到的。现在,那艘独木舟只能躺在原地留作纪念,教训我下一次应学得聪明些。这一次,我没能找到一棵较合适的树,而且,还需把水从半英里以外引过来。然而,当我看到有成功的希望时,就不愿放弃这一机会。虽然造成这条小舟花了将近两年的时间,我却从未偷懒或厌烦。我一直希望,迟早有一天我能坐上小船到海上去。

  我造的第一只独木舟是相当大的,因为我想用它渡到小岛对面的那块大陆上去,期间的距离约有四十海里。可是,现在新造的这艘船就太小了,不可能乘它渡过那么宽的海域,因而不符合我原先造船的意图。这样,我只好打消我原定的计划,不再去想它了。现在既然有了这只小舟,我的下一步计划就是坐上小船绕岛航行一圈。前面我曾提到,我曾经在陆上徒步横越小岛,抵达了岛的另一头。在那些小小的旅行中,我有不少新的发现,所以我一直想看看小岛沿岸的其他地区。

  现在,我既然有了小船,就可沿岛航行一周,实现我的宿愿了。

  为了实现环岛航行的目的,我要把样样事情做得既周到又慎重。为此,我在小船上安装了一根小小的桅杆,并用贮藏已久的帆布做了个帆。你们知道,我从大船上取下的帆布多得很,且一直放在那里没用过多少。

  安装好了桅杆和帆之后,我决定坐船试航一番,结果发现小船走得相当不错。于是,我在船的两头都做了小抽屉或者可以说是小盒子,里面放粮食、日用品和弹药之类的东西,免得给雨水或浪花打湿。另外,我又在船舷内挖了一条长长的槽,用来放熗,还做了块垂板可盖住长槽,以防熗支受潮。

  我又把我的那把伞安放在船尾的平台上。伞竖在那里,也像一根桅杆,伞顶张开,正好罩在我头上,挡住了太阳的势力,像个凉篷。此后,我常常坐上独木舟到海面上游荡,但从来不敢走远,也不敢离小河太远。后来,我急于想看看自己这个小小王国的边界,就决定绕岛航行一周。为此,我先往船上装粮食,装了两打大麦面包(其实不如叫大麦饼),又装了一满罐炒米(这是我吃得最多的粮食),一小片甘蔗酒,半只山羊肉,还有一些火药和子弹,准备用来打山羊。另外,我还拿出了两件水手值夜穿的衣服,这我前面也提到过,是我在水手箱子中找到的。这两件衣服放到船上,一件可以用来作铺被,一件用来作盖被。

  我成为这个岛国的国王已第六年了,或者说,我流落在这个荒岛已第六年了。反正怎么说都可以。在这第六年的十一月六日,我开始了这次环绕小岛的航行。这次航行所花的时间比我预料的要长得多,因为岛虽然不大,但当我航行到东头时,却被一大堆岩石挡住了航道。岩石向海里延伸,差不多有六海里远,这些礁石有的露出水面,有的藏在水下。礁石外面还有一片沙滩,约有一海里半宽。因此,我不得不把船开到远处的海面上,绕过这个岬角航行。

  一开始发现这些礁石时,我几乎想放弃这次航行,调转船头往回走,因为我不知道要向外海走多远,而且,我更怀疑自己能不能回到岛上。于是,我就下了锚--我用从船上取下来的一只破铁钩做了锚。

  我把船停稳当后,就带熗走上岸。我爬上一座可以俯视岬角的小山;在山顶上,我看清了岬角的全部长度,决定冒险继续前进。

  从我所站的小山上向海上放眼望去,看见有一股很强很猛的急流向东流去,差不多一直流到那岬角附近。我进一步仔细地观察了一下,因为我发现,这股急流中隐藏着危险。如果我把船开进这股急流,船就会被它冲到外海去,可能再也回不到岛上了。说真的,假如我没有先爬上这座山观察到这股急流,我相信一定会碰到这种危险的。因为,岛的那边也有一股同样的急流,不过离海岸较远,而且在海岸底下还有一股猛烈的回流;即使我能躲过第一股急流,也会被卷入回流中去。

  我在这儿把船停了两天,因为那两天一直刮东南风,风向偏东,而且风也不校风向正好与我上面提到的那股急流的方向相反,因而在岬角附近的海面波涛汹涌。在这种情况下,如果我靠近海岸航行,就会碰到大浪,如果我远离海岸航行,又会碰到急流,所以怎么走都不安全。

  第三天早晨,海上风平浪静,因为在夜里风已大大减小了。于是我又冒险前进。可是一开船,我又犯了个大错误,足以给那些鲁莽而无知的水手作为前车之鉴。船刚走近那个岬角,离海岸还没有船本身的长度那么远,就开进了一片深水面,并且碰上一股激流,就像磨坊下的水流那么急。这股激流来势凶猛,把我的船一直向前冲去。我费了九牛二虎之力,想让船沿着这股激流的边沿前进,可是毫无用处。结果,我的船远远冲离了我左边的那股回流。这时又正好没有一点风。

  我只得拼命划桨,但还是无济于事。我感到自己这下子又要完蛋了。因为我知道,这岛的两头都各有一股急流,它们必然会在几海里以外汇合,到那时,我是必死无疑了,而且我也看不出有什么办法可以逃过这场灭顶之灾。现在,除了死亡,我已没有任何希望--倒不是我会葬身鱼腹,因为这时海面上风平浪静,而是会活活饿死,因为没有东西吃。不错,我曾在岸上抓到一只大鳖,重得几乎拿都拿不动。我把鳖扔进了船里。此外,我还有一大罐子淡水。但是,如果我被冲进汪洋大海,周围没有海岸,没有大陆,也没有小岛,我这么一点点食物和淡水又有什么用呢?

  现在我才明白,只要上帝有意安排,它可以把人类最不幸的境遇变得更加不幸。现在我感到,我那荒凉的孤岛是世上最可爱的地方,而我现在最大的幸福,就是重新回到我那荒岛上。我怀着热切的心愿向它伸出双手:"幸福荒芜的小岛啊, "我说,"我将永远看不到你了!"然后,我又对自己说:"你这倒霉的家伙,你将去何方?"我开始责备自己身在福中不知福的脾气,责备自己不应该抱怨孤独的生活。现在,我愿意付出任何代价,只要能让我重新回到岸上!可是,我们一般凡人,不亲自经历更恶劣的环境,就永远看不到自己原来所处环境的优越性;不落到山穷水尽的地步,就不懂得珍惜自己原来享受的一切。我眼看自己被冲进茫茫的大海,离开我那可爱的小岛有六海里多远--现在我从心底里感到我的小岛确实可爱无比。看到我已没有回岛的希望,内心的惶恐简直难以形容。但是,我还是竭力划桨,直到筋疲力尽为止。我尽量把船朝北面划去,也就是向那股急流和回流交汇的海面划去。到了正午,太阳过了子午线,我忽然感到脸上似乎有了一点微风,风向东南偏南。我心中悄悄燃起了希望;尤其令人振奋的是,过了半小时,风稍稍大起来。这时我离岛已经很远了,要是这时有一点阴云或薄雾,那我也必完蛋无疑。因为我未带罗盘,只要我看不到海岛,我就会迷失方向无法回去。幸好天气始终晴朗,我立即竖起桅杆,张帆向北驶去,尽量躲开那股急流。

  我刚竖起桅杆张好帜,船就开始向前行驶了。我发现四周水色较清,知道那股急流在附近改变了方向。因为,水急水则浊,水缓水则清,我知道那股急流在这儿已成了强弩之末了。不久我果然发现,在半海里以外,海水打在一些礁石上,浪花四溅。那些礁石把这股急流分成两股,主要的一股继续流向南方,另一股被礁石挡回,形成一股强烈的回流,向西北流回来,水流湍急。

  假如有人在临上绞架时忽然得到赦免,或者正要被强盗谋害时忽然获救,或者有过类似的死里逃生的经历,就不难体会到我当时那种喜出望外的心情,也不难设想我把船驶进那股回流是多么欣喜若狂。平时,正当风顺水急,我张帆乘风破浪向前,那欢快的心情是不难想像的。

  这股回流一直把我往岛上的方向冲了约三海里,但与先前把我冲向海外的那股急流相距六海里多,方向偏北。因此,当我靠近海岛时,发现自己正驶向岛的北岸,而我这次航行出发的地方是岛的南岸。

  这股回流把我冲向海岛方向三海里之后,它的力量已成了强弩之末,再也不能把船向前推进了。我发现自己正处于两股激流之间--一股在南面,也就是把我冲走的那股急流,一股在北面,两股激流之间相距约三海里。我刚才说,我正好处于两股激流之间,且已靠近小岛。这儿海面平静,海水没有流动的样子,而且还有一股顺风。我就乘风向岛上驶去,但船行慢得多了。

  大约下午四点钟,在离海岛不到三海里的地方,我看到了伸向南方的岬角,这一点我前面也已提到过。正是这堆礁石引发了这次祸端。岬角把急流进一步向南方逼去,同时又分出一股回流向北方流去。这股回流流得很急,一直向正北。

  这不是我要航行的方向,我的航线是要往西走。由于风还大,我就从斜里穿过这股回流,向西北插过去。一小时之后,离岛只有一海里了,且这一带海面平静,所以不久我便上了岸。

  上岸之后,我立即跪在地上,感谢上帝搭救我脱离大难,并决心放弃坐小船离开孤岛的一切胡思乱想。我吃了一些所带的东西,就把小船划进岸边的一个小湾里藏在树底下。接着,我就躺在地上睡着了。这次航行把我弄得筋疲力竭,既辛苦又困乏。

  我完全不知道该怎样驾船回家。我遇到了这么多危险,知道照原路回去是十分危险的,而海岛的另一边,也就是西边的情况,我又一无所知,更无心再去冒险。所以,我决定第二天早晨沿海岸西行,看看能不能找到一条小河停泊我的小战舰,以便需要的时候再来取它。我驾船沿岸行驶约三海里,找到了一个小湾,约一英里宽,愈往里愈窄,最后成了一条小溪。这对于我的小船倒是一个进出方便的港口,就仿佛是专门为它建立的小船坞似的。我把小船停放妥当后,便上了岸。我环顾四周,看看到底到了什么地方。

  我很快就发现,这儿离我上次徒步旅行所到过的地方不远。所以,我只从船上拿出了熗和伞(因为天气很热)就出发了。经过这次辛劳而又危险的航行之后,我感到在陆上旅行十分轻松愉快。傍晚,我就到了自己的茅舍。屋里一切如132旧,因为这是我的乡间别墅,我总是把一切都收拾得整整齐齐的。

  我爬过围墙,躺在树荫下歇歇腿。我实在太疲倦了,不久就昏昏沉沉睡着了。不料,忽然有一个声音叫着我的名字,把我从睡梦中惊醒:"鲁滨!鲁滨!鲁滨·克罗索!可怜的鲁滨·克罗索!你在哪儿,鲁滨·克罗索?你在哪儿?你去哪儿啦?"亲爱的读者,你们不妨想想,这多么出乎我的意料啊!

  开始我睡得很熟,因为上半天一直在划船,下半天又走了不少路,所以困乏极了。突然,我被惊醒,但人一下子还未完全清醒过来,只是处于半睡半醒之中,因此我以为在睡梦中有人在同我说话。但那声音不断地叫着"鲁滨·克罗索!

  鲁滨·克罗索!"终于使我完全清醒过来。这一醒,把我吓得心胆俱裂,一骨碌从地上爬起。我睁眼一看,原来是我的那只鹦鹉停在篱笆上面。啊,原来是它在和我说话呢!这些令人伤心的话,正是我教它说的,也是我常和它说的话。它已把这些话学得维妙维肖了,经常停在我的手指头上,把它的嘴靠近我的脸,叫着"可怜的鲁滨·克罗索,你在哪儿?你去哪儿啦?你怎么会流落到这儿来的?"以及其它我教给它的一些话。

  可是,我明明知道刚才跟我说话的是我的鹦鹉,不是别人,可还是过了好一会儿心神才定下来。首先我感到奇怪,这小鸟怎么会飞到这儿来?其次,为什么它老守在这儿,不到别处去?但在我确实弄清楚与我说话的不是别人,而是我那忠实的鹦鹉后,心就定下来了。我伸出手来,向它叫了一声"波儿",这只会说话的小岛便像往常一样,飞到我的大拇指上,接连不断地对我叫着"可怜的鲁滨·克罗索,"并问我“怎么到这儿来啦?""到哪儿去啦?"仿佛很高兴又见到我似的。于是我就带着它回城堡的老家去了。

执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 11楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  From this Moment I began to conclude in my Mind, That it was possible for me to be more happy in this forsaken Solitary Condition, than it was probable I should ever have been in any other Particular State in the World; and with this Thought I was going to give Thanks to God for bringing me to this Place.
  I know not what it was, but something shock'd my Mind at that Thought, and I durst not speak the Words: How canst thou be such a Hypocrite, (said I, even audibly) to pretend to be thankful for a Condition, which however thou mav'st endeavour to be contented with, thou would'st rather pray heartily to be deliver'd from; so I stopp'd there: But though I could not say, I thank'd God for being there; yet I sincerely gave Thanks to God for opening my Eyes, by whatever afflicting Providences, to see the former Condition of my Life, and to mourn for my Wickedness, and repent. I never open'd the Bible, or shut it, but my very Soul within me, bless'd God for directing my Friend in England, without any Order of mine, to pack it up among my Goods; and for assisting me afterwards to save it out of the Wreck of the Ship.
  Thus, and in this Disposition of Mind, I began my third Year: and tho' I have not given the Reader the Trouble of so particular Account of my Works this Year as the first; yet in General it may be observ'd, That I was very seldom idle; but having regularly divided my Time, according to the several daily Employments that were before me, such as, First, My Duty to God, and the Reading the Scriptures, which I constantly set apart some Time for thrice every Day. Secondly, The going Abroad with my Gun for Food, which generally took me up three Hours in every Morning, when it did not Rain. Thirdly, The ordering, curing, preserving, and cooking what I had kill'd or catch'd for my Supply; these took up great Part of the Day; also it is to be considered that the middle of the Day when the Sun was in the Zenith, the Violence of the Heat was too great to stir out; so that about four Hours in the Evening was all the Time I could be suppos'd to work in; with this Exception, That sometimes I chang'd my Hours of Hunting and Working, and went to work in the Morning, and Abroad with my Gun in the Afternoon.
  To this short Time allow'd for Labour, I desire may be added the exceeding Laboriousness of my Work; the many Hours which for want of Tools, want of Help, and want of Skill, every Thing I did, took up out of my Time: For Example, I was full two and forty Days making me a Board for a long Shelf, which I wanted in my Cave; whereas two Sawyers with their Tools, and a Saw-Pit, would have cut six of them out of the same Tree in half a Day.
  My Case was this, It was to be a large Tree, which was to be cut down, because my Board was to be a broad one. This Tree I was three Days a cutting down, and two more cutting off the Bows, and reducing it to a Log, or Piece of Timber. With inexpressible hacking and hewing I reduc'd both the Sides of it into Chips, till it begun to be light enough to move; then I turn'd it, and made one Side of it smooth, and flat, as a Board from End to End; then turning that Side downward, cut the other Side, till I brought the plank to be about three Inches thick, and smooth on both Sides. Any One may judge the Labour of my Hands in such a Piece of Work; but Labour and Patience carry'd me through that and many other Things: I only observe this in Particular, to shew, The Reason why so much of my Time went away with so little Work, viz.That what might be a little to be done with Help and Tools, was a vast Labour, and requir'd a prodigious Time to do alone, and by hand.
  But notwithstanding this, with Patience and Labour I went through many Things; and indeed every Thing that my Circumstances made necessary to me to do, as will appear by what follows.
  I was now, in the Months of November and December, expecting my Crop of Barley and Rice. The Ground I had manur'd or dug up for them was not great; for as I observ'd, my Seed of each was not above the Quantity of half a Peck; for I had lost one whole Crop by sowing in the dry Season; but now my Crop promis'd very well, when on a sudden I found I was in Danger of losing it all again by Enemies of several Sorts, which it was scarce possible to keep from it; as First, The Goats, and wild Creatures which I call'd Hares who tasting the Sweetness of the Blade, lay in it Night and Day, as soon as it came up, and eat it so close, that it could get no Time to shoot up into Stalk.
  This I saw no Remedy for, but by making an Enclosure about it with a Hedge, which I did with a great deal of Toil; and the more, because it requir'd Speed. However, as my Arable Land was but small, suited to my Crop, I got it totally well fenc'd, in about three Weeks Time; and shooting some of the Creatures in the Day Time, I set my Dog to guard it in the Night, tying him up to a Stake at the Gate, where he would stand and bark all Night long; so in a little Time the Enemies forsook the Place, and the Corn grew very strong, and well, and began to ripen apace.
  But as the Beasts ruined me before, while my Corn was in the Blade; so the Birds were as likely to ruin me now, when it was in the Ear; for going along by the Place to see how it throve, I saw my little Crop surrounded with Fowls of I know not how many Sorts, who stood as it were watching till I should be gone: I immediately let fly among them (for I always had my Gun with me) I had no sooner shot, but there rose up a little Cloud of Fowls, which I had not seen at all, from among the Corn it self.
  This touch'd me sensibly, for I foresaw, that in a few Days they would devour all my Hopes, that I should be starv'd, and never be able to raise a Crop at all, and what to do I could not tell: However I resolv'd not to loose my Corn, if possible, tho' I should watch it Night and Day. In the first Place, I went among it to see what Damage was already done, and found they had spoil'd a good deal of it, but that as it was yet too Green for them, the Loss was not so great, but that the Remainder was like to be a good Crop if it could be sav'd.
  I staid by it to load my Gun, and then coming away I could easily see the Thieves sitting upon all the Trees about me, as if they only waited till I was gone away, and the Event proved it to be so; for as I walk'd off as if I was gone, I was no sooner out of their sight, but they dropt down one by one into the Corn again. I was so provok'd that I could not have Patience to stay till more came on, knowing that every Grain that they eat now, was, as it might be said, a Peck-loaf to me in the Consequence; but coming up to the Hedge, I fir'd again, and kill'd three of them. This was what I wish'd for; so I took them up, and serv'd them as we serve notorious Thieves in England, (viz.) Hang'd them in Chains for a Terror to others; it is impossible to imagine almost, that this should have such an Effect, as it had; for the Fowls wou'd not only not come at the Corn, but in short they forsook all that Part of the Island, and I could never see a Bird near the Place as long as my Scare-Crows hung there.
  This I was very glad of, you may be sure, and about the latter end of December, which was our second Harvest of the Year, I reap'd my Crop.
  I was sadly put to it for a Scythe or a Sicle to cut it down, and-all I could do was to make one as well as I could out of one of the Broad Swords or Cutlasses, which I sav'd among the Arms out of the Ship. However, as my first Crop was but small I had no great Difficulty to cut it down; in short, I reap'd it my Way, for I cut nothing off but the Ears, and carry'd it away in a great Basket which I had made, and so rubb'd it out with my Hands; and at the End of all my Harvesting, I found that out of my half Peck of Seed, I had near two Bushels of Rice, and above two Bushels and half of Barley, that is to say, by my Guess, for I had no Measure at that time.
  However, this was a great Encouragement to me, and I foresaw that in time, it wou'd please God to supply me with Bread: And yet here I was perplex'd again, for I neither knew how to grind or make Meal of my Corn, or indeed how to clean it and part it; nor if made into Meal, how to make Bread of it, and if how to make it, yet I knew not how to bake it; these things being added to my Desire of having a good Quantity for Store, and to secure a constant Supply, I resolv'd not to taste any of this Crop but to preserve it all for Seed against the next Season, and in the mean time to employ all my Study and Hours of Working to accomplish this great Work of Providing my self with Corn and Bread.
  It might be truly said, that now I work'd for my Bread; 'tis a little wonderful, and what I believe few People have thought much upon, (viz.) the strange multitude of little Things necessary in the Providing, Producing, Curing, Dressing, Making and Finishing this one Article of Bread.
  I that was reduced to a meer State of Nature, found this to my daily Discouragement, and was made more and more sensible of it every Hour, even after I had got the first Handful of Seed-Corn, which, as I have said, came up unexpectedly, and indeed to a surprize.
  First, I had no Plow to turn up the Earth, no Spade or Shovel to dig it. Well, this I conquer'd, by making a wooden Spade, as I observ'd before; but this did my Work in but a wooden manner, and tho' it cost me a great many Days to make it, yet for want of Iron it not only wore out the sooner, but made my Work the harder, and made it be perform'd much worse.
  However this I bore with, and was content to work it out with Patience, and bear with the badness of the Performance. When the Corn was sow'd, I had no Harrow, but was forced to go over it my self and drag a great heavy Bough of a Tree over it, to Scratch it, as it may be call'd, rather than Rake or Harrow it.
  When it was growing and grown, I have observ'd already, how many things I wanted, to Fence it, Secure it, Mow or Reap it, Cure and Carry it Home, Thrash, Part it from the Chaff, and Save it. Then I wanted a Mill to Grind it, Sieves to Dress it, Yeast and Salt to make it into Bread, and an Oven to bake it, and yet all these things I did without, as shall be observ'd; and yet the Corn was an inestimable Comfort and Advantage to me too. All this, as I said, made every thing laborious and tedious to me, but that there was no help for; neither was my time so much Loss to me, because as I had divided it, a certain Part of it was every Day appointed to these Works; and as I resolv'd to use none of the Corn for Bread till I had a greater Quantity by me, I had the next six Months to apply my self wholly by Labour and Invention to furnish my self with Utensils proper for the performing all the Operations necessary for the making the Corn (when I had it) fit for my use.
  But first, I was to prepare more Land, for I had now Seed enough to sow above an Acre of Ground. Before I did this, I had a Week's-work at least to make me a Spade, which when it was done was but a sorry one indeed, and very heavy, and requir'd double Labour to work with it; however I went thro' that, and sow'd my Seed in two large flat Pieces of Ground, as near my House as I could find them to my Mind, and fenc'd them in with a good Hedge, the Stakes of which were all cut of that Wood which I had set before, and knew it would grow, so that in one Year's time I knew I should have a Quick or Living-Hedge, that would want but little Repair. This Work was not so little as to take me up less than three Months, because great Part of that time was of the wet Season, when I could not go abroad.
  Within Doors, that is, when it rained, and I could not go out, I found Employment on the following Occasions; always observing, that all the while I was at work I diverted my self with talking to my Parrot, and teaching him to Speak, and I quickly learn'd him to know his own Name, and at last to speak it out pretty loud P O L, which was the first Word I ever heard spoken in the Island by any Mouth but my own. This therefore was not my Work, but an assistant to my Work, for now, as I said, I had a great Employment upon my Hands, as follows, (viz.) I had long study'd by some Means or other, to make my self some Earthen Vessels, which indeed I wanted sorely, but knew not where to come at them: However, considering the Heat of the Climate, I did not doubt but if I could find out any such Clay, I might botch up some such Pot, as might, being dry'd in the Sun, be hard enough, and strong enough to bear handling, and to hold any Thing that was dry, and requir'd to be kept so; and as this was necessary in the preparing Corn, Meal, etc. which was the Thing I was upon, I resolv'd to make some as large as I could, and fit only to stand like Jarrs to hold what should be put into them.
  It would make the Reader pity me, or rather laugh at me, to tell how many awkward ways I took to raise this Paste, what odd mishapen ugly things I made, how many of them fell in, and how many fell out, the Clay not being stiff enough to bear its own Weight; how many crack'd by the over violent Heat of the Sun, being set out too hastily; and how many fell in pieces with only removing, as well before as after they were dry'd; and in a word, how after having labour'd hard to find the Clay, to dig it, to temper it, to bring it home and work it; I could not make above two large earthern ugly things, I cannot call them Jarrs, in about two Months Labour.
  However, as the Sun bak'd these Two, very dry and hard, I lifted them very gently up, and set them down again in two great Wicker-Baskets which I had made on purpose for them, that they might not break, and as between the Pot and the Basket there was a little room to spare, I stuff'd it full of the Rice and Barley Straw, and these two Pots being to stand always dry, I thought would hold my dry Corn, and perhaps the Meal, when the Corn was bruised.
  Tho' I miscarried so much in my Design for large Pots, yet I made several smaller things with better Success, such as little round Pots, flat Dishes, Pitchers and Pipkins, and any things my Hand turn'd to, and the Heat of the Sun bak'd them strangely hard.
  But all this would not answer my End, which was to get an earthen Pot to hold what was Liquid, and bear the Fire, which none of these could do. It happen'd after some time, making a pretty large Fire for cooking my Meat, when I went to put it out after I had done with it, I found a broken Piece of one of my Earthen-ware Vessels in the Fire, burnt as hard as a Stone, and red as a Tile. I was agreeably suppris'd to see it, and said to my self, that certainly they might be made to burn whole if they would burn broken.
  This set me to studying how to order my Fire, so as to make it burn me some Pots. I had no Notion of a Kiln, such as the Potters burn in, or of glazing them with Lead, tho' I had Some Lead to do it with; but I plac'd three large Pipkins, and two or three Pots in a Pile one upon another, and plac'd my Fire-wood all round it with a great Heap of Embers under them, I ply'd the Fire with fresh Fuel round the out-side, and upon the top, till I saw the Pots in the inside red hot quite thro', and observ'd that they did not crack at all; when I saw them clear red, I let them stand in that Heat about 5 or 6 Hours, till I found one of them, tho' it did not crack, did melt or run, for the Sand which was mixed with the Clay melted by the violence of the Heat, and would have run into Glass if I had gone on, so I slack'd my Fire gradually till the Pots began to abate of the red Colour, and watching them all Night, that I might not let the Fire abate too fast, in the Morning I had three very good, I will not say handsome Pipkins; and two other Earthen Pots, as hard burnt as cou'd be desir'd; and one of them perfectly glaz'd with the Running of the Sand.
  After this Experiment, I need not say that I wanted no sort of Earthen Ware for my Use; but I must needs say, as to the Shapes of them, they were very indifferent, as any one may suppose, when I had no way of making them; but as the Children make Dirt-Pies, Or as a Woman would make Pies, that never learn'd to raise Past.
  No Joy at a Thing of so mean a Nature was ever equal to mine, when I found I had made an Earthen Pot that would bear the Fire; and I had hardly Patience to stay till they were cold, before I set one upon the Fire again, with some Water in it, to boil me some Meat, which it did admirably well; and with a Piece of a Kid, I made Some very good Broth, though I wanted Oatmeal, and several other Ingredients, requisite to make it so good as I would have had it been.
  My next Concern was, to get me a Stone Mortar, to stamp or beat some Corn in; for as to the Mill, there was no thought at arriving to that Perfection of Art, with one Pair of Hands. To supply this Want I was at a great Loss; for of all Trades in the World I was as perfectly unqualify'd for a Stone-cutter, as for any whatever; neither had I any Tools to go about it with. I spent many a Day to find out a great Stone big enough to cut hollow, and make fit for a Mortar, and could find none at all; except what was in the solid Rock, and which I had no way to dig or cut out; nor indeed were the Rocks in the Island of Hardness sufficient, but were all of a sandy crumbling Stone, which neither would bear the Weight of a heavy Pestle, or would break the Corn without filling it with Sand; so after a great deal of Time lost in searching for a Stone, I gave it over, and resolv'd to look out for a great Block of hard Wood, which I found indeed much easier; and getting one as big as I had Strength to stir, I rounded it, and form'd it in the Out-side with my Axe and Hatchet, and then with the Help of Fire, and infinite Labour, made a hollow Place in it, as the Indians in Brasil make their Canoes. After this, I made a great heavy Pestle or Beater, of the Wood call'd the Iron-wood, and this I prepar'd and laid by against I had my next Crop of Corn, when I propos'd to my self, to grind, or rather pound my into Meal to make my Bread.
  My next Difficulty was to make a Sieve, or Search,' to dress my Meal, and to part it from the Bran, and the Husk, without which I did not see it possible I could have any Bread. This was a most difficult Thing, so much as but to think on; for to be sure I had nothing like the necessary Thing to make it; I mean fine thin Canvas, or Stuff, to search the Meal through. And here I was at a full Stop for many Months; nor did I really know what to do; Linnen I had none left, but what was meer Rags; I had Goats Hair, but neither knew I how to weave it, or spin it; and had I known how, here was no Tools to work it with; all the Remedy that I found for this, was, That at last I did remember I had among the Seamens Cloaths which were sav'd out of the Ship, some Neckcloths of Callicoe, or Muslin; and with some Pieces of these, I made three small Sieves, but proper enough for the Work; and thus I made shift for some Years; how I did afterwards, I shall shew in its Place.
  The baking Part was the next Thing to be consider'd, and how I should make Bread when I came to have Corn; for first I had no Yeast; as to that Part, as there was no supplying the Want, so I did not concern my self much about it: But for an Oven, I was indeed in great Pain; at length I found out an Experiment for that also, which was this; I made some Earthen Vessels very broad, but not deep; that is to say, about two Foot Diameter, and not above nine Inches deep; these I burnt in the Fire, as I had done the other, and laid them by; and when I wanted to bake, I made a great Fire upon my Hearth, which I had pav'd with some square Tiles of my own making, and burning also; but I should not call them square.
  When the Fire-wood was burnt pretty much into Embers, or live Coals, I drew them forward upon this Hearth, so as to cover it all over, and there I let them lye, till the Hearth was very hot, then sweeping away all the Embers, I set down my Loaf, or Loaves, and whelming down the Earthen Pot upon them, drew the Embers all round the Out-side of the Pot, to keep in, and add to the Heat; and thus, as well as in the best Oven in the World, I bak'd my Barley Loaves, and became in little Time a meer Pastry-Cook into the Bargain; for I made my self several Cakes of the Rice, and Puddings; indeed I made no Pies, neither had I any Thing to put into them, supposing I had, except the Flesh either of Fowls or Goats.
  It need not be wondred at, if all these Things took me up most Part of the third Year of my Abode here; for it is to be observ'd, That in the Intervals of these Things, I had my new Harvest and Husbandry to manage; for I reap'd my Corn in its Season, and carry'd it Home as well as I could, and laid it up in the Ear, in my large Baskets, till I had Time to rub it out; for I had no Floor to thrash it on, or Instrument to thrash it with.
  And now indeed my Stock of Corn increasing, I really wanted to build my Barns bigger. I wanted a Place to lay it up in; for the Increase of the Corn now yielded me so much, that I had of the Barley about twenty Bushels, and of the Rice as much, or more; insomuch, that now I resolv'd to begin to use it freely; for my Bread had been quite gone a great while; Also I resolved to see what Quantity would be sufficient for me a whole Year, and to sow but once a Year.
  Upon the whole, I found that the forty Bushels of Barley and Rice, was much more than I could consume in a Year; so I resolv'd to sow just the same Quantity every Year, that I sow'd the last, in Hopes that such a Quantity would fully provide me with Bread, etc.
  All the while these Things were doing, you may be sure my Thoughts run many times upon the Prospect of Land which I had seen from the other Side of the Island, and I was not without secret Wishes that I were on Shore there, fancying the seeing the main Land, and in an inhabited Country, I might find some Way or other to convey my self farther, and perhaps at last find some Means of Escape.
  But all this while I made no Allowance for the Dangers of such a Condition, and how I might fall into the Hands of Savages, and perhaps such as I might have Reason to think far worse than the Lions and Tigers of Africa. That if I once came into their Power, I should run a Hazard more than a thousand to one of being kill'd, and perhaps of being eaten; for I had heard that the People of the Carribean Coast were Canibals, or Man-eaters; and I knew by the Latitude that I could not be far off from that Shore. That suppose they were not Canibals, yet that they might kill me, as many Europeans who had fallen into their Hands had been serv'd, even when they had been ten or twenty together; much more I' that was but one, and could make little or no Defence: All these Things, I say, which I ought to have consider'd well of, and did cast up in my Thoughts afterwards, yet took up none of my Apprehensions at first; but my Head run mightily upon the Thought of getting over to the Shore.
  Now I wish'd for my Boy Xury, and the long Boat, with the Shoulder of Mutton Sail, with which I sail'd above a thousand Miles on the Coast of Africk; but this was In vain. Then I thought I would go and look at our Ship's Boat, which, as I have said, was blown up upon the Shore, a great Way in the Storm, when we were first cast away. She lay almost where she did at first, but not quite; and was turn'd by the Force of the Waves and the Winds almost Bottom upward, against a high Ridge of Beachy rough Sand; but no Water about her as before.
  If I had had Hands to have refitted her, and to have launch'd her into the Water, the Boat would have done well enough, and I might have gone back into the Brasils with her easily enough; but I might have foreseen, That I could no more turn her, and set her upright upon her Bottom, than I could remove the Island: However, I went to the Woods, and cut Levers and Rollers, and brought them to the Boat, resolv'd to try what I could do, suggesting to my self, That if I could but turn her down, I might easily repair the Damage she had receiv'd, and she would be a very good Boat, and I might go to Sea in her very easily.
  I spar'd no Pains indeed, in this Piece of fruitless Toil, and spent, I think, three or four Weeks about it; at last finding it impossible to heave it up with my little Strength, I fell to digging away the Sand, to undermine it, and so to make it fall down, setting Pieces of Wood to thrust and guide it right in the Fall.


  直到现在,我才充分意识到,我现在的生活比过去幸福得多。尽管我目前处境不幸,但我过去过的却是一种罪恶的、可憎的、令人诅咒的生活。我现在完全改变了对忧愁和欢乐的看法,我的愿望也大不相同,我的爱好和兴趣也变了。与初来岛上相比,甚至与过去两年相比,我获得了一种前所未有的欢乐。

  过去,当我到各处打猎,或勘查岛上环境时,一想到自己的处境,我的灵魂就会痛苦不堪;想到自己被困在这些树林、山谷和沙滩中间,被困在没有人烟的荒野里,我觉得自己就像是个囚犯,那茫茫的大海就是我牢狱的铁栅栏,并且永无出狱之日。一想到这些,我总是忧心如焚。即使在我心境最宁静的时候,这种念头也会像暴风雨一样突然向我袭来,使我扭扯双手,像小孩一样号啕痛哭。有时在劳动中,这种念头也会突然袭来。我就会立刻坐下来,长吁短叹,两眼死盯着地面,一两个小时一动也不动,这就更令人痛苦了。因为,假如我能哭出来,或用语言发泄出来,苦恼就会过去;悲哀发泄出来后,心情也会好一些。

  可现在,我开始用新的思想修炼自己。我每天读《圣经》,并把读到的话与自己当前的处境相联系,以从中得到安慰。一天早晨,我心情十分悲凉。打开《圣经》,我读到了这段话:"我决不撇下你,也不丢弃你。"我立刻想到,这些话正是对我说的。否则,怎么会在我为自己的处境感到悲伤,在我感到自己被上帝和世人丢平时,让我读到这段话呢?"好啊,"我说,"只要上帝不丢弃我,那么,即使世人丢弃我,那又有什么害处,又有什么关系呢?从另一方面来说,即使世人不丢弃我,但我若失去上帝的宠幸和保佑,还有什么能比这种损失更大呢?"从这时期,我心里有了一种新的认识。我在这里虽然孤苦伶仃,但也许比我生活在世界上任何其他地方更幸福。有了这种认识,我禁不住衷心感激上帝,感谢他把我引导到这儿来。

  可是,一想到这里,不知怎么的,我心头突然一惊,再也不敢把感谢的话说出来。我大声对自己说:"你怎么能做伪君子呢?你是在假装对自己的处境表示感激,因为你一面对目前的处境表示满足,一面却恨不得恳求上帝,把你从这里拯救出来。"于是,我不再说话了。事实上,我虽然不能说我感谢上帝把我带到这儿来,但我还是要衷心感谢上帝,因为他用种种灾难折磨我,使我睁开眼睛,看清了我过去的生活,并为自己的罪恶而感到悲痛和后悔。我每次读《圣经》,总是衷心感谢上帝,是他引导我在英国的朋友把《圣经》放在我的货物里,虽然我没有嘱托他。我也感谢上帝,是他后来又帮助我把《圣经》从破船中取了出来。

  就在这种心情下,我开始了荒岛上的第三年生活。我虽然没有把这一年的工作像第一年那样一件一件地给读者叙述,但一般说来,可以这么说,我很少有空闲的时候。对每天必不可少的日常工作,我都定时进行,生活很有规律。比如,第一,定出时间,一天三次祈祷上帝和阅读《圣经》;第二,带熗外出觅食。如果不下雨,一般在上午外出,时间约三小时;第三,把打死或捕获的猎物加以处理,或晒、或烤、或腌、或煮,以便收藏作为我的粮食。这些事差不多用去了每天大部分的时间。此外还必须考虑到,每天中午,太阳在天顶时,酷热难当,根本无法出门。因此,每天真正能够用来工作的时间,只有晚上四小时。不过,有时我也把打猎和工作的时间调换一下,上午工作,下午带熗外出。

  一天中能工作的时间太短。此外,我还得提一下我工作的艰苦性。因为缺乏工具,缺乏助手,缺乏经验,做每件工作都要浪费许多时间。例如,为了在我的洞室里做一个长架子,我花了整整四十二天的功夫才做成一块木板;而实际上,如果有两个锯木工在锯坑里用锯子锯,只要半天就能从同一棵树上锯出六块木板来。

  我做木板的方法是这样的:因为我需要一块较宽的木板,就选定一棵大树把它砍倒。砍树花了三天的时间,再花了两天把树枝削掉,这样树干就成了一根大木头,或者说是成了木材。然后用大量的时间慢慢劈削,把树干两边一点点地削平。削到后来,木头就轻了,这样就可以搬动了。然后把削轻的木头放在地上,先把朝上的一面从头至尾削光削平,像块木板的板面一样;再把削平的这一面翻下去,削另一面,最后削成三寸多厚两面光滑的木板。任何人都可以想象,做这样的工作,我得用双手付出多少劳力啊!但劳力和耐心终于使我完成了这件工作以及许多其他工作。我把做木板作为一个例子,说明为什么我花了那么多的时间只能完成很少的工作;同时也可以说明,做任何工作,如果有助手和工具,本来是一件轻而易举的事情,但若单凭一个人空手去做,便要花费大量的劳力和时间。

  尽管如此,靠了耐心和劳动,我完成了大量的工作。下面,我将叙述我如何为生活环境所迫,完成了许多必不可少的工作。

  现在正是十一、十二月之间,即将收获大麦和稻子。我耕种和施肥的面积不大,因为,上面说过,我所有的种子每样只不过半斗,而又因第一次在旱季播种,把播下去的种子完全毁了。但这一次却丰收在望。然而,我突然发现,庄稼受到好几种敌人的威胁,而且这些敌人简直难以对付。全部收获又将丧失殆荆首先,就是山羊和像野兔似的野物。它们尝到了禾苗的甜味后,等禾苗一长出来,就昼夜伏在田里,把长出地面的禾苗吃光,禾苗根本就无法长出茎秆来。

  除了做个篱笆把庄稼地围起来,我想不出其他办法。我花了大量艰苦的劳动,才把篱笆筑好。尤其吃力的是,我必须很快把篱笆建成。好在我种子不多,因而耕种面积也不大,所以不到三星期我就把庄稼地围起来了。白天,我打死3只野物;晚上,我把狗拴在大门外的一根柱子上,让狗整夜吠叫,看守庄稼地。不久,那些敌人就舍弃了这块地方,庄稼长得又茁壮又好,并很快成熟起来。

  在庄稼长出禾苗时,遭到了兽害;而现在庄稼结穗时,又遇到了鸟害。一天,我到田里去看看庄稼的生长情况,却发现无数的飞禽围住了我那块小小的庄稼地,飞禽种类之多,简直数不胜数。它们围着庄稼地,仿佛等我走开后就可飞进去饱餐一顿。我立刻向鸟群开了熗(我外出时是熗不离身的)。

  熗声一响,我又看到在庄稼地中无数的飞禽纷纷腾空而起,而刚才我还没有发现在庄稼地中竟也潜伏着这么一大群飞禽。

  这使我非常痛心。可以预见,要不了几天,它们就会把我的全部希望吃个精光。我将无法耕种任何庄稼,到头来只好挨饿,而我又不知如何对付这些飞禽。但我决心不能让我的庄稼白白损失,即使整天整夜守着也在所不惜。我先走进庄稼地看看损失的情况,发现那些飞禽已糟蹋了不少庄稼,但大麦和稻子还都在发青期,所以损失还不大。假如我能把其余部分保住,还可能有一个不错的收成。

  我站在庄稼地旁,把熗装上弹药。当我走开时,我清楚地看到那些偷谷贼都停在周围的树上,好像专等我走开似的。

  事实也确实如此。我慢慢走远,假装已经离开。一旦它们看不见我了,就立即又一个个飞进庄稼地。见此情景,我气极了。等不及让更多的鸟飞下来,我就走到篱笆边开了一熗,一下子打死了三只。因为我知道,它们现在所吃掉的每一颗谷粒,几年后对我来说就是一大斗。鸟给打死了,这正是我所期望的。我把打死的鸟从地里拾起来,用英国惩治恶名昭著的窃贼的办法,把它们用锁链吊起来,以警效尤。真想不到,这个办法居然十分灵光。从此以后,那些飞禽不仅不敢再到庄稼地来,甚至连岛上的这一边也不敢飞来了。在那些示众的死鸟挂在那儿期间,附近连一只鸟都看不见。

  不用说,这件事使我很高兴。十二月底,是一年中的第二个收获季节,我收割了我的庄稼。

  要收割庄稼,就得有镰刀;可是我没有,这就难为我了。

  无奈之中,只得用一把腰刀来改做;这种腰刀是我从船上的武器舱中取出来的。好在第一次收成不多,所以割起来也没多大困难。而且,我收割的方法也非常独特:只割下麦穗或稻穗,把茎干留下来。我把穗子装进自制的大筐子里搬回家,再用双手把谷粒搓下来。收获完毕后,我发现原来的半斗种子差不多打了两斗稻和两斗半多的大麦。这当然只是我估计估计罢了,因为当时手头根本就没有量具。

  这对我是一个极大的鼓励。我预见到,早晚有一天,上帝会赐给我面包吃。可是,现在我又感到为难了。因为我既不知道怎样把谷粒磨成粉,甚至根本不知道怎样脱谷,怎样筛去秕糠;即使能把谷粒磨成粉,我也不知道怎样把粉做成面包;即使做成了面包,也不知怎样烤面包。另外,我想多积一点粮食,以保证不断供应。为此,我决定不吃这次收获的谷物,而是全部留起来做种子,待下一季再播种。同时,我决定用全部时间全力研究磨制面粉和烤制面包这一艰巨的工作。

  人们常说"为面包而工作",其意思是"为生存而工作"。

  而现在,我可以说是真的为"面包"而工作了。为了制成面包这样小小的不起眼的东西,你首先得作好播种准备,生产出粮食,再要经过晒、筛、制、烤等种种奇怪而繁杂的必不可少的过程,真不能不令人惊叹。我也想,很少人会想到,我们天天吃的面包要真的自己动手从头做起是多么不容易啊!

  目前,我犹如初生的婴孩,除了自己一身之外,别无他物。做面包的事成了天天苦恼我的心玻而且,自从我第一次无意中发现在石壁下长出稻子和大麦,并获得了一把粮种之后,随着时光的流逝,我简直无时无刻不想到做面包的事。

  首先,我没有犁,无法耕地;也没有锄头或铲子来掘地。

  这个困难我克服了,前面提到,我做了一把木头铲子。工具拙劣,干起活来很不得力。虽然我花了不少日子才做成一把木铲,但因为没有铁,很快就磨损了。结果工作更加困难,效率也更低。

  尽管如此,我还是将就着使用这把木铲;我耐着性子用木铲掘地,即使效果不佳也不在意。种子播下后,我又没有耙,不得不自己在地里走来走去,或用一颗大树在地里拖来拖去。这样做与其说是在耙地,还不如说是在扒地。

  在庄稼成长和成熟的时候,我前面也已谈到,还有许多事要做。我要给庄稼地打上篱笆,又要保护庄稼不受鸟害。然后是收割、晒干、运回家、打谷、簸去秕糠,而后把谷物收藏起来。然而,我没有磨,无法磨谷;我没有筛子,无法筛粉;我没有发醇粉和盐,无法做面包;我也没有炉子烤面包。

  所有这一切,我都一无所有,但我还是做成了面包。这些事我将在下面再告诉读者。但在当时,我总算有了自己的粮食,这对我是极大的安慰,为我的生活带来了更多有利的条件。前面提到,没有适当的工具,一切事情做起来特别吃力,特别费时间,可是也没有办法。同时,我也没有浪费时间。我把时间分配得很好,每天安排出一定的时间来做这些事。我已决定等我收获了更多的粮食后再做面包,所以我还有六个月的时间;在这半年中,我可以运用我全部的精力和心血,设法制造出加工粮食各项工序所需要的各种工具。到时,有了足够的粮食,就可以用来制造面包了。

  目前,第一步,我必须多准备一点土地,因为我现在有了足够的种子,可以播种一英亩还多。在耕地之前,我至少花了一个星期,做了一把铲子。铲子做得又拙劣,又笨重,拿它去掘地,要付出双倍的劳力。但不管怎么说,我总算有了掘地的工具,并在我住所附近找了两大片平地把种子播下去。

  然后就是修筑了一道坚实的篱笆把地围起来,篱笆的木桩都是从我以前栽过的那种树上砍下来的。我知道这种树生长很快,一年内就能长成茂密的篱笆,用不着多少工夫去修理。这个工作花了我三个多月的时间,因为这期间大部分时间是雨季,我无法出门,故修筑篱笆的事时辍时续。

  在家里,也就是说,在下雨不能出门的时候,我也找些事情做。我一面工作,一面同我的鹦鹉闲扯,以教它说话作为消遣。不久,我就教会它知道它自己叫什么,后来它居然会响亮地叫自己为"波儿"。这是我上岛以来第一次从别的嘴里听到的话。教鹦鹉说话,当然不是我的工作,只是工作中的消遣而已。前面谈到,我目前正在着手一件重要的工作。

  我早就想用什么办法制造一些陶器,我急需这类东西,可就是不知怎么做。这里气候炎热,因此,我敢肯定,只要能找到陶土,就能做一些钵子或罐子,然后放到太阳底下晒干;炎热的太阳一定能把陶土晒得既坚硬又结实,并能经久耐用,可以用来装一些需要保存的干东西。要加工粮食,制造面粉等工作,就必需要有盛器贮藏。所以,我决定尽量把容器做大一些,可以着地放,里面就可以装东西。

  要是读者知道我怎样制造这些陶器,一定会为我感到又可怜又可笑。我不知用了多少笨拙的方法去调合陶土,也不知做出了多少奇形怪状的丑陋的家伙;有多少因为陶土太软,吃不住本身的重量,不是凹进去,就是凸出来。根本不合用;又有多少因为晒得太早,太阳热力过猛而晒裂了;也有多少在晒干后一搬动就碎裂了。一句话,我费了很大的力气去找陶土,找到后把土挖出来,调合好,运回家,再做成泥瓮。结果,我工作了差不多两个月的时间,才做成两只大瓦罐,样子非常难看,简直无法把它们叫作缸。

  最后,太阳终于把这两只大瓦罐晒得非常干燥非常坚硬了。我就把它们轻轻搬起来,放进两只预先特制的大柳条筐里,防备它们破裂。在缸和筐子之间的空隙处,又塞上了稻草和麦秆。现在,这两个大缸就不会受潮,以后我想就可以用来装粮食和粮食磨出来的面粉。

  我大缸做得不成功,但那些小器皿却做得还像样,像那些小圆罐啦,盘子啦,水罐啦,小瓦锅啦等等,总之,一切我随手做出来的东西,都还不错,而且,由于阳光强烈,这些瓦罐都晒得特别坚硬。

  但我还没有达到我的最终目的。这些容器只能用来装东西,不能用来装流质放在火上烧,而这才是我真正的目的。过了些时候,一次我偶然生起一大堆火煮东西,煮完后我就去灭火,忽然发现火堆里有一块陶器的碎片,被火烧得像石头一样硬,像砖一样红。这一发现使我惊喜万分。我对自己说,破陶器能烧,整只陶器当然也能烧了。

  于是我开始研究如何控制火力,给自己烧出几只锅子来。

  我当然不知道怎样搭一个窑,就像那些陶器工人烧陶器用的那种窑;我也不知道怎样用铅去涂上一层釉,虽然铅我还是有一些的。我把三只大泥锅和两三只泥罐一个个堆起来,四面架上木柴,泥锅和泥罐下生了一大堆炭火,然后在四周和顶上点起了火,一直烧到里面的罐子红透为止,而且十分小心不让火把它们烧裂。我看到陶器烧得红透后,又继续保留了五六小时的热度。后来,我看见其中一只虽然没有破裂,但已开始溶化了,这是因为掺在陶土里的沙土被火烧溶了,假如再烧下去,就要成为玻璃了。于是我慢慢减去火力,那些罐子的红色逐渐退去。我整夜守着火堆,不让火力退得太快。

  到了第二天早晨,我便烧成了三只很好的瓦锅和两只瓦罐,虽然谈不上美观,但很坚硬;其中一只由于沙土被烧溶了,还有一层很好的釉。

  这次实验成功后,不用说,我不缺什么陶器用了。但我必须说,这些东西的形状,是很不像样的。大家也可以想象,因为我没有办法制造这些东西,只能像小孩子做泥饼,或像不会和面粉的女人做馅饼那样去做。

  当我发现我已制成了一只能耐火的锅子时,我的快乐真是无可比拟的,尽管这是一件多么微不足道的事情。我等不及让锅子完全冷透,就急不可耐地把其中一只放到火上,倒进水煮起肉来。结果效果极佳。我用一块小山羊肉煮了一碗可口的肉汤。当然,我没有燕麦粉和别的配料,否则我会做出非常理想的汤来。

  下一个问题是我需要一个石臼舂粮食。因为我明白,仅凭自己的一双手,是无法做出石磨的。至于如何做石臼,我也一筹莫展。三百六十行中,我最不懂的就是石匠手艺了,更何况没有合适的工具。我费了好几天的功夫,想找一块大石头,把中间挖空后做个石臼。可是岛上尽是大块岩石,根本无法挖凿,而且石质不硬,是一些一碰就碎的沙石,经不住重锤去舂,而且即使能捣碎谷物,也必然会从石臼中舂出许多沙子和在面粉里。因此,当我花了很长时间找不到适当的石料时,就放弃了这个念头,决定找一大块硬木头。这要容易得多。我弄了一块很大的木头,大得我勉强能搬得动。然后用大斧小斧把木头砍圆;当起初具圆形时,就用火在上面烧一个槽。火力和无限的劳力,就像巴西的印第安人做独木舟那样终于把臼做成了。又用铁树做了一个又大又重的杵。舂谷的工具做好后,我就放起来准备下次收获后舂谷做面粉,再用面粉做面包。

  第二个需要克服的困难是,我得做一个筛子筛面粉,把面粉和秕糠分开。没有筛子,就无法做面包。做筛子想想也把我难倒了。我没有任何材料可以用来做筛子,也就是那种有很细很细网眼的薄薄的布可以把面粉筛出来。这使我停工好几个月,不知怎么办才好。除了一些破布碎片外,我连一块亚麻布也没有。虽然我有山羊毛,但我根本不知道怎样纺织,即使知道,这里也没有纺织工具。后来,我忽然想起一个补救办法,也是当时唯一的办法,那就是在从船上搬下来的那些水手衣服里,有几块棉布和薄纱围巾。我拿了几块出来做成三个小筛子,总算能凑合着用,这样应付了好几年。至于后来怎么办,我下面再叙述。

  下一步要考虑的是制面包的问题,也就是我有了粮食之后怎样制成面包。首先,我没有发酵粉。这是绝对没有办法做出来的,所以我也就不去多费脑筋了。至于炉子的问题,颇费了我一番周折。但最后,我还是想出了一个试验的办法。具体做法如下:我先做了些很大的陶器,但不太深;这些容器直径有两英尺,但深仅九英寸。像上次烧制陶器那样,我把它们也放在火里烧过,完工后就成了大瓦盆,放置一边备用。

  制面包时,我先用方砖砌成一个炉子;这些方砖也是我自己烧制出来的,只不过不怎么方整罢了。然后,在炉子里生起火。

  当木柴烧成热炭或炽炭时,我就把它们取出来放在炉子上面,并把炉子盖满,让炉子烧得非常热。然后把所有的火种通通扫尽,把面包放进去,再用做好的大瓦盆把炉子扣住,瓦盆上再盖满火种。这样做不但能保持炉子的热度,还能增加热度。用这种方法,我制出了非常好的大麦面包,绝不亚于世界上最好的炉子制出来的面包。不久之后,我就成了一个技术高明的面包师傅,因为我还用大米制成了一些糕点和布叮不过,我没有做过馅饼,因为除了飞禽和山羊肉外,我没有别的佐料可以放进去。

  毫不奇怪,这些事情占去了我在岛上第三年的大部分时间。一方面,我要为制面包做许多事情;另一方面,我还要料理农务,收割庄稼。我按时收获,把谷物都运回家。我把穗子放在大筐子里,有空时就用双手搓出来。因为我既无打谷场,也无打谷的工具。

  现在,我的粮食贮藏量大大增加了,就必须扩建谷仓。我需要有地方来存放粮食。现在,我已有了二十浦式耳大麦和二十多浦式耳大米,可以放心吃用了,因为我从船上取下来的粮食早就吃完了。同时,我也想估算一下,一年要消耗多少粮食,然后准备一年只种一季,数量足够我吃就行了。

  我发现,四十浦式耳的大麦和大米足够我吃一年还有余。

  因此我决定每年播种同样数量的种子,并希望收获的粮食足够供应我做面包和其他用途。

  毫无疑问,在做上述那些事情的同时,我常想到我在岛上另一边所看到的陆地。我心里暗暗怀着一种愿望,希望能在那里上岸,并幻想自己在找到大陆和有人烟的地方后,就能继续设法去其他地方,最终能找到逃生的办法。

  那时,我完全没有考虑这种情况的危险性,没有考虑到我会落入野人的手里,而这些野人比非洲的狮子和老虎还要凶残,我一旦落入他们的手里,就要冒九死一生的危险,不是给他们杀死,就是给他们吃掉。我听说,加勒比海沿岸的人都是吃人的部族。而从纬度来看,我知道我目前所在的这个荒岛离加勒比海岸不会太远。再说,就算他们不是吃人的部族,他们也一定会把我杀掉。他们正是这样对待落到他们手里的欧洲人的,即使一二十个欧洲人成群结伙也难免厄运。

  而我只是孤身一人,毫无自卫的能力。这些情况我本来应该好好考虑的,可是在当时却丝毫也没有使我害怕,尽管后来我还是考虑到了这种危险性。那时我头脑里考虑的只是怎样登上对面的陆地。

  这时,我怀念起我那小仆人佐立和那只长舢船了;我和佐立驾着那挂着三角帆的舢船沿非洲海岸航行了一千多英里啊!然而,光思念也于事无补。所以,我想到去看看我们大船上的那只小艇。前面已谈到过,这小艇是在我们最初遇难时被风暴刮到岸上来的。小艇差不多还躺在原来的地方,但位置略有变更,并且经风浪翻了个身,船底朝天,搁浅在一个高高的沙石堆上,四面无水。

  如果我有助手,就可以把船修理一下放到水里,那就一定能坐着它回巴西。在当时,我应该考虑到,凭我一个人的力量,是绝对不可能把这小艇翻个身,让它船底朝下,就像我无法搬动这座岛一样。我只是一心想把船翻个身,然后把受损的地方修好,成为一条不错的船,可以乘着它去航海,所以我还是走进树林,砍了一些树干想做杠杆或转木之用。然后把这些树干运到小艇旁,决定尽我所能试试看。

  我不遗余力去干这件工作,最后只是白费心思和力气,却浪费了我整整三四个星期的时间。后来,我终于意识到,我的力气是微不足道的,根本不可能把小艇抬起。于是,我不得不另想办法,着手挖小艇下面的沙子,想把下面挖空后让小艇自己落下去;同时,用一些木头从下面支撑着,让小艇落下来时翻个身。

  船是落下来了,我却无法搬动它,也无法从船底下插入杠杆转木之类的东西,更不要说把它移到水里去了。最后,我只得放弃这个工作。可是,我虽然放弃了使用小艇的希望,我要去海岛对面大陆上的愿望不但没有减退,反而因为无法实现而更加强烈。

  最后,我想到,能否像热带地区的土人那样做一只独木舟呢,尽管我没有工具,没有人手。所谓独木舟,就是用一棵大树的树干做成的。我觉得这不但可能,而且很容易做到。

  做独木舟的想法,使我非常高兴。而且,我还认为,与黑人或印第安人相比,我还有不少有利条件。但我却完全没有想到,比起印第安人来,我还有许多特别不利的条件,那就是,独木舟一旦做成后,没有人手可以帮我让独木舟下水。是的,印第安人有印第安人的困难,他们没有工具,但是,我缺少人手的困难更难克服。如果我能在树林里找到一棵大树,费了很大的劲把树砍倒,再用我的工具把树的外部砍成小舟形状,然后把里面烧空或凿空,做成一只小船;假如这些工作全部完成后,小船仍不得不留在原地而无法下水,那对我又有什么用处呢?

  人们也许会想到,我在做这小船时,不可能一点也不想到我所处的环境;我应该立即想到小舟下海的问题。可是,我当时一心一意只想乘小舟去航行,从不考虑怎样使小舟离开陆地的问题。而实际上,对我来说,驾舟在海上航行四十五英里,比在陆地上使它移动四十五浔后让它下水要容易得多。

  任何有头脑的人都不会像我这样傻就着手去造船。我对自己的计划十分得意,根本不去仔细想想计划的可行性。虽然我也想到船建成后下水可能是一大难题,但对于自己的疑惑,我总是愚蠢地认为:"把船造好了再说。到时总会想出办法的。 "这是最荒谬的办法。我真是思船心切,立即着手工作。我砍倒了一棵大柏树。我相信,连所罗门造耶路撒冷的圣殿时也没有用过这样大的木料。靠近树根的直径达五英尺十英寸,在二十二英尺处直径也达四英尺十一英寸,然后才渐渐细下去,并开始长出枝叉。我费尽辛苦才把树砍倒:用二十二天时间砍断根部,又花了十四天时间使用大斧小斧砍掉树枝和向四周张开的巨大的树顶;这种劳动之艰辛真是一言难荆然后,又花了一个多月的时间又砍又削,最后刮出了船底的形状,使其下水后能浮在水上。这时,树干已砍削得初具船的形状了。接着又花了将近三个月的时间把中间挖空,做得完全像只小船。在挖空树干时,我不用火烧,而是用槌子和凿子一点一点地凿空,最后确实成了一只像模像样的独木舟,大得可乘26个人。这样,不仅我自己可以乘上船,而且可以把我所有的东西都装进去。

  这项工程完成后,我心里高兴极了。这艘小船比我以前看到过的任何独木舟都大。当然,做成这只大型独木舟我是费尽心血的。现在,剩下的就是下水问题了。要是我的独木舟真的下水了,我肯定会进行一次有史以来最为疯狂、最不可思议的航行了。

  尽管我想尽办法,费尽力气,可就是无法使船移动一步。

  小船所在的位置离水仅一百码,决不会再多。第一个难处是,从小船所在的位置到河边,正好是一个向上的斜坡。为此,我决定把地面掘起,掘出一个向下的斜坡。于是,我立即动手进行这项工程,并且也历尽艰辛。当想到有可能逃生的机会,谁还会顾得上艰难困苦呢?不料完成了这项工程,克服了这一障碍后,我还是一筹莫展。我根本无力移动这只独木舟一步,就像我无法移动搁浅在沙滩上的那只小艇一样。

  既然我无法使独木舟下水,就只得另想办法。我把现场的距离丈量了一下,决定开个船坞或开条运河,把水引到船底下来。于是我又着手这项大工程。一开始,我就进行了一些估算:看看运河要挖多深多宽,怎样把挖出来的土运走。结果发现,若我一个人进行这项工程,至少要花十至十二年。因为河岸很高,达二十英尺。最后,我不得不放弃这个计划,尽管心里很不愿意。

  这件事使我非常伤心。到这时我才明白--虽然为时已晚--做任何事,若不预先计算一下所需的代价,不正确估计一下自己力量,那是十分愚蠢的!

 
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 10楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  July 4. In the Morning I took the Bible, and beginning at the New Testament, I began seriously to read it, and impos'd upon my self to read a while every Morning and every Night, not tying my self to the Number of Chapters, but as long as my Thoughts shou'd engage me: It was not long after I set seriously to this Work, but I found my Heart more deeply and sincerely affected with the Wickedness of my past Life: The Impression of my Dream reviv'd, and the Words, All these Things have not brought thee to Repentance, ran seriously in my Thought: I was earnestly begging of God to give me Repentance, when it happen'd providentially the very Day that reading the Scripture, I came to these Words, He is exalted a Prince and a Saviour, to give Repentance, and to give Remission: I threw down the Book, and with my Heart as well as my Hands lifted up to Heaven, in a Kind of Extasy of Joy, I cry'd out aloud, Jesus, thou Son of David, Jesus, thou exalted Prince and Saviour, give me Repentance!
  This was the first Time that I could say, in the true Sense of the Words, that I pray'd in all my Life; for now I pray'd with a Sense of my Condition, and with a true Scripture View of Hope founded on the Encouragement of the Word of God; and from this Time, I may say, I began to have Hope that God would hear me.
  Now I began to construe the Words mentioned above, Call on me, and I will deliver you, in a different Sense from what I had ever done before; for then I had no Notion of any thing being call'd Deliverance, but my being deliver'd from the Captivity I was in; for tho' I was indeed at large in the Place, yet the Island was certainly a Prison to me, and that in the worst Sense in the World; but now I learn'd to take it in another Sense: Now I look'd back upon my past Life with such Horrour, and my Sins appear'd so dreadful, that my Soul sought nothing of God, but Deliverance from the Load of Guilt that bore down all my Comfort: As for my Solitary Life it was nothing; I did not SO much as pray to be deliver'd from it, or think of it; It was all of no Consideration in Comparison to this: And I add this Part here, to hint to whoever shall read it, that whenever they come to a true Sense of things, they will find Deliverance from Sin a much greater Blessing, than Deliverance from Affliction.
  But leaving this Part, I return to my Journal.
  My Condition began now to be, tho' not less miserable as my Way of living, yet much easier to my Mind; and my Thoughts being directed, by a constant reading the Scripture, and praying to God, to things of a higher Nature: I ad a great deal of Comfort within, which till now I knew nothing of; also, as my Health and Strength returned, I bestirr'd my self to furnish my self with every thing that I anted, and make my Way of living as regular as I could.
  From the 4th of July to the 24th, I was chiefly employ'd walking about with my Gun in my Hand, a little and a little, at a Time, as a Man that was gathering up his Strength after a Fit of Sickness: For it is hardly to be imagin'd, how low I was, and to what Weakness I was reduc'd. The Application which I made Use of was perfectly new, and perhaps what had never cur'd an Ague before, neither can recommend it to any one to practise, by this Experiment; and tho' it did carry off the Fit, yet it rather contributed to weakening me; for I had frequent Convulsions in my Nerves and Limbs for some Time.
  I learn'd from it also this in particular, that being abroad the rainy Season was the most pernicious thing to my Health that could be, especially in those Rains which came ended with Storms and Hurricanes of Wind; for as the in which came in the dry Season was always most accompany'd with such Storms, so I found that Rain was much more dangerous than the Rain which fell in September and October.
  I had been now in this unhappy Island above 10 Months, all Possibility of Deliverance from this Condition, seem'd to be entirely taken from me; and I firmly believed, that no humane Shape had ever set Foot upon that Place: Having now secur'd my Habitation, as I thought, fully to my Mind, I had a great Desire to make a more perfect Discovery of the Island, and to see what other Productions I might find, which I yet knew nothing of.
  It was the 15th of July that I began to take a more particular Survey of the Island it self: I went up the Creek first, where, as I hinted, I brought my Rafts on Shore; I found after I came about two Miles up, that the Tide did not flow any higher, and that it was no more than a little Brook of running Water, and very fresh and good; but this being the dry Season, there was hardly any Water in some Parts of it, at least, not enough to run in any Stream, so as it could be perceiv'd.
  On the Bank of this Brook I found many pleasant Savana's, or Meadows; plain, smooth, and cover'd with Grass; and on the rising Parts of them next to the higher Grounds, where the Water, as it might be supposed, never overflow'd I found a great deal of Tobacco, green, and growing to great and very strong Stalk; there were divers other Plants which I had no Notion of, or Understanding about, and might perhaps have Vertues of their own, which I could find out.
  I searched for the Cassava Root, which the Indians in all that climate make their Bread of, but I could find I saw large Plants of Alloes, but did not then understand them. I saw several Sugar Canes, but wild, and for Cultivation, imperfect. I contented my self with these Discoveries for this Time, and came back musing with myself what Course I might take to know the Vertue and Goodness of any of the Fruits or Plants which I should discover; but could bring it to no Conclusion; for in short, I had made so little Observation while I wad in the Brasils, that I knew little of the Plants in the Field, at least very little that might serve me to any Purpose now in my Distress.
  The next Day, the 16th, I went up the same Way again, and after going something farther than I had gone the Day before, I found the Brook, and the Savana's began to cease, and the Country became more woody than before; in this Part I found different Fruits, and particularly I found Mellons upon the Ground in great Abundance, and Grapes upon the Trees; the Vines had spread indeed over the Trees, and the Clusters of Grapes were just now in their Prime, very ripe and rich: This was a surprising Discovery, and I was exceeding glad of them; but I was warn'd by my Experience to eat sparingly of them, remembring, that when I was ashore in Barbary, the eating of Grapes kill'd several of our English Men who were Slaves there, by throwing them into Fluxes and Feavers: But I found an excellent Use for these Grapes, and that was to cure or dry them in the Sun, and keep them as dry'd Grapes or Raisins are kept, which I thought would be, as indeed they were, as wholesom as agreeable to eat, when no Grapes might be to be had.
  I spent all that Evening there, and went not back to my Habitation, which by the Way was the first Night, as I might say, I had lain from Home. In the Night I took my first Contrivance, and got up into a Tree, where I slept well, and the next Morning proceeded upon my Discovery, travelling near four Miles, as I might judge by the Length of the Valley, keeping still due North, with a Ridge of Hills on the South and North-side of me.
  At the End of this March I came to an Opening, where the Country seem'd to descend to the West, and a little Spring of fresh Water which issued out of the Side of the Hill by me, run the other Way, that is due East; and the Country appear'd so fresh, so green, so flourishing, every thing being in a constant Verdure, or Flourish of Spring, that it looked like a planted Garden.
  I descended a little on the Side of that delicious Vale, surveying it with a secret Kind of Pleasure, (tho' mixt with my other afflicting Thoughts) to think that this was all my own, that I was King and Lord of all this Country indefeasibly, and had a Right of Possession; and if I could convey it, I might have it in Inheritance, as compleatly as any Lord of a Mannor in England. I saw here Abundance of Cocoa Trees, Orange, and Lemmon, and Citron Trees; but all wild, and very few bearing any Fruit, at least not then: However, the green Limes that I gathered, were not only pleasant to eat, but very wholesome; and I mix'd their Juice afterwards with Water, which made it very wholesome, and very cool, and refreshing.
  I found now I had Business enough to gather and carry Home; and I resolv'd to lay up a Store, as well of Grapes, as Limes and Lemons, to furnish my self for the wet Season, which I knew was approaching.
  In Order to this, I gather'd a great Heap of Grapes in one Place, and a lesser Heap in another Place, and a great Parcel of Limes and Lemons in another Place; and taking a few of each with me, I travell'd homeward, and resolv'd to come again, and bring a Bag or Sack, or what I could make to carry the rest Home.
  Accordingly, having spent three Days in this Journey, I came Home; so I must now call my Tent and my Cave: But, before I got thither, the Grapes were spoil'd; the Richness of the Fruits, and the Weight of the Juice having broken them, and bruis'd them, they were good for little or nothing; as to the Limes, they were good, but I could bring but a few.
  The next Day, being the 19th, I went back, having made me two small Bags to bring Home my Harvest: But I was surpriz'd, when coming to my Heap of Grapes, which were so rich and fine when I gather'd them, I found them all spread about, trod to Pieces, and dragg'd about, some here, some there, and Abundance eaten and devour'd: By this I concluded, there were some wild Creatures thereabouts, which had done this; but what they were, I knew not.
  However, as I found there there was no laying them up on Heaps, and no carrying them away in a Sack, but that one Way they would be destroy'd, and the other Way they would be crush'd with their own Weight. I took another Course; for I gather'd a large Quantity of the Grapes, and hung them up upon the out Branches of the Trees, that they might cure and dry in the Sun; and as for the Limes and Lemons, I carry'd as many back as I could well stand under.
  When I came Home from this Journey, I contemplated with great Pleasure the Fruitfulness of that Valley, and the Pleasantness of the Scituation, the Security from Storms on that Side the Water, and the Wood, and concluded, that I had pitch'd upon a Place to fix my Abode, which was by far the worst Part of the Country. Upon the Whole I began to consider of removing my Habitation; and to look out for a ace equally safe, as where I now was scituate, if possible, in that pleasant fruitful Part of the Island.
  This Thought run long in my Head, and I was exceeding fond of it for some Time, the Pleasantness of the Place tempting me; but when I came to a nearer View of it, and to consider that I was now by the Sea-Side, where it was at least possible that something might happen to my Advantage, and by the same ill Fate that brought me hither, might bring some other unhappy Wretches to the same Place; and tho' it was scarce probable that any such Thing should ever happen, yet to enclose my self among the Hills and Woods, in the Center of the Island, was to anticipate my Bondage, and to render such an Affair not only Improbable, but Impossible; and that therefore I ought not by any Means to remove.
  However, I was so Enamour'd of this Place, that I spent much of my Time there, for the whole remaining Part of the Month of July; and tho' upon second Thoughts I resolv'd as above, not to remove, yet I built me a little kind of a Bower, and surrounded it at a Distance with a strong Fence, being a double Hedge, as high as I could reach, well stak'd, and fill'd between with Brushwood; and here I lay very secure, sometimes two or three Nights together, always going over it with a Ladder, as before; so that I fancy'd now I had my Country-House, and my Sea-Coast-House: And this Work took me up to the Beginning of August.
  I had but newly finish'd my Fence, and began to enjoy my Labour, but the Rains came on, and made me stick close to my first Habitation; for tho' I had made me a Tent like the other, with a Piece of a Sail, and spread it very well; yet I had not the Shelter of a Hill to keep me from Storms, nor a Cave behind me to retreat into, when the Rains were extraordinary.
  About the Beginning of August, as I said, I had finish'd my Bower, and began to enjoy my self. The third of August, I found the Grapes I had hung up were perfectly dry'd, and indeed, were excellent good Raisins of the Sun; so I began to take them down from the Trees, and it was very happy that I did so; for the Rains which follow'd would have spoil'd them, and I had lost the best Part of my Winter Food; for I had above two hundred large Bunches of them. No sooner had I taken them all down, and carry'd most of them Home to my Cave, but it began to rain, and from hence, which was the fourteenth of August, it rain'd more or less, every Day, till the Middle of October; and sometimes so violently, that I could not stir out of my Cave for several Days.
  In this Season I was much surpriz'd with the Increase of my Family; I had been concern'd for the Loss of one of my Cats, who run away from me, or as I thought had been dead, and I heard no more Tale or Tidings of her, till to my Astonishment she came Home about the End of August, with three Kittens; this was the more strange to me, because tho' I had kill'd a wild Cat, as I call'd it, with my Gun; yet I thought it was a quite differing Kind from our European Cats; yet the young Cats were the same Kind of House breed like the old one; and both my Cats being Females, I thought it very strange: But from these three Cats, I afterwards came to be so pester'd with Cats, that I was forc'd to kill them like Vermine, or wild Beasts, and to drive them from my House as much as possible.
  From the fourteenth of August to the twenty sixth, incessant Rain, so that I could not stir, and was now very careful not to be much wet. In this Confinement I began to be straitned for Food, but venturing out twice, I one Day kill'd a Goat, and the last Day, which was the twenty sixth, found a very large Tortoise, which was a Treat to me, and my Food was regulated thus; I eat a Bunch of Raisins for my Breakfast, a Piece of the Goat's Flesh, or of the Turtle for my Dinner broil'd; for to my great Misfortune, I had no Vessel to boil or stew any Thing; and two or three of the Turtle's Eggs for my Supper.
  During this Confinement in my Cover, by the Rain, I work'd daily two or three Hours at enlarging my Cave, and by Degrees work'd it on towards one Side, till I came to the Out-Side of the Hill, and made a Door or Way out, which came beyond my Fence or Wall, and so I came in and out this Way; but I was not perfectly easy at lying so open; for as I had manag'd my self before, I was in a perfect Enclosure, whereas now I thought I lay expos'd, and open for any Thing to come in upon me; and yet I could not perceive that there was any living Thing to fear, the biggest Creature that I had yet seen upon the Island being a Goat.
  September the thirtieth, I was now come to the unhappy Anniversary of my Landing. I cast up the Notches on my Post, and found I had been on Shore three hundred and sixty five Days. I kept this Day as a Solemn Fast, Setting it apart to Religious Exercise, prostrating my self on the Ground with the most serious Humiliation, confessing my Sins to God, acknowledging his Righteous Judgments upon me, and praying to him to have Mercy on me, through Jesus Christ; and having not tasted the least Refreshment for twelve Hours, even till the going down of the Sun, I then eat a Bisket Cake, and a Bunch of Grapes, and went to Bed, finishing the Day as I began it.
  I had all this Time observ'd no Sabbath-Day; for as at first I had no Sense of Religion upon my Mind, I had after some Time omitted to distinguish the Weeks, by making a longer Notch than ordinary for the Sabbath-Day, and so did not really know what any Of the Days were; but now having cast up the Days, as above, I found I had been there a Year; so I divided it into Weeks, and set apart every seventh Day for a Sabbath; though I found at the End of my Account I had lost a Day or two in my Reckoning.
  A line after this my Ink began to fail me, and so I contented my self to use it more sparingly, and to write down only the most remarkable Events of my Life, without continuing a daily Memorandum of other Things.
  The rainy Season, and the dry Season, began now to appear regular to me, and I learn'd to divide them so, as to provide for them accordingly. But I bought all my Experience before I had it; and this I am going to relate, was one of the most discouraging Experiments that I made at all: I have mention'd that I had sav'd the few Ears of Barley and Rice, which I had so surprizingly found spring up, as I thought, of themselves, and believe there was about thirty Stalks of Rice, and about twenty of Barley; and now I thought it a proper Time to sow it after the Rains, the Sun being in its Southern Position going from me.
  Accordingly I dug up a Piece of Ground as well as I could with my wooden Spade, and dividing it into two Parts, I sow'd my Grain; but as I was sowing, it casually occur'd to my Thoughts, That I would not sow it all at first, because I did not know when was the proper Time for it; so I sow'd about two Thirds of the Seed, leaving about a Handful of each.
  It was a great Comfort to me afterwards, that I did so, for not one Grain of that I sow'd this Time came to any Thing; for the dry Months following, the Earth having had no Rain after the Seed was sown, it had no Moisture to assist its Growth, and never came up at all, till the wet Season had come again, and then it grew as if it had been but newly sown.
  Finding my first Seed did not grow, which I easily imagin'd was by the Drought, I fought for a moister Piece of Ground to make another Trial in, and I dug up a Piece of Ground near my new Bower, and sow'd the rest of my Seed in February, a little before the Vernal Equinox; and this having the rainy Months of March and April to water it, sprung up very pleasantly, and yielded a very good Crop; but having Part of the Seed left only, and not daring to sow all that I had I had but a small Quantity at last, my whole Crop not amounting to above half a Peck of each kind.
  But by this Experiment I was made Master of my Business, and knew exactly when the proper Season was to sow; and that I might expect two Seed Times, and two Harvests every Year.
  While this Corn was growing, I made a little Discovery which was of use to me afterwards: As soon as the Rains were over, and the Weather began to settle, which was about the Month of November, I made a Visit up the Country to my Bower, where though I had not been some Months, yet I found all Things just as I left them. The Circle or double Hedge that I had made, was not only firm and entire; but the Stakes which I had cut out of some Trees that grew thereabouts, were all shot out and grown with long Branches, as much as a Willow-Tree usually shoots the first Year after lopping its Head. I could not tell what Tree to call it, that these Stakes were cut from. I was surpriz'd, and yet very well pleas'd, to see the young Trees grow; and I prun'd them, and led them up to grow as much alike as I could; and it is scarce credible how beautiful a Figure they grew into in three Years; so that though the Hedge made a Circle of about twenty five Yards in Diameter, yet the Trees, for such I might now call them, soon cover'd it; and it was a compleat Shade, sufficient to lodge under all the dry Season.
  This made me resolve to cut some more Stakes, and make me a Hedge like this in a Semicircle round my Wall; I mean that of my first Dwelling, which I did; and placing the Trees or Stakes in a double Row, at about eight Yards distance from my first Fence, they grew presently, and were at first a fine Cover to my Habitation, and afterward serv'd for a Defence also, as I shall observe in its Order.
  I found now, That the Seasons of the Year might generally be divided, not into Summer and Winter, as in Europe; but into the Rainy Seasons, and the Dry Seasons, which were generally thus,
  Half February, March, Half April,
  Rainy, the Sun being then on, or near the Equinox.
  Half April, May, June, July, Half August,
  Dry, the Sun being then to the North of the Line.
  Half August, September, Half October,
  Rainy, the Sun being then come back.
  Half October, November, December, January, Half February,
  Dry, the Sun being then to the South of the Line.
  The Rainy Season sometimes held longer or shorter, as the Winds happen'd to blow; but this was the general Observation I made: After I had found by Experience, the ill Consequence of being abroad in the Rain. I took Care to furnish my self with Provisions before hand, that I might not be oblig'd to go out; and I sat within Doors as much as possible during the wet Months.
  This Time I found much Employment, (and very suitable also to the Time) for I found great Occasion of many Things which I had no way to furnish my self with, but by hard Labour and constant Application; particularly, I try'd many Ways to make my self a Basket, but all the Twigs I could get for the Purpose prov'd so brittle, that they would do nothing. It prov'd of excellent Advantage to me now, That when I was a Boy, I used to take great Delight in standing at a Basketmaker's, in the Town where my Father liv'd, to see them make their Wicker-ware; and being as Boys usually are, very officious to help, and a great Observer of the Manner how they work'd those Things, and sometimes lending a Hand, I had by this Means full Knowledge of the Methods of it, that I wanted nothing but the Materials; when it came into my Mind, That the Twigs of that Tree from whence I cut my Stakes that grew, might possibly be as tough as the Sallow's, and Willows, and Osiers in England, and I resolv'd to try.
  Accordingly the next Day, I went to my Country-House, as I call'd it, and cutting some of the smaller Twigs, I found them to my Purpose as much as I could desire; whereupon I came the next Time prepar'd with a Hatchet to cut down a Quantity, which I soon found, for there was great Plenty of them; these I set up to dry within my Circle or Hedge, and when they were fit for Use, I carry'd them to my Cave, and here during the next Season, I employ'd my self in making, as well as I could, a great many Baskets, both to carry Earth, or to carry or lay up any Thing as I had occasion; and tho' I did not finish them very handsomly, yet I made them sufficiently serviceable for my Purpose; and thus afterwards I took Care never to be without them; and as my Wicker-ware decay'd, I made more, especially, I made strong deep Baskets to place my Corn in, instead of Sacks, when I should come to have any Quantity of it.
  Having master'd this Difficulty, and employ'd a World of Time about it, I bestirr'd my self to see if possible how to supply two Wants: I had no Vessels to hold any Thing that was Liquid, except two Runlets which were almost full of Rum, and some Glass-Bottles, some of the common Size, and others which were Case-Bottles square, for the holding of Waters, Spirits, etc. I had not so much as a Pot to boil any Thing, except a great Kettle, which I sav'd out of the Ship, and which was too big for such Use as I desir'd it, viz. To make Broth, and stew a Bit of Meat by it self. The Second Thing I would fain have had, was a Tobacco-Pipe; but it was impossible to me to make one, however, I found a Contrivance for that too at last.
  I employ'd my self in Planting my Second Rows of Stakes or Piles and in this Wicker working all the Summer, or dry Season, when another Business took me up more Time than it could be imagin'd I could spare.
  I mention'd before, That I had a great Mind to see the whole Island, and that I had travell'd up the Brook, and so on to where I built my Bower, and where I had an Opening quite to the Sea on the other Side of the Island; I now resolv'd to travel quite Cross to the Sea-Shore on that Side; so taking my Gun, a Hatchet, and my Dog, and a larger Quantity of Powder and Shot than usual, with two Bisket Cakes, and a great Bunch of Raisins in my Pouch for my Store, I began my Journey; when I had pass'd the Vale where my Bower stood as above, I came within View of the Sea, to the West, and it being a very clear Day, I fairly descry'd Land, whether an Island or a Continent, I could not tell; but it lay very high, extending from the West, to the W. S. W. at a very great Distance; by my Guess it could not be less than Fifteen or Twenty Leagues off.
  I could not tell what Part of the World this might be, otherwise than that I know it must be Part of America, and as I concluded by all my Observations, must be near the Spanish Dominions, and perhaps was all Inhabited by Savages, where if I should have landed, I had been in a worse Condition than I was now; and therefore I acquiesced in the Dispositions of Providence, which I began now to own, and to believe, order'd every Thing for the best; I say, I quieted my Mind with this, and left afflicting my self with Fruitless Wishes of being there.
  Besides, after some Pause upon this Affair, I consider'd, that if this Land was the Spanish Coast, I should certainly, one Time or other, see some Vessel pass or re-pass one Way or other; but if not, then it was the Savage Coast between the Spanish Country and Brasils, which are indeed the worst of Savages; for they are Cannibals, or Men-eaters, and fail not to murther and devour all the humane Bodies that fall into their Hands.
  With these Considerations I walk'd very leisurely forward, I found that Side of the Island where I now was, much pleasanter than mine, the open or Savanna Fields sweet, adorn'd with Flowers and Grass, and full of very fine Woods. I saw Abundance of Parrots, and fain I would have caught one, if possible to have kept it to be tame, and taught it to speak to me. I did, after some Pains taking, catch a young Parrot, for I knock'd it down with a Stick, and having' recover'd it, I brought it home; but it was some Years before I could make him speak: However, at last I taught him to call me by my Name very familiarly: But the Accident that follow'd, tho' it be a Trifle, will be very diverting in its Place.
  I was exceedingly diverted with this Journey: I found in the low Grounds Hares, as I thought them to be, and Foxes, but they differ'd greatly from all the other Kinds I had met with; nor could I satisfy my self to eat them, tho' I kill'd several: But I had no Need to be ventrous; for I had no Want of Food, and of that which was very good too; especially these three Sorts, viz.Goats, Pidgeons, and Turtle or Tortoise; which, added to my Grapes, Leaden-hall Market could not have furnish'd a Table better than I, in Proportion to the Company; and tho' my Cafe was deplorable enough, yet I had great Cause for Thankfulness, that I was not driven to any Extremities for Food; but rather Plenty, even to Dainties.
  I never travell'd in this Journey above two Miles outright in a Day, or thereabouts; but I took so many Turns and Returns, to see what Discoveries I could make, that I came weary enough to the Place where I resolv'd to sit down for all Night; and then I either repos'd my self in a Tree, or surrounded my self with a Row of Stakes set upright in the Ground, either from one Tree to another, or so as no wild Creature could come at me, without Waking me.
  As soon as I came to the Sea Shore, I was surpriz'd to see that I had taken up my Lot on the worst Side of the Island; for here indeed the Shore was cover'd with innumerable Turtles, whereas on the other Side I had found but three in a Year and half. Here was also an infinite Number of Fowls, of many Kinds, some which I had seen, and some which I had not seen of before, and many of them very good Meat; but such as I knew not the Names of, except those call'd Penguins.
  I could have shot as many as I pleas'd, but was very sparing of my Powder and Shot; and therefore had more Mind to kill a she Goat, if I could, which I could better feed on; and though there were many Goats here more than on my Side the Island, yet it was with much more Difficulty that I could come near them, the Country being flat and even, and they saw me much sooner than when I was on the Hill.
  I confess this Side of the Country was much pleasanter than mine, but yet I had not the least Inclination to remove; for as I was fix'd in my Habitation, it became natural to me, and I seem'd all the while I was here, to be as it were upon a Journey, and from Home: However, I travell'd along the Shore of the Sea, towards the East, I suppose about twelve Miles; and the setting up a great Pole upon the Shore for a Mark, I concluded I would go Home again; and that the next Journey I took should be on the other Side of the Island, East from my Dwelling, and so round till I came to my Post again: Of which in its Place.
  I took another Way to come back than that I went, thinking I could easily keep all the Island so much in my View, that I could not miss finding my first Dwelling by viewing the Country; but I found my self mistaken; for being come about two or three Miles, I found my self descended into a very large Valley; but so surrounded with Hills, and those Hills cover'd with Wood, that I could not see which was my Way by any Direction but that of the Sun, nor even then, unless I knew very well the Position of the Sun at that Time of the Day.
  It happen'd to my farther Misfortune, That the Weather prov'd hazey for three or four Days, while was in this Valley; and not being able to see the Sun, I wander'd about very uncomfortably, and at last was oblig'd to find out the Sea Side, look for my Post, and come back the same Way I went; and then by easy Journies I turn'd Homeward, the Weather being exceeding hot, and my Gun, Ammunition, Hatchet, and other Things very heavy.
  In this Journey my Dog surpriz'd a young Kid, and seiz'd upon it, and I running in to take hold of it, caught it, and sav'd it alive from the Dog: I had a great Mind to bring it Home if I could; for I had often been musing, Whether it might not be possible to get a Kid or two, and so raise a Breed of tame Goats, which might supply me when my Powder and Shot should be all spent.
  I made a Collar to this little Creature, and with a String which I made of some Rope-Yarn, which I always carry'd about me, I led him along, tho' with some Difficulty, till I came to my Bower, and there I enclos'd him, and left him; for I was very impatient to be at Home, from whence I had been absent above a Month.
  I cannot express what a Satisfaction it was to me, to come into my old Hutch, and lye down in my Hamock-Bed: This little wandring Journey, without settled Place of Abode, had been so unpleasant to me, that my own House, as I call'd it to my self, was a perfect Settlement to me, compar'd to that; and it rendred every Thing about me so comfortable, that I resolv'd I would never go a great Way from it again, while it should be my Lot to stay on the Island.
  I repos'd my self here a Week, to rest and regale my self after my long Journey; during which, most of the Time was taken up in the weighty Affair of making a Cage for my Poll, who began now to be a meer Domestick, and to be mighty well acquainted with me. Then I began to think of the poor Kid, which I had penn'd in within my little Circle, and resolv'd to go and fetch it Home, or give it some Food; accordingly I went, and found it where I left it; for indeed it could not get out, but almost starv'd for want of Food: I went and cut Bows of Trees, and Branches of such Shrubs as I could find, and threw it over, and having fed it, I ty'd it as I did before, to lead it away; but it was so tame with being hungry, that I had no need to have ty'd it; for it follow'd me like a Dog; and as I continually fed it, the Creature became so loving, so gentle, and so fond, that it became from that Time one of my Domesticks also, and would never leave me afterwards.
  The rainy Season of the Autumnal Equinox was now come, and I kept the 30th of Sept. in the same solemn Manner as before, being the Anniversary of my Landing on the Island, having now been there two Years, and no more Prospect of being deliver'd, than the first Day I came there. I spent the whole Day in humble and thankful Acknowledgments of the many wonderful Mercies which my Solitary Condition was attended with, and without which it might have been infinitely more miserable. I gave humble and hearty Thanks that God had been pleas'd to discover to me, even that it was possible I might be more happy in this Solitary Condition, than I should have been in a Liberty of Society, and in all the Pleasures of the World. That he could fully make up to me, the Deficiencies of my Solitary State, and the want of Humane Society by his Presence, and the Communications of his Grace to my Soul, supporting, comforting, and encouraging me to depend upon his Providence here, and hope for his Eternal Presence hereafter.
  It was now that I began sensibly to feel how much more happy this Life I now led was, with all its miserable Circumstances, than the wicked, cursed, abominable Life I led all the past Part of my Days; and now I chang'd both my Sorrows and my Joys; my very Desires alter'd, my Affections chang'd their Gusts, land my Delights were perfectly new, from what they were at my first Coming, or indeed for the two Years past.
  Before, as I walk'd about, either on, my Hunting, or for viewing the Country, the Anguish of my Soul at my Condition, would break out upon me on a sudden, and my very Heart would die within me, to think of the Woods, the Mountains, the Desarts I was in; and how I was a Prisoner lock'd up with the Eternal Bars and Bolts of the Ocean, in an uninhabited Wilderness, without Redemption: In the midst of the greatest Composures of my Mind, this would break out upon me like a Storm, and make me wring my Hands, and weep like a Child: Sometimes it would take me in the middle of my Work, and I would immediately sit down and sigh, and look upon the Ground for an Hour or -two together; and this was still worse to me; for if I could burst out into Tears, or vent my self by Words, it would go off, and the Grief having exhausted it self would abate.
  But now I began to exercise my self with new Thoughts; I daily read the Word of God, and apply'd all the Comforts of it to my present State: One Morning being very sad, I open'd the Bible upon these Words, I will never, never leave thee, nor forsake thee; immediately it occurr'd, That these Words were to me, Why else should they be directed in such a Manner, just at the Moment when I was mourning over my Condition, as one forsaken of God and Man? Well then, said I, if God does not forsake me, of what ill Consequence can it be, or what matters it, though the World should all forsake me, seeing on the other Hand, if I had all the World, and should lose the Favour and Blessing of God, there wou'd be no Comparison in the Loss.



  七月四日早上,我拿起《圣经》从《新约》读起。这次我是真正认真读了,并决定每天早晚都要读一次,也不规定一定要读多少章,只要想读就读下去。认真读经之后不久,心中受到深切、真诚的感动,觉悟到自己过去的生活,实在罪孽深重,梦中的情景又一次浮现在我的面前。我认真思考了梦中听到的那句话: "所发生的一切事情都不能使你忏悔。"那天,我真诚地祈求上帝给我忏悔的机会。忽然,就像有天意似的,在我照例翻阅《圣经》时,读到了这句话:"上帝又高举他在自己的右边,立为君王和救主,将悔改的心和赦罪的恩,赐给以色列人。"①于是,我放下书,双手举向天空;同时,我的心灵也升向天上,并欣喜若狂地高喊:"耶稣,你大卫②的儿子,耶稣,你被上帝举为君王和救主,请赐给我悔改的心吧!"这是我有生以来第一次算得上是真正的祈祷,因为,我这次祈祷与自己的境遇联系了起来,并且,这次祈祷是受了上帝的话的鼓舞,抱着一种真正符合《圣经》精神的希望。也可以说,只有从这时期,我才开始希望上帝能听到我的祈祷。

  现在,我开始用一种与以前完全不同的观点,理解我上面提到的那句话:"你若呼求我,我就必拯救你。"过去,我所理解的所谓拯救,就是把我从目前的困境中解救出来,因为,虽然我在这里自由自在,但这座荒岛对我来说实在是一座牢狱,而且是世界上最坏的牢狱。而现在,我从另一种意义上来理解"拯救"的含义:我回顾自己过去的生活,感到十分惊恐,我深感自己罪孽深重。因此,我现在对上帝别无他求,只求他把我从罪恶的深渊中拯救出来,因为,我的负罪感压得我日夜不安。至于我当前孤苦伶仃的生活,就根本算不了什么。我无意祈求上帝把我从这荒岛上拯救出去,我连想都没有这样想过。与灵魂获救相比,肉体的获救实在无足轻重。在这里,我说了这些话,目的是想让读者明白:一个人如果真的世事通明,就一定会认识到,真正的幸福不是被上帝从患难中拯救出来,而是从罪恶中拯救出来。

  现在,闲话少说,重回到日记上来吧。

  我当前的境况是:虽然生活依然很艰苦,但精神却轻松多了。由于读《圣经》和祈祷,思想变得高尚了,内心也有了更多的安慰,这种宽慰的心情我以前从未有过。同时,健康和体力也已恢复,我重又振作精神,安排工作,并恢复正常的生活。

  从七月四日至十四日,我主要的活动是带熗外出,四处走走。像大病初愈的人那样,走走歇歇;随着体力逐渐恢复,再逐步扩大活动范围。当时,我精神萎靡,体力虚弱,一般人实难想像。我治病的方法,可以说是史无前例的;也许,这种方法以前从未治愈过疟疾。可我也不能把这个方法介绍给别人。用这个方法疟疾是治好了,但使我身体虚弱不堪。此后好长一段时间,我的神经和四肢还经常抽搐。

  这场大病给了我一个教训:雨季外出对健康危害最甚,尤其是飓风和暴风带来的雨危害更大。而在旱季,要么不下雨,一下雨又总是刮暴风。所以,旱季的暴风雨比九、十月间的雨危害更大。

  我在荒岛上已有十个多月了,获救的可能性几乎等于零。

  我有充分理由相信,在我之前,从未有人上过这孤岛。现在,我已按自己的意愿安排好了住所,就很想进一步了解这座小岛,并看看岛上还有什么我尚未发现的物产。

  七月十五日,我开始对这个小岛作更详细的勘察。我先走到那条小河边。这条小河,先前已经提到,是我木排靠岸的地方。我沿河而上走了约两英里,发现海潮最远只能到达这里。原来这是一条小溪,溪水清澈,口味甚佳。现在适值旱季,溪里有些地方连一滴水也没有;即使有的话,也汇不成水流。

  在小溪旁,是一片片可爱的草地,平坦匀净,绿草如茵;在紧靠高地的那些地势较高的地方(显然,这儿是河水泛滥不到的地方),长着许多烟草,绿油油的,茎秆又粗又长。附近还有其他各种各样的植物,可惜我都不认识。这些植物也许各有各的用处,只是我不知道罢了。

  我到处寻找木薯,那是热带印第安人用来做面包的植物,可是没有找到。我发现了许多很大的芦荟,但当时不知道其用途。我还看到一些甘蔗,因为是野生的,未经人工栽培,所以不太好吃。我感到这回发现的东西已不少了。在回家的路上,心里寻思着如何利用这些新发现,可是毫无头绪。我在巴西时不曾注意观察野生植物,如今陷入困境也就无法加以利用了。

  第二天,十六日,我沿原路走得更远。小溪和草地均已到了尽头,但树木茂盛。在那儿,长着不少水果,地上有各种瓜类,树上有葡萄。葡萄长得很繁茂,葡萄藤爬满树枝,葡萄一串串的,又红又大。这意外的发现使我非常高兴。但经验警告我不能贪吃。我记得,在伯尔伯里上岸时,几个在那儿当奴隶的英国人因葡萄吃得太多,害痢疾和热病死了。但是,我还是想出了一个很好的方法利用这些葡萄,就是把他们放在太阳下晒干,制成葡萄干收藏起来。我相信葡萄干是很好吃的;在不是葡萄成熟的季节,就可以吃葡萄干,又富营养又好吃。后来事实也证明如此。

  那晚我就留在那里,没有回家。顺便说一句,这是我第一次在外面过夜。到了夜里,我还是拿出老办法,爬上一棵大树,舒舒服服地睡了一夜。第二天早上,我又继续我的考察。在山谷里,我大约朝北走了四英里,南面和北面是逶不绝的山脉。

  最后,我来到一片开阔地,地势向西倾斜。一湾清溪从山上流下来,向正东流去。眼前一片清新翠绿,欣欣向荣,一派春天气象;周围景色犹如一个人工花园。

  我沿着这个风景秀丽的山坡往下走了一段路,心里暗自高兴,却又夹杂着苦恼。我环顾四周,心里不禁想,这一切现在都是我的,我是这地方无可争辩的君王,对这儿拥有所有权,如果可以转让的话,我可以把这块地方传给子孙后代,像英国采邑的领主那样。在那里,我又发现了许多椰子树、橘子树、柠檬树和橙子树,不过都是野生的,很少结果子,至少目前如此。可是我采集的酸橙不仅好吃,且极富营养。后来,我把酸橙的汁掺上水,吃起来又滋养,又清凉,又提神。

  现在,我得采集一些水果运回家了。我采集了葡萄、酸橙和柠檬,准备贮藏起来好在雨季享用。因为我知道,雨季即将来临。

  因此,我采集了许多葡萄堆在一个地方,在另一个地方又堆了一小堆,又采集了一大堆酸橙和柠檬放在另一个地方。然后,我每种都带了一些走上了回家的路。我决定下次回来时,带个袋或其它什么可装水果的东西,把采集下来的水果运回家。

  路上花了三天才到家。所谓的家,就是我的帐篷和山洞。

  可是还没到家,葡萄就都烂掉了。这些葡萄长得太饱满,水份很多,在路上一经挤压,就都破碎流水了,因此根本吃不成,只有少数破碎不太厉害的,尚勉强可吃。至于酸橙倒完好无损,可我不可能带得很多。

  第二天,十九日,我带着事先做好的两只小袋子回去装运我的收获物。但是,当我来到葡萄堆前面时,原来饱满完好的葡萄,现在都东一片,西一片被拖散开,有的被践踏得破碎不堪,有的则已吃掉了。眼前的情景一片狼籍。这不禁使我大吃一惊。看来,附近一定有野兽出没;至于什么野兽,当然我无法知道。

  现在我才意识到,把葡萄采集下来堆在一起不是办法,用袋装运回去,也不是办法;堆集起来会被野兽吃掉,装运回去会压碎。于是,我想出了另一个办法。我采集了许多葡萄,把它们挂在树枝上;这些树枝当然能伸出树荫晒得到太阳,让太阳把葡萄晒干。但我可以用袋尽量多带些柠檬和酸橙回来。

  这次外出回家后,我想到那山谷物产丰富,风景优美,心里非常高兴。那边靠近溪流,树木茂盛,不怕暴风雨的袭击。

  我这时才发现,我所选定的住处,实在是全岛最坏的地方。总之,我开始考虑搬家问题,打算在那儿找一个安全的场所安家,因为那儿物产丰富,景色宜人。

  搬家的念头在我头脑里盘旋了很久;那地方风光明媚,特别诱人。有时,这种念头特别强烈。但仔细一想,住在海边也有住在海边的好处。说不定还有一些别的倒霉蛋,像我一样,交上恶运,来到这座荒岛上。当然,这种事情发生的希望确实很小很小,但把自己关闭在岛中央的山林里,无异于把自己禁闭起来。那时,这种事情不仅没有希望发生,就连可能性也没有了。思前想后,觉得家还是不搬为好。

  家是不准备搬了,但我确实非常喜欢那地方。因此,在七月份这一个月中,我常去那儿,并决定在那儿造一间茅舍,并用一道结实坚固的围墙把它从外面围起来。围墙是由两层篱笆筑成的,有我自己那么高,桩子打得很牢固,桩子之间塞满了矮树。我睡在里面很安全。有时在里面一连睡上两三个晚上,出入照例也用一架梯子爬上爬下。这样,我想我有了一座乡间住宅和一座海滨住宅。这座乡间住宅到八月初才告完工。

  我刚把新居的围墙打好,准备享受自己的劳动果实,就下起大雨来。我被困在旧居,无法外出。在新居,我也像这儿旧居那样用帆布搭了个帐篷,并且支撑得十分牢固,但那儿没有小山挡住风暴,下大雨时也无山洞可退身。

  如上所述,八月初,我建好了茅舍,准备在里面享受一番。八月三日,我发现我原先挂在树枝上的一串串葡萄已完全晒干了,成了上等葡萄干。我便动手把它们从树上收下来。

  我庆幸自己及时收下了葡萄干,要不,后来马上大雨倾盆,葡萄干肯定会全毁了。那样我就会失去冬季一大半的食物。事实上,我差不多晒了两百来串葡萄,而且每串都很大。我刚把葡萄干全收下来,并把大部分运到旧居山洞里贮藏起来,就下起了雨。从这时期,也就是从八月十四日期,一直到十月中旬,几乎天天下雨;有时滂沱大雨,一连几天无法出门。

  在这个雨季里,我的家庭成员增加了,这大大出乎我的意料之外。在此之前,有一只猫不见了,不知是死了呢,还是跑了,我一无所知,所以心里一直十分挂念。不料在八月底,它忽然回来了,还带回来了三只小猫。这使我惊讶不已。

  更使我感到奇怪的是,这些小猫完全是家猫,与大猫长得一模一样,它们是怎么生出来的呢?因为,我的两只猫都是母猫。岛上确实有野猫,我还用熗打死过一只。但那种野猫完全是另外一种品种,与欧洲猫不一样。后来,这三只小猫又繁殖了许多后代,闹得我不可开交。最后,我把这些泛滥成灾的猫视为害虫野兽,不是把它们杀掉,就是把它们赶出家门。

  从八月十四日到二十六日,雨下个不停,我无法出门。现在我不敢淋雨了。在此期间,一直困在屋内,粮食贮备逐日减少。我曾冒险两次外出。第一次打杀了一只山羊,第二次,最后一天,即二十六日,找到了一只大鳖,使我大享口福。我的粮食是这样分配的:早餐吃一串葡萄干,中餐吃一块烤羊肉或烤鳖(不幸的是,我没有蒸东西或煮东西的器皿),晚餐吃两三个鳖蛋。

  在我被大雨困在家里时,每天工作两三个小时扩大山洞。

  我把洞向另一边延伸,一直开通到围墙外,作为边门和进出口。于是,我就可从这条路进出。但这样进出太容易,我晚上就睡不安稳;因为以前,我总是把自己围起来,密不透风。

  而现在,我感到空荡荡的,什么野兽都可来偷袭我。当然,至今还没有发现有什么可怕的野兽,我在岛上见到过的最大的动物,只不过是山羊而已。

  九月十三日到今天我正好来到荒岛一周年。这是一个不幸的日子。我计算了一下柱子上的刻痕,发现我已上岸365天了。我把这天定为斋戒日,并举行了宗教仪式,以极端虔诚谦卑的心情跪伏在地上,问上帝忏悔我的罪行,接受他对我公正的惩罚,求他通过耶稣基督可怜我,饶恕我。从早到晚,十二小时中我不吃不喝,直到太阳下山,我才吃了几块饼干和一串葡萄干,然后就上床睡觉。

  我很久没守安息日了。最初,我头脑里没有任何宗教观念;后来,我忘记把安息日刻成长痕来区别周数,所以根本就不知道哪天是哪天了。现在,我计算了一下日子,知道已经一年了。于是,我把这一年的刻痕按星期划分,每七天留出一个安息日。算到最后,我发现自己漏划了一两天。

  不久,我的墨水快用完了,就只好省着点用,只记些生活中的大事,一些其他琐事,我就不再记在日记里了。

  这时,我开始摸到了雨季和旱季的规律,学会了怎样划分这两个季节,并为此做好相应的准备。但这个经验来之不易,是花了代价的。下面我将告诉你们我最糟的一次试验。前面提到过,我曾收藏了几颗大麦穗和稻穗;这些麦穗和稻穗,开初我还以为是平空从地里长出来的呢。我估计大约有三十颗稻穗和二十颗麦穗。当时,雨季刚过,太阳逐渐问南移动,我认为这该是播种的时机了。

  于是,我用木铲把一块地挖松,并把这块地分成两部分播种。在播种时,我忽然想到,不能把全部种子播下去,因为我尚未弄清楚什么时候最适宜下种。这样,我播下了三分之二的种子,每样都留了一点下来。

  值得庆幸的是,我做对了。我这回下的种子,一颗也没长出来。因为种子下地之后,一连几个月不下雨,土壤里没有水份,不能滋润种子生长,一直到雨季来临才冒了出来,好像这些种子刚播种下去似的。

  发现第一次播下去的种子没有长出来,我料定是由于土地干旱之故。于是我想找一块较潮湿的土地再试一次。二月份的春分前几天,我在茅舍附近掘了一块地,把留下的种子通通播下去。接下去是三四月份的雨季,雨水滋润了种子,不久就欣欣向荣地长了出来,获得了一个好收成。但因为种子太少,所收到的大麦和稻子每种约半斗而已。

  这次试验,使我成了种田好手,知道什么时候该下种。现在我知道一年可播种两次,收获两次。

  在庄稼成长时,我有一个小小的发现,对我后来大有用处。大约十一月,雨季刚过,天气开始转晴,我去了我的乡间茅舍。我离开那儿已好几个月了,但发现一切如旧。我修筑的双层围墙,不仅完好无损,而且,从附近砍下来的那些树桩都发了芽,并长出了长长的枝条,仿佛是去年被修剪过的柳树一样。我不知道这些是什么树,但看到这些小树都成活了,真是喜出望外。我把它们修剪了一番,尽可能让它们长得一样高。三年后,这些树长得体态优雅,简直令人难以置信。虽然篱笆的直径长达25码,然而这些树很快把篱笆遮住了。这儿真可谓是绿树成荫,整个旱季住在里面十分舒适。

  由此得到启发,我决定在我原来住地的半圆形围墙外,也种一排树。我在离篱笆大约八码的地方,种了两排树,或者也可以说打了两排树桩。树很快长期来。开始,树木遮住了我的篱笆,使我的住所完全隐蔽起来;后来,又成了很好的防御工事。关于这些,我将在后面再叙述。

  现在我知道,在这儿不像欧洲那样,一年分为夏季和冬季,而是分为雨季和旱季。一年之中的时间大致划分如下:二月后半月三月四月前半月多雨,太阳在赤道上,或靠近赤道。

  四月后半月

  五月

  六月

  七月

  八月前半月

  干旱,太阳在赤道北面。

  八月后半月

  九月

  十月前半月

  多雨,太阳回到赤道上。

  十月后半月

  十一月

  十二月

  一月

  二月前半月

  干旱,太阳在赤道南面。

  雨季有时长,有时短,主要决定于风向。当然,这不过是我大致的观察罢了。生活经验告诉我,淋雨会生病,我就在雨季到来之前贮备好足够的粮食,这样我就不必冒雨外出觅食。在雨季,我尽可能呆在家里。

  每到雨季,我做些适于在家做的工作。我知道,我生活中还缺少不少东西,只有用劳动耐心去做才能制造出来,呆在家里正好做这些事。特别是,我曾想过许多办法,想编一个箩筐,但我弄来的枝条都太脆,没有用。小时候,我喜欢站在城里藤皮店的门口看工匠们编箩筐或篮子什么的。像大部分孩子一样,我也爱管闲事;我不仅仔细观察,有时还帮上一手,因此学会了打箩筐。现在,这技术可以派上用场了。

  只要有合适的材料,我就可以编出箩筐来。我忽然想到,砍做木桩的那种树的枝条,也许与英国的柳树一样坚韧。于是,我决定拿这种枝条试试看。

  第二天,我跑到了我的那座乡间住宅,在附近砍了些细枝条,结果发现十分合适。于是,第二次我带了一把斧头,准备多砍一些下来。这种树那边很多,不一会儿就砍下了许多枝条。我把它们放在篱笆上晒干,然后带回我海边住宅的洞室里。第二个雨季来临后,我就用它们来编筐子,并尽可能多编一些,或用来装土,或用来装东西。我的筐子编得不太好看,但还能凑合着用。以后,我经常编些筐子,用坏了就再编新的。我还编了不少较深的筐子,又坚实,又实用。后来,我种的谷物收获多了,就不用袋子而用自编的筐子来装。

  花了大量的时间解决了箩筐问题之后,我又想动手解决其他两个问题。首先,我没有装液体的盛具;虽然我有两只桶,但都装满了甘蔗酒。此外,还有几只玻璃瓶,有几只普通大小的,还有几只方形的,用来装了水和烈酒。我没有煮东西的锅子,只有一把大壶,那也是我从大船上取下来的。可是这壶太大,不适于用来烧汤或煮肉。其次,我需要一个烟斗,但一下子无法做出来。不过后来我还是想出办法做了一个。

  在整个夏季,或者说是旱季,我忙于栽第二道木桩和编箩筐。同时,我进行了另一件工作,占去的时间比预料的多得多。

  前面曾经提到过,我一直想周游全岛。我先走到小溪尽头,最后到达我修筑乡间住宅的地方,在那儿有一片开阔地一直延伸到海岛另一头的海边。我决定先走到海岛那头的海岸边。我带上熗,斧头,狗,以及较多的火药子弹;另外还带了两大块干粮和一大包葡萄干。就这样我踏上了旅程。我穿过我那茅舍所在的山谷,向西眺望,看到了大海。这一天,天气晴朗,大海对面的陆地清晰可见。我不知道那是海岛,还是大陆;只见地势很高,从西直向西南偏西延伸,连绵不断;但距我所在的小岛很远,估计约有45海里至60海里。

  我不知道那是什么地方,估计是美洲的一部分吧。据我观察,靠近西班牙领地,也许上面都是野人的天下。要是当时我在那儿上岸,情况肯定比现在更糟。现在,我更愿听从天命,并感到这种安排是尽善尽美的。这样一想,我就感到心平气和了。我不再自寻烦恼,妄想到海对面的陆地上去了。

  另外,我经过了一番思考,得出了如下的结论:如果这片陆地确实是属于西班牙领地的海岸,那迟早会有船只经过;如果没有船只在那边的海岸来往,那儿肯定是位于西班牙领地和巴西之间的蛮荒海岸,上面住着最野蛮的土人。这些土人都是吃人的野人。任何人落入他们的手里,都会给他们吃掉。

  我边想边缓步前进。我感到,我现在所在的小岛这边的环境,比我原来住的那边好多了。这儿草原开阔,绿草如茵,遍地的野花散发出阵阵芳香,且到处是茂密的树林。我看到许多鹦鹉,很想捉一只驯养起来,教它说话。经过一番努力,我用棍子打下了一只小鹦鹉。等它苏醒后,我把它带回了家。

  但过了好多年,我才教会它说话,终于让它亲热地叫我的名字。后来,它曾差点儿把我吓死,不过说起来也十分有趣。

  我对这次旅行感到十分满意。在地势较低的一片地方,我还发现了不少像野兔和狐狸似的动物。这两种动物我以前都未见到过。我打死了几只,但不想吃它们的肉。我没有必要冒险,因为不缺食物,更何况我的食物十分可口,尤其是山羊肉、鸽子和鳖这三种,再加上葡萄干。如果就每个人平均享用的食品数量而言,即使是伦敦利登赫尔菜场①,也不能提供更丰盛的筵席。虽然我境况悲惨,但还是应感激上天,因为我不但不缺食物,而且十分丰盛,甚至还有珍馐佳肴。

  在这次旅行中,我一天走不到两英里远。我总是绕来绕去,往复来回,希望能有新的发现。因此,当我走到一个地方准备呆下来过夜时,人已感到十分困倦了。有时我爬到树上去睡;要是睡在地上,四周就插上一道木桩,或把木桩插在两颗树之间。这样,要是有野兽走近的话,就会先把我惊醒。

  我一走到海边,便发现我住的那边是岛上环境最糟的地方,这真有点出乎我的意料。在这儿,海滩上龟鳖成群;而在我住的那边海边,一年半中我才找到了三只。此外,还有无数的飞禽,种类繁多;有些是我以前见过的,有些却从未见过。不少飞禽的肉都很好吃。在这么多飞禽中,我只认出一种叫企鹅的东西,其余的我都叫不上名字。

  这儿鸟那么多,我本可以爱打多少就打多少,但我不想浪费弹药。要是能打到一只山羊就能吃得更好。可是,这儿山羊虽比我住的那边多,但因这一带地势平坦,稍一靠近它们就被发现,不像那边我埋伏在山上难以被山羊察觉。

  我承认这边比我住的地方好得多,但我无意搬家,因为我在那边已住惯了。这边再好,总觉得是在外地旅行,不是在家里。我沿着海边向东走,估计大约走了十二英里后,我在岸上竖了一根大柱子作为记号,便决定暂时回家。我准备下次旅行从家里出发,向相反方向走,沿海岸往东兜上一个圈子,回到这儿立柱子的地方。这些我后面再交待。

  回家时我走了另一条路。我以为,只要我注意全岛地势就不会迷路而找不到我在海边的居所。但我想错了。走了两三英里后,我发现自己进入了一个大山谷,四周群山环绕,山上丛林密布,除非看太阳才能辩出东西南北,可是此刻太阳也无助于辩别方向,因为我不知道是在上午、中午还是下午。

  更糟的是,在山谷里的三四天中,浓雾弥漫,不见阳光,我只得东撞西碰,最后不得不回到海边,找到了我竖起的那根柱子,再从原路往回走。我走走歇歇,慢慢回家里去。这时天气炎热,身上带着熗枝弹药以及斧头等东西,感到特别沉重。

  回家路上,我的狗袭击了一只小山羊,并把小羊抓住了。

  我连忙跑过去夺过小羊,把它从狗嘴里救了下来。我以前经常想到,要是能驯养几头山羊,让其繁殖,那么,到我弹尽粮绝时,可以杀羊充饥。因此,我决定把这头小山羊牵回家去饲养。

  我给小羊做了个项圈,又用我一直带在身边的麻纱做了根细绳子,颇费了一翻周折才把羊牵回我的乡间住宅。我把小羊圈了起来就离开了。当时,我急于回老家,因离家已一个多月了。

  回到老家,我躺在吊床上,心里有说不出的高兴和满足。

  这次外出,作了一次小小的漫游,一直居无定所,总感到不称心。现在回到家里,跟出门在外的生活一比,更觉得这个家确实完满无缺,舒适安定。因此我决定,如果我命中注定要在这个岛上度过余生,以后就决不离家走太远了。

  我在家里呆了一星期,以便好好休息,恢复长途旅行的疲劳。在这期间,我做了一件大事,就是给抓到的那只小鹦鹉做了个笼子。这时,这只小鹦鹉已完全驯顺了,并且与我亲热起来。这件大事完成后,我想起了那只可怜的小山羊,它一直被关在我做的羊圈里。我决定去把它带回老家来。到了乡间住宅那边,见那小羊还在原来的圈里--事实上,它也不可能逃出来。因为没有东西吃,它差不多快饿死了。我出去到外面弄了点嫩枝嫩叶喂它。等它吃饱之后,我仍像原来那样用绳子牵着它走。然而,小羊因饥饿而变得十分驯服。我根本不必用绳牵它走,它就会像狗一样乖乖地跟在我后面。后来,我一直饲养它,它变得又温和又可爱,成了我家庭成员中的一员,从此再也没有离开我。

  时值秋分,雨季又来临了。九月三十日这一天,是我上岛的纪念日。像去年一样,我严肃虔诚地度过了这一天。我来到这岛上已两年了,但与两年前刚上岛时一样,毫无获救的希望。整整一天,我怀着谦卑和感激的心情,追念上帝给我的种种恩惠。如果没有这些恩惠,我孤寂的生活就会更凄苦了。我卑顺地、衷心地感谢上帝,因为上帝使我明白,尽管我目前过着孤单寂寞的生活,但也许比生活在自由快乐的人世间更幸福。上帝无时无刻不在我的身边,时时与我的灵魂交流,支持我,安慰我,鼓励我,让我信赖天命,并祈求他今后永与我同在。所有这一切,都足以弥补我寂寞生活中的种种不足。

执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 9楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0


  All the rest of that Day I spent in afflicting my self at the dismal Circumstances I was brought to, viz. I had neither Food, House, Clothes, Weapon, or Place to fly to, and in Despair of any Relief, saw nothing but Death before me, either that I should be devour'd by wild Beasts, murther'd by Savages, or starv'd to Death for Want of Food. At the Approach of Night, I slept in a Tree for fear of wild Creatures, but slept soundly tho' it rain'd all Night.
  October 1. In the Morning I saw to my great Surprise the Ship had floated with the high Tide, and was driven on Shore again much nearer the Island, which as it was some Comfort on one hand, for seeing her sit upright, and not broken to Pieces, I hop'd, if the Wind abated, I might get on board, and get some Food and Necessaries out of her for my Relief; so on the other hand, it renew'd my Grief at the Loss of my Comrades, who I imagin'd if we had all staid on board might have sav'd the Ship, or at least that they would not have been all drown'd as they were; and that had the Men been sav'd, we might perhaps have built us a Boat out of the Ruins of the Ship, to have carried us to some other Part of the World. I spent great Part of this Day in perplexing my self on these things; but at length seeing the Ship almost dry, I went upon the Sand as near as I could, and then swam on board; this Day also it continu'd raining, tho' with n'o Wind at all.
  From the 1st of October, to the 24th. All these Days entirely spent in many several Voyages to get all I could out of the Ship, which I brought on Shore, every Tide of Flood, upon Rafts. Much Rain also in these Days, tho' with some Intervals of fair Weather: But, it seems, this was the rainy Season.
  Oct.20. I overset my Raft, and all the Goods I had got upon it, but being in shoal Water, and the things being chiefly heavy, I recover'd many of them when the Tide was out.
  Oct. 25. It rain'd all Night and all Day, with some Gusts of Wind, during which time the Ship broke in Pieces, the Wind blowing a little harder than before, and was no more to be seen, except the Wreck of her, and that only at low Water. I spent this Day in covering and securing the Goods which I had sav'd, that the Rain might not spoil them.
  Oct. 26. I walk'd about the Shore almost all Day to find out a place to fix my Habitation, greatly concern'd to secure my self from an Attack in the Night, either from wild Beasts or Men. Towards Night I fix'd upon a proper Place under a Rock, and mark'd out a Semi-Circle for my Encampment, which I resolv'd to strengthen with a Work, Wall, or Fortification made of double Piles, lin'd within with Cables, and without with Turf.
  From the 26th. to the 30th. I work'd very hard in carrying all my Goods to my new Habitation, tho' some Part of the time it rain'd exceeding hard.
  The 31st. in the Morning I went out into the Island with my Gun to see for some Food, and discover the Country, when I kill'd a She-Goat, and her Kid follow'd me home, which I afterwards kill'd also because it would not feed.
  November. 1. I set up my Tent under a Rock, and lay there for the first Night, making it as large as I could with Stakes driven in to swing my Hammock upon.
  Nov. 2. I set up all my Chests and Boards, and the Pieces of Timber which made my Rafts, and with them form'd a Fence round me, a little within the Place I had mark'd out for my Fortification.
  Nov. 3. I went out with my Gun and kill'd two Fowls like Ducks, which were very good Food. In the Afternoon went to work to make me a Table.
  Nov. 4. This Morning I began to order my times of Work, of going out with my Gun, time of Sleep, and time of Diversion, viz. Every Morning I walk'd out with my Gun for two or three Hours if it did not rain, then employ'd my self to work till about Eleven a-Clock, then eat what I had to live on, and from Twelve to Two I lay down to sleep, the Weather being excessive hot, and then in the Evening to work again: The working Part of this Day and of the next were wholly employ'd in making my Table, for I was yet but a very sorry Workman, tho' Time and Necessity made me a compleat natural Mechanick soon after, as I believe it would do any one else.
  Nov. 5. This Day went abroad with my Gun and my Dog, and kill'd a wild Cat, her Skin pretty soft, but her Flesh good for nothing: Every Creature I kill'd I took off the skins and preserv'd them: Coming back by the Sea Shore, I saw many Sorts of Sea Fowls which I did not understand, but was surpris'd and almost frighted with two or three Seals, which, while I was gazing at, not well knowing what they were, got into the Sea and escap'd me for that time.
  Nov. 6. After my Morning Walk I went to work with my Table again, and finish'd it, tho' not to my liking; nor was it long before I learn'd to mend' it.
  Nov. 7. Now it began to be settled fair Weather. The 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, and Part of the 12th. (for the 11th was Sunday) I took wholly up to make me a Chair, and with much ado brought it to a tolerable Shape, but never to please me, and even in the making I pull'd it in Pieces several times. Note, I soon neglected my keeping Sundays, for omitting my Mark for them on my Post, I forgot which was which.
  Nov. 13. This Day it rain'd, which refresh'd me exceedingly, and cool'd the Earth, but it was accompany'd with ferrible Thunder and Lightning, which frighted me dreadfully for fear of my Powder; as soon as it was over, I resolv'd to separate my Stock of Powder into as many little Parcels as possible, that it might not be in Danger.
  Nov. 14, 15, 16. These three Days I spent in making little square Chests or Boxes, which might hold about a Pound or two Pound, at most, of Powder, and so putting the Powder in, I stow'd it in Places as secure and remote from one another as possible. On one of these three Days I kill'd a large Bird that was good to eat, but I know not what to call it.
  Nov. 17. This Day I began to dig behind my Tent into the Rock to make room for my farther Conveniency: Note, Two Things I wanted exceedingly for this Work, viz. A Pick-axe, a Shovel, and a Wheel-barrow or Basket, so I desisted from my Work, and began to consider how to supply that Want and make me some Tools; as for a Pickaxe, I made use of the Iron Crows, which were proper enough, tho' heavy; but the next thing was a Shovel or Spade, this was so absolutely necessary, that indeed I could do nothing effectually without it, but what kind of one to make I knew not.
  Nov. 18. The next Day in searching the Woods I found a Tree of that Wood, or like it, which, in the Brasils they call the Iron Tree, for Its exceeding Hardness, of this, with great Labour and almost spoiling my Axe, I cut a Piece, and brought it home too with Difficulty enough, for it was exceeding heavy.
  The excessive Hardness of the Wood, and having no other Way, made me a long while upon this Machine, for I work'd it effectually by little and little into the Form of a Shovel or Spade, the Handle exactly shap'd like ours in England, only that the broad Part having no Iron shod upon it at Bottom, it would not last me so long, however it serv'd well enough for the uses which I had occasion to put it to; but never was a Shovel, I believe, made after that Fashion, or so long a making.
  I was still deficient, for I wanted a Basket or a Wheelbarrow, a Basket I could not make by any Means, having no such things as Twigs that would bend to make Wicker Ware, at least none yet found out; and as to a Wheel-barrow,
  I fancy'd I could make all but the Wheel, but that I had no Notion of, neither did I know how to go about it; besides I had no possible Way to make the Iron Gudgeons for the Spindle or Axis of the Wheel to run in, so I gave it over, and so for carrying away the Earth which I dug out of the Cave, I made me a Thing like a Hodd, which the Labourers carry Morter in, when they serve the Bricklayers.
  This was not so difficult to me as the making the Shovel; and yet this, and the Shovel, and the Attempt which I made in vain, to make a Wheel-Barrow, took me up no less than four Days, I mean always, excepting my Morning Walk with my Gun, which I seldom fail'd, and very seldom fail'd also bringing Home something fit to eat.
  Nov. 23. My other Work having now stood still, because of my making these Tools; when they were finish'd, I went on, and working every Day, as my Strength and Time allow'd, I spent eighteen Days entirely in widening and deepening my Cave, that it might hold my Goods commodiously.
  Note, During all this Time, I work'd to make this Room or Cave spacious enough to accommodate me as a Warehouse or Magazin, a Kitchen, a Dining-room, and a Cellar; as for my Lodging, I kept to the Tent, except that some Times in the wet Season of the Year, it rain'd so hard, that I could not keep my self dry, which caused me afterwards to cover all my Place within my Pale with long Poles in the Form of Rafters leaning against the Rock, and load them with Flaggs and large Leaves of Trees like a Thatch.
  December 10th, I began now to think my Cave or Vault finished, when on a Sudden, (it seems I had made it too large) a great Quantity of Earth fell down from the Top and one Side, so much, that in short it frighted me, and not without Reason too; for if I had been under it I had never wanted a Grave-Digger: Upon this Disaster I had a great deal of Work to do over again; for I had the loose Earth to carry out; and which was of more Importance, I had the Seiling to prop up, so that I might be sure no more would come down.
  Dec. 11. This Day I went to Work with it accordingly, and got two Shores or Posts pitch'd upright to the Top, with two Pieces of Boards a cross over each Post, this I finish'd the next Day; and setting more Posts up with Boards, in about a Week more I had the Roof secur'd; and the Posts standing in Rows, serv'd me for Partitions to part of my House.
  Dec. 17. From this Day to the Twentieth I plac'd Shelves, and knock'd up Nails on the Posts to hang every Thing up that could be hung up, and now I began to be in some Order within Doors.
  Dec. 20. Now I carry'd every Thing into the Cave, and began to furnish my House, and set up some Pieces of Boards, like a Dresser, to order my Victuals upon, but Boards began to be very scarce with me; also I made me another Table.
  Dec. 24. Much Rain all Night and all Day, no stirring out.
  Dec. 25. Rain all Day.
  Dec. 26. No Rain, and the Earth much cooler than before, and pleasanter.
  Dec. 27. Kill'd a young Goat, and lam'd another so as that I catch'd it, and led it Home in a String; when I had it Home, I bound and splinter'd up its Leg which was broke, N.B. I took such Care of it, that it liv'd, and the Leg grew well, and as strong as ever; but by my nursing it so long it grew tame, and fed upon the little Green at my Door, and would not go away: This was the first Time that I entertain'd a Thought of breeding up some tame Creatures, that I might have Food when my Powder and Shot was all spent.
  Dec. 28, 29, 30. Great Heats and no Breeze; so that there was no Stirring abroad, except in the Evening for Food; this Time I spent in putting all my Things in Order within Doors.
  January 1. Very hot still, but I went abroad early and late with my Gun, and lay still in the Middle of the Day; this Evening going farther into the Valleys which lay towards the Center of the Island, I found there was plenty of Goats, tho' exceeding shy and hard to come at, however I resolv'd to try if I could not bring my Dog to hunt them down.
  Jan. 2. Accordingly, the next Day, I went out with my Dog, and set him upon the Goats; but I was mistaken, for they all fac'd about upon the Dog, and he knew his Danger too well, for he would not come near them.
  Jan. 3. I began my Fence or Wall; which being still jealous of my being attack'd by some Body, I resolv'd to make very thick and strong.
  N.B. This Wall being describ'd before, I purposely omit what was said in the Journal; it is sufficient to observe, that I was no less Time than from the 3rd of January to the 14th of April, working, finishing, and perfecting this Wall, tho' it was no more than about 24 Yards in Length, being a half Circle from one Place in the Rock to another Place about eight Yards from it, the Door of the Cave being in the Center behind it.
  All this Time I work'd very hard, the Rains hindering me many Days, nay sometimes Weeks together; but I thought I should never be perfectly secure `till this Wall was finish'd; and it is scarce credible what inexpressible Labour every Thing was done with, especially the bringing Piles out of the Woods, and driving them into the Ground, for I made them much bigger than I need to have done.
  When this Wall was finished, and the Out-side double fenc'd with a Turff-Wall rais'd up close to it, I persuaded my self, that if any People were to come on Shore there, they would not perceive any Thing like a Habitation; and it was very well I did so, as may be oberv'd hereafter upon a very remarkable Occasion.
  During this Time, I made my Rounds in the Woods for Game every Day when the Rain admitted me, and made frequent Discoveries in these Walks of something or other to my Advantage; particularly I found a Kind of wild Pidgeons, who built not as Wood Pidgeons in a Tree, but rather as House Pidgeons, in the Holes of the Rocks; and taking some young ones, I endeavoured to bread them up tame, and did so; but when they grew older they flew all away, which perhaps was at first for Want of feeding them, for I had nothing to give them; however I frequently found their Nests, and got their young ones, which were very good Meat.
  And now, in the managing my houshold Affairs, I found my self wanting in many Things, which I thought at first it was impossible for me to make, as indeed as to some of them it was; for Instance, I could never make a Cask to be hooped, had a small Runlet or two, as I observed before, but I cou'd never arrive to the Capacity of making one by them, tho? I spent many Weeks about it; I could neither put in the Heads, or joint the Staves so true to one another, as to make them hold Water, so I gave that also over.
  In the next Place, I was at a great Loss for Candle; so that as soon as ever it was dark, which was generally by Seven-a-Clock, was oblig'd to go to Bed: I remembered the Lump of Bees-wax with which I made Candles in my African Adventure, but I had none of that now; the only Remedy had was, that when I had kill'd a Goat, sav'd the Tallow, and with a little Dish made of Clay, which I bak'd in the Sun, to which I added a Wick of some Oakum, I made me a Lamp; and this gave me Light, tho' not a clear steady Light like a Candle; in the Middle of all my Labours it happen'd, that rumaging my Things, I found a little Bag, which, as I hinted before, had been fill'd with Corn for the feeding of Poultry, not for this Voyage, but before, as I suppose, when the Ship came from Lisbon; what little Remainder of Corn had been in the Bag, was all devour'd with the Rats, and I saw nothing in the Bag but Husks and Dust; and being willing to have the Bag for some other Use, I think it was to put Powder in, when I divided it for Fear of the Lightning, or some such Use, I shook the Husks of Corn out of it on one Side of my Fortification under the Rock.
  It was a little before the great Rains, just now mention'd, that I threw this Stuff away, taking no Notice of any Thing, and not so much as remembering that I had thrown any Thing there; when about a Month after, or thereabout, I saw some few Stalks of something green, shooting out of the Ground, which I fancy'd might be some Plant I had not seen, but I was surpriz'd and perfectly astonish'd, when, after a little longer Time, I saw about ten or twelve Ears come out, which were perfect green Barley of the same Kind as our European, nay, as our English Barley.
  It is impossible to express the Astonishment and Confusion of my Thoughts on this Occasion; I had hitherto acted upon no religious Foundation at all, indeed I had very few Notions of Religion in my Head, or had' entertain'd any Sense of any Thing that had befallen me, otherwise than as a Chance, or, as we lightly say, what pleases God; without so much as enquiring into the End of Providence in these Things, or his Order in governing Events in the World: But after I saw Barley grow there, in a Climate which I know was not proper for Corn, and especially that I knew not how it came there, It startl'd me strangely, and I began to suggest, that God had miraculously caus'd this Grain to grow without any Help of Seed sown, and that it was so directed purely for my Sustenance, on that wild miserable Place.
  This touch'd my Heart a little, and brought Tears out of my Eyes, and I began to bless my self, that such a Prodigy of Nature should happen upon my Account; and this was the more strange to me, because I saw near it still all along by the Side of the Rock, some other straggling Stalks, which prov'd to be Stalks of Ryce, and which I knew, because I had seen it grow in Africa when I was ashore there.
  I not only thought these the pure Productions of Providence for my Support, but not doubting, but that there was more in the Place, I went all over that Part of the Island, where I had been before, peering in every Corner, and under every Rock, to see for more of it, but I could not find any; at last it occur'd to my Thoughts, that I had shook a Bag of Chickens Meat out in that Place, and then the Wonder began to cease; and I must confess, my religious Thankfulness to God's Providence began to abate too upon the Discovering that all this was nothing but what was common; tho' I ought to have been as thankful for so strange and unforseen Providence, as if it had been miraculous; for it was really the Work of Providence as to me, that should order or appoint, that 10 or 12 Grains of Corn should remain unspoil'd, (when the Rats had destroy'd all the rest,) as if it had been dropt from Heaven; as also, that I should throw it out in that particular Place, where it being in the Shade of a high Rock, it sprang up immediately; whereas, if I had thrown it anywhere else, at that Time, it had been burnt up and destroy'd.
  I carefully sav'd the Ears of this Corn you may be sure in their Season, which was about the End of June; and laying up every Corn, resolv'd to sow them all again, hoping in Time to have some Quantity sufficient to supply me with Bread; But it was not till the 4th Year that I could allow my self the least Grain of this Corn to eat, and even then but sparingly, as I shall say afterwards in its Order; for I lost all that I sow'd the first Season, by not Observing the proper Time; for I sow'd it just before the dry Season, so that it never came up at all, at least, not as it would ha' done: Of which in its Place.
  Besides this Barley, there was, as above, 20 or 30 Stalks of Ryce, which I preserv'd with the same Care, and whose Use was of the same Kind or to the same Purpose, (viz.) to make me Bread, or rather Food; for I found Ways to cook it up without baking, tho' I did that also after some Time. But to return to my Journal,
  I work'd excessive hard these three or four Months to get my Wall done; and the 14th of April I closed it up, contriving to go into it, not by a Door, but over the Wall by a Ladder, that there might be no Sign in the Out-side of my Habitation.
  April 16. I finish'd the Ladder, so I went up with the Ladder to the Top, and then pull'd it up after me, and let it down in the In-side: This was a compleat Enclosure to men for within I had Room enough, and nothing could come at me from without, unless it could first mount my Wall.
  The very next Day after this Wall was finish'd, I had almost had all my Labour overthrown at once, and my self kill'd; the Case was thus, As I was busy in the Inside of it, behind my Tent, just in the Entrance into my Cave, I was terribly frighted with a most dreadful surprising Thing indeed; for all on a sudden I found the Earth come crumbling down from the Roof of my Cave, and from the Edge of the Hill over my Head, and two of the Posts I had set up in the Cave crack'd in a frightful Manner; I was heartily scar'd, but thought nothing' of what was really the Cause, only thinking that the Top of my Cave was falling in, as some of it had done before; and for Fear I shou'd be bury'd in it, I run foreward to my Ladder, and not thinking my self safe there neither, I got over my Wall for Fear of the Pieces of the Hill which I expected might roll down upon me: I was no sooner stepp'd down upon the firm Ground, but I plainly saw it was a terrible Earthquake, for the Ground I stood on shook three Times at about eight Minutes Distance, with three such Shocks, as would have overturn'd the strongest Building that could be suppos'd to have stood on the Earth, and a great Piece of the Top of a Rock, which stood about half a Mile from me next the Sea, fell down with such a terrible Noise, as I never heard in all my Life, I perceiv'd also, the very Sea was put into violent Motion by it; and I believe the Shocks were stronger under the Water than on the Island.
  I was so amaz'd with the Thing it self, having never felt the like, or discours'd with any one that had, that I was like one dead or stupify'd; and the Motion of the Earth made my Stomach sick like one that was toss'd at Sea; but the Noise of the falling of the Rock awak'd me as it were, and rousing me from the stupify'd Condition I was in, fill'd me with Horror, and I thought of nothing then but the Hill falling upon my Tent and all my houshold Goods, and burying all at once; and this sunk my very Soul within me a second Time.
  After the third Shock was over, and I felt no more for some Time, I began to take Courage, and yet I had not Heart enough to go over my Wall again, for Fear of being buried alive, but sat Still upon the Ground, greatly cast down and disconsolate, not knowing what to do: All this while I had not the least Serious religious Thought, nothing but the common, Lord ha' Mercy upon me; and when it was over, that went away too.
  While I sat thus, I found the Air over-cast, and grow cloudy, as if it would Rain; soon after that the Wind rose by little and little, so that, in less than half an Hour, it blew a most dreadful Hurricane: The Sea was all on a Sudden cover'd over with Foam and Froth, the Shore was cover'd with the Breach of the Water, the Trees were torn up by the Roots, and a terrible Storm it was; and this held about three Hours, and then began to abate, and in two Hours more it was stark calm, and began to rain very hard.
  All this while I sat upon the Ground very much terrify'd and dejected, when on a sudden it came into my thoughts, that these Winds and Rain being the Consequences of the Earthquake, the Earthquake it self was spent and over, and I might venture into my Cave again: With this Thought my Spirits began to revive, and the Rain also helping to persuade me, I went in and sat down in my Tent, but the Rain was so violent, that my Tent was ready to be beaten down with it, and I was forc'd to go into my Cave, tho' very much afraid and uneasy for fear it should fall on my Head.
  This violent Rain forc'd me to a new Work, viz. To cut a Hole thro' my new Fortification like a Sink to let the Water go out, which would else have drown'd my Cave. After I had been in my Cave some time, and found still no more Shocks of the Earthquake follow, I began to be more compos'd; and now to support my Spirits, which indeed wanted it very much, I went to my little Store and took a small Sup of Rum, which however I did then and always very sparingly, knowing I could have no more when that was gone.
  It continu'd raining all that Night, and great Part of the next Day, so that I could not stir abroad, but my Mind being more compos'd, I began to think of what I had best do, concluding that if the Island was subject to these Earth-quakes, there would be no living for me in a Cave, but I must consider of building me some little Hut in an open Place which I might surround with a Wall as I had done here, and so make my self secure from wild Beasts or Men; but concluded, if I staid where I was, I should certainly, one time or other, be bury'd alive.
  With these Thoughts I resolv'd to remove my Tent from the Place where it stood, which was just under the hanging Precipice of the Hill, and which, if it should be shaken again, would certainly fall upon my Tent: And I spent the two next Days, being the 19th and 20th of April, in contriving where and how to remove my Habitation.
  The fear of being swallow'd up alive, made me that I never slept in quiet, and yet the Apprehensions of lying broad without any Fence was almost equal to it; but still when I look'd about and saw how every thing was put in order, how pleasantly conceal'd I was, and how safe from Danger, it made me very loath to remove.
  In the mean time it occur'd to me that it would require a vast deal of time for me to do this, and that I must be contented to run the Venture where I was, till I had form'd a Camp for my self, and had secur'd it so as to remove to it: So with this Resolution I compos'd my self for a time, and resolv'd that I would go to work with all Speed to build me a Wall with Piles and Cables, &c. in a Circle as before, and set my Tent up in it when it was finish'd, but that I would venture to stay where I was till it was finish'd and fit to remove to. This was the 21st.
  April 22. The next Morning I began to consider of Means to put this Resolve in Execution, but I was at a great loss about my Tools; I had three large Axes and abundance of Hatchets, (for we carried the Hatchets for Traffick with the Indians) but with much chopping and cutting knotty hard Wood, they were all full of Notches and dull, and tho' I had a Grindstone, I could not turn it and grind my Tools too, this cost me as much Thought as a Statesman would have bestow'd upon a grand Point of Politicks, or a Judge upon the Life and Death of a Man. At length I contriv'd a Wheel with a String, to turn it with my Foot, that I might have both my Hands at Liberty: Note, I had never seen any such thing in England, or at least not to take Notice how it was done, tho' Since I have observ'd it is very common there; besides that, my Grindstone was very large and heavy. This Machine cost me a full Week's Work to bring it to Perfection.
  April 28, 29. These two whole Days I took up in grinding my Tools, my Machine for turning my Grindstone performing very well.
  April 30. Having perceiv'd my Bread had been low a great while, now I took a Survey of it, and reduc'd my self to one Bisket-cake a Day, which made my Heart very heavy.
  May 1. In the Morning looking towards the Sea-side, the Tide being low, I saw something lye on the Shore bigger than ordinary, and it look'd like a Cask; when I came to it, I found a small Barrel, and two or three Pieces of the Wreck of the Ship, which were driven on Shore by the late Hurricane, and looking towards the Wreck itself, I thought it seem'd to lye higher out of the Water than it us'd to do; I examin'd the Barrel which was driven on Shore, and soon found it was a Barrel of Gunpowder, but it had taken Water, and the Powder was cak'd as hard as a Stone; however I roll'd it farther on Shore for the present, and went on upon the Sands as near as I could to the Wreck of the Ship to look for more.
  When I came down to the Ship I found it strangely remov'd, The Fore-castle which lay before bury'd in Sand, was heav'd up at least Six Foot, and the Stern which was broke to Pieces and parted from the rest by the Force of the Sea soon after I had left rummaging her, was toss'd, as it were, up, and cast on one Side, and the Sand was thrown so high on that Side next her Stern, that whereas there was a beat Place of Water before, so that I could not come within a Quarter of a Mile of the Wreck without swimming, I could now walk quite up to her when the Tide was out; I was surpriz'd with this at first, but soon concluded it must be done by the Earthquake, and as by this Violence the Ship was more broken open than formerly, so many Things came daily on Shore, which the Sea had loosen'd, and which the Winds and Water rolled by Degrees to the Land.
  This wholly diverted my Thoughts from the Design of removing my Habitation; and I busied my self mightily that Day especially, in searching whether I could make any Way into the Ship, but I found nothing was to be expected of that Kind, for that all the In-side of the Ship was choack'd up with Sand: However, as I had learn'd not to despair of any Thing, I resolv'd to pull every Thing to Pieces that I could of the Ship, concluding, that every Thing I could get from her would be of some Use or other to me.
  May 3. I began with my Saw, and cut a Piece of a Beam thro', which I thought held some of the upper Part or Quarter-Deck together, and when I had cut it thro', I clear'd away the Sand as well as I could from the Side which lay highest; but the Tide coming' in, I was oblig'd to give over for that Time.
  May 4. I went a fishing, but caught not one Fish that I durst eat of, till I was weary of my Sport, when just going to leave off, I caught a young Dolphin. I had made me a long Line of some Rope Yarn, but I had no Hooks, yet I frequently caught Fish enough, as much as I card to eat; all which I dry'd in the Sun, and eat them dry.
  May 5. Work'd on the Wreck, cut another Beam asunder, and brought three great Fir Planks off from the Decks, which I ty'd together, and made swim on Shore when the Tide of Flood came on.
  May 6. Work'd on the Wreck, got several Iron Bolts out of her, and other Pieces of Iron Work, work'd very hard, and came Home very much tyr'd, and had Thoughts of giving it over.
  May 7. Went to the Wreck again, but with an Intent not to work, but found the Weight of the Wreck had broke itself down, the Beams being cut, that several Pieces of the Ship seem'd to lie loose, and the In-side of the Hold lay so open, that I could see into it, but almost full of Water and Sand.
  May 8. Went to the Wreck, and carry'd an Iron Crow to wrench up the Deck, which lay now quite clear of the Water or Sand; I wrench'd open two Planks, and brought them on Shore also with the Tide: I left the Iron Crow in the Wreck for next Day.
  May 9. Went to the Wreck, and with the Crow made Way into the Body of the Wreck, and felt several Casks, and loosen'd them with the Crow, but could not break them up; I felt also the Roll of English Lead, and could stir it, but it was too heavy to remove.
  May 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. Went every Day to the Wreck, and got a great deal of Pieces of Timber, and Boards, or Plank, and 2 or 300 Weight of Iron.
  May 15. I carry'd two Hatchets to try if I could not cut a Piece off of the Roll of Lead, by placing the Edge of one Hatchet, and driving it with the other; but as it lay about a Foot and a half in the Water, I could not make any Blow to drive the Hatchet.
  May 16. It had blow'd hard in the Night, and the Wreck appear'd more broken by the Force of the Water; but I stay'd so long in the Woods to get Pidgeons for Food, that the Tide prevented me going to the Wreck that Day.
  May 17. I saw some Pieces of the Wreck blown on Shore, at a great Distance, near two Miles off me, but resolv'd to see what they were, and found it was a Piece of the Head, but too heavy for me to bring away.
  May 24. Every Day to this Day I work'd on the Wreck, and with hard Labour I loosen'd some Things so much with the Crow, that the first blowing Tide several Casks floated out, and two of the Seamens Chests; but the Wind blowing from the Shore, nothing came to Land that Day, but Pieces of Timber, and a Hogshead which had some Brazil Pork in it, but the Salt-water and the Sand had spoil'd it.
  I continu'd this Work every Day to the 15th of June, except the Time necessary to get Food, which I always appointed, during this Part of my Employment, to be when the Tide was up, that I might be ready when it was ebb'd out, and by this Time I had gotten Timber, and Plank, and Iron-Work enough, to have builded a good Boat, if I had known how; and also, I got at several Times, and in several Pieces, near 100 Weight of the Sheet-Lead.
  June 16. Going down to the Sea-side, I found a large Tortoise or Turtle; this was the first I had seen, which it seems was only my Misfortune, not any Defect of the Place, or Scarcity; for had I happen'd to be on the other Side of the Island, I might have had Hundreds of them every Day, as I found afterwards; but perhaps had paid dear enough for them.
  June 17. I spent in cooking the Turtle; I found in her threescore Eggs; and her Flesh was to me at that Time the most savoury and pleasant that ever I tasted in my Life, having had no Flesh, but of Goats and Fowls, since I landed in this horrid Place.
  June 18. Rain'd all Day, and I stay'd within. I thought at this Time the Rain felt Cold, and I was something chilly, which I knew was not usual in that Latitude.
  June 19. Very ill, and shivering, as if the Weather had been cold.
  June 20. No Rest all Night, violent Pains in my Head, and feaverish.
  June 21. Very ill, frighted almost to Death with the Apprehensions of my sad Condition, to be sick, and no Help: Pray'd to GOD for the first Time since the Storm off of Hull, but scarce knew what I said, or why; my Thoughts being all confused.
  June 22. A little better, but under dreadful Apprehensions of Sickness.
  June 23. Very bad again, cold and shivering, and then a violent Head-ach.
  June 24. Much better.
  June 25. An Ague very violent; the Fit held me seven Hours, cold Fit and hot, with faint Sweats after it.
  June 26. Better; and having no Victuals to eat, took my Gun, but found my self very weak; however I kill'd a She-Goat, and with much Difficulty got it Home, and broil'd some of it, and eat; I wou'd fain have stew'd it, and made some Broath, but had no Pot.
  June 27. The Ague again so violent, that I lay a-Bed all Day, and neither eat or drank. I was ready to perish for Thirst, but so weak, I had not Strength to stand up, or to get my self any Water to drink: Pray'd to God again, but was light-headed, and when I was not, I was so ignorant, that I knew not what to say; only I lay and cry'd, Lord look upon me, Lord pity me, Lord have Mercy upon me: I suppose I did nothing else for two or three Hours, till the Fit wearing off, I fell asleep, and did not wake till far in the Night; when I wak'd, I found my self much refresh'd, but weak, and exceeding thirsty: However, as I had no Water bin my whole Habitation, I was forc'd to lie till Morning, and went to sleep again: In this second Sleep, I had this terrible Dream.
  I thought, that I was sitting on the Ground on the Outside of my Wall, where I sat when the Storm blew after the Earthquake, and that I saw a Man descend from a great black Cloud, in a bright Flame of Fire, and light upon the Ground: He was all over as bright as a Flame, so that I could but just bear to look towards him; his Countenance was most inexpressibly dreadful, impossible for Words to describe; when he stepp'd upon the Ground with his Feet, I thought the Earth trembl'd, just as it had done before in the Earthquake, and all the Air look'd, to my Apprehension, as if it had been fill'd with Flashes of Fire.
  He was no sooner landed upon the Earth, but he moved forward towards me, with a long Spear or Weapon in his Hand, to kill me; and when he came to a rising Ground, at some Distance, he spoke to me, or I heard a Voice so terrible, that it is impossible to express the Terror of it; all that I can say, I understood, was this, Seeing all these Things have not brought thee to Repentance, nom thou shalt die: At which Words, I thought he lifted up the Spear that was in his Hand, to kill me.
  No one, that shall ever read this Account, will expect that I should be able to describe the Horrors of my Soul at this terrible Vision, I mean, that even while it was a Dream, I even dreamed of those Horrors; nor is it any more possible to describe the Impression that remain'd upon my Mind when I awak'd and found it was but a Dream.
  I had alas! no divine Knowledge; what I had received by the good Instruction of my Father was then worn out by an uninterrupted Series, for 8 Years, of Seafaring Wickedness, and a constant Conversation with nothing but such as were like my self, wicked and prophane to the last Degree: I do not remember that I had in all that Time one Thought that so much as tended either to looking upwards toward God, or inwards towards a Reflection upon my own Ways: But a certain Stupidity of Soul, without Desire of Good, or Conscience of Evil, had entirely overwhelm'd me, and I was all that the most hardened, unthinking, wicked Creature among our common Sailors, can be supposed to be, not having the least Sense, either of the Fear of God in Danger, or of Thankfulness to God in Deliverances.
  In the relating what is already past of my Story, this will be the more easily believ'd, when I shall add, that thro' all the Variety of Miseries that had to this Day befallen me, I never had so much as one Thought of it being the Hand of God, or that it was a just Punishment for my Sin; my rebellious Behaviour against my Father, or my present Sins which were great; or so much as a Punishment for the general Course of my wicked Life. When I was on the desperate Expedition on the desert Shores of Africa, I never had so as one Thought of what would become of me; or one to od to direct me whether I should go, or to keep me from the Danger which apparently surrounded me, as well from voracious Creatures as cruel Savages: But I was meerly thoughtless of a God, or a Providence; acted like a meer Brute from the Principles of Nature, and by the Dictates of common Sense only, and indeed hardly that.
  When I was deliver'd and taken up at Sea by the Portugal
  Captain, well us'd, and dealt justly and honourably with, as well as charitably, I had not the least Thankfulness on my Thoughts: When again I was shipwreck'd, ruin'd, and in Danger of drowning on this Island, I was as far from Remorse, or looking on it as a Judgment; I only said to my self often, that I was an unfortunate Dog, and born to be always miserable. It is true, when I got on Shore first here, and found all my Ship's Crew drown'd, and my self spar'd, I was surpriz'd with a Kind of Extasie, and some Transports of Soul, which, had the Grace of God assisted, might have come up to true Thankfulness; but it ended where it begun, in a meer common Flight of Joy, or as I may say, being glad I was alive, without the least Reflection upon the distinguishing Goodness of the Hand which had preserv'd me, and had singled me out to be preserv'd, when all the rest were destroy'd; or an Enquiry why Providence had been thus merciful to me; even just the same common Sort of Joy which Seamen generally have after they are got safe ashore from a Shipwreck, which they drown all in the next Bowl of Punch, and forget almost as soon as it is over, and all the rest of my Life was like it.
  Even when I was afterwards, on due Consideration, made sensible of my Condition, how I was cast on this dreadful Place, out of the Reach of humane Kind, out of all Hope of Relief, or Prospect of Redemption, as soon as I saw but a Prospect of living, and that I should not starve and perish for Hunger, all the Sense of my Affliction wore off, and I begun to be very easy, apply'd my self to the Works proper for my Preservation and Supply, and was far enough from being afflicted at my Condition, as a Judgment from Heaven, or as the Hand of God against me; these were Thoughts which very seldom enter'd into my Head.
  The growing up of the Corn, as is hinted in my Journal, had at first some little Influence upon me, and began to affect me with Seriousness, as long as I thought it had something miraculous in it; but as soon as ever that Part of the Thought was remov'd, all the Impression which was rais'd from it, wore off also, as I have noted already.
  Even the Earthquake, tho' nothing could be more terrible in its Nature, or more immediately directing to the invisible Power which alone directs such Things, yet no sooner was the first Fright over, but the Impression it had made went off also. I had no more Sense of God or his Judgments, much less of the present Affliction of my Circumstances being from his Hand, than if I had been in the most prosperous Condition of Life.
  But now when I began to be sick, and a leisurely View of the Miseries of Death came to place itself before me; when my Spirits began to sink under the Burthen of a strong Distemper, and Nature was exhausted with the Violence of the Feaver; Conscience that had slept so long, begun to awake, and I began to reproach my self with my past Life, in which I had so evidently, by uncommon Wickedness, provok'd the Justice of God to lay me under uncommon Strokes, and to deal with me in so vindictive a Manner.
  These Reflections oppress'd me for the second or third Day of my Distemper, and in the Violence, as well of the Feaver, as of the dreadful Reproaches of my Conscience, extorted some Words from me, like praying to God, tho' I cannot say they were either a Prayer attended with Desires or with Hopes; it was rather the Voice of meer Fright and Distress; my Thoughts were confus'd, the Convictions great upon my Mind, and the Horror of dying in such a miserable Condition rais'd Vapours into my Head with the meer Apprehensions; and in these Hurries of my Soul, I know not what my Tongue might express: but it was rather Exclamation, such as, Lord! what a miserable Creature am I? If I should be sick, I shall certainly die for Want of Help, and what will become of me! Then the Tears burst out of my Eyes, and I could say no more for a good while.
  In this Interval, the good Advice of my Father came to my Mind, and presently his Prediction which I mention'd at the Beginning of this Story, viz. That if I did take this foolish Step, God would not bless me, and I would have Leisure hereafter to reflect upon having neglected his Counsel, when there might be none to assist in my Recovery. Now, said I aloud, My dear Father's Words are come to pass: God's Justice has overtaken me, and I have none to help or hear me: I rejected the Voice of Providence, which had mercifully put me in a Posture or Station of Life, wherein I might have been happy and easy; but I would neither see it my self, or learn to know the Blessing of it from my Parents; I left them to mourn over my Folly, and now I am left to mourn under the Consequences of it: I refus'd their Help and Assistance who wou'd have lifted me into the World, and wou'd have made every Thing easy to me, and now I have Difficulties to struggle with, too great for even Nature itself to support, and no Assistance, no Help, no Comfort, no Advice; then I cry'd out, Lord be my Help, for I am in great Distress.
  This was the first Prayer, if I may call it so, that I had made for many Years: But 1 return to my Journal.
  June 28. Having been somewhat refresh'd with the Sleep I had had, and the Fit being entirely off, I got up; and tho' the Fright and Terror of my Dream was very great, yet I consider'd, that the Fit of the Ague wou'd return again the next Day, and now was my Time to get something to refresh and support my self when I should be ill; and the first Thing I did, I fill'd a large square Case Bottle with Water, and set it upon my Table, in Reach of my Bed; and to take off the chill or aguish Disposition of the Water, I put about a Quarter of a Pint of Rum into it, and mix'd them together; then I got me a Piece of the Goat's Flesh, and broil'd it on the Coals, but could eat very little; I walk'd about, but was very weak, and withal very sad and heavy-hearted in the Sense of my miserable Condition; dreading the Return of my Distemper the next Day; at Night I made my Supper of three of the Turtle's Eggs, which I roasted in the Ashes, and eat, as we call it, in the Shell; and this was the first Bit of Meat I had ever ask'd God's Blessing to, even as I cou'd remember, in my whole Life.
  After I had eaten, I try'd to walk, but found my self so weak, that I cou'd hardly carry the Gun, (for I never went out without that) so I went but a little Way, and sat down upon the Ground, looking out upon the Sea, which was just before me, and very calm and smooth: As I sat here, some such Thoughts as these occurred to me.
  What is this Earth and Sea of which I have seen so much, whence is it produc'd, and what am I, and all the other Creatures, wild and tame, humane and brutal, whence are we?
  Sure we are all made by some secret Power, who form'd the Earth and Sea, the Air and Sky; and who is that?
  Then it follow'd most naturally, It is God that has made it all: Well, but then it came on strangely, if God has made all these Things, He guides and governs them all, and all Things that concern them; for the Power that could make all Things, must certainly have Power to guide and direct them.
  If so, nothing can happen in the great Circuit of his Works, either without his Knowledge or Appointment.
  And if nothing happens without his Knowledge, he knows that I am here, and am in this dreadful Condition; and if nothing happens without his Appointment, he has appointed all this to befal me.
  Nothing occurr'd to my Thought to contradict any of these Conclusions; and therefore it rested upon me with the greater Force, that it must needs be, that God had appointed all this to befal me; that I was brought to this miserable Circumstance by his Direction, he having the sole Power, not of me only, but of every Thing that happen'd in the World. Immediately it follow'd,
  Why has God done this to me? What have I done to be thus us'd?
  My Conscience presently check'd me in that Enquiry, as if I had blasphem'd, and methought it spoke to me like a Voice; WRETCH! dost thou ask what thou hast done! look back upon a dreadful mis-spent Life, and ask thy self what thou hast not done? ask, Why is it that thou wert not long ago destroy'd? Why wert thou not drown'd in Yarmouth Roads? Kill'd in the Fight when the Ship was taken by the Sallee Man of War? Devour'd by the wild Beasts on the Coast of Africa? Or, Drown'd HERE, when all the Crew perish'd but thy self? Dost thou ask, What have I done?
  I was struck dumb with these Reflections, as one astonish'd, and had not a Word to say, no not to answer to my self, but rise up pensive and sad, walk'd back to my Retreat, and went up over my Wall, as if I had been going to Bed, but my Thoughts were sadly disturb'd, and I had no Inclination to Sleep; so I sat down in my Chair, and lighted my Lamp, for it began to be dark: Now as the Apprehension of the Return of my Distemper terrify'd me very much, it occurr'd to my Thought, that the Brasilians take no Physick but their Tobacco, for almost all Distempers; and I had a Piece of a Roll of Tobacco in one of the Chests, which was quite cur'd, and some also that was green and not quite cur'd.
  I went, directed by Heaven no doubt; for in this Chest I found a Cure, both for Soul and Body, I open'd the Chest, and found what I look'd for, viz. the Tobacco; and as the few Books, I had sav'd, lay there too, I took out one of the Bibles which I mention'd before, and which to this Time I had not found Leisure, or so much as Inclination to look into; I say, I took it out, and brought both that and the Tobacco with me to the Table.
  What Use to make of the Tobacco, I knew not, as to my Distemper, or whether it was good for it or no; but I try'd several Experiments with it, as if I was resolv'd it should hit one Way or other: I first took a Piece of a Leaf, and chew'd it in my Mouth, which indeed at first almost stupify'd my Brain, the Tobacco being green and strong, and that I had not been much us'd to it; then I took some and steeped it an Hour or two in some Rum, and resolv'd to take a Dose of it when I lay down; and lastly, I burnt some upon a Pan of Coals, and held my Nose close over the Smoke of it as long as I could bear it, as well for the Heat as almost for Suffocation.
  In the Interval of this Operation, I took up the Bible and began to read, but my Head was too much disturb'd with the Tobacco to bear reading, at least that Time; only having open'd the Book casually, the first Words that occurr'd to me were these, Call on me in the Day of Trouble, and I will deliver, and thou shalt glorify me.
  The Words were very apt to my Case, and made some Impression upon my Thoughts at the Time of reading them, tho' not so much as they did afterwards; for as for being deliver'd, the Word had no Sound, as I may say, to me; the Thing was so remote, so impossible in my Apprehension of Things, that I began to say as the Children of Israel did, when they were promis'd Flesh to eat, Can God spread a Table in the Wilderness? so I began to say, Can God himself deliver me from this Place? and as it was not for many Years that any Hope appear'd, this prevail'd very often upon my Thoughts: But however, the Words made a great Impression upon me, and I mused upon them very often. It grew now late, and the Tobacco had, as I said, doz'd my Head so much, that I inclin'd to sleep; so I left my Lamp burning in the Cave, least I should want any Thing in the Night, and went to Bed; but before I lay down, I did what I never had done in all my Life, I kneel'd down and pray'd to God to fulfil the Promise to me, that if I call'd upon him in the Day of Trouble, he would deliver me; after my broken and imperfect Prayer was over, I drunk the Rum in which I had steep'd the Tobacco, which was so strong and rank of the Tobacco, that indeed I could scarce get it down; immediately upon this I went to Bed, I found presently it flew up in my Head violently, but I fell into a sound Sleep, and wak'd no more 'till by the Sun it must necessarily be near Three a-Clock in the Afternoon the next Day; nay, to this Hour, I'm partly of the Opinion, that I slept all the next Day and Night, and 'till almost Three that Day after; for otherwise I knew not how I should lose a Day out of my Reckoning in the Days of the Week, as it appear'd some Years after I had done: for if I had lost it by crossing and re-crossing the Line, I should have lost more than one Day: But certainly I lost a Day in my Accompt, and never knew which Way.
  Be that however one Way or th' other, when I awak'd I found my self exceedingly refresh'd, and my Spirits lively and chearful; when I got up, I was stronger than I was the Day before, and my Stomach better, for I was hungry; and in short, I had no Fit the next Day, but continu'd much alter'd for the better; this was the 29th.
  The 30th was my well Day of Course, and I went abroad with my Gun, but did not care to travel too far, I kill'd a Sea Fowl or two, something like a brand Goose, and brought them Home, but was not very forward to eat them; so I ate some more of the Turtle's Eggs, which were very good: This Evening I renew'd the Medicine which I had suppos'd did me good the Day before, viz. the Tobacco steep'd in Rum, only I did not take so much as before, nor did I chew any of the Leaf, or hold my Head over the Smoke; however, I was not so well the next Day, which was the first of July, as I hop'd I shou'd have been; for I had a little Spice of the cold Fit, but it was not much.
  July 2. I renew'd the Medicine all the three Ways, and doz'd my self with it as at first; and doubled the Quantity which I drank.
  3. I miss'd the Fit for good and all, tho' I did not recover my full Strength for some Weeks after; while I was thus gathering Strength, my Thoughts run exceedingly upon this Scripture, I will deliver thee, and the Impossibility of my Deliverance lay much upon my Mind in Barr of my ever expecting it: But as I was discouraging my self with such Thoughts, it occurr'd to my Mind, that I pored so much upon my Deliverance from the main Affliction, that I disregarded the Deliverance I had receiv'd; and I was, as it were, made to ask my self such Questions as these, viz. Have I not been deliver'd, and wonderfully too, from Sickness? from the most distress'd Condition that could be, and that as so frightful to me, and what Notice I had taken of it?
  Had I done my Part? God had deliver'd me, but I had not glorify'd him; that is to say, I had not own'd and been thankful for that as a Deliverance, and how cou'd I expect greater Deliverance?
  This touch'd my Heart very much, and immediately I kneel'd down and gave God Thanks aloud, for my Recovery from my Sickness.



  二十六日至三十日我埋头苦干,把全部货物搬到新的住地,虽然有时大雨倾盆。

  三十一日早晨我带熗深入孤岛腹地,一则为了找点吃的,一则为了查看一下小岛环境。我打死了一只母山羊,她的一只小羊跟着我回家,后来我把它也杀了,因为它不肯吃食。

  十一月一日我在小山下搭起了一个帐篷,我尽可能把帐篷搭大些,里面再打上几根木桩用来挂吊床,我第一夜在帐篷里睡觉。

  十一月二日我把所有的箱子、木板,以及做木排用的木料,沿着半圆形内侧堆成一个临时性的围墙,作为我的防御工事。

  十一月三日我带熗外出,打死两只野鸭似的飞禽,肉很好吃,下午开始做桌子。

  十一月四日早晨,开始计划时间的安排。规定了工作的时间,带熗外出的时间,睡眠的时间以及消遣的时间。我的计划是这样的:每天早晨,如果不下雨,就带熗出去跑上二三小时,回来后再工作到十一点左右;然后,就有什么吃什么;十二点至二点为午睡时间,因为这儿天炎热异常;傍晚再开始工作。今天和明天的全部工作时间,我都用来做桌子。目前我还是个拙劣的工匠,做一样东西要化很多时间。但不久我就成了一个熟练工了。什么事做多了就熟能生巧,另一方面也是迫于需要。我相信,这在其他任何人也是办得到的。

  十一月五日今天我带熗外出,并且把狗也带上了。打死了一只野猫,其毛皮柔软,但肉却不能吃。我每打死什么动物,都剥下毛皮保存起来。从海边回来时,看到各种不同的水鸟,我都叫不上名字。还看到两三只海豹,使我大吃一惊。我开始看到它们时,一时还不知道究竟是什么动物。后来它们游向了大海。这一次,它们从我眼皮底下逃掉了。

  十一月六日早晨外出回来后就继续做桌子,最后终于完成了,但样子很难看,我自己都不满意。不久,我又设法把桌子改进了一下。

  十一月七日天气开始晴朗起来。七日,八日,九日,十日以及十二日的一部分时间(十一日是礼拜日),我都用来做一把椅子,费了好大的劲,才勉强做成椅子的样子,连差强人意都谈不上。在做的过程中,我做了再拆,拆了再做,折腾了好几次。

  附记:我不久就不再做礼拜了。因为我忘记在木桩上刻凹痕了,因而也就记不起哪天是哪天了。

  十一月十三日今天下雨,令人精神为之一爽。天气也凉快多了,但大雨伴随着闪电雷鸣,吓得我半死,万分惊恐,因为我担心火药会被雷电击中而炸毁。因此,雷雨一停,我就着手把火药分成许许多多小包,以免不测。

  十一月十四日,十五日,十六日。这三天,我做了许多小方匣,每个匣子大约可以装一两磅火药。我把火药装入匣内,并分开小心安全地贮藏好。其中有一天,我打到了一只大鸟,肉很好吃,但我不知道是什么鸟。

  十一月十七日今天开始,我在帐篷后的岩壁上开始挖洞,以扩大我住所的空间,使生活更方便些。

  附记:要挖洞,我最需要的是三样工具:一把鹤嘴锄,一把铲子和一辆手推车或一只箩筐。我就先不挖洞,而是考虑制造一些必不可少的工具。我用起货钩代替鹤嘴锄,还凑合用,只是重了点。此外,还需要一把铲子,这是挖土的重要工具,没有铲子,什么事也别想做,可我不知道怎样才能做把铲子。

  十一月十八日第二天,我去树林里搜寻,发现一种树,像巴西的"铁树",因为这种树的木质特别坚硬。我费了好大的劲才砍下了一块,几乎把我的斧头都砍坏了。又费了不少力气,才把木块带回住所,因为这种木头实在太重了。

  这种木料确实非常坚硬,可是我别无他法,所以,我化了好大的功夫才做成一把铲子。我慢慢把木块削成铲子的形状,铲柄完全像英国铲子一样,只是铲头没有包上铁,所以没有正式的铁铲那么耐用。不过,必要时用一下也还能勉强对付。我想,世界上没有一把铲子是做成这个样子的,也决不会化这么长的时间才做成一把铲子。

  虽然有了鹤嘴锄和铲子,但工具还是不够,我还缺少一只箩筐或一辆手推车。箩筐我没有办法做,因为我没有像编藤皮用的细软的枝条,至少现在我还没有找到。至于手推车,我想除了轮子外,其他都可以做出来。可做轮子却不那么容易,我简直不知从何处着手。此外,我也无法做一个铁的轮子轴心,使轮子能转动。因此,我决定放弃做轮子的念头,而做一个灰斗似的东西--就是小工替泥水匠运泥灰用的灰斗,这样就可把石洞里挖出来的泥土运出来。

  这工作不像做铲子那么难。但制造这些工具--灰斗和铲子,以及试图做手推车最终又不得不放弃,一共化费了整整四天时间,当然不包括每天早晨带熗外出的时间。可以说,我几乎没有一天不出去,也几乎没有一天不带回些猎物作吃食。

  十一月二十三日因为做工具,其他工作都搁了下来,等这些工具制成,我又继续做所耽搁了的工作。只要有精力和时间,我每天都工作,化了整整十八天的功夫扩大和加深了岩洞;洞室一拓宽,存放东西就更方便了。

  附记:这几天,我的工作主要是扩大洞室。这样,这个山洞成了我的贮藏室和军火库,也是我的厨房、餐室和地窖。

  我一般仍睡在帐篷里,除非在雨季,雨下得太大,帐篷漏雨,我才睡到洞室里。所以,我后来把围墙里的所有地方,通通用长木条搭成屋椽的样子,架在岩石上,再在上面铺些草和大树叶,做成一个茅屋的样子。

  十二月十日我本以为挖洞的工程已大功告成,可突然发生了塌方。也许我把洞挖得太大了,大量的泥土从顶上和一旁的岩壁上塌下来,落下的泥土之多,简直把我吓坏了。我这般惊恐,当然不是没有理由的。要是塌方时我正在洞内,那我肯定用不着掘墓人了。这次灾祸一发生,我又有许多工作要做了。我不但要把落下来的松土运出去,还安装了天花板,下面用柱子支撑起来,免得再出现塌方的灾难。

  十二月十一日今天我按昨天的计划动手工作,用两根柱子作为支撑,每根柱子上交叉搭上两块木板撑住洞顶。这项工作第二天就完成了。接着我支起了更多的柱子和木板,花了大约一星期的时间把洞顶加固。洞内一行行直立的柱子,把洞室隔成了好几间。

  十二月十七日今天至二十日,我在洞里装了许多木架,又在柱子上敲了许多钉子,把那些可以挂起来的东西都挂起来。现在,我的住所看上去有点秩序了。

  十二月二十日我把所有的东西都搬进洞里,并开始布置自己的住所。我用木板搭了个碗架似的架子,好摆吃的东西。但木板已经越来越少了。另外,我又做了一张桌子。

  十二月二十四日整夜整日大雨倾盆,没有出门。

  十二月二十五日整日下雨。

  十二月二十六日无雨,天气凉爽多了,人也感到爽快多了。

  十二月二十七日打死了一只小山羊,又把另一只小山羊的一条腿打瘸了。我抓住了瘸腿的小山羊,用绳子牵回家。

  到家后我把山羊的断腿绑了起来,还上了夹板。

  附记:在我精心照料下,受伤的小山羊活下来了,腿也长好了,而且长得很结实。由于我长期抚养,小山羊渐渐驯服起来,整日在我住所门前的草地上吃草,不肯离开。这诱发了我一个念头:我可以饲养一些易于驯服的动物,将来一旦弹药用完也不愁没有东西吃。

  十二月二十八日,二十九,三十日酷热无风。整天在家,到傍晚才外出寻食。整日在家里整理东西。

  一月一日天气仍然很热。我早晚带熗各外出一次,中午午睡。傍晚我深入孤岛中心的山谷里,发现许多野山羊,但极易受惊,难以捕捉。我决定带狗来试试是否能猎取几只。

  一月二日照着昨天的想法,我今天带狗外出,叫它去追捕那些山羊;可是,我想错了,山羊不仅不逃,反而一起面对我的狗奋起反抗。狗也知道危险,不敢接近群羊。

  一月三日我动手修筑篱笆或围墙,因为我一直担心受到攻击。我要把围墙筑得又厚又坚固。

  附记:关于围墙,我前面已交待过了,在日记中,就不再重复已经说过的话了。这里只提一下:从一月三日至四月十四日,我一直在修筑这座围墙。最后终于完成了,并尽可能做得完满。围墙呈半圆形,从岩壁的一边,围向另一边,两处相距约八码,围墙全长仅二十四码,岩洞的门正好处于围墙中部后面。

  在这段时间里,我努力工作,尽管雨水耽搁了我许多天,甚至好几个星期。我觉得,围墙不做好,我住在里面就没有安全感。我做的每件工作所花的劳动,简直难以令人置信。尤其是那些木桩,要把木桩从树林里搬回来,又要打进土里,实在非常吃力,因为我把木桩做得太大了,而实际上并不需要那么大。

  墙筑好后,又在墙外堆了一层草皮泥,堆得和墙一般高。

  这样,我想,即使有人到岛上来,也不一定看得出里面有人祝我的这一做法是非常明智的。后来事实证明了这一点。

  在此期间,只要雨不大,我总要到树林里去寻找野味,并常有一些新的发现,可以改善我的生活。尤其是我发现了一种野鸽,它们不像斑尾林鸽那样在树上作窠,而像家鸽一样在石穴里作窝。我抓了几只小鸽子,想把它们驯养大。养倒是养大了,可一大就飞走了。想来也许我没有经常给它们喂食;事实上,我也没什么东西可喂它们。然而,我经常找到它们的窝,就捉些小鸽子回来,这种鸽子的肉非常好吃。

  在料理家务的过程中,我发现还缺少许多许多东西;有些东西根本没办法制造,事实也确实如此。壁如,我无法制造木桶,因为根本无法把桶箍起来。前面我曾提到,我有一两只小桶;可是,我花了好几个星期的功夫还是做不出一只新桶来。我无法把桶底安上去,也无法把那些薄板拼合得不漏水。最后,我只好放弃了做桶的念头。

  其次,我无法制造蜡烛,所以一到天黑就只得上床睡觉。

  在这儿一般七点左右天就黑下来了。我记得我曾有过一大块蜜蜡,那是我从萨累的海盗船长手里逃到非洲沿岸的航程中做蜡烛用的,现在早已没有了。我唯一的补救办法是:每当我杀山羊时,把羊油留下来。我用泥土做成一个小盘子,经太阳暴晒成了一个小泥盘,然后把羊油放在泥盘里,再弄松麻绳后取下一些麻絮做灯心。这样总算做成了一盏灯,虽然光线没有蜡烛明亮和稳定,但也至少给了我一点光明。

  在我做这些事的时候,我偶尔翻到了一个小布袋。我上面已提到过,这布袋里装了一些谷类,是用来喂家禽的,而不是为这次航行供船员食用的。这袋谷子可能是上次从里斯本出发时带上船的吧。袋里剩下的一点谷类早已被老鼠吃光了,只留下一些尘土和谷壳。因为我很需要这个布袋,就把袋里的尘土和谷壳抖在岩石下的围墙边。当时,想必是我要用这布袋来装火药吧,因为,我记得我给闪电雷鸣吓坏了,急于要把火药分开包装好。

  我扔掉这些东西,正是上面提到的那场大雨之前不久的事。扔掉后也就完了,再也没有想起这件事情。大约一个月之后,我发现地上长出了绿色的茎干。起初我以为那只是自己以前没有注意到的某种植物罢了。但不久以后,我看到长出了十一二个穗头,与欧洲的大麦,甚至与英国的大麦一模一样,这使我十分惊讶。

  我又惊愕,又困惑,心里的混乱难以用笔墨形容。我这个人不信教,从不以宗教诫律约束自己的行为,认为一切出于偶然,或简单地归之于天意,从不去追问造物主的意愿及其支配世间万物的原则。但当我看到,尽管这儿气候不宜种谷类,却长出了大麦;何况我对这些大麦是怎么长出来的一无所知,自然吃惊不校于是我想到,这只能是上帝显示的奇迹--没有人播种,居然能长出庄稼来。我还想到,这是上帝为了能让我在这荒无人烟的孤岛上活下去才这么做的。

  想到这里,我颇为动情,禁不住流下了眼泪。我开始为自己的命运庆幸,这种世间少有的奇事,竟会在我身上发生。

  尤其令我感到不可思议的是,在大麦茎干的旁边,沿着岩壁,稀稀落落长出了几枝其他绿色的茎干,显然是稻茎;我认得出那是稻子,因为我在非洲上岸时曾见过这种庄稼。

  当时,我不仅认为这些谷类都是老天为了让我活命而赐给我的,并且还相信岛上其他地方一定还有。于是,我在岛上搜遍了我曾经到过的地方,每个角落,每块岩石边我都查看了一遍,想找到麦穗和稻秆,可是,再也找不到了。最后,我终于想起,我曾经有一只放鸡饲料的袋子,我把里面剩下的谷壳抖到了岩壁下。这一想,我惊异的心情一扫而光。老实说,我认为这一切都是极其平常的事,所以我对上帝的感恩之情也随之减退了。然而,对发生这样的奇迹,对意料之外的天意,我还是应该感恩戴德的。老鼠吃掉了绝大部分谷粒,而仅存的十几颗竟然没有坏掉,仿佛从天上掉下来似的,发生这样的奇迹难道不是天意又是什么呢?再说,我把这十几颗谷粒不扔在其他地方,恰恰扔在岩壁下,因而遮住了太阳,使其很快长了出来;如果丢在别处,肯定早就给太阳晒死了,这难道不是天意吗?

  到了大麦成熟的季节,大约是六月底,我小心地把麦穗收藏起来,一颗麦粒也舍不得丢失。我要用这些收获的麦粒作种子重新播种一次,希望将来收获多了,可以用来做面包吃。后来,一直到第四年,我才吃到一点点自己种的粮食,而且也只能吃得非常节剩这些都是后事,我以后自会交待。第一次播种,由于季节不对头,我把全部种子都损失了。因为我正好在旱季来临前播下去,结果种子根本发不了芽,即使长出来了,也长不好。这些都是后话。

  除了大麦,另外还有二三十枝稻秆,我同样小心翼翼地把稻谷收藏起来,目的也是为了能再次播种,好自己做面包吃,或干脆煮来吃,因为后来我发现不必老是用烘烤的办法,放在水里煮一下也能吃,当然后来我也烤着吃。现在,再回到我的日记上来吧。

  这三四个月,我工作非常努力,修筑好了围墙。到四月十四日,完成了封闭围墙的工作,因为我原来就计划不用门进出,而是用一架梯子越墙而过。这样外来的人就看不出里面是住人的地方。

  四月十六日我做好了梯子。我用梯子爬上墙头,再收起来放到围墙的内侧爬下去。围墙是全封闭的;墙内我有足够的活动空间,墙外的人则无法进入墙内,除非也越墙而入。

  完成围墙后的第二天,我几乎一下子前功尽弃,而且差点送命。事情是这样的:正当我在帐篷后面的山洞口忙着干活时,突然发生了一件可怕的事情,把我吓得魂不附体。山洞顶上突然倒塌下大量的泥土和石块,从岩壁上也有泥土和石头滚下来,把我竖在洞里的两根柱子一下子都压断了,发出了可怕的爆裂声,我惊慌失措,全不知道究竟发生了什么事,以为只不过像上回那样发生了塌方,洞顶有一部分塌了下来。我怕被土石埋在底下,立即跑向梯子。后来觉得在墙内还不安全,怕山上滚下来的石块打着我,我爬到了围墙外面。等到我下了梯子站到平地上,我才明白发生了可怕的地震。我所站的地方在八分钟内连续摇动了三次。这三次震动,其强烈程度,足以把地面上最坚固的建筑物震倒。离我大约半英里之外靠近海边的一座小山的岩顶,被震得崩裂下来,那山崩地裂的巨响,把我吓得半死,我平生从未听到过这么可怕的声响。这时,大海汹涌震荡,我想海底下一定比岛上震动得更激烈。

  我以前从未碰到过地震,也没有听到经历过地震的人谈起过,所以我一时吓得目瞪口呆,魂飞魄散。当时,地动山摇,胃里直想吐,就像晕船一样;而那山石崩裂发出震耳欲聋的巨响,把我从呆若木鸡的状态中惊醒过来,我感到胆战心惊。小山若倒下来,压在帐篷上和全部家用物品上,一下子就会把一切都埋起来。一想到这里,我心里就凉了半截。

  第三次震动过后,过了好久,大地不再晃动了,我胆子才渐渐大起来。但我还是不敢爬进墙去,生怕被活埋。我只是呆呆地坐在地上,垂头丧气,闷闷不乐,不知如何才好。在惊恐中,我从未认真地想到上帝,只是像一般人那样有口无心地叫着"上帝啊,发发慈悲吧!"地震一过,连这种叫唤声也没有了。

  我正这么呆坐在地上时,忽见阴云四布,好像马上要下雨了。不久,风势渐平,不到半小时,就刮起了可怕的飓风。

  顷刻之间,海面上波涛汹涌,惊涛拍岸,浪花四溅,陆地上大树连根拔起。真是一场可怕的大风暴。风暴刮了大约三小时,就开始减退了;又过了两小时,风静了,却下起了滂沱大雨。

  在此期间,我一直呆坐在地上,心中既惊恐又苦闷。后来,我突然想到,这场暴风雨是地震之后发生的。看来地震已经过去,我可以冒险回到我的洞室里去了。这样一想,精神再次振作起来,加上大雨也逼得我走投无路,只好爬过围墙,坐到帐篷里去。但大雨倾盆而下,几乎要把帐篷都压塌,我就只好躲到山洞里去,心里却始终惶恐不安,唯恐山顶塌下来把我压死。

  这场暴雨逼使我去做一件新的工作。这就是在围墙脚下开一个洞,像一条排水沟,这样就可把水放出去,以免把山洞淹没。在山洞里坐了一会儿,地震再也没有发生,我才稍稍镇静下来。这时我感到十分需要壮壮胆,就走到贮藏室里,倒了一小杯甘蔗酒喝。我喝甘蔗酒一向很节省,因为我知道,喝完后就没有了。

  大雨下了整整一夜,第二天又下了大半天,因此我整天不能出门。现在,我心里平静多了,就考虑起今后的生活。我的结论是,既然岛上经常会发生地震,我就不能老住在山洞里。我得考虑在开阔的平地上造一间小茅屋,四面像这里一样围上一道墙,以防野兽或野人的袭击。如果我在这里住下去,迟早会被活埋的。

  想到这里,我决定要把帐篷从原来的地方搬开。现在的帐篷正好搭在小山的悬崖下面。如果再发生地震,那悬崖塌下来必定砸倒帐篷。于是我花了两天的时间,即四月十九日和二十日,来计划新的住址以及搬家的方法。

  我唯恐被活埋,整夜不得安睡。但想到睡在外面,四周毫无遮挡,心里又同样害怕。而当我环顾四周,看到一切应用物品都安置得井井有条,自己的住地又隐蔽又安全,又极不愿意搬家了。

  同时,我也想到,建个新家耗费时日,目前还不得不冒险住在这里。以后,等我建造好一个新的营地,并也像这儿一样保护起来,才能再搬过去。这样决定之后,我心里安定多了,并决定以最快的速度,用木桩和缆索之类的材料照这儿的样子筑一道围墙,再把帐篷搭在围墙里。但在新的营地建造好之前,我还得冒险住在原地。这是四月二十一日的事。

  四月二十二日,今天早上,我开始考虑实施我搬家的计划,但却无法解决工具问题。我有三把大斧和许多小斧(我们带了许多小斧,是准备与非洲土人做交易用的),但由于经常用来砍削多节的硬木头,弄得都是缺口,一点也不快了。磨刀砂轮倒是有一个,但我却无法转动磨轮来磨工具。为了设法使磨轮转动,我煞费苦心,犹如政治家思考国家大事,也像法官决定一个人的生死命运。最后,我想出办法,用一根绳子套在一个轮子上,用脚转动轮子,两手就可腾出来磨工具了。

  附记:在英国,我从未见过磨刀的工具,即使见过,自己也没注意过这种东西的样子,尽管在英国这种磨刀工具是到处可见的。此外,我的磨轮又大又笨重。我花了整整一个星期,才把这个磨刀机器做好。

  四月二十八日、二十九日整整两天,我忙着磨工具。转动磨轮的机器效果不错。

  四月三十日我发现食物大大减少了,就仔细检查了一下,决定减为每天只吃一块饼干,这使我心里非常忧虑。

  五月一日早晨,我向海面望去,只见潮水已经退了。一个看上去像桶一样的大东西搁浅在岸边。我走过去一看,原来是一只小木桶,另外还有几艘破船的残骸;这些都是被飓风刮到岸上来的。再看看那只破船,只见比先前更高出水面。

  我察看了一下冲上岸边的木桶,发现原来是一桶火药,但火药已浸水,结得像石头一样硬。不过,我还是暂时把它滚到岸上。然后踏上沙滩,尽量走近那破船,希望能再弄到点什么东西。

  我走近船边,发现船的位置已大大变动了。在此之前,船头是埋在沙里的;现在,至少抬高了六英尺。至于那船尾,在我最后一次上船搜括东西之后不久,就被海浪打得粉碎,脱离了船身;现在,看样子被海水冲到一边去了。在船尾旁,原来是一大片水洼子,约四分之一海里宽;要接近破船,非得游泳不可。而现在,水洼被沙泥壅塞,堆得高高的。所以,一退潮,就可以直接走到船跟前。我起初对这一变化感到有点意外,但不久就马上明白,这是地震的结果。由于地震的激烈震动,船破得更不像样了。每天,总有些东西被海浪从船上打下来,风力和潮水又把这些东西冲到岸上。

  这使我把搬家的计划暂时搁置一边。当天,我便想方设法要到船上去。但我发现,船上已没有什么东西可拿了,因为船里都被沙泥堆塞。可是我现在对什么事都不轻易放弃,所以决定把船上能拆下来的东西通通拆下来。我相信,这些东西将来对我总会有些用处的。

  五月三日我动手用锯子锯断了一根船梁。我猜想,这根船梁是支撑上面的甲板或后面的甲板的。船梁锯断后,我尽力清除旁边积得很高的泥沙。但不久潮水开始上涨,我不得不暂时放弃这一工作。

  五月四日今天去钓鱼,但钓到的鱼没有一条我敢吃的。

  我感到不耐烦了,正想离开时,却钓到了一只小海豚。我用绞绳的麻丝做了一根长长的钓鱼线,但我没有鱼钩。不过我还是常能钓到鱼吃。我把钓到的鱼都晒干了再吃。

  五月五日在破船上干活。又锯断了一根船梁。从甲板上取下三块松木板,把板捆在一起,趁涨潮时把它们飘到岸上。

  五月六日继续上破船干活。从船上取下几根铁条和一些铁器。工作得很辛苦,回来时累坏了,很想放弃这种工作。

  五月七日又到破船上去,但不想再干活了。由于船梁已锯断,破船已承受不住自己的重量,因此自己碎裂了。有几块木板散落下来,船舱裂开,看进去里面尽是水和泥沙。

  五月八日到破船上去。这次我带了一只起货用的铁钩,撬开了甲板,因为甲板上已没有多少水和沙泥了。我撬下了两块木板,像前次那样趁着潮水送上岸。我把起货铁钩留在船上,以便明天再用。

  五月九日到破船上去,用铁钩撬入船身,探到了几只木桶。我用铁钩把这几只桶撬松了,却无法把桶打开。我也探到了那卷英国铅皮,并已拨动了,但实在太重了,根本搬不动。

  五月十日、十一日、十二日、十三日、十四日每天上破船,弄到了不少木料和木板,以及二三百磅的铁。

  五月十五日我带了两把小斧上船,想用一把小斧的斧口放在那卷铅皮上,再用另一把去敲,试试能不能截一块铅皮下来。但因为铅皮在水下有一英尺半深,根本无法敲到放在铅皮上的手斧。

  五月十六日刮了一夜大风,风吹浪打后,那条失事的船显得更破烂不堪了。我在树林里找鸽子吃,耽误了不少时间;等我想上船时,潮水已涨了上来,就无法再到船上去了。

  五月十七日我看见几块沉船的残骸飘到岸上,离我差不多有两英里远,决心走过去看个究竟。原来是船头上的一块木料,但太重了,根本搬不动。

  五月二十四日几天来,我每天上破船干活。我费尽力气,用起货铁钩撬松了一些东西。潮水一来,竟有几只木桶和两只水手箱子浮了出来。由于风是从岸上吹来的,那天飘到岸上的东西只有几块木料和一桶巴西猪肉,但那肉早被咸水浸坏,且掺杂着泥沙,根本无法食用。

  我这样每天除了觅食就上船干活,直到六月十五日。在此期间,我总是涨潮时外出觅食,退潮时就上船干活。这么多天来,我弄到了不少木料和铁器。如果我会造船,就可以造条小艇了。同时,我又先后搞到了好几块铅皮,大约有一百来磅重。

  六月十六日走到海边,看到一只大鳖。这是我上岛后第一次看到这种动物。看来,也许我运气不佳,以前一直没有发现,其实这岛上大鳖不少。后来我发现,要是我在岛的另一边居住,我每天肯定可以捉到好几百只,但同时因鳖满为患,将受害不浅。

  六月十七日我把那大鳖拿来煮了吃。在它的肚子里,我还挖出了六十只蛋。当时,我感到鳖肉鲜美无比,是我平生尝到的最佳菜肴。因为自从我踏上这可怕的荒岛,除了山羊和飞禽,还没有吃过别的动物的肉呢!

  六月十八日整天下雨,没有出门。我感到这回的雨有点寒意,身子感到有点发冷。我知道,在这个纬度上,这是不常有的事。

  六月十九日病得很重,身子直发抖,好像天气太冷了。

  六月二十日整夜不能入睡,头很痛,并发热。

  六月二十一日全身不舒服。想到自己生病而无人照顾的惨状,不禁怕得要死。自从在赫尔市出发遭遇风暴以来,我第一次祈祷上帝。至于为什么祈祷,祈祷些什么,连自己也说不清楚,因为思绪混乱极了。

  六月二十二日身子稍稍舒服一点,但因为生病,还是害怕极了。

  六月二十三日病又重了,冷得直发抖,接着是头痛欲裂。

  六月二十四日病好多了。

  六月二十五日发疟疾,很厉害。发作一次持续七小时,时冷时热,最后终于出了点汗。

  六月二十六日好了一点。因为没有东西吃,就带熗出门。身体十分虚弱,但还是打到了一只母山羊。好不容易把山羊拖回家,非常吃力。烤了一点山羊肉吃。很想煮些羊肉汤喝,可是没有锅子。

  六月二十七日疟疾再次发作,且来势很凶。在床上躺了一整天,不吃不喝。口里干得要命,但身子太虚弱,连爬起来弄点水喝的力气都没有。再一次祈祷上帝,但头昏昏沉沉的;等头昏过去后,我又不知道该怎样祈祷,只是躺在床上,连声叫喊:"上帝,保佑我吧!上帝,可怜我吧!上帝,救救我吧!"这样连续喊了两三小时,寒热渐退,我才昏昏睡去,直到半夜才醒来。醒来后,觉得身子爽快了不少,但仍软弱无力,且口里渴得要命。可是家里没有水,只得躺下等第二天早晨再说。于是,我又睡着了。这一次,我做了一个恶梦。

  我梦见我坐在围墙外面的地上,就是地震后刮暴风雨时我坐的地方,看见一个人从一大片乌云中从天而降,四周一片火光。他降落到地上,全身像火一样闪闪发光,使我无法正眼看他。他面目狰狞可怖,非言语所能形容。当他两脚落到地面上时,我仿佛觉得大地都震动了,就像地震发生时一样。更使我惊恐的是,他全身似乎在燃烧,空中火光熠熠。

  他一着地,就向我走来,手里拿着一根长矛样的武器,似乎要来杀我。当他走到离我不远的高坡上时,便对我讲话了,那声音真可怕得难以形容。他对我说的话,我只听懂了一句:"既然所发生的一切事情都不能使你忏悔,现在就要你的命。"说着,他就举起手中的矛来杀我。

  任何人读到我这段记述时,都会感到,这个可怕的梦境,一定把我吓得灵魂出窍,根本无法描绘当时的情景。虽然这仅仅是一个梦,但却十分恐怖。即使醒来后,明知是一场梦,在脑海里留下的印象,也还可怕得难以言传。

  天哪!我不信上帝。虽然小时候父亲一直谆谆教诲我,但八年来,我一直过着水手的生活,染上了水手的种种恶习;我交往的人也都和我一样,邪恶缺德,不信上帝。所以,我从父亲那儿受到的一点点良好的教育,也早就消磨殆尽了。这么多年来,我不记得自己曾经敬仰过上帝,也没有反省过自己的行为。我生性愚蠢,善恶不分。即使在一般水手中,我也算得上是个邪恶之徒:冷酷无情,轻率鲁莽,危难中不知敬畏上帝,遇救时也不知道对上帝感恩。

  从我前面的自述中,读者可以知道,至今我已遭遇了种种灾难,但我从未想到这一切都是上帝的意旨,也从未想到这一切都是对我罪孽的惩罚,是对我背逆父亲的行为,对我当前深重的罪行,以及对我邪恶生涯的惩罚。当我不顾一切,冒险去非洲蛮荒的海岸,我从未想到这种冒险生涯会给我带来什么后果,也没有祈祷上帝为我指引一条正路,保佑我脱离身边的危险,免遭野兽或野人的袭击。我完全没有想到上帝,想到天意;我的行为完全像一个畜生,只受自然规律的支配,或只听从常识的驱使,甚至连常识都谈不上。

  当我在海上被葡萄牙船长救起来时,受到他优厚、公正和仁慈的待遇,但我心里没有对上帝产生一点感激之情。后来我再度遭受船难,并差一点在这荒岛边淹死,我也毫无忏悔之意,也没有把此当作对我的报应。我只是经常对自己说,我是个"晦气鬼",生来要吃苦受罪。

  确实,我一上岸,发现其他船员全都葬身大海,唯我一人死里逃生,着实惊喜了一番;在狂喜中,我若能想到上帝,就会产生真诚的感恩之情。但我仅仅欣喜一阵子而已,高兴过了也就算了。我对自己说,我庆幸自己能活下来,却没有好好想一下,别人都死了,单单我一人幸免于难,岂不是上帝对我的特殊恩宠;也没有深入思考一下,上天为什么对我如此慈悲。我像一般船员一样,沉船之后,侥幸平安上岸,当然欣喜万分;然后就喝上几杯甜酒,把船难忘得一干二净。我一生就过着这样的生活。

  后来,经过了一番思考,对自己的状况有了清醒的认识,知道自己流落到这个可怕的荒岛上,远离人烟,毫无获救的希望。尽管自己知道身陷绝境,但一旦我发现还能活下去,不致饿死,我的一切苦恼也随之烟消云散了。我又开始过着无忧无虑的生活,一心一意干各种活儿以维持自己的生存。我一点也没有想到,我目前的不幸遭遇,是上天对我的惩罚,是上帝对我的报应。说实话,这种思想很少进入我的头脑里。

  前面我在日记中已经提到过,在大麦刚刚长出来时,我曾一度想到上帝,并深受感动,因为我最初认为那是上帝显示的神迹。但后来发现这并非是上帝的神迹,我感受的印象也就随之消失了。关于这一点,我前面已记过了。

  地震该是大自然最可怕的景象了吧,而且,这往往使人想到冥冥中的那种神力,这种神力往往又与上帝或天意联系在一起。可是,在最初的一阵恐惧过去之后,关于神力和上帝的印象也马上随之消失。我既不觉得有什么上帝,也不认为有所谓上帝的审判,也没有想到我目前可悲的处境是出于上帝的意旨,好像我一直生活得十分优裕舒适似的。

  可是现在,我生病了,死亡的悲惨境遇渐渐在我面前呈现。由于病痛,我精神颓丧;由于发热,我体力衰竭。这时,我沉睡已久的良心开始苏醒,并开始责备自己过去的生活。在此之前,我罪大恶极,冒犯了上帝,所以现在上帝来惩罚我,给我以非同寻常的打击,用这种报应的手段来对待我。

  我的反省,在我生病的第二天和第三天,把我压得透不过气来。由于发热,也由于良心的谴责,从嘴里逼出了几句类似祈祷的话。然而,这种祈祷,有口无心,既无良好的愿望,也不抱任何希望,只是恐惧和痛苦的呼喊而已。这时,我思想极度混乱,深感自己罪孽深重,而一想到自己将在如此悲惨的境况下死去,更是恐怖万分。我心灵惶恐不安,不知道自己嘴里说了些什么话,只是不断地呼喊着这样的话:"上帝啊,我多可怜啊!我生病了,没有人照顾我,我是必死无疑了!我该怎么办啊?"于是,我眼泪夺眶而出,半天说不出话来。

  这时,我想起了父亲的忠告,也想到了他老人家的预言。

  这些我在故事一开始就提到了。父亲说,我如果执意采取这种愚蠢的行动,那么,上帝一定不会保佑我。当我将来呼援无门时,我会后悔自己没有听从他的忠告。这时,我大声说,现在,父亲的话果然应验了:上帝已经惩罚了我,谁也不能来救我,谁也不能来听我的呼救了。我拒绝了上天的好意,上天原本对我十分慈悲,把我安排在一个优裕的生活环境中,让我幸福舒适地过日子。可是,我自己却身在福中不知福,又不听父母的话来认识这种福份。我使父母为我的愚蠢行为而痛心,而现在,我自己也为我的愚蠢行为所带来的后果而痛心。本来,父母可以帮助我成家立业,过上舒适的生活;然而,我却拒绝了他们的帮助。现在,我不得不在艰难困苦中挣扎,困难之大,连大自然本身都难以忍受。而且,我孤独无援,没有人安慰我,也没有人照应我,也没有人忠告我。想到这里,我又大喊大叫:“上帝啊,救救我吧!我已走投无路了啊!"多少年来,我第一次发出了祈祷,如果这也可算是祈祷的话。现在,让我重新回到日记上来吧。

  六月二十八日睡了一夜,精神好多了,寒热也完全退了,我就起床了。尽管恶梦之后,心有余悸,但我考虑到疟疾明天可能会再次发作,还不如趁此准备些东西,在我发病时可吃喝。我先把一个大方瓶装满了水,放在床边的桌子上,为了减少水的寒性,又倒了四分之一公升的甘蔗酒在里面,把酒和水掺合起来。然后,又取了一块羊肉,放在火上烤熟,但却吃不了多少。我又四处走动了一下,可是一点力气也没有。

  想到我当前可悲的处境,又担心明天要发病,心里非常苦闷,非常沉重。晚上,我在火灰里烤了三个鳖蛋,剥开蛋壳吃了,算是晚饭。就我记忆所及,我一生中第一次在吃饭时做祷告,祈求上帝的赐福。

  

  









第四章

  吃过晚饭,我想外出走走,可是周身无力,几乎连熗都拿不动(因为我从来外出都要带熗)。所以我只走了几步,就坐在地上,眺望着面前的海面。这时,海上风平浪静。我坐在那里,心潮起伏,思绪万千。

  这大地和大海,尽管我天天看到,可到底是什么呢?它们又来自何方?我和其他一切生灵,野生的和驯养的,人类和野兽,究竟是些什么?又都来自何方?

  毫无疑问,我们都是被一种隐秘的力量创造出来的;也正是这种力量创造了陆地、大海和天空。但这种力量又是什么呢?

  显然,最合理的答案是上帝创造了这一切。继而,就可得出一个非同寻常的结论:既然上帝创造了这一切,就必然能引导和支配这一切以及一切与之有关的东西。能创造万物的力量,当然也能引导和支配万物。

  既然如此,那么在上帝创造的世界里,无论发生什么事,上帝不可能不知道,甚至就是上帝自己的安排。

  既然发生的事上帝都知道,那上帝也一定知道我现在流落在这荒岛上,境况悲惨。既然发生的一切都是上帝一手安排的,那么,这么多灾难降临到我头上,也是上帝安排的。

  我想不出有任何理由能推翻这些结论。这使我更加坚信,我遭遇的这些灾难,都是上帝安排的;正是上帝的指使,使我陷入了当前的悲惨境遇。上帝不仅对我,而且对世间万物,都有绝对的支配权力。于是,我马上又想到:"上帝为什么要这么对待我?我到底做了什么坏事,上帝才这么惩罚我呢?"这时,我的良心立刻制止我提出这样的问题,好像我亵渎了神明;我好像听到良心对我说:"你这罪孽深重的人啊,你竟还要问你作下了什么坏事?回头看看你半生的罪孽吧!问问你自己,你什么坏事没有作过?你还该问一下,你本来早就死了,为什么现在还能活着?为什么你没有在雅茅斯港外的锚地中淹死?当你们的船被从萨累开来的海盗船追上时,你为什么没有在作战中死去?你为什么没有在非洲海岸上被野兽吃掉?当全船的人都在这儿葬身大海,为什么唯独你一人没有淹死?而你现在竟还要问,'我作了什么坏事?'"想到这些,我不禁惊愕得目瞪口呆,无言以对。于是,我愁眉不展地站起来,走回住所。我爬过墙头,准备上床睡觉。

  可是,我心烦意乱,郁郁不乐,无心入睡。我坐到椅子里,点燃了灯,因为这时天已黑了。我担心旧病复发,心中十分害怕。这时,我忽然想起,巴西人不管生什么病,都不吃药,只嚼烟叶。我箱子里有一卷烟叶,大部分都已烤熟了;也有一些青烟叶,尚未完全烤熟。

  于是,我就起身去取烟叶。毫无疑问,这是上天指引我去做的。因为,在箱子里,我不仅找到了医治我肉体的药物,还找到了救治我灵魂的良药。打开箱子,我找到了我要找的烟叶;箱子里也有几本我保存下来的书,我取出了一本《圣经》。前面我曾提到过从破船上找到几本《圣经》的事。在此以前,我一直没有闲暇读《圣经》,也无意去读。我刚才说了,我取出了一本《圣经》,并把书和烟叶一起放到桌上。

  我不知道如何用烟叶来治病,也不知道是否真能治好玻81但我作了多种试验,并想总有一种办法能生效。我先把一把烟叶放在嘴里嚼,一下子,我的头便晕起来。因为,烟叶还是半青的,味道很凶,而我又没有吃烟的习惯。然后,又取了点烟叶,放在甘蔗酒里浸了一两小时,决定睡前当药酒喝下去。最后,又拿一些烟叶放在炭盆里烧,并把鼻子凑上去闻烟叶烧烤出来的烟味,尽可能忍受烟熏的体味和热气,只要不窒息就闻下去。

  在这样治病的同时,我拿起《圣经》开始读起来。因为烟叶的体味把我的头脑弄得昏昏沉沉的,根本无法认真阅读,就随便打开书,映入我眼睛的第一个句子是:"你在患难的时候呼求我,我就必拯救你,而你要颂赞我。"①这些话对我的处境再合适不过了,读了后给我留下深刻的印象,并且,随着时间的过去,印象越来越深,铭记不忘。

  至于得到拯救的话,当时并没有使我动心。在我看来,我能获救的事,实在太渺茫了,太不现实了。正如上帝请其子民以色列人吃肉时,他们竟然问:"上帝能在旷野摆设筵席吗?"②所以我也问:"上帝自己能把我从这个地方拯救出去吗? "因为获救的希望在许多年后才出现,所以这个疑问多年来一直在我的脑子里盘旋。话虽如此,但这句话还是给我留下了深刻的印象,并时常使我回味这句话的意思。夜已深了,前面我也提到,烟味弄得我头脑昏昏沉沉的,就很想睡觉了。

  于是,我让灯在石洞里继续点着,以便晚上要拿东西的话会方便些,就上床睡了。临睡之前,我做了一件生平从未做过的事:我跪下来,向上帝祈祷,求他答应我,如果我在患难中向他呼求,他必定会拯救我。我的祈祷断断续续,话不成句。作完了祈祷,我就喝了点浸了烟叶的甘蔗酒。烟叶浸过之后,酒变得很凶,且烟味刺人,几乎无法喝下去。喝过酒后,就立刻上床睡觉。不久,我感到酒力直冲脑门,非常厉害。我就昏昏睡去,直到第二天下午三点钟才醒来。现在,在我记这日记的时候,我有点怀疑,很可能在第二天我睡了整整一天一夜,直到第三天下午三点钟才醒来。因为,几年后,我发现我的日历中这一周少算了一天,却又无法解释其中的原因。要是我来回穿越赤道①失去时间的话,我少掉的应该不止一天。事实是,我的确把日子漏记了一天,至于为什么会漏掉这一天,我自己也不得而知。

  不管怎么说,醒来时我觉得精神焕发,身体也完全恢复了活力。起床后,我感到力气也比前一天大多了,并且胃口也开了,因为我肚子感到饿了。一句话,第二天疟疾没有发作,身体逐渐复原。这一天是二十九日。

  三十日当然身体更好了,我重又带熗外出,但不敢走得太远。打死了一两只像黑雁那样的海鸟带回家,可又不想吃鸟肉,就又煮了几个鳖蛋吃,味道挺不错。晚上,我又喝了点浸了烟叶的甘蔗酒,因为我感到,正是昨天喝了这种药酒,身体才好起来,这次我喝得不多,也不再嚼烟叶,或烤烟叶熏头。第二天,七月一日,我以为身体会更好些,结果却有①穿越赤道不会失去时间。在这里,鲁滨孙也许头脑里想到的是日界线,即83国际日期变更线。

  点发冷,但并不厉害。

  七月二日我重新用三种方法治病,像第一次那样把头弄得昏昏沉沉的,喝下去的药酒也加了一倍。

  七月三日病完全好了,但身体过了好几个星期才完全复原。在体力恢复过程中,我时时想到《圣经》上的这句话:"我就必拯救你。"但我深深感到,获救是绝不可能的,所以我不敢对此存有任何奢望。正当我为这种念头而感到灰心失望时,忽然醒悟到:我一心只想上帝把我从目前的困境中拯救出来,却没有想到自己已经获得了拯救。于是,我扪心自问:我不是从疾病中被拯救出来了吗?难道这不是一个奇迹?

  我不是也从最不幸、最可怕的境地中被拯救出来了吗?可自己有没有想到这一层呢?自己又有没有尽了本份,做该做的事情呢?"上帝拯救了我,我却没有颂赞上帝。"这就是说,我没有把这一切看作上帝对我的拯救,因而也没有感恩,我怎样期望更大的拯救呢?

  想到这些,我心里大受感动,立即跪下来大声感谢上帝,感谢他使我病好复原。
执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 8楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  The next Day I made another Voyage; and now having plunder'd the Ship of what was portable and fit to hand out, I began with the Cables; and cutting the great Cable into Pieces, such as I could move, I got two Cables and a Hawser on Shore, with all the Iron Work I could get; and having cut down the Spritsail-yard, and the Missen-yard, and every Thing I could to make a large Raft, I loaded it with all those heavy Goods, and came away: But my good Luck began now to leave me; for this Raft was so unwieldy, and so overloaden, that after I was enter'd the little Cove, where I had landed the rest of my Goods, not being able to guide it so handily as I did the other, it overset, and threw me and all my Cargo into the Water; as for my self it was no great Harm, for I was near the Shore; but as to my Cargo, it was great Part of it lost, especially the Iron, which I expected would have been of great Use to me: However, when the Tide was out, I got most of the Pieces of Cable ashore, and some of the Iron, tho' with infinite Labour; for I was fain to dip for it into the Water, a Work which fatigu'd me very much: After this I went every Day on Board, and brought away what I could get.
  I had been now thirteen Days on Shore, and had been eleven Times on Board the Ship; in which Time I had brought away all that one Pair of Hands could well be suppos'd capable to bring, tho' I believe verily, had the calm Weather held, I should have brought away the whole Ship Piece by Piece: But preparing the 12th Time to go on Board, I found the Wind begin to rise; however at low Water I went on Board, and tho' I thought I had rumag'd the Cabbin so effectually, as that nothing more could be found, yet I discover'd a Locker with Drawers in it, in one of which I found two or three Razors, and one Pair of large Sizzers, with some ten or a Dozen of good Knives and Forks; in another I found about Thirty six Pounds value in Money, some European Coin, some Brazil, some Pieces of Eight, some Gold, some Silver.
  I smil'd to my self at the Sight of this Money, O Drug Said I aloud, what art thou good for, Thou art not worth to me, no not the taking off of the Ground, one of those Knives is worth all this Heap, I have no Manner of use for thee, e'en remain where thou art, and go to the Bottom as a Creature whose Life is not worth saving. However, upon Second Thoughts, I took it away, and wrapping all this in a Piece of Canvas, I began to think of making another Raft, but while I was preparing this, I found the Sky over-cast, and the Wind began to rise, and in a Quarter of an Hour it blew a fresh Gale from the Shore; it presently occur'd to me, that it was in vain to pretend to make a Raft with the Wind off Shore, and that it was my Business to be gone before the Tide of Flood began, otherwise I might not be able to reach the Shore at all: Accordingly I let my self down into the Water, and swam cross the Channel, which lay between the Ship and the Sands, and even that with Difficulty enough, partly with the Weight of the Things I had about me, and partly the Roughness of the Water, for the Wind rose very hastily, and before it was quite high Water, it blew a Storm.
  But I was gotten home to my little Tent, where I lay with all my Wealth about me very secure. It blew very hard all Mat Night, and in the Morning when I look'd out, behold no more Ship was to be seen; I was a little surpriz'd, but recover'd my self with this satisfactory Reflection, viz. That I had lost no time, nor abated no Diligence to get everything out of her that could be useful to me, and that indeed there was little left in her that I was able to bring away if I had had more time.
  I now gave over any more Thoughts of the Ship, or of any thing out of her, except what might drive on Shore from her Wreck, as indeed divers Pieces of her afterwards did; but those things were of small use to me.
  My Thoughts were now wholly employ'd about securing my self against either Savages, if any should appear, or wild Beasts, if any were in the Island; and I had many Thoughts of the Method how to do this, and what kind of Dwelling to make, whether I should make me a Cave in the Earth, or a Tent upon the Earth: And, in short, I resolv'd upon both, the Manner and Description of which, it may not be improper to give an Account of.
  I soon found the Place I was in was not for my Settlement, particularly because it was upon a low moorish Ground near the Sea, and I believ'd would not be wholesome, and more particularly because there was no fresh Water near it, so I resolv'd to find a more healthy and more convenient Spot of Ground.
  I consulted several Things in my Situation which I found would be proper for me, 1st. Health, and fresh Water I just now mention'd, 2dly. Shelter from the Heat of the Sun, 3dly. Security from ravenous Creatures, whether Men or Beasts, 4thly. a View to the Sea, that if God sent any Ship in Sight, I might not lose any Advantage for my Deliverance, of which I was not willing to banish all my Expectation yet.
  In search of a Place proper for this, I found a little Plain on the Side of a rising Hill; whose Front towards this little Plain, was steep as a House-side, so that nothing could come down upon me from the Top; on the Side of this Rock there was a hollow Place worn a little way in like the Entrance or Door of a Cave, but there was not really any Cave or Way into the Rock at all.
  On the Flat of the Green, just before this hollow Place, I resolv'd to pitch my Tent: This Plain was not above an Hundred Yards broad, and about twice as long, and lay like a Green before my Door, and at the End of it descended irregularly every Way down into the Low-grounds by the Sea-side. It was on the N.N.W. Side of the Hill, so that I was shelter'd from the Heat every Day, till it came to a W. and by S. Sun, or thereabouts, which in those Countries is near the Setting.
  Before I set up my Tent, I drew a half Circle before the hollow Place, which took in about Ten Yards in its Semi-diameter from the Rock, and Twenty Yards in its Diameter, from its Beginning and Ending.
  In this half Circle I pitch'd two Rows of strong Stakes, driving them into the Ground till they stood very firm like Piles, the biggest End being out of the Ground about Five Foot and a Half, and sharpen'd on the Top: The two Rows did not stand above Six Inches from one another.
  Then I took the Pieces of Cable which I had cut in the Ship, and I laid them in Rows one upon another, within the Circle, between these two Rows of Stakes, up to the Top, placing other Stakes in the In-side, leaning against them, about two Foot and a half high, like a Spurr to a Post, and this Fence was so strong, that neither Man or Beast could get into it or over it: This cost me a great deal of Time and Labour, especially to cut the Piles in the Woods, bring them to the Place, and drive them into the Earth.
  The Entrance into this Place I made to be not by a Door, but by a short Ladder to go over the Top, which Ladder, when I was in, I lifted over after me, and so I was compleatly fenc'd in, and fortify'd, as I thought, from all the World, and consequently slept secure in the Night, which otherwise I could not have done, tho', as it appear'd afterward, there was no need of all this Caution from the Enemies that I apprehended Danger from.
  Into this Fence or Fortress, with infinite Labour, I carry'd all my Riches, all my Provisions, Ammunition and Stores, of which you have the Account above, and I made me a large Tent, which, to preserve me from the Rains that in one Part of the Year are very violent there, I made double, viz. One smaller Tent within, and one larger Tent above it, and cover'd the uppermost with a large Tarpaulin which I had sav'd among the Sails.
  And now I lay no more for a while in the Bed which I had brought on Shore, but in a Hammock, which was indeed a very good one, and belong'd to the Mate of the Ship.
  Into this Tent I brought all my Provisions, and every thing that would spoil by the Wet, and having thus enclos'd all my Goods, I made up the Entrance, which till now I had left open, and so pass'd and re-pass'd, as I said, by a short Ladder.
  When I had done this, I began to work my Way into the Rock, and bringing all the Earth and Stones that I dug down out thro' my Tent, I laid 'em up within my Fence in the Nature of a Terras, that so it rais'd the Ground within about a Foot and a Half; and thus I made me a Cave just behind my Tent, which serv'd me like a Cellar to my House.
  It cost me much Labour, and many Days, before all these Things were brought to Perfection, and therefore I must go back to some other Things which took up some of my Thoughts. At the same time it happen'd after I had laid my Scheme for the setting up my Tent and making the Cave, that a Storm of Rain falling from a thick dark Cloud, a sudden Flash of Lightning happen'd, and after that a great Clap of Thunder, as is naturally the Effect of it; I was not so much surpris'd with the Lightning as I was with a Thought which darted into my Mind as swift as the Lightning it self: O my Powder! My very Heart sunk within me, when I thought, that at one Blast all my Powder might be destroy'd, on which, not my Defence only, but the providing me Food, as I thought, entirely depended; I was nothing near so anxious about my own Danger, tho' had the Powder took fire, I had never known who had hurt me. Such Impression did this make upon me, that after the Storm was over, I laid aside all my Works, my Building, and Fortifying, and apply'd my self to make Bags and Boxes to separate the Powder, and keep it a little and a little in a Parcel, in hope, that whatever might come, it might not all take Fire at once, and to keep it so apart that it should not be possible to make one part fire another: I finish'd this Work in about a Fortnight, and I think my Powder, which in all was about 240 l. weight was divided in not less than a Hundred Parcels; as to the Barrel that had been wet, I did not apprehend any Danger from that, so I plac'd it in my new Cave, which in my Fancy I call'd my Kitchin, and the rest I hid up and down in Holes among the Rocks, so that no wet might come to it, marking very carefully where I laid it.
  In the Interval of time while this was doing I went out once at least every Day with my Gun, as well to divert my self, as to see if I could kill any thing fit for Food, and as near as I could to acquaint my self with what the Island produc'd. The first time I went out I presently discover'd that there were Goats in the Island, which was a great Satisfaction to me; but then it was attended with this Misfortune to me, viz. That they were so shy, so subtile, and so swift of Foot, that it was the difficultest thing in the World to come at them: But I was not discourag'd at this, not doubting but I might now and then shoot one, as it soon happen'd, for after I had found their Haunts a little, I laid wait in this Manner for them: I observ'd if they saw me in the Valleys, tho' they were upon the Rocks, they would run away as in a terrible Fright; but if they were feeding in the Valleys, and I was upon the Rocks, they took no Notice of me, from whence I concluded, that by the Position of their Opticks, their Sight was so directed downward, that they did not readily see Objects that were above them; so afterward I took this Method, I always clim'd the Rocks first to get above them, and then had frequently a fair Mark. The first shot I made among these Creatures, I kill'd a She-Goat which had a little Kid by her which she gave Suck to, which griev'd me heartily; but when the Old one fell, the Kid stood stock still by her till I came and took her up, and not only so, but when I carry'd the Old one with me upon my Shoulders, the Kid follow'd me quite to my Enclosure, upon which I laid down the Dam, and took the Kid in my Arms, and carry'd it over my Pale, in hopes to have bred it up tame, but it would not eat, so I was forc'd to kill it and eat it my self; these two supply'd me with Flesh a great while, for I eat sparingly; and sav'd my Provisions (my Bread especially) as much as possibly I could. Having now fix'd my Habitation, I found it absolutely necessary to provide a Place to make a Fire in, and Fewel to burn; and what I did for that, as also how I enlarg'd my Cave, and what Conveniences I made, I shall give a full Account of in its Place: But I must first give some little Account of my self, and of my Thoughts about Living, which it may well be suppos'd were not a few.
  I had a dismal Prospect of my Condition, for as I was not cast away upon that Island without being driven, as is said, by a violent Storm quite out of the Course of our intended Voyage, and a great Way, viz. some Hundreds of Leagues out of the ordinary Course of the Trade of Mankind, I had great Reason to consider it as a Determination of Heaven, that in this desolate Place, and in this desolate Manner I should end my Life; the Tears would run plentifully down my Face when I made these Reflections, and sometimes I would expostulate with my self, Why Providence should thus compleatly ruine its Creatures, and render them so absolutely miserable, so without Help abandon'd, so entirely depress'd, that it could hardly be rational to be thankful for such a Life.
  But something always return'd swift upon me to check these Thoughts, and to reprove me; and particularly one Day walking with my Gun in my Hand by the Sea-side, I was very pensive upon the Subject of my present Condition, then Reason as It were expostulated with me t'other Way, thus: Well, you are in a desolate Condition 'tis true, but pray remember, Where are the rest of you? Did not you come Eleven of you into the Boat, where are the Ten? Why were not they sav'd and you lost? Why were you singled out? Is it better to be here or there? and then I pointed to the Sea. All Evills are to be consider'd with the Good that is in them, and with what worse attends them.
  Then it occurr'd to me again, how well I was furnish'd for my Subsistence, and what would have been my Case if it had not happen'd, Which was an Hundred Thousand to one, that the Ship floated from the Place where she first struck and was driven so near to the Shore that I had time to get all these Things out of her: What would have been my Case, if I had been to have liv'd in the Condition in which I at first came on Shore, without Necessaries of Life, or Necessaries to supply and procure them? Particularly said I aloud, (tho' to my self) what should I ha' done without a Gun, without Ammunition, without any Tools to make any thing, or to work with, without Clothes, Bedding, a Tent, or any manner of Covering, and that now I had all these to a Sufficient Quantity, and was in a fair way to provide my self in such a manner, as to live without my Gun when my Ammunition was spent; so that I had a tollerable View of subsisting without any Want as long as I liv'd; for I consider'd from the beginning how I would provide for the Accidents that might happen, and for the time that was to come, even not only after my Ammunition should be spent, but even after my Health or Strength should decay.
  I confess I had not entertain'd any Notion of my Ammunition being destroy'd at one Blast, I mean my Powder being blown up by Lightning, and this made the Thoughts of it so surprising to me when it lighten'd and thunder'd, as I observ'd just now.
  And now being to enter into a melancholy Relation of a Scene of silent Life, such perhaps as was never heard of in the World before, I shall take it from its Beginning, and continue it in its Order. It was, by my Account, the 30th. of Sept. when, in the Manner as above said, I first set Foot upon this horrid Island, when the Sun being, to us, in its Autumnal Equinox, was almost just over my Head, for I reckon'd my self, by Observation, to be in the Latitude of 9 Degrees 22 Minutes North of the Line.
  After I had been there about Ten or Twelve Days, it came into my Thoughts, that I should lose my Reckoning of Time for want of Books and Pen and Ink, and should even forget the Sabbath Days from the working Days; but to prevent this I cut it with my Knife upon a large Post, in Capital Letters, and making it into a great Cross I set it up on the Shore where I first landed, viz. I came on Shore here on the 30th of Sept. 1659. Upon the Sides of this square Post I cut every Day a Notch with my Knife, and every seventh Notch was as long again as the rest, and every first Day of the Month as long again as that long one, and thus I kept my Kalander, or weekly, monthly, and yearly reckoning of Time.
  In the next place we are to observe, that among the many things which I brought out of the Ship in the several Voyages, which, as above mention'd, I made to it, I got several things of less Value, but not all less useful to me, which I omitted setting down before; as in particular, Pens, Ink, and Paper, several Parcels in the Captain's, Mate's, Gunner's, and Carpenter's keeping, three or four Compasses, some Mathematical Instruments, Dials, Perspectives, Charts, and Books of Navigation, all which I huddel'd together, whether I might want them or no; also I found three very good Bibles which came to me in my Cargo from England, and which I had pack'd up among my things; some Portugueze Books also, and among them two or three Popish Prayer-Books, and several other Books, all which I carefully secur'd. And I must not forget, that we had in the Ship a Dog and two Cats, of whose eminent History I may have occasion to say something in its place; for I carry'd both the Cats with me, and as for the Dog, he jump'd out of the Ship of himself and swam on Shore to me the Day after I went on Shore with my first Cargo, and was a trusty Servant to me many Years; I wanted nothing that he could fetch me, nor any Company that he could make up to me, I only wanted to have him talk to me, but that would not do: As I observ'd before, I found Pen, Ink and Paper, and I husbanded them to the utmost, and I shall shew, that while my Ink lasted, I kept things very exact, but after that was gone I could not, for I could not make any Ink by any Means that I could devise.
  And this put me in mind that I wanted many things, notwithstanding all that I had amass'd together, and of these, this of Ink was one, as also Spade, Pick-Axe, and Shovel to dig or remove the Earth, Needles, Pins, and Thread; as for Linnen, I soon learn'd to want that without much Difficulty. This want of Tools made every Work I did go on heavily, and it was near a whole Year before I had entirely finish'd my little Pale or surrounded Habitation: The Piles or Stakes, which were as heavy as I could well lift, were a long time in cutting and preparing in the Woods, and more by far in bringing home, so that I spent some times two Days in cutting and bringing home one of those Posts, and a third Day in driving it into the Ground; for which Purpose I got a heavy Piece of Wood at first, but at last bethought my self of one of the Iron Crows, which however tho' I found it, yet it made driving those Posts or Piles very laborious and tedious Work.
  But what need I ha' been concern'd at the Tediousness of any thing I had to do, seeing I had time enough to do it in, nor had I any other Employment if that had been over, at least, that I could foresee, except the ranging the Island to seek for Food, which I did more or less every Day.
  I now began to consider seriously my Condition, and the Circumstance I was reduc'd to, and I drew up the State of my Affairs in Writing, not so much to leave them to any that were to come after me, for I was like to have but few Heirs, as to deliver my Thoughts from daily poring upon them, and afflicting my Mind; and as my Reason began now to master my Despondency, I began to comfort my self as well as I could, and to set the good against the Evil, that I might have something to distinguish my Case from worse, and I stated it very impartially, like Debtor and Creditor, the Comforts I enjoy'd, against the Miseries I suffer'd, Thus,
  Evil
  I am cast upon a horrible desolate Island, void of all hope of Recovery.
  I am singl'd out and separated, as it were, from all the World to be miserable.
  I am divided from Mankind, a Solitaire, one banish'd from humane Society.
  I have not Clothes to cover me.
  I am without any Defence or Means to resist any Violence of Man or Beast.
  I have no Soul to speak to, or relieve me.
  Good.
  But I am alive, and not drown'd as all my Ship's Company was.
  But I am singl'd out too from all the Ship's Crew to be spar'd from Death; and he that miraculously sav'd me from Death, can deliver me from this Condition.
  But I am in a hot Climate, where if I had Clothes I could hardly wear them.
  But I am cast on an Island, where I see no wild Beasts to hurt me, as I saw on the Coast of Africa: And what if I had been Shipwreck'd there?
  But God wonderfully sent the Ship in near enough to the Shore, that I have gotten out so many necessary things as will either supply my Wants, or enable me to supply my self even as long as I live.
  Upon the whole, here was an undoubted Testimony, that there was scarce any Condition in the World so miserable, but there was something Negative or something Positive to be thankful for in it; and let this stand as a Direction from the Experience of the most miserable of all Conditions in this World, that we may always find in it something to comfort our selves from, and to set in the Description of Good and Evil, on the Credit Side of the Accompt.
  Having now brought my Mind a little to relish my Condition, and given over looking out to Sea to see if I could spy a Ship, I say, giving over these things, I began to apply my self to accommodate my way of Living, and to make things as easy to me as I could.
  I have already describ'd my Habitation, which was a Tent under the Side of a Rock, surrounded with a strong Pale of Posts and Cables, but I might now rather call it a Wall, for I rais'd a kind of Wall up against it of Turfs, about two Foot thick on the Out-side, and after some time, I think it was a Year and Half, I rais'd Rafters from it leaning to the Rock, and thatch'd or cover'd it with Bows of Trees, and such things as I could get to keep out the Rain, which I found at some times of the Year very violent.
  I have already observ'd how I brought all my Goods into this Pale, and into the Cave which I had made behind me: But I must observe too, that at first this was a confus'd Heap of Goods, which as they lay in no Order, so they took up all my Place, I had no room to turn my self; so I set my self to enlarge my Cave and Works farther into the Earth, for it was a loose sandy Rock, which yielded easily to the Labour I bestow'd on it; and so when I found I was pretty safe as to Beasts of Prey, I work'd side-ways to the Right Hand into the Rock, and then turning to the Right again, work'd quite out and made me a Door to come out, on the Out-side of my ale or Fortification.
  This gave me not only Egress and Regress, as it were a back Way to my Tent and to my Storehouse, but gave me room to stow my Goods.
  And now I began to apply my self to make such necessary things as I found I most wanted, as particularly a Chair and a Table, for without these I was not able to enjoy the few Comforts I had in the World, I could not write, or eat, or do several things with so much Pleasure without a Table.
  So I went to work; and here I must needs observe, that as Reason is the Substance and Original of the Mathematicks, so by stating and squaring every thing by Reason, and by making the most rational Judgment of things, every Man may be in time Master of every mechanick Art. I had never handled a Tool in my Life, and yet in time by Labour, Application, and Contrivance, I found at last that I wanted nothing but I could have made it, especially if I had had Tools; however I made abundance of things, even without Tools, and some with no more Tools than an Adze and a Hatchet, which perhaps were never made that way before, and that with infinite Labour: For Example, If I wanted a Board, I had no other Way but to cut down a Tree, set it on an Edge before me, and hew it flat on either Side with my Axe, till I had brought it to be thin as a Plank, and then dubb it smooth with my Adze. It is true, by this Method I could make but one Board out of a whole Tree, but this I had no Remedy for but Patience, any more than I had for the prodigious deal of Time and Labour which it took me up to make a Plank or Board: But my Time or Labour was little worth, and so it was as well employ'd one way as another.
  However, I made me a Table and a Chair, as I observ'd above, in the first Place, and this I did out of the short Pieces of Boards that I brought on my Raft from the Ship: But when I had wrought out some Boards, as above, I made large Shelves of the Breadth of a Foot and Half one over another, all along one Side of my Cave, to lay all my Tools, Nails, and Iron-work, and in a Word, to separate every thing at large in their Places, that I might come easily at them; I knock'd Pieces into the Wall of the Rock to hang my Guns and all things that would hang up.
  So that had my Cave been to be seen, it look'd like a general Magazine of all Necessary things, and I had every thing so ready at my Hand, that it was a great Pleasure to me to see all my Goods in such Order, and especially to find my Stock of all Necessaries so great.
  And now it was when I began to keep a Journal of every Day's Employment, for indeed at first I was in too much Hurry, and not only Hurry as to Labour, but in too much Discomposure of Mind, and my Journal would ha' been full of many dull things: For Example, I must have said thus. Sept. the 30th. After I got to Shore and had escap'd drowning, instead of being thankful to God for my Deliverance, having first vomited with the great Quantity of salt Water which was gotten into my Stomach, and recovering my self a little, I ran about the Shore, wringing my Hands and beating my Head and Face, exclaiming at my Misery, and crying out, I was undone, undone, till tyr'd and faint I was forc'd to lye down on the Ground to repose, but durst not sleep for fear of being devour'd.
  Some Days after this, and after I had been on board the Ship, and got all that I could out of her, yet I could not forbear getting up to the Top of a little Mountain and looking out to Sea in hopes of seeing a Ship, then fancy at a vast Distance I spy'd a Sail, please my self with the Hopes of it, and then after looking steadily till I was almost blind, lose it quite, and sit down and weep like a Child, and thus encrease my Misery by my Folly.
  But having gotten over these things in some Measure, and having settled my houshold Stuff and Habitation, made me a Table and a Chair, and all as handsome about me as I could, I began to keep my Journal, of which I shall here give you the Copy (tho' in it will be told all these Particulars over again) as long as it lasted, for having no more Ink I was forc'd to leave it off.
  The JOURNAL.
  September 30, 1659. I poor miserable Robinson Crusoe, being shipwreck'd, during a dreadful Storm, in the offing, came on Shore on this dismal unfortunate Island, which I call'd the Island of Despair, all the rest of the Ship's Company being drown'd, and my self almost dead.



  第二天,我又到船上去了一趟。这时,我看到船上凡是我拿得动而又易于搬运的东西,已被我掠取一空。于是我就动手搬取船上的锚索。我把锚索截成许多小段,以便于搬运。

  我把船上两根锚索和一根铁缆以及其他能搬动的铁器都取下来,又把船上的前帆杠和后帆杠,以及所有能找到的其他木料也都砍下来,扎成一个大木排,再把那些东西装上去运回岸。但这次运气不佳。因为木排做得太笨重,载货又多,当木排驶进卸货的小湾后,失去控制。结果木排一翻,连货带人,通通掉进水里去了。人倒没有受伤,因木排离岸已近;可是,我的货物却大部分都损失了。尤其是那些铁器,我本来指望将来会有用处的。不过,退潮后,我还是把大部分锚索和铁器从水里弄了上来;这工作当然十分吃力,我不得不潜入水里把它们一一打捞上来。后来,我照样每天到船上去一次,把能够搬下来的东西都搬下来。

  我现在已上岸十三天了,到船上却去了十一次。在这十多天里,我已把我双手拿得动的东西,通通搬了下来。可是,我相信,假如天气好下去,我一定可以把全船拆成一块块的木板搬到岸上。当我正准备第十二次上船时,开始刮起了大风,但我还是在退潮时上了船,尽管我以为我已搜遍了全船,不可能再找到什么有用的东西了,结果还是有新发现。我找到了一个有抽屉的柜子,在一个抽屉里,我找出了两三把剃刀,一把大剪刀,十几副刀叉;在另一个抽屉里,还发现了许多钱币,有欧洲的金币,有巴西的,有西班牙银币,我感到好笑。"噢,你们这些废物!"我大声说,"你们现在还有什么用处呢?对我来说,现在你们的价值还不如粪土。那些刀子,一把就值你们这一大堆,我现在用不着你们,你们就留在老地方沉到海底里去吧,根本不值得救你们的命!"可是,再一想,我还是把钱拿走了。我一边把钱用一块帆布包好,一边考虑再做一只木排,正当我在做木排时,发现天空乌云密布,风也刮得紧起来。不到一刻钟,变成一股狂风从岸上刮来。我马上意识到,风从岸上刮来,做木排就毫无用处了,还不如乘潮水还未上涨,赶快离开,要不可能根本回不到岸上去了。于是我立刻跳下水,游过船和沙滩之间那片狭长的水湾。这一次,由于带的东西太重,再加上风势越刮越强劲,我游得很吃力。当潮水上涨不久后,海面上已刮起了风暴了。

  我回到了自己搭的小帐篷,这算是我的家了。我躺下来睡觉。四周是我全部的财产,心中感到安稳踏实。大风整整刮了一夜。第二天早晨,我向外一望,那只船已无影无踪!这使我感到有点意外,但回头一想,我又觉得坦然了。我没有浪费时间,也没有偷懒,把船上一切有用的东西都搬了下来,即使再多留一点时间,船上也已没有多少有用的东西好拿了。

  我现在不再去想那只船了,也不去想船上的东西了,只希望船破之后,有什么东西会飘上岸来。后来,船上确实也有一些零零碎碎的东西飘过来,但这些东西对我已没多大用处了。

  当时,我的思想完全集中在如何保护自己,防备野人或野兽的袭击,假如岛上有野人或野兽的话。我想了许多办法,考虑造什么样的住所:是在地上掘个洞呢,还是搭个帐篷。最后,我决定两样都要。至于建成什么样子,怎样去做,不妨在这里详细谈谈。

  

  









第三章

  首先,我感到目前居住的地方不太合适。一则因离海太近,地势低湿,不大卫生;二则附近没有淡水。我得找一个比较卫生,比较方便的地方建造自己的住所。

  我根据自己的情况,拟定了选择住所的几个条件:第一,必须如我上面所说的,要卫生,要有淡水;第二,要能遮荫;第三,要能避免猛兽或人类的突然袭击;第四,要能看到大海,万一上帝让什么船只经过,我就不至于失去脱险的机会,因为我始终存有一线希望,迟早能摆脱目前的困境。

  我按上述条件去寻找一个合适的地点,发现在一个小山坡旁,有一片平地。小山靠平地的一边又陡又直,像一堵墙,不论人或野兽都无法从上面下来袭击我。在山岩上,有一块凹进去的地方,看上去好像是一个山洞的进口,但实际上里面并没有山洞。

  在这山岩凹进去的地方,前面是一片平坦的草地,我决定就在此搭个帐篷。这块平地宽不过一百码,长不到二百码。

  若把住所搭好,这块平坦的草地犹如一块草皮,从门前起伏连绵向外伸展形成一个缓坡,直至海边的那块低地。这儿正处小山西北偏北处,日间小山正好挡住阳光,当太阳转向西南方向照到这儿时,也就快要落下去了。

  搭帐篷前,我先在石壁前面划了一个半圆形,半径约十码,直径有二十码。

  沿这个半圆形,我插了两排结实的木桩;木桩打入泥土,仿佛像木橛子,大头朝下,高约五尺半,顶上都削得尖尖的。

  两排木桩之间的距离不到六英寸。

  然后,我用从船上截下来的那些缆索,沿着半圆形,一层一层地堆放在两排木桩之间,一直堆到顶上,再用一些两英尺半高的木桩插进去支撑住缆索,仿佛柱子上的横茶。这个篱笆十分结实牢固,不管是人还是野兽,都无法冲进来或攀越篱笆爬进来。这项工程,花了我不少时间和劳力,尤其是我得从树林里砍下粗枝做木桩,再运到草地上,又一一把它们打入泥土,这工作尤其费力费时。

  至于住所的进出口,我没有在篱笆上做门,而是用一个短梯从篱笆顶上翻进来,进入里面后再收好梯子。这样,我四面都受保护,完全与外界隔绝,夜里就可高枕无忧了。不过,我后来发现,对我所担心的敌人,根本不必如此戒备森严。

  我又花了极大的力气,把前面讲到的我的全部财产,全部粮食、弹药武器和补给品,一一搬到篱笆里面,或者可以说搬到这个堡垒里来。我又给自己搭了一个大帐篷用来防雨,因为这儿一年中有一个时期常下倾盆大雨。我把帐篷做成双层的;也就是说,里面一个小的,外面再罩一个大的,大帐篷上面又盖上一大块油布。那油布当然也是我在船上搜集帆布时一起拿下来的。

  现在我不再睡在搬上岸的那张床上了,而是睡在一张吊床上,这吊床原是船上大副所有,质地很好。

  我把粮食和一切可能受潮损坏的东西都搬进了帐篷。完成这工作后,就把篱笆的出入口堵起来。此后,我就像上面所说,用一个短梯翻越篱笆进出。

  做完这些工作后,我又开始在岩壁上打洞,把挖出来的土石方从帐篷里运到外面,沿篱笆堆成一个平台,约一英尺高。这样,帐篷算是我的住房,房后的山洞就成了我的地窖。

  这些工作既费时又费力,但总算一一完成了。现在,我再回头追述一下其他几件使我煞费苦心的事情。在我计划搭帐篷打岩洞的同时,突然乌云密布,暴雨如注,雷电交加。在电光一闪,霹雳突至时,一个思想也像闪电一样掠过我的头脑,使我比对闪电本身更吃惊:"哎哟,我的火药啊!"想到一个霹雳就会把我的火药全部炸毁时,我几乎完全绝望了。因为我不仅要靠火药自卫,还得靠其猎取食物为生。当时,我只想到火药,而没有想到火药一旦爆炸自己也就完了。假如真的火药爆炸,我自己都不知道死在谁的手里呢。

  这场暴风雨使我心有余悸。因此,我把所有其他工作,包括搭帐篷、筑篱笆等都先丢在一边。等雨一停,我立刻着手做一些小袋子和匣子,把火药分成许许多多小包。这样,万一发生什么情况,也不致全部炸毁。我把一包包的火药分开贮藏起来,免得一包着火危及另一包。这件工作我足足费了两个星期的时间。火药大约有二百四十磅,我把它们分成一百多包。至于那桶受潮的火药,我倒并不担心会发生什么危险,所以我就把它放到新开的山洞里;我把这山洞戏称为我的厨房,其余的火药我都藏在石头缝里,以免受潮,并在储藏的地方小心地作上记号。

  在包装和储藏火药的两星期中,我至少每天带熗出门一次。这样做可以达到三个目的:一来可以散散心;二来可以猎获点什么东西吃;三来也可以了解一下岛上的物产。第一次外出,我便发现岛上有不少山羊,使我十分满意。可我也发现这于我来说并非是件大好事。因为这些山羊胆小而又狡猾,而且跑得飞快,实在很难靠近他们。但我并不灰心,我相信总有办法打到一只的。不久我真的打死了一只。我首先发现了山羊经常出没之地,就采用打埋伏的办法来获取我的猎物。我注意到,如果我在山谷里,那怕它们在山岩上,它们也准会惊恐地逃窜;但若它们在山谷里吃草,而我站在山岩上,它们就不会注意到我。我想,这是由于小羊眼睛生的部位,使它们只能向下看,而不容易看到上面的东西吧。因此,我就先爬到山上,从上面打下去,往往很容易打中。我第一次开熗,打死了一只正在哺小羊的母羊,使我心里非常难过。母羊倒下后,小羊呆呆地站在它身旁;当我背起母羊往回走时,那小羊也跟着我一直走到围墙外面。于是我放下母羊,抱起小羊,进入木栅,一心想把它驯养大。可是小山羊就是不肯吃东西,没有办法,我只好把它也杀了吃了。这两只一大一小的山羊肉,供我吃了好长一段时间,因为我吃得很剩我要尽量节省粮食,尤其是面包。

  住所建造好了,我就想到必须要有一个生火的地方,还得准备些柴来烧。至于我怎样做这件事,怎样扩大石洞,又怎样创造其他一些生活条件,我想以后在适当的时候再详谈。

  现在想先略微谈谈自己,谈谈自己对生活的看法。在这些方面,你们可以想像,确实有不少感触可以谈的。

  我感到自己前景暗淡。因为,我被凶猛的风暴刮到这荒岛上,远离原定的航线,远离人类正常的贸易航线有数百海里之遥。我想,这完全是出于天意,让我孤苦伶仃,在凄凉中了却余生了。想到这些,我眼泪不禁夺眶而出。有时我不禁犯疑,苍天为什么要这样作践自己所创造的生灵,害得他如此不幸,如此孤立无援,又如此沮丧寂寞呢!在这样的环境中,有什么理由要我们认为生活于我们是一种恩赐呢?

  可是,每当我这样想的时候,立刻又有另一种思想出现在我的脑海里,并责怪我不应有上述这些念头。特别有一天,当我正带熗在海边漫步时,我思考着自己目前的处境。这时,理智从另一方面劝慰我:"的确,你目前形单影只,孑然一身,这是事实。可是,你不想想,你的那些同伴呢?他们到哪儿去了?你们一同上船时,不是有十一个人吗?那么,其他十个人到哪儿去了呢?为什么他们死了,唯独留下你一个人还活着呢?是在这孤岛上强呢,还是到他们那儿去好呢?"说到去他们那儿时,我用手指了指大海--"他们都已葬身大海了!真是,我怎么不想想祸福相倚和祸不单行的道理呢?"这时,我又想到,我目前所拥有的一切,殷实充裕,足以维持温饱。要是那只大船不从触礁的地方浮起来飘近海岸,并让我有时间从船上把一切有用的东西取下来,那我现在的处境又会怎样呢?要知道,像我现在的这种机遇,真是千载难逢的。假如我现在仍像我初上岸时那样一无所有;既没有任何生活必需品,也没有任何可以制造生活必需品的工具,那我现在的情况又会怎么样呢?"尤其是,"我大声对自己说,"如果我没有熗,没有弹药,没有制造东西的工具,没有衣服穿,没有床睡觉,没有帐篷住,甚至没有任何东西可以遮身,我又该怎么办呢?"可是现在,这些东西我都有,而且相当充足,即使以后弹药用尽了,不用熗我也能活下去。我相信,我这一生决不会受冻挨饿,因为我早就考虑到各种意外,考虑到将来的日子;不但考虑到弹药用尽之后的情况,甚至想到我将来体衰力竭之后的日子。

  我得承认,在考虑这些问题时,并未想到火药会被雷电一下子炸毁的危险;因此雷电交加之际,忽然想到这个危险,着实使我惊恐万状。这件事我前面已叙述过了。

  现在,我要开始过一种寂寞而又忧郁的生活了;这种生活也许在这世界上是前所未闻的。因此,我决定把我生活的情况从头至尾,按时间顺序一一记录下来。我估计,我是九月三十日踏上这可怕的海岛的;当时刚入秋分,太阳差不多正在我头顶上。所以,据我观察,我在北纬九度二十二分的地方。

  上岛后约十一二天,我忽然想到,我没有书、笔和墨水,一定会忘记计算日期,甚至连安息日和工作日都会忘记。为了防止发生这种情况,我便用刀子在一根大柱子上用大写字母刻上以下一句句子:"我于一六五九年九月三十日在此上岸。 "我把柱子做成一个大十字架,立在我第一次上岸的地方。

  在这方柱的四边,我每天用刀刻一个凹口,每七天刻一个长一倍的凹口,每一月刻一个再长一倍的凹口。就这样,我就有了一个日历,可以计算日月了。

  另外,我还应该提一下,我从船上搬下来的东西很多,有些东西价值不大,但用处不校可是前面我忘记交待了。我这里特别要提一下那些纸、笔、墨水;船长、大副、炮手和木匠的一些东西,三四个罗盘啦,一些观察和计算仪器啦,日规仪啦,望远镜啦,地图啦,以及航海书籍之类的东西。当时我不管有用没用,通通收拾起来带上岸。同时,我又找到了三本很好的《圣经》,是随我的英国货一起运来的。我上船时,把这几本书打在我的行李里面。此外,还有几本葡萄牙文的书籍,其中有两三本天主教祈祷书和几本别的书籍。所以这些书本我都小心地保存起来。我也不应忘记告诉读者,船上还有一条狗和两只猫。关于它们奇异的经历,我以后在适当的时候还要谈到。我把两只猫都带上岸;至于那条狗,我第一次上船搬东西时,它就泅水跟我上岸了,后来许多年中,它一直是我忠实的仆人。我什么东西也不缺,不必让它帮我猎取什么动物,也不能做我的同伴帮我干什么事,但求能与它说说话,可就连这一点它都办不到。我前面已提到,我找到了笔、墨水和纸,但我用得非常节剩你们将会看到,只要我有墨水,我可以把一切都如实记载下来,但一旦墨水用完,我就记不成了,因为我想不出有什么方法可以制造墨水。

  这使我想到,尽管我已收集了这么多东西,我还缺少很多很多东西,墨水就是其中之一。其它的东西像挖土或搬土用的铲子、鹤嘴斧、铁锹,以及针线等等我都没有。至于内衣内裤之类,虽然缺乏,不久我也便习惯了。

  由于缺乏适当的工具,一切工作进行得特别吃力。我花了差不多整整一年的时间,才把我的小木栅或围墙建筑好。就拿砍木桩而言,木桩很重,我只能竭尽全力选用我能搬得动的。我化很长时间在树林里把树砍下来削好,至于搬回住处就更费时间了。有时,我得化两天的时间把一根木桩砍下削好再搬回来,第三天再打入地里。作为打桩的工具,我起初找了一块很重的木头;后来才想到了一根起货用的铁棒;可是,就是用铁棒,打桩的工作还是非常艰苦、非常麻烦的。

  其实,我有的是时间,工作麻烦一点又何必介意呢?何况筑完围墙,又有什么其他工作可做呢?至少我一时还没有想到要做其他什么事情,无非是在岛上各处走走,寻找食物而已。这是我每天多多少少都要做的一件事。

  我开始认真地考虑自己所处的境遇和环境,并把每天的经历用笔详细地记录下来。我这样做,并不是为了留给后人看,因为我相信,在我之后,不会有多少人上这荒岛来;我这样做,只是为了抒发胸中的心事,每日可以浏览,聊以自慰。现在,我已开始振作起来,不再灰心丧气,因此,我尽量自勉自慰。我把当前的祸福利害一一加以比较,以使自己知足安命。我按照商业簿记的格式,分"借方"和"贷方",把我的幸运和不幸,好处和坏处公允地排列出来:祸与害:我流落荒岛,摆脱困境已属无望。

  唯我独存,孤苦伶仃,困苦万状。

  我与世隔绝,仿佛是一个隐士,一个流放者。

  我没有衣服穿。

  我无法抵御人类或野兽的袭击。

  我没有人可以交谈,也没有人能解救我。

  福与利:

  唯我独生,船上同伴皆葬身海底。

  在全体船员中,我独免一死;上帝既然以其神力救我一命,也必然会救我脱离目前的困境。

  小岛虽荒凉,但我尚有粮食,不至饿死。

  我地处热带,即使有衣服也穿不祝

  在我所流落的孤岛上,没有我在非洲看到的那些猛兽。假如我在非洲沿岸覆舟,那又会怎样呢?

  但上帝神奇地把船送到海岸附近,使我可以从船上取下许多有用的东西,让我终身受用不荆总而言之,从上述情况看,我目前的悲惨处境在世界上是绝无仅有的。但是,即使在这样的处境中,也祸福相济,有令人值得庆幸之处。我希望世上的人都能从我不幸的遭遇中取得经验和教训。那就是,在万般不幸之中,可以把祸福利害一一加以比较,找出可以聊以自慰的事情,然后可以归入账目的"贷方金额"这一项。

  现在,我对自己的处境稍感宽慰,就不再对着海面望眼欲穿,希求有什么船只经过了。我说,我已把这些事丢在一边,开始筹划度日之计,并尽可能地改善自己的生活。

  前面我已描述过自己的住所。那是一个搭在山岩下的帐篷,四周用木桩和缆索做成坚固的木栅环绕着。现在,我可以把木栅叫做围墙了,因为我在木栅外面用草皮堆成了一道两英尺来厚的墙,并在大约一年半的时间里,在围墙和岩壁之间搭了一些屋椽,上面盖些树枝或其他可以弄到的东西用来挡雨。因为,我发现,一年之中总有一段时间,大雨如注。

  前面我也说过,我把一切东西都搬进了这个围墙,搬进了我在帐篷后面打的山洞。现在我必须补充说一下,就是那些东西起初都杂乱无章地堆在那里,以致占满了住所,弄得我连转身的余地都没有。于是我开始扩大和挖深山洞。好在岩石质地是一种很松的沙石,很容易挖,当我觉得围墙已加固得足以防御猛兽的袭击时,我便向岩壁右边挖去,然后再转向右面,直至把岩壁挖穿,通到围墙外面,做成了一个可供出入的门。

  这样,我不但有了一个出入口,成了我帐篷和贮藏室的后门,而且有了更多的地方贮藏我的财富。

  现在,我开始着手制造日常生活应用的一些必需家具了,譬如说椅子和桌子,没有这两样家具,我连世上一些最起码的生活乐趣都无法享受。没有桌子,我写字吃饭无以为凭,其他不少事也无法做,生活就毫无乐趣可言。

  于是,我就开始工作。说到这里,我必须先说明一下,推理乃是数学之本质和原理,因此,如果我们能对一切事物都加以分析比较,精思明断,则人人都可掌握任何工艺。我一生从未使用过任何工具,但久而久之,以我的劳动、勤勉和发明设计的才能,我终于发现,我什么东西都能做,只要有适当的工具。然而,尽管我没有工具,也制造了许多东西,有些东西我制造时,仅用一把手斧和一把斧头。我想没有人会用我的方法制造东西,也没有人会像我这样付出无穷的劳力。

  譬如说,为了做块木板,我先砍倒一棵树,把树横放在我面前,再用斧头把两面削平,削成一块板的模样,然后再用手斧刮光。确实,用这种方法,一棵树只能做一块木板,但这是没有办法的办法,我唯有用耐心才能完成,只有化费大量的时间和劳力才能做一块板;反正我的时间和劳动力都已不值钱了,怎么用都无所谓。

  上面讲了,我先给自己做了一张桌子和一把椅子,这些是用我从船上运回来的几块短木板做材料制成的;后来,我用上面提到的办法,做了一些木板,沿着山洞的岸壁搭了几层一英尺半宽的大木架,把工具,钉子和铁器等东西分门别类地放在上面,以便取用。我又在墙上钉了许多小木钉,用来挂熗和其他可以挂的东西。

  假如有人看到我的山洞,一定会以为是一个军火库,里面熗支弹药应有尽有。一应物品,安置得井然有序,取用方便。我看到样样东西都放得井井有条,而且收藏丰富,心里感到无限的宽慰。

  现在,我开始记日记了,把每天做的事都记下来。在这之前,我天天匆匆忙忙,辛苦劳累,且心绪不宁。即使记日记,也必定索然无味。例如,我在日记中一定会这样写:"九月三十日,我没被淹死,逃上岸来,吐掉了灌进胃里的大量海水,略略苏醒了过来。这时,我非但不感谢上帝的救命之恩,反而在岸上胡乱狂奔,又是扭手,又是打自己的头和脸,大叫大嚷自己的不幸,不断地叫嚷着'我完了,我完了!'直至自己精疲力尽,才不得不倒在地上休息,可又不敢入睡,唯恐被野兽吃掉。"几天之后,甚至在我把船上可以搬动的东西都运上岸之后,我还是每天爬到小山顶上,呆呆地望着海面,希望能看到船只经过。妄想过甚,有时仿佛看到极远处有一片帆影,于是欣喜若狂,以为有了希望;这时,我望眼欲穿,帆影却消失得无影无踪,我便一屁股坐在地上,像小孩似地大哭起来。

  这种愚蠢的行为,反而增加了我的烦恼。

  这个心烦意乱的阶段多少总算过去了,我把住所和一切家什也都安置妥当。后来又做好了桌子和椅子,样样东西安排得井井有条,我便开始记日记了。现在,我把全部日记抄在下面(有些前面提到过的事不得不重复一下)。但后来墨水用光了,我也不得不中止日记了。

  日记

  一六五九年九月三十日我,可怜而不幸的鲁滨孙·克罗索,在一场可怕的大风暴中,在大海中沉船遇难,流落到这个荒凉的孤岛上。我且把此岛称之为"绝望岛"吧。同船伙伴皆葬身鱼腹,我本人却九死一生。

  整整一天,我为自己凄凉的境遇悲痛欲绝。我没有食物,没有房屋,没有衣服,没有武器,也没有地方可逃,没有获救的希望,只有死路一条,不是被野兽吞嚼,被野人饱腹,就是因缺少食物而活活饿死。夜幕降临,因怕被野兽吃掉,我睡在一棵树上。虽然整夜下雨,我却睡得很香。

  十月一日清晨醒来,只见那只大船随涨潮已浮起,并冲到了离岸很近的地方。这大大出于我意料。使我感到快慰的是,大船依然直挺挺地停在那儿,没有被海浪打得粉碎。我想,待风停浪息之后,可以上去弄些食物和日用品来救急。但又想到那些失散了的伙伴,这使我倍感悲伤。我想,要是我们当时都留在大船上,也许能保住大船,至少也不至于被淹死。假如伙伴们不死,我们可以用大船残余部分的木料,造一条小船,我们可乘上小船划到别处去。这一天,大部分的时间我为这些念头所困扰。后来,看到船里没进多少水,我便走到离船最近的沙滩,泅水上了船。这一天雨还是下个不停,但没有一点风。

  从十月一日至二十四日,我连日上船,把我所能搬动的东西通通搬了下来,趁涨潮时用木排运上岸。这几天雨水很多,有时也时停时续。看来,这儿当前正是雨季。

  十月二十日木排翻倒,上面的货物也都翻到水里去了,但木排翻倒的地方水很浅,那些东西又都很重,所以没有被冲走。一等退潮,我还是捞回了不少东西。

  十月二十五日雨下了一天一夜,还夹着阵阵大风。风越刮越凶,最后竟把大船打得粉碎。退潮时可以看到大船的碎片,但大船已不复存在。这一整天,我把从船上搬回来的东西安置好并覆盖起来,以免给雨水淋坏。

  十月二十六日我在岸上跑了差不多一整天,想寻找一个合适的地方做住所,我最担心的是安全问题,住地必须能防御野兽或野人在夜间对我进行突然袭击。傍晚,我终于在一个山岩下找到了合适的地方。我划了一个半圆形作为构筑住所的地点,并决定沿着那个半圆形安上两层木桩,中间盘上缆索,外面再加上草皮,筑成一个坚固的防御工事,像围墙或堡垒之类的建筑物。


执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 7楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  The next Day I made another Voyage; and now having plunder'd the Ship of what was portable and fit to hand out, I began with the Cables; and cutting the great Cable into Pieces, such as I could move, I got two Cables and a Hawser on Shore, with all the Iron Work I could get; and having cut down the Spritsail-yard, and the Missen-yard, and every Thing I could to make a large Raft, I loaded it with all those heavy Goods, and came away: But my good Luck began now to leave me; for this Raft was so unwieldy, and so overloaden, that after I was enter'd the little Cove, where I had landed the rest of my Goods, not being able to guide it so handily as I did the other, it overset, and threw me and all my Cargo into the Water; as for my self it was no great Harm, for I was near the Shore; but as to my Cargo, it was great Part of it lost, especially the Iron, which I expected would have been of great Use to me: However, when the Tide was out, I got most of the Pieces of Cable ashore, and some of the Iron, tho' with infinite Labour; for I was fain to dip for it into the Water, a Work which fatigu'd me very much: After this I went every Day on Board, and brought away what I could get.
  I had been now thirteen Days on Shore, and had been eleven Times on Board the Ship; in which Time I had brought away all that one Pair of Hands could well be suppos'd capable to bring, tho' I believe verily, had the calm Weather held, I should have brought away the whole Ship Piece by Piece: But preparing the 12th Time to go on Board, I found the Wind begin to rise; however at low Water I went on Board, and tho' I thought I had rumag'd the Cabbin so effectually, as that nothing more could be found, yet I discover'd a Locker with Drawers in it, in one of which I found two or three Razors, and one Pair of large Sizzers, with some ten or a Dozen of good Knives and Forks; in another I found about Thirty six Pounds value in Money, some European Coin, some Brazil, some Pieces of Eight, some Gold, some Silver.
  I smil'd to my self at the Sight of this Money, O Drug Said I aloud, what art thou good for, Thou art not worth to me, no not the taking off of the Ground, one of those Knives is worth all this Heap, I have no Manner of use for thee, e'en remain where thou art, and go to the Bottom as a Creature whose Life is not worth saving. However, upon Second Thoughts, I took it away, and wrapping all this in a Piece of Canvas, I began to think of making another Raft, but while I was preparing this, I found the Sky over-cast, and the Wind began to rise, and in a Quarter of an Hour it blew a fresh Gale from the Shore; it presently occur'd to me, that it was in vain to pretend to make a Raft with the Wind off Shore, and that it was my Business to be gone before the Tide of Flood began, otherwise I might not be able to reach the Shore at all: Accordingly I let my self down into the Water, and swam cross the Channel, which lay between the Ship and the Sands, and even that with Difficulty enough, partly with the Weight of the Things I had about me, and partly the Roughness of the Water, for the Wind rose very hastily, and before it was quite high Water, it blew a Storm.
  But I was gotten home to my little Tent, where I lay with all my Wealth about me very secure. It blew very hard all Mat Night, and in the Morning when I look'd out, behold no more Ship was to be seen; I was a little surpriz'd, but recover'd my self with this satisfactory Reflection, viz. That I had lost no time, nor abated no Diligence to get everything out of her that could be useful to me, and that indeed there was little left in her that I was able to bring away if I had had more time.
  I now gave over any more Thoughts of the Ship, or of any thing out of her, except what might drive on Shore from her Wreck, as indeed divers Pieces of her afterwards did; but those things were of small use to me.
  My Thoughts were now wholly employ'd about securing my self against either Savages, if any should appear, or wild Beasts, if any were in the Island; and I had many Thoughts of the Method how to do this, and what kind of Dwelling to make, whether I should make me a Cave in the Earth, or a Tent upon the Earth: And, in short, I resolv'd upon both, the Manner and Description of which, it may not be improper to give an Account of.
  I soon found the Place I was in was not for my Settlement, particularly because it was upon a low moorish Ground near the Sea, and I believ'd would not be wholesome, and more particularly because there was no fresh Water near it, so I resolv'd to find a more healthy and more convenient Spot of Ground.
  I consulted several Things in my Situation which I found would be proper for me, 1st. Health, and fresh Water I just now mention'd, 2dly. Shelter from the Heat of the Sun, 3dly. Security from ravenous Creatures, whether Men or Beasts, 4thly. a View to the Sea, that if God sent any Ship in Sight, I might not lose any Advantage for my Deliverance, of which I was not willing to banish all my Expectation yet.
  In search of a Place proper for this, I found a little Plain on the Side of a rising Hill; whose Front towards this little Plain, was steep as a House-side, so that nothing could come down upon me from the Top; on the Side of this Rock there was a hollow Place worn a little way in like the Entrance or Door of a Cave, but there was not really any Cave or Way into the Rock at all.
  On the Flat of the Green, just before this hollow Place, I resolv'd to pitch my Tent: This Plain was not above an Hundred Yards broad, and about twice as long, and lay like a Green before my Door, and at the End of it descended irregularly every Way down into the Low-grounds by the Sea-side. It was on the N.N.W. Side of the Hill, so that I was shelter'd from the Heat every Day, till it came to a W. and by S. Sun, or thereabouts, which in those Countries is near the Setting.
  Before I set up my Tent, I drew a half Circle before the hollow Place, which took in about Ten Yards in its Semi-diameter from the Rock, and Twenty Yards in its Diameter, from its Beginning and Ending.
  In this half Circle I pitch'd two Rows of strong Stakes, driving them into the Ground till they stood very firm like Piles, the biggest End being out of the Ground about Five Foot and a Half, and sharpen'd on the Top: The two Rows did not stand above Six Inches from one another.
  Then I took the Pieces of Cable which I had cut in the Ship, and I laid them in Rows one upon another, within the Circle, between these two Rows of Stakes, up to the Top, placing other Stakes in the In-side, leaning against them, about two Foot and a half high, like a Spurr to a Post, and this Fence was so strong, that neither Man or Beast could get into it or over it: This cost me a great deal of Time and Labour, especially to cut the Piles in the Woods, bring them to the Place, and drive them into the Earth.
  The Entrance into this Place I made to be not by a Door, but by a short Ladder to go over the Top, which Ladder, when I was in, I lifted over after me, and so I was compleatly fenc'd in, and fortify'd, as I thought, from all the World, and consequently slept secure in the Night, which otherwise I could not have done, tho', as it appear'd afterward, there was no need of all this Caution from the Enemies that I apprehended Danger from.
  Into this Fence or Fortress, with infinite Labour, I carry'd all my Riches, all my Provisions, Ammunition and Stores, of which you have the Account above, and I made me a large Tent, which, to preserve me from the Rains that in one Part of the Year are very violent there, I made double, viz. One smaller Tent within, and one larger Tent above it, and cover'd the uppermost with a large Tarpaulin which I had sav'd among the Sails.
  And now I lay no more for a while in the Bed which I had brought on Shore, but in a Hammock, which was indeed a very good one, and belong'd to the Mate of the Ship.
  Into this Tent I brought all my Provisions, and every thing that would spoil by the Wet, and having thus enclos'd all my Goods, I made up the Entrance, which till now I had left open, and so pass'd and re-pass'd, as I said, by a short Ladder.
  When I had done this, I began to work my Way into the Rock, and bringing all the Earth and Stones that I dug down out thro' my Tent, I laid 'em up within my Fence in the Nature of a Terras, that so it rais'd the Ground within about a Foot and a Half; and thus I made me a Cave just behind my Tent, which serv'd me like a Cellar to my House.
  It cost me much Labour, and many Days, before all these Things were brought to Perfection, and therefore I must go back to some other Things which took up some of my Thoughts. At the same time it happen'd after I had laid my Scheme for the setting up my Tent and making the Cave, that a Storm of Rain falling from a thick dark Cloud, a sudden Flash of Lightning happen'd, and after that a great Clap of Thunder, as is naturally the Effect of it; I was not so much surpris'd with the Lightning as I was with a Thought which darted into my Mind as swift as the Lightning it self: O my Powder! My very Heart sunk within me, when I thought, that at one Blast all my Powder might be destroy'd, on which, not my Defence only, but the providing me Food, as I thought, entirely depended; I was nothing near so anxious about my own Danger, tho' had the Powder took fire, I had never known who had hurt me. Such Impression did this make upon me, that after the Storm was over, I laid aside all my Works, my Building, and Fortifying, and apply'd my self to make Bags and Boxes to separate the Powder, and keep it a little and a little in a Parcel, in hope, that whatever might come, it might not all take Fire at once, and to keep it so apart that it should not be possible to make one part fire another: I finish'd this Work in about a Fortnight, and I think my Powder, which in all was about 240 l. weight was divided in not less than a Hundred Parcels; as to the Barrel that had been wet, I did not apprehend any Danger from that, so I plac'd it in my new Cave, which in my Fancy I call'd my Kitchin, and the rest I hid up and down in Holes among the Rocks, so that no wet might come to it, marking very carefully where I laid it.
  In the Interval of time while this was doing I went out once at least every Day with my Gun, as well to divert my self, as to see if I could kill any thing fit for Food, and as near as I could to acquaint my self with what the Island produc'd. The first time I went out I presently discover'd that there were Goats in the Island, which was a great Satisfaction to me; but then it was attended with this Misfortune to me, viz. That they were so shy, so subtile, and so swift of Foot, that it was the difficultest thing in the World to come at them: But I was not discourag'd at this, not doubting but I might now and then shoot one, as it soon happen'd, for after I had found their Haunts a little, I laid wait in this Manner for them: I observ'd if they saw me in the Valleys, tho' they were upon the Rocks, they would run away as in a terrible Fright; but if they were feeding in the Valleys, and I was upon the Rocks, they took no Notice of me, from whence I concluded, that by the Position of their Opticks, their Sight was so directed downward, that they did not readily see Objects that were above them; so afterward I took this Method, I always clim'd the Rocks first to get above them, and then had frequently a fair Mark. The first shot I made among these Creatures, I kill'd a She-Goat which had a little Kid by her which she gave Suck to, which griev'd me heartily; but when the Old one fell, the Kid stood stock still by her till I came and took her up, and not only so, but when I carry'd the Old one with me upon my Shoulders, the Kid follow'd me quite to my Enclosure, upon which I laid down the Dam, and took the Kid in my Arms, and carry'd it over my Pale, in hopes to have bred it up tame, but it would not eat, so I was forc'd to kill it and eat it my self; these two supply'd me with Flesh a great while, for I eat sparingly; and sav'd my Provisions (my Bread especially) as much as possibly I could. Having now fix'd my Habitation, I found it absolutely necessary to provide a Place to make a Fire in, and Fewel to burn; and what I did for that, as also how I enlarg'd my Cave, and what Conveniences I made, I shall give a full Account of in its Place: But I must first give some little Account of my self, and of my Thoughts about Living, which it may well be suppos'd were not a few.
  I had a dismal Prospect of my Condition, for as I was not cast away upon that Island without being driven, as is said, by a violent Storm quite out of the Course of our intended Voyage, and a great Way, viz. some Hundreds of Leagues out of the ordinary Course of the Trade of Mankind, I had great Reason to consider it as a Determination of Heaven, that in this desolate Place, and in this desolate Manner I should end my Life; the Tears would run plentifully down my Face when I made these Reflections, and sometimes I would expostulate with my self, Why Providence should thus compleatly ruine its Creatures, and render them so absolutely miserable, so without Help abandon'd, so entirely depress'd, that it could hardly be rational to be thankful for such a Life.
  But something always return'd swift upon me to check these Thoughts, and to reprove me; and particularly one Day walking with my Gun in my Hand by the Sea-side, I was very pensive upon the Subject of my present Condition, then Reason as It were expostulated with me t'other Way, thus: Well, you are in a desolate Condition 'tis true, but pray remember, Where are the rest of you? Did not you come Eleven of you into the Boat, where are the Ten? Why were not they sav'd and you lost? Why were you singled out? Is it better to be here or there? and then I pointed to the Sea. All Evills are to be consider'd with the Good that is in them, and with what worse attends them.
  Then it occurr'd to me again, how well I was furnish'd for my Subsistence, and what would have been my Case if it had not happen'd, Which was an Hundred Thousand to one, that the Ship floated from the Place where she first struck and was driven so near to the Shore that I had time to get all these Things out of her: What would have been my Case, if I had been to have liv'd in the Condition in which I at first came on Shore, without Necessaries of Life, or Necessaries to supply and procure them? Particularly said I aloud, (tho' to my self) what should I ha' done without a Gun, without Ammunition, without any Tools to make any thing, or to work with, without Clothes, Bedding, a Tent, or any manner of Covering, and that now I had all these to a Sufficient Quantity, and was in a fair way to provide my self in such a manner, as to live without my Gun when my Ammunition was spent; so that I had a tollerable View of subsisting without any Want as long as I liv'd; for I consider'd from the beginning how I would provide for the Accidents that might happen, and for the time that was to come, even not only after my Ammunition should be spent, but even after my Health or Strength should decay.
  I confess I had not entertain'd any Notion of my Ammunition being destroy'd at one Blast, I mean my Powder being blown up by Lightning, and this made the Thoughts of it so surprising to me when it lighten'd and thunder'd, as I observ'd just now.
  And now being to enter into a melancholy Relation of a Scene of silent Life, such perhaps as was never heard of in the World before, I shall take it from its Beginning, and continue it in its Order. It was, by my Account, the 30th. of Sept. when, in the Manner as above said, I first set Foot upon this horrid Island, when the Sun being, to us, in its Autumnal Equinox, was almost just over my Head, for I reckon'd my self, by Observation, to be in the Latitude of 9 Degrees 22 Minutes North of the Line.
  After I had been there about Ten or Twelve Days, it came into my Thoughts, that I should lose my Reckoning of Time for want of Books and Pen and Ink, and should even forget the Sabbath Days from the working Days; but to prevent this I cut it with my Knife upon a large Post, in Capital Letters, and making it into a great Cross I set it up on the Shore where I first landed, viz. I came on Shore here on the 30th of Sept. 1659. Upon the Sides of this square Post I cut every Day a Notch with my Knife, and every seventh Notch was as long again as the rest, and every first Day of the Month as long again as that long one, and thus I kept my Kalander, or weekly, monthly, and yearly reckoning of Time.
  In the next place we are to observe, that among the many things which I brought out of the Ship in the several Voyages, which, as above mention'd, I made to it, I got several things of less Value, but not all less useful to me, which I omitted setting down before; as in particular, Pens, Ink, and Paper, several Parcels in the Captain's, Mate's, Gunner's, and Carpenter's keeping, three or four Compasses, some Mathematical Instruments, Dials, Perspectives, Charts, and Books of Navigation, all which I huddel'd together, whether I might want them or no; also I found three very good Bibles which came to me in my Cargo from England, and which I had pack'd up among my things; some Portugueze Books also, and among them two or three Popish Prayer-Books, and several other Books, all which I carefully secur'd. And I must not forget, that we had in the Ship a Dog and two Cats, of whose eminent History I may have occasion to say something in its place; for I carry'd both the Cats with me, and as for the Dog, he jump'd out of the Ship of himself and swam on Shore to me the Day after I went on Shore with my first Cargo, and was a trusty Servant to me many Years; I wanted nothing that he could fetch me, nor any Company that he could make up to me, I only wanted to have him talk to me, but that would not do: As I observ'd before, I found Pen, Ink and Paper, and I husbanded them to the utmost, and I shall shew, that while my Ink lasted, I kept things very exact, but after that was gone I could not, for I could not make any Ink by any Means that I could devise.
  And this put me in mind that I wanted many things, notwithstanding all that I had amass'd together, and of these, this of Ink was one, as also Spade, Pick-Axe, and Shovel to dig or remove the Earth, Needles, Pins, and Thread; as for Linnen, I soon learn'd to want that without much Difficulty. This want of Tools made every Work I did go on heavily, and it was near a whole Year before I had entirely finish'd my little Pale or surrounded Habitation: The Piles or Stakes, which were as heavy as I could well lift, were a long time in cutting and preparing in the Woods, and more by far in bringing home, so that I spent some times two Days in cutting and bringing home one of those Posts, and a third Day in driving it into the Ground; for which Purpose I got a heavy Piece of Wood at first, but at last bethought my self of one of the Iron Crows, which however tho' I found it, yet it made driving those Posts or Piles very laborious and tedious Work.
  But what need I ha' been concern'd at the Tediousness of any thing I had to do, seeing I had time enough to do it in, nor had I any other Employment if that had been over, at least, that I could foresee, except the ranging the Island to seek for Food, which I did more or less every Day.
  I now began to consider seriously my Condition, and the Circumstance I was reduc'd to, and I drew up the State of my Affairs in Writing, not so much to leave them to any that were to come after me, for I was like to have but few Heirs, as to deliver my Thoughts from daily poring upon them, and afflicting my Mind; and as my Reason began now to master my Despondency, I began to comfort my self as well as I could, and to set the good against the Evil, that I might have something to distinguish my Case from worse, and I stated it very impartially, like Debtor and Creditor, the Comforts I enjoy'd, against the Miseries I suffer'd, Thus,
  Evil
  I am cast upon a horrible desolate Island, void of all hope of Recovery.
  I am singl'd out and separated, as it were, from all the World to be miserable.
  I am divided from Mankind, a Solitaire, one banish'd from humane Society.
  I have not Clothes to cover me.
  I am without any Defence or Means to resist any Violence of Man or Beast.
  I have no Soul to speak to, or relieve me.
  Good.
  But I am alive, and not drown'd as all my Ship's Company was.
  But I am singl'd out too from all the Ship's Crew to be spar'd from Death; and he that miraculously sav'd me from Death, can deliver me from this Condition.
  But I am in a hot Climate, where if I had Clothes I could hardly wear them.
  But I am cast on an Island, where I see no wild Beasts to hurt me, as I saw on the Coast of Africa: And what if I had been Shipwreck'd there?
  But God wonderfully sent the Ship in near enough to the Shore, that I have gotten out so many necessary things as will either supply my Wants, or enable me to supply my self even as long as I live.
  Upon the whole, here was an undoubted Testimony, that there was scarce any Condition in the World so miserable, but there was something Negative or something Positive to be thankful for in it; and let this stand as a Direction from the Experience of the most miserable of all Conditions in this World, that we may always find in it something to comfort our selves from, and to set in the Description of Good and Evil, on the Credit Side of the Accompt.
  Having now brought my Mind a little to relish my Condition, and given over looking out to Sea to see if I could spy a Ship, I say, giving over these things, I began to apply my self to accommodate my way of Living, and to make things as easy to me as I could.
  I have already describ'd my Habitation, which was a Tent under the Side of a Rock, surrounded with a strong Pale of Posts and Cables, but I might now rather call it a Wall, for I rais'd a kind of Wall up against it of Turfs, about two Foot thick on the Out-side, and after some time, I think it was a Year and Half, I rais'd Rafters from it leaning to the Rock, and thatch'd or cover'd it with Bows of Trees, and such things as I could get to keep out the Rain, which I found at some times of the Year very violent.
  I have already observ'd how I brought all my Goods into this Pale, and into the Cave which I had made behind me: But I must observe too, that at first this was a confus'd Heap of Goods, which as they lay in no Order, so they took up all my Place, I had no room to turn my self; so I set my self to enlarge my Cave and Works farther into the Earth, for it was a loose sandy Rock, which yielded easily to the Labour I bestow'd on it; and so when I found I was pretty safe as to Beasts of Prey, I work'd side-ways to the Right Hand into the Rock, and then turning to the Right again, work'd quite out and made me a Door to come out, on the Out-side of my ale or Fortification.
  This gave me not only Egress and Regress, as it were a back Way to my Tent and to my Storehouse, but gave me room to stow my Goods.
  And now I began to apply my self to make such necessary things as I found I most wanted, as particularly a Chair and a Table, for without these I was not able to enjoy the few Comforts I had in the World, I could not write, or eat, or do several things with so much Pleasure without a Table.
  So I went to work; and here I must needs observe, that as Reason is the Substance and Original of the Mathematicks, so by stating and squaring every thing by Reason, and by making the most rational Judgment of things, every Man may be in time Master of every mechanick Art. I had never handled a Tool in my Life, and yet in time by Labour, Application, and Contrivance, I found at last that I wanted nothing but I could have made it, especially if I had had Tools; however I made abundance of things, even without Tools, and some with no more Tools than an Adze and a Hatchet, which perhaps were never made that way before, and that with infinite Labour: For Example, If I wanted a Board, I had no other Way but to cut down a Tree, set it on an Edge before me, and hew it flat on either Side with my Axe, till I had brought it to be thin as a Plank, and then dubb it smooth with my Adze. It is true, by this Method I could make but one Board out of a whole Tree, but this I had no Remedy for but Patience, any more than I had for the prodigious deal of Time and Labour which it took me up to make a Plank or Board: But my Time or Labour was little worth, and so it was as well employ'd one way as another.
  However, I made me a Table and a Chair, as I observ'd above, in the first Place, and this I did out of the short Pieces of Boards that I brought on my Raft from the Ship: But when I had wrought out some Boards, as above, I made large Shelves of the Breadth of a Foot and Half one over another, all along one Side of my Cave, to lay all my Tools, Nails, and Iron-work, and in a Word, to separate every thing at large in their Places, that I might come easily at them; I knock'd Pieces into the Wall of the Rock to hang my Guns and all things that would hang up.
  So that had my Cave been to be seen, it look'd like a general Magazine of all Necessary things, and I had every thing so ready at my Hand, that it was a great Pleasure to me to see all my Goods in such Order, and especially to find my Stock of all Necessaries so great.
  And now it was when I began to keep a Journal of every Day's Employment, for indeed at first I was in too much Hurry, and not only Hurry as to Labour, but in too much Discomposure of Mind, and my Journal would ha' been full of many dull things: For Example, I must have said thus. Sept. the 30th. After I got to Shore and had escap'd drowning, instead of being thankful to God for my Deliverance, having first vomited with the great Quantity of salt Water which was gotten into my Stomach, and recovering my self a little, I ran about the Shore, wringing my Hands and beating my Head and Face, exclaiming at my Misery, and crying out, I was undone, undone, till tyr'd and faint I was forc'd to lye down on the Ground to repose, but durst not sleep for fear of being devour'd.
  Some Days after this, and after I had been on board the Ship, and got all that I could out of her, yet I could not forbear getting up to the Top of a little Mountain and looking out to Sea in hopes of seeing a Ship, then fancy at a vast Distance I spy'd a Sail, please my self with the Hopes of it, and then after looking steadily till I was almost blind, lose it quite, and sit down and weep like a Child, and thus encrease my Misery by my Folly.
  But having gotten over these things in some Measure, and having settled my houshold Stuff and Habitation, made me a Table and a Chair, and all as handsome about me as I could, I began to keep my Journal, of which I shall here give you the Copy (tho' in it will be told all these Particulars over again) as long as it lasted, for having no more Ink I was forc'd to leave it off.
  The JOURNAL.
  September 30, 1659. I poor miserable Robinson Crusoe, being shipwreck'd, during a dreadful Storm, in the offing, came on Shore on this dismal unfortunate Island, which I call'd the Island of Despair, all the rest of the Ship's Company being drown'd, and my self almost dead.



  第二天,我又到船上去了一趟。这时,我看到船上凡是我拿得动而又易于搬运的东西,已被我掠取一空。于是我就动手搬取船上的锚索。我把锚索截成许多小段,以便于搬运。

  我把船上两根锚索和一根铁缆以及其他能搬动的铁器都取下来,又把船上的前帆杠和后帆杠,以及所有能找到的其他木料也都砍下来,扎成一个大木排,再把那些东西装上去运回岸。但这次运气不佳。因为木排做得太笨重,载货又多,当木排驶进卸货的小湾后,失去控制。结果木排一翻,连货带人,通通掉进水里去了。人倒没有受伤,因木排离岸已近;可是,我的货物却大部分都损失了。尤其是那些铁器,我本来指望将来会有用处的。不过,退潮后,我还是把大部分锚索和铁器从水里弄了上来;这工作当然十分吃力,我不得不潜入水里把它们一一打捞上来。后来,我照样每天到船上去一次,把能够搬下来的东西都搬下来。

  我现在已上岸十三天了,到船上却去了十一次。在这十多天里,我已把我双手拿得动的东西,通通搬了下来。可是,我相信,假如天气好下去,我一定可以把全船拆成一块块的木板搬到岸上。当我正准备第十二次上船时,开始刮起了大风,但我还是在退潮时上了船,尽管我以为我已搜遍了全船,不可能再找到什么有用的东西了,结果还是有新发现。我找到了一个有抽屉的柜子,在一个抽屉里,我找出了两三把剃刀,一把大剪刀,十几副刀叉;在另一个抽屉里,还发现了许多钱币,有欧洲的金币,有巴西的,有西班牙银币,我感到好笑。"噢,你们这些废物!"我大声说,"你们现在还有什么用处呢?对我来说,现在你们的价值还不如粪土。那些刀子,一把就值你们这一大堆,我现在用不着你们,你们就留在老地方沉到海底里去吧,根本不值得救你们的命!"可是,再一想,我还是把钱拿走了。我一边把钱用一块帆布包好,一边考虑再做一只木排,正当我在做木排时,发现天空乌云密布,风也刮得紧起来。不到一刻钟,变成一股狂风从岸上刮来。我马上意识到,风从岸上刮来,做木排就毫无用处了,还不如乘潮水还未上涨,赶快离开,要不可能根本回不到岸上去了。于是我立刻跳下水,游过船和沙滩之间那片狭长的水湾。这一次,由于带的东西太重,再加上风势越刮越强劲,我游得很吃力。当潮水上涨不久后,海面上已刮起了风暴了。

  我回到了自己搭的小帐篷,这算是我的家了。我躺下来睡觉。四周是我全部的财产,心中感到安稳踏实。大风整整刮了一夜。第二天早晨,我向外一望,那只船已无影无踪!这使我感到有点意外,但回头一想,我又觉得坦然了。我没有浪费时间,也没有偷懒,把船上一切有用的东西都搬了下来,即使再多留一点时间,船上也已没有多少有用的东西好拿了。

  我现在不再去想那只船了,也不去想船上的东西了,只希望船破之后,有什么东西会飘上岸来。后来,船上确实也有一些零零碎碎的东西飘过来,但这些东西对我已没多大用处了。

  当时,我的思想完全集中在如何保护自己,防备野人或野兽的袭击,假如岛上有野人或野兽的话。我想了许多办法,考虑造什么样的住所:是在地上掘个洞呢,还是搭个帐篷。最后,我决定两样都要。至于建成什么样子,怎样去做,不妨在这里详细谈谈。

  

  









第三章

  首先,我感到目前居住的地方不太合适。一则因离海太近,地势低湿,不大卫生;二则附近没有淡水。我得找一个比较卫生,比较方便的地方建造自己的住所。

  我根据自己的情况,拟定了选择住所的几个条件:第一,必须如我上面所说的,要卫生,要有淡水;第二,要能遮荫;第三,要能避免猛兽或人类的突然袭击;第四,要能看到大海,万一上帝让什么船只经过,我就不至于失去脱险的机会,因为我始终存有一线希望,迟早能摆脱目前的困境。

  我按上述条件去寻找一个合适的地点,发现在一个小山坡旁,有一片平地。小山靠平地的一边又陡又直,像一堵墙,不论人或野兽都无法从上面下来袭击我。在山岩上,有一块凹进去的地方,看上去好像是一个山洞的进口,但实际上里面并没有山洞。

  在这山岩凹进去的地方,前面是一片平坦的草地,我决定就在此搭个帐篷。这块平地宽不过一百码,长不到二百码。

  若把住所搭好,这块平坦的草地犹如一块草皮,从门前起伏连绵向外伸展形成一个缓坡,直至海边的那块低地。这儿正处小山西北偏北处,日间小山正好挡住阳光,当太阳转向西南方向照到这儿时,也就快要落下去了。

  搭帐篷前,我先在石壁前面划了一个半圆形,半径约十码,直径有二十码。

  沿这个半圆形,我插了两排结实的木桩;木桩打入泥土,仿佛像木橛子,大头朝下,高约五尺半,顶上都削得尖尖的。

  两排木桩之间的距离不到六英寸。

  然后,我用从船上截下来的那些缆索,沿着半圆形,一层一层地堆放在两排木桩之间,一直堆到顶上,再用一些两英尺半高的木桩插进去支撑住缆索,仿佛柱子上的横茶。这个篱笆十分结实牢固,不管是人还是野兽,都无法冲进来或攀越篱笆爬进来。这项工程,花了我不少时间和劳力,尤其是我得从树林里砍下粗枝做木桩,再运到草地上,又一一把它们打入泥土,这工作尤其费力费时。

  至于住所的进出口,我没有在篱笆上做门,而是用一个短梯从篱笆顶上翻进来,进入里面后再收好梯子。这样,我四面都受保护,完全与外界隔绝,夜里就可高枕无忧了。不过,我后来发现,对我所担心的敌人,根本不必如此戒备森严。

  我又花了极大的力气,把前面讲到的我的全部财产,全部粮食、弹药武器和补给品,一一搬到篱笆里面,或者可以说搬到这个堡垒里来。我又给自己搭了一个大帐篷用来防雨,因为这儿一年中有一个时期常下倾盆大雨。我把帐篷做成双层的;也就是说,里面一个小的,外面再罩一个大的,大帐篷上面又盖上一大块油布。那油布当然也是我在船上搜集帆布时一起拿下来的。

  现在我不再睡在搬上岸的那张床上了,而是睡在一张吊床上,这吊床原是船上大副所有,质地很好。

  我把粮食和一切可能受潮损坏的东西都搬进了帐篷。完成这工作后,就把篱笆的出入口堵起来。此后,我就像上面所说,用一个短梯翻越篱笆进出。

  做完这些工作后,我又开始在岩壁上打洞,把挖出来的土石方从帐篷里运到外面,沿篱笆堆成一个平台,约一英尺高。这样,帐篷算是我的住房,房后的山洞就成了我的地窖。

  这些工作既费时又费力,但总算一一完成了。现在,我再回头追述一下其他几件使我煞费苦心的事情。在我计划搭帐篷打岩洞的同时,突然乌云密布,暴雨如注,雷电交加。在电光一闪,霹雳突至时,一个思想也像闪电一样掠过我的头脑,使我比对闪电本身更吃惊:"哎哟,我的火药啊!"想到一个霹雳就会把我的火药全部炸毁时,我几乎完全绝望了。因为我不仅要靠火药自卫,还得靠其猎取食物为生。当时,我只想到火药,而没有想到火药一旦爆炸自己也就完了。假如真的火药爆炸,我自己都不知道死在谁的手里呢。

  这场暴风雨使我心有余悸。因此,我把所有其他工作,包括搭帐篷、筑篱笆等都先丢在一边。等雨一停,我立刻着手做一些小袋子和匣子,把火药分成许许多多小包。这样,万一发生什么情况,也不致全部炸毁。我把一包包的火药分开贮藏起来,免得一包着火危及另一包。这件工作我足足费了两个星期的时间。火药大约有二百四十磅,我把它们分成一百多包。至于那桶受潮的火药,我倒并不担心会发生什么危险,所以我就把它放到新开的山洞里;我把这山洞戏称为我的厨房,其余的火药我都藏在石头缝里,以免受潮,并在储藏的地方小心地作上记号。

  在包装和储藏火药的两星期中,我至少每天带熗出门一次。这样做可以达到三个目的:一来可以散散心;二来可以猎获点什么东西吃;三来也可以了解一下岛上的物产。第一次外出,我便发现岛上有不少山羊,使我十分满意。可我也发现这于我来说并非是件大好事。因为这些山羊胆小而又狡猾,而且跑得飞快,实在很难靠近他们。但我并不灰心,我相信总有办法打到一只的。不久我真的打死了一只。我首先发现了山羊经常出没之地,就采用打埋伏的办法来获取我的猎物。我注意到,如果我在山谷里,那怕它们在山岩上,它们也准会惊恐地逃窜;但若它们在山谷里吃草,而我站在山岩上,它们就不会注意到我。我想,这是由于小羊眼睛生的部位,使它们只能向下看,而不容易看到上面的东西吧。因此,我就先爬到山上,从上面打下去,往往很容易打中。我第一次开熗,打死了一只正在哺小羊的母羊,使我心里非常难过。母羊倒下后,小羊呆呆地站在它身旁;当我背起母羊往回走时,那小羊也跟着我一直走到围墙外面。于是我放下母羊,抱起小羊,进入木栅,一心想把它驯养大。可是小山羊就是不肯吃东西,没有办法,我只好把它也杀了吃了。这两只一大一小的山羊肉,供我吃了好长一段时间,因为我吃得很剩我要尽量节省粮食,尤其是面包。

  住所建造好了,我就想到必须要有一个生火的地方,还得准备些柴来烧。至于我怎样做这件事,怎样扩大石洞,又怎样创造其他一些生活条件,我想以后在适当的时候再详谈。

  现在想先略微谈谈自己,谈谈自己对生活的看法。在这些方面,你们可以想像,确实有不少感触可以谈的。

  我感到自己前景暗淡。因为,我被凶猛的风暴刮到这荒岛上,远离原定的航线,远离人类正常的贸易航线有数百海里之遥。我想,这完全是出于天意,让我孤苦伶仃,在凄凉中了却余生了。想到这些,我眼泪不禁夺眶而出。有时我不禁犯疑,苍天为什么要这样作践自己所创造的生灵,害得他如此不幸,如此孤立无援,又如此沮丧寂寞呢!在这样的环境中,有什么理由要我们认为生活于我们是一种恩赐呢?

  可是,每当我这样想的时候,立刻又有另一种思想出现在我的脑海里,并责怪我不应有上述这些念头。特别有一天,当我正带熗在海边漫步时,我思考着自己目前的处境。这时,理智从另一方面劝慰我:"的确,你目前形单影只,孑然一身,这是事实。可是,你不想想,你的那些同伴呢?他们到哪儿去了?你们一同上船时,不是有十一个人吗?那么,其他十个人到哪儿去了呢?为什么他们死了,唯独留下你一个人还活着呢?是在这孤岛上强呢,还是到他们那儿去好呢?"说到去他们那儿时,我用手指了指大海--"他们都已葬身大海了!真是,我怎么不想想祸福相倚和祸不单行的道理呢?"这时,我又想到,我目前所拥有的一切,殷实充裕,足以维持温饱。要是那只大船不从触礁的地方浮起来飘近海岸,并让我有时间从船上把一切有用的东西取下来,那我现在的处境又会怎样呢?要知道,像我现在的这种机遇,真是千载难逢的。假如我现在仍像我初上岸时那样一无所有;既没有任何生活必需品,也没有任何可以制造生活必需品的工具,那我现在的情况又会怎么样呢?"尤其是,"我大声对自己说,"如果我没有熗,没有弹药,没有制造东西的工具,没有衣服穿,没有床睡觉,没有帐篷住,甚至没有任何东西可以遮身,我又该怎么办呢?"可是现在,这些东西我都有,而且相当充足,即使以后弹药用尽了,不用熗我也能活下去。我相信,我这一生决不会受冻挨饿,因为我早就考虑到各种意外,考虑到将来的日子;不但考虑到弹药用尽之后的情况,甚至想到我将来体衰力竭之后的日子。

  我得承认,在考虑这些问题时,并未想到火药会被雷电一下子炸毁的危险;因此雷电交加之际,忽然想到这个危险,着实使我惊恐万状。这件事我前面已叙述过了。

  现在,我要开始过一种寂寞而又忧郁的生活了;这种生活也许在这世界上是前所未闻的。因此,我决定把我生活的情况从头至尾,按时间顺序一一记录下来。我估计,我是九月三十日踏上这可怕的海岛的;当时刚入秋分,太阳差不多正在我头顶上。所以,据我观察,我在北纬九度二十二分的地方。

  上岛后约十一二天,我忽然想到,我没有书、笔和墨水,一定会忘记计算日期,甚至连安息日和工作日都会忘记。为了防止发生这种情况,我便用刀子在一根大柱子上用大写字母刻上以下一句句子:"我于一六五九年九月三十日在此上岸。 "我把柱子做成一个大十字架,立在我第一次上岸的地方。

  在这方柱的四边,我每天用刀刻一个凹口,每七天刻一个长一倍的凹口,每一月刻一个再长一倍的凹口。就这样,我就有了一个日历,可以计算日月了。

  另外,我还应该提一下,我从船上搬下来的东西很多,有些东西价值不大,但用处不校可是前面我忘记交待了。我这里特别要提一下那些纸、笔、墨水;船长、大副、炮手和木匠的一些东西,三四个罗盘啦,一些观察和计算仪器啦,日规仪啦,望远镜啦,地图啦,以及航海书籍之类的东西。当时我不管有用没用,通通收拾起来带上岸。同时,我又找到了三本很好的《圣经》,是随我的英国货一起运来的。我上船时,把这几本书打在我的行李里面。此外,还有几本葡萄牙文的书籍,其中有两三本天主教祈祷书和几本别的书籍。所以这些书本我都小心地保存起来。我也不应忘记告诉读者,船上还有一条狗和两只猫。关于它们奇异的经历,我以后在适当的时候还要谈到。我把两只猫都带上岸;至于那条狗,我第一次上船搬东西时,它就泅水跟我上岸了,后来许多年中,它一直是我忠实的仆人。我什么东西也不缺,不必让它帮我猎取什么动物,也不能做我的同伴帮我干什么事,但求能与它说说话,可就连这一点它都办不到。我前面已提到,我找到了笔、墨水和纸,但我用得非常节剩你们将会看到,只要我有墨水,我可以把一切都如实记载下来,但一旦墨水用完,我就记不成了,因为我想不出有什么方法可以制造墨水。

  这使我想到,尽管我已收集了这么多东西,我还缺少很多很多东西,墨水就是其中之一。其它的东西像挖土或搬土用的铲子、鹤嘴斧、铁锹,以及针线等等我都没有。至于内衣内裤之类,虽然缺乏,不久我也便习惯了。

  由于缺乏适当的工具,一切工作进行得特别吃力。我花了差不多整整一年的时间,才把我的小木栅或围墙建筑好。就拿砍木桩而言,木桩很重,我只能竭尽全力选用我能搬得动的。我化很长时间在树林里把树砍下来削好,至于搬回住处就更费时间了。有时,我得化两天的时间把一根木桩砍下削好再搬回来,第三天再打入地里。作为打桩的工具,我起初找了一块很重的木头;后来才想到了一根起货用的铁棒;可是,就是用铁棒,打桩的工作还是非常艰苦、非常麻烦的。

  其实,我有的是时间,工作麻烦一点又何必介意呢?何况筑完围墙,又有什么其他工作可做呢?至少我一时还没有想到要做其他什么事情,无非是在岛上各处走走,寻找食物而已。这是我每天多多少少都要做的一件事。

  我开始认真地考虑自己所处的境遇和环境,并把每天的经历用笔详细地记录下来。我这样做,并不是为了留给后人看,因为我相信,在我之后,不会有多少人上这荒岛来;我这样做,只是为了抒发胸中的心事,每日可以浏览,聊以自慰。现在,我已开始振作起来,不再灰心丧气,因此,我尽量自勉自慰。我把当前的祸福利害一一加以比较,以使自己知足安命。我按照商业簿记的格式,分"借方"和"贷方",把我的幸运和不幸,好处和坏处公允地排列出来:祸与害:我流落荒岛,摆脱困境已属无望。

  唯我独存,孤苦伶仃,困苦万状。

  我与世隔绝,仿佛是一个隐士,一个流放者。

  我没有衣服穿。

  我无法抵御人类或野兽的袭击。

  我没有人可以交谈,也没有人能解救我。

  福与利:

  唯我独生,船上同伴皆葬身海底。

  在全体船员中,我独免一死;上帝既然以其神力救我一命,也必然会救我脱离目前的困境。

  小岛虽荒凉,但我尚有粮食,不至饿死。

  我地处热带,即使有衣服也穿不祝

  在我所流落的孤岛上,没有我在非洲看到的那些猛兽。假如我在非洲沿岸覆舟,那又会怎样呢?

  但上帝神奇地把船送到海岸附近,使我可以从船上取下许多有用的东西,让我终身受用不荆总而言之,从上述情况看,我目前的悲惨处境在世界上是绝无仅有的。但是,即使在这样的处境中,也祸福相济,有令人值得庆幸之处。我希望世上的人都能从我不幸的遭遇中取得经验和教训。那就是,在万般不幸之中,可以把祸福利害一一加以比较,找出可以聊以自慰的事情,然后可以归入账目的"贷方金额"这一项。

  现在,我对自己的处境稍感宽慰,就不再对着海面望眼欲穿,希求有什么船只经过了。我说,我已把这些事丢在一边,开始筹划度日之计,并尽可能地改善自己的生活。

  前面我已描述过自己的住所。那是一个搭在山岩下的帐篷,四周用木桩和缆索做成坚固的木栅环绕着。现在,我可以把木栅叫做围墙了,因为我在木栅外面用草皮堆成了一道两英尺来厚的墙,并在大约一年半的时间里,在围墙和岩壁之间搭了一些屋椽,上面盖些树枝或其他可以弄到的东西用来挡雨。因为,我发现,一年之中总有一段时间,大雨如注。

  前面我也说过,我把一切东西都搬进了这个围墙,搬进了我在帐篷后面打的山洞。现在我必须补充说一下,就是那些东西起初都杂乱无章地堆在那里,以致占满了住所,弄得我连转身的余地都没有。于是我开始扩大和挖深山洞。好在岩石质地是一种很松的沙石,很容易挖,当我觉得围墙已加固得足以防御猛兽的袭击时,我便向岩壁右边挖去,然后再转向右面,直至把岩壁挖穿,通到围墙外面,做成了一个可供出入的门。

  这样,我不但有了一个出入口,成了我帐篷和贮藏室的后门,而且有了更多的地方贮藏我的财富。

  现在,我开始着手制造日常生活应用的一些必需家具了,譬如说椅子和桌子,没有这两样家具,我连世上一些最起码的生活乐趣都无法享受。没有桌子,我写字吃饭无以为凭,其他不少事也无法做,生活就毫无乐趣可言。

  于是,我就开始工作。说到这里,我必须先说明一下,推理乃是数学之本质和原理,因此,如果我们能对一切事物都加以分析比较,精思明断,则人人都可掌握任何工艺。我一生从未使用过任何工具,但久而久之,以我的劳动、勤勉和发明设计的才能,我终于发现,我什么东西都能做,只要有适当的工具。然而,尽管我没有工具,也制造了许多东西,有些东西我制造时,仅用一把手斧和一把斧头。我想没有人会用我的方法制造东西,也没有人会像我这样付出无穷的劳力。

  譬如说,为了做块木板,我先砍倒一棵树,把树横放在我面前,再用斧头把两面削平,削成一块板的模样,然后再用手斧刮光。确实,用这种方法,一棵树只能做一块木板,但这是没有办法的办法,我唯有用耐心才能完成,只有化费大量的时间和劳力才能做一块板;反正我的时间和劳动力都已不值钱了,怎么用都无所谓。

  上面讲了,我先给自己做了一张桌子和一把椅子,这些是用我从船上运回来的几块短木板做材料制成的;后来,我用上面提到的办法,做了一些木板,沿着山洞的岸壁搭了几层一英尺半宽的大木架,把工具,钉子和铁器等东西分门别类地放在上面,以便取用。我又在墙上钉了许多小木钉,用来挂熗和其他可以挂的东西。

  假如有人看到我的山洞,一定会以为是一个军火库,里面熗支弹药应有尽有。一应物品,安置得井然有序,取用方便。我看到样样东西都放得井井有条,而且收藏丰富,心里感到无限的宽慰。

  现在,我开始记日记了,把每天做的事都记下来。在这之前,我天天匆匆忙忙,辛苦劳累,且心绪不宁。即使记日记,也必定索然无味。例如,我在日记中一定会这样写:"九月三十日,我没被淹死,逃上岸来,吐掉了灌进胃里的大量海水,略略苏醒了过来。这时,我非但不感谢上帝的救命之恩,反而在岸上胡乱狂奔,又是扭手,又是打自己的头和脸,大叫大嚷自己的不幸,不断地叫嚷着'我完了,我完了!'直至自己精疲力尽,才不得不倒在地上休息,可又不敢入睡,唯恐被野兽吃掉。"几天之后,甚至在我把船上可以搬动的东西都运上岸之后,我还是每天爬到小山顶上,呆呆地望着海面,希望能看到船只经过。妄想过甚,有时仿佛看到极远处有一片帆影,于是欣喜若狂,以为有了希望;这时,我望眼欲穿,帆影却消失得无影无踪,我便一屁股坐在地上,像小孩似地大哭起来。

  这种愚蠢的行为,反而增加了我的烦恼。

  这个心烦意乱的阶段多少总算过去了,我把住所和一切家什也都安置妥当。后来又做好了桌子和椅子,样样东西安排得井井有条,我便开始记日记了。现在,我把全部日记抄在下面(有些前面提到过的事不得不重复一下)。但后来墨水用光了,我也不得不中止日记了。

  日记

  一六五九年九月三十日我,可怜而不幸的鲁滨孙·克罗索,在一场可怕的大风暴中,在大海中沉船遇难,流落到这个荒凉的孤岛上。我且把此岛称之为"绝望岛"吧。同船伙伴皆葬身鱼腹,我本人却九死一生。

  整整一天,我为自己凄凉的境遇悲痛欲绝。我没有食物,没有房屋,没有衣服,没有武器,也没有地方可逃,没有获救的希望,只有死路一条,不是被野兽吞嚼,被野人饱腹,就是因缺少食物而活活饿死。夜幕降临,因怕被野兽吃掉,我睡在一棵树上。虽然整夜下雨,我却睡得很香。

  十月一日清晨醒来,只见那只大船随涨潮已浮起,并冲到了离岸很近的地方。这大大出于我意料。使我感到快慰的是,大船依然直挺挺地停在那儿,没有被海浪打得粉碎。我想,待风停浪息之后,可以上去弄些食物和日用品来救急。但又想到那些失散了的伙伴,这使我倍感悲伤。我想,要是我们当时都留在大船上,也许能保住大船,至少也不至于被淹死。假如伙伴们不死,我们可以用大船残余部分的木料,造一条小船,我们可乘上小船划到别处去。这一天,大部分的时间我为这些念头所困扰。后来,看到船里没进多少水,我便走到离船最近的沙滩,泅水上了船。这一天雨还是下个不停,但没有一点风。

  从十月一日至二十四日,我连日上船,把我所能搬动的东西通通搬了下来,趁涨潮时用木排运上岸。这几天雨水很多,有时也时停时续。看来,这儿当前正是雨季。

  十月二十日木排翻倒,上面的货物也都翻到水里去了,但木排翻倒的地方水很浅,那些东西又都很重,所以没有被冲走。一等退潮,我还是捞回了不少东西。

  十月二十五日雨下了一天一夜,还夹着阵阵大风。风越刮越凶,最后竟把大船打得粉碎。退潮时可以看到大船的碎片,但大船已不复存在。这一整天,我把从船上搬回来的东西安置好并覆盖起来,以免给雨水淋坏。

  十月二十六日我在岸上跑了差不多一整天,想寻找一个合适的地方做住所,我最担心的是安全问题,住地必须能防御野兽或野人在夜间对我进行突然袭击。傍晚,我终于在一个山岩下找到了合适的地方。我划了一个半圆形作为构筑住所的地点,并决定沿着那个半圆形安上两层木桩,中间盘上缆索,外面再加上草皮,筑成一个坚固的防御工事,像围墙或堡垒之类的建筑物。


执素衣

ZxID:13389413


等级: 内阁元老
举报 只看该作者 6楼  发表于: 2013-10-20 0



  The next Day I made another Voyage; and now having plunder'd the Ship of what was portable and fit to hand out, I began with the Cables; and cutting the great Cable into Pieces, such as I could move, I got two Cables and a Hawser on Shore, with all the Iron Work I could get; and having cut down the Spritsail-yard, and the Missen-yard, and every Thing I could to make a large Raft, I loaded it with all those heavy Goods, and came away: But my good Luck began now to leave me; for this Raft was so unwieldy, and so overloaden, that after I was enter'd the little Cove, where I had landed the rest of my Goods, not being able to guide it so handily as I did the other, it overset, and threw me and all my Cargo into the Water; as for my self it was no great Harm, for I was near the Shore; but as to my Cargo, it was great Part of it lost, especially the Iron, which I expected would have been of great Use to me: However, when the Tide was out, I got most of the Pieces of Cable ashore, and some of the Iron, tho' with infinite Labour; for I was fain to dip for it into the Water, a Work which fatigu'd me very much: After this I went every Day on Board, and brought away what I could get.
  I had been now thirteen Days on Shore, and had been eleven Times on Board the Ship; in which Time I had brought away all that one Pair of Hands could well be suppos'd capable to bring, tho' I believe verily, had the calm Weather held, I should have brought away the whole Ship Piece by Piece: But preparing the 12th Time to go on Board, I found the Wind begin to rise; however at low Water I went on Board, and tho' I thought I had rumag'd the Cabbin so effectually, as that nothing more could be found, yet I discover'd a Locker with Drawers in it, in one of which I found two or three Razors, and one Pair of large Sizzers, with some ten or a Dozen of good Knives and Forks; in another I found about Thirty six Pounds value in Money, some European Coin, some Brazil, some Pieces of Eight, some Gold, some Silver.
  I smil'd to my self at the Sight of this Money, O Drug Said I aloud, what art thou good for, Thou art not worth to me, no not the taking off of the Ground, one of those Knives is worth all this Heap, I have no Manner of use for thee, e'en remain where thou art, and go to the Bottom as a Creature whose Life is not worth saving. However, upon Second Thoughts, I took it away, and wrapping all this in a Piece of Canvas, I began to think of making another Raft, but while I was preparing this, I found the Sky over-cast, and the Wind began to rise, and in a Quarter of an Hour it blew a fresh Gale from the Shore; it presently occur'd to me, that it was in vain to pretend to make a Raft with the Wind off Shore, and that it was my Business to be gone before the Tide of Flood began, otherwise I might not be able to reach the Shore at all: Accordingly I let my self down into the Water, and swam cross the Channel, which lay between the Ship and the Sands, and even that with Difficulty enough, partly with the Weight of the Things I had about me, and partly the Roughness of the Water, for the Wind rose very hastily, and before it was quite high Water, it blew a Storm.
  But I was gotten home to my little Tent, where I lay with all my Wealth about me very secure. It blew very hard all Mat Night, and in the Morning when I look'd out, behold no more Ship was to be seen; I was a little surpriz'd, but recover'd my self with this satisfactory Reflection, viz. That I had lost no time, nor abated no Diligence to get everything out of her that could be useful to me, and that indeed there was little left in her that I was able to bring away if I had had more time.
  I now gave over any more Thoughts of the Ship, or of any thing out of her, except what might drive on Shore from her Wreck, as indeed divers Pieces of her afterwards did; but those things were of small use to me.
  My Thoughts were now wholly employ'd about securing my self against either Savages, if any should appear, or wild Beasts, if any were in the Island; and I had many Thoughts of the Method how to do this, and what kind of Dwelling to make, whether I should make me a Cave in the Earth, or a Tent upon the Earth: And, in short, I resolv'd upon both, the Manner and Description of which, it may not be improper to give an Account of.
  I soon found the Place I was in was not for my Settlement, particularly because it was upon a low moorish Ground near the Sea, and I believ'd would not be wholesome, and more particularly because there was no fresh Water near it, so I resolv'd to find a more healthy and more convenient Spot of Ground.
  I consulted several Things in my Situation which I found would be proper for me, 1st. Health, and fresh Water I just now mention'd, 2dly. Shelter from the Heat of the Sun, 3dly. Security from ravenous Creatures, whether Men or Beasts, 4thly. a View to the Sea, that if God sent any Ship in Sight, I might not lose any Advantage for my Deliverance, of which I was not willing to banish all my Expectation yet.
  In search of a Place proper for this, I found a little Plain on the Side of a rising Hill; whose Front towards this little Plain, was steep as a House-side, so that nothing could come down upon me from the Top; on the Side of this Rock there was a hollow Place worn a little way in like the Entrance or Door of a Cave, but there was not really any Cave or Way into the Rock at all.
  On the Flat of the Green, just before this hollow Place, I resolv'd to pitch my Tent: This Plain was not above an Hundred Yards broad, and about twice as long, and lay like a Green before my Door, and at the End of it descended irregularly every Way down into the Low-grounds by the Sea-side. It was on the N.N.W. Side of the Hill, so that I was shelter'd from the Heat every Day, till it came to a W. and by S. Sun, or thereabouts, which in those Countries is near the Setting.
  Before I set up my Tent, I drew a half Circle before the hollow Place, which took in about Ten Yards in its Semi-diameter from the Rock, and Twenty Yards in its Diameter, from its Beginning and Ending.
  In this half Circle I pitch'd two Rows of strong Stakes, driving them into the Ground till they stood very firm like Piles, the biggest End being out of the Ground about Five Foot and a Half, and sharpen'd on the Top: The two Rows did not stand above Six Inches from one another.
  Then I took the Pieces of Cable which I had cut in the Ship, and I laid them in Rows one upon another, within the Circle, between these two Rows of Stakes, up to the Top, placing other Stakes in the In-side, leaning against them, about two Foot and a half high, like a Spurr to a Post, and this Fence was so strong, that neither Man or Beast could get into it or over it: This cost me a great deal of Time and Labour, especially to cut the Piles in the Woods, bring them to the Place, and drive them into the Earth.
  The Entrance into this Place I made to be not by a Door, but by a short Ladder to go over the Top, which Ladder, when I was in, I lifted over after me, and so I was compleatly fenc'd in, and fortify'd, as I thought, from all the World, and consequently slept secure in the Night, which otherwise I could not have done, tho', as it appear'd afterward, there was no need of all this Caution from the Enemies that I apprehended Danger from.
  Into this Fence or Fortress, with infinite Labour, I carry'd all my Riches, all my Provisions, Ammunition and Stores, of which you have the Account above, and I made me a large Tent, which, to preserve me from the Rains that in one Part of the Year are very violent there, I made double, viz. One smaller Tent within, and one larger Tent above it, and cover'd the uppermost with a large Tarpaulin which I had sav'd among the Sails.
  And now I lay no more for a while in the Bed which I had brought on Shore, but in a Hammock, which was indeed a very good one, and belong'd to the Mate of the Ship.
  Into this Tent I brought all my Provisions, and every thing that would spoil by the Wet, and having thus enclos'd all my Goods, I made up the Entrance, which till now I had left open, and so pass'd and re-pass'd, as I said, by a short Ladder.
  When I had done this, I began to work my Way into the Rock, and bringing all the Earth and Stones that I dug down out thro' my Tent, I laid 'em up within my Fence in the Nature of a Terras, that so it rais'd the Ground within about a Foot and a Half; and thus I made me a Cave just behind my Tent, which serv'd me like a Cellar to my House.
  It cost me much Labour, and many Days, before all these Things were brought to Perfection, and therefore I must go back to some other Things which took up some of my Thoughts. At the same time it happen'd after I had laid my Scheme for the setting up my Tent and making the Cave, that a Storm of Rain falling from a thick dark Cloud, a sudden Flash of Lightning happen'd, and after that a great Clap of Thunder, as is naturally the Effect of it; I was not so much surpris'd with the Lightning as I was with a Thought which darted into my Mind as swift as the Lightning it self: O my Powder! My very Heart sunk within me, when I thought, that at one Blast all my Powder might be destroy'd, on which, not my Defence only, but the providing me Food, as I thought, entirely depended; I was nothing near so anxious about my own Danger, tho' had the Powder took fire, I had never known who had hurt me. Such Impression did this make upon me, that after the Storm was over, I laid aside all my Works, my Building, and Fortifying, and apply'd my self to make Bags and Boxes to separate the Powder, and keep it a little and a little in a Parcel, in hope, that whatever might come, it might not all take Fire at once, and to keep it so apart that it should not be possible to make one part fire another: I finish'd this Work in about a Fortnight, and I think my Powder, which in all was about 240 l. weight was divided in not less than a Hundred Parcels; as to the Barrel that had been wet, I did not apprehend any Danger from that, so I plac'd it in my new Cave, which in my Fancy I call'd my Kitchin, and the rest I hid up and down in Holes among the Rocks, so that no wet might come to it, marking very carefully where I laid it.
  In the Interval of time while this was doing I went out once at least every Day with my Gun, as well to divert my self, as to see if I could kill any thing fit for Food, and as near as I could to acquaint my self with what the Island produc'd. The first time I went out I presently discover'd that there were Goats in the Island, which was a great Satisfaction to me; but then it was attended with this Misfortune to me, viz. That they were so shy, so subtile, and so swift of Foot, that it was the difficultest thing in the World to come at them: But I was not discourag'd at this, not doubting but I might now and then shoot one, as it soon happen'd, for after I had found their Haunts a little, I laid wait in this Manner for them: I observ'd if they saw me in the Valleys, tho' they were upon the Rocks, they would run away as in a terrible Fright; but if they were feeding in the Valleys, and I was upon the Rocks, they took no Notice of me, from whence I concluded, that by the Position of their Opticks, their Sight was so directed downward, that they did not readily see Objects that were above them; so afterward I took this Method, I always clim'd the Rocks first to get above them, and then had frequently a fair Mark. The first shot I made among these Creatures, I kill'd a She-Goat which had a little Kid by her which she gave Suck to, which griev'd me heartily; but when the Old one fell, the Kid stood stock still by her till I came and took her up, and not only so, but when I carry'd the Old one with me upon my Shoulders, the Kid follow'd me quite to my Enclosure, upon which I laid down the Dam, and took the Kid in my Arms, and carry'd it over my Pale, in hopes to have bred it up tame, but it would not eat, so I was forc'd to kill it and eat it my self; these two supply'd me with Flesh a great while, for I eat sparingly; and sav'd my Provisions (my Bread especially) as much as possibly I could. Having now fix'd my Habitation, I found it absolutely necessary to provide a Place to make a Fire in, and Fewel to burn; and what I did for that, as also how I enlarg'd my Cave, and what Conveniences I made, I shall give a full Account of in its Place: But I must first give some little Account of my self, and of my Thoughts about Living, which it may well be suppos'd were not a few.
  I had a dismal Prospect of my Condition, for as I was not cast away upon that Island without being driven, as is said, by a violent Storm quite out of the Course of our intended Voyage, and a great Way, viz. some Hundreds of Leagues out of the ordinary Course of the Trade of Mankind, I had great Reason to consider it as a Determination of Heaven, that in this desolate Place, and in this desolate Manner I should end my Life; the Tears would run plentifully down my Face when I made these Reflections, and sometimes I would expostulate with my self, Why Providence should thus compleatly ruine its Creatures, and render them so absolutely miserable, so without Help abandon'd, so entirely depress'd, that it could hardly be rational to be thankful for such a Life.
  But something always return'd swift upon me to check these Thoughts, and to reprove me; and particularly one Day walking with my Gun in my Hand by the Sea-side, I was very pensive upon the Subject of my present Condition, then Reason as It were expostulated with me t'other Way, thus: Well, you are in a desolate Condition 'tis true, but pray remember, Where are the rest of you? Did not you come Eleven of you into the Boat, where are the Ten? Why were not they sav'd and you lost? Why were you singled out? Is it better to be here or there? and then I pointed to the Sea. All Evills are to be consider'd with the Good that is in them, and with what worse attends them.
  Then it occurr'd to me again, how well I was furnish'd for my Subsistence, and what would have been my Case if it had not happen'd, Which was an Hundred Thousand to one, that the Ship floated from the Place where she first struck and was driven so near to the Shore that I had time to get all these Things out of her: What would have been my Case, if I had been to have liv'd in the Condition in which I at first came on Shore, without Necessaries of Life, or Necessaries to supply and procure them? Particularly said I aloud, (tho' to my self) what should I ha' done without a Gun, without Ammunition, without any Tools to make any thing, or to work with, without Clothes, Bedding, a Tent, or any manner of Covering, and that now I had all these to a Sufficient Quantity, and was in a fair way to provide my self in such a manner, as to live without my Gun when my Ammunition was spent; so that I had a tollerable View of subsisting without any Want as long as I liv'd; for I consider'd from the beginning how I would provide for the Accidents that might happen, and for the time that was to come, even not only after my Ammunition should be spent, but even after my Health or Strength should decay.
  I confess I had not entertain'd any Notion of my Ammunition being destroy'd at one Blast, I mean my Powder being blown up by Lightning, and this made the Thoughts of it so surprising to me when it lighten'd and thunder'd, as I observ'd just now.
  And now being to enter into a melancholy Relation of a Scene of silent Life, such perhaps as was never heard of in the World before, I shall take it from its Beginning, and continue it in its Order. It was, by my Account, the 30th. of Sept. when, in the Manner as above said, I first set Foot upon this horrid Island, when the Sun being, to us, in its Autumnal Equinox, was almost just over my Head, for I reckon'd my self, by Observation, to be in the Latitude of 9 Degrees 22 Minutes North of the Line.
  After I had been there about Ten or Twelve Days, it came into my Thoughts, that I should lose my Reckoning of Time for want of Books and Pen and Ink, and should even forget the Sabbath Days from the working Days; but to prevent this I cut it with my Knife upon a large Post, in Capital Letters, and making it into a great Cross I set it up on the Shore where I first landed, viz. I came on Shore here on the 30th of Sept. 1659. Upon the Sides of this square Post I cut every Day a Notch with my Knife, and every seventh Notch was as long again as the rest, and every first Day of the Month as long again as that long one, and thus I kept my Kalander, or weekly, monthly, and yearly reckoning of Time.
  In the next place we are to observe, that among the many things which I brought out of the Ship in the several Voyages, which, as above mention'd, I made to it, I got several things of less Value, but not all less useful to me, which I omitted setting down before; as in particular, Pens, Ink, and Paper, several Parcels in the Captain's, Mate's, Gunner's, and Carpenter's keeping, three or four Compasses, some Mathematical Instruments, Dials, Perspectives, Charts, and Books of Navigation, all which I huddel'd together, whether I might want them or no; also I found three very good Bibles which came to me in my Cargo from England, and which I had pack'd up among my things; some Portugueze Books also, and among them two or three Popish Prayer-Books, and several other Books, all which I carefully secur'd. And I must not forget, that we had in the Ship a Dog and two Cats, of whose eminent History I may have occasion to say something in its place; for I carry'd both the Cats with me, and as for the Dog, he jump'd out of the Ship of himself and swam on Shore to me the Day after I went on Shore with my first Cargo, and was a trusty Servant to me many Years; I wanted nothing that he could fetch me, nor any Company that he could make up to me, I only wanted to have him talk to me, but that would not do: As I observ'd before, I found Pen, Ink and Paper, and I husbanded them to the utmost, and I shall shew, that while my Ink lasted, I kept things very exact, but after that was gone I could not, for I could not make any Ink by any Means that I could devise.
  And this put me in mind that I wanted many things, notwithstanding all that I had amass'd together, and of these, this of Ink was one, as also Spade, Pick-Axe, and Shovel to dig or remove the Earth, Needles, Pins, and Thread; as for Linnen, I soon learn'd to want that without much Difficulty. This want of Tools made every Work I did go on heavily, and it was near a whole Year before I had entirely finish'd my little Pale or surrounded Habitation: The Piles or Stakes, which were as heavy as I could well lift, were a long time in cutting and preparing in the Woods, and more by far in bringing home, so that I spent some times two Days in cutting and bringing home one of those Posts, and a third Day in driving it into the Ground; for which Purpose I got a heavy Piece of Wood at first, but at last bethought my self of one of the Iron Crows, which however tho' I found it, yet it made driving those Posts or Piles very laborious and tedious Work.
  But what need I ha' been concern'd at the Tediousness of any thing I had to do, seeing I had time enough to do it in, nor had I any other Employment if that had been over, at least, that I could foresee, except the ranging the Island to seek for Food, which I did more or less every Day.
  I now began to consider seriously my Condition, and the Circumstance I was reduc'd to, and I drew up the State of my Affairs in Writing, not so much to leave them to any that were to come after me, for I was like to have but few Heirs, as to deliver my Thoughts from daily poring upon them, and afflicting my Mind; and as my Reason began now to master my Despondency, I began to comfort my self as well as I could, and to set the good against the Evil, that I might have something to distinguish my Case from worse, and I stated it very impartially, like Debtor and Creditor, the Comforts I enjoy'd, against the Miseries I suffer'd, Thus,
  Evil
  I am cast upon a horrible desolate Island, void of all hope of Recovery.
  I am singl'd out and separated, as it were, from all the World to be miserable.
  I am divided from Mankind, a Solitaire, one banish'd from humane Society.
  I have not Clothes to cover me.
  I am without any Defence or Means to resist any Violence of Man or Beast.
  I have no Soul to speak to, or relieve me.
  Good.
  But I am alive, and not drown'd as all my Ship's Company was.
  But I am singl'd out too from all the Ship's Crew to be spar'd from Death; and he that miraculously sav'd me from Death, can deliver me from this Condition.
  But I am in a hot Climate, where if I had Clothes I could hardly wear them.
  But I am cast on an Island, where I see no wild Beasts to hurt me, as I saw on the Coast of Africa: And what if I had been Shipwreck'd there?
  But God wonderfully sent the Ship in near enough to the Shore, that I have gotten out so many necessary things as will either supply my Wants, or enable me to supply my self even as long as I live.
  Upon the whole, here was an undoubted Testimony, that there was scarce any Condition in the World so miserable, but there was something Negative or something Positive to be thankful for in it; and let this stand as a Direction from the Experience of the most miserable of all Conditions in this World, that we may always find in it something to comfort our selves from, and to set in the Description of Good and Evil, on the Credit Side of the Accompt.
  Having now brought my Mind a little to relish my Condition, and given over looking out to Sea to see if I could spy a Ship, I say, giving over these things, I began to apply my self to accommodate my way of Living, and to make things as easy to me as I could.
  I have already describ'd my Habitation, which was a Tent under the Side of a Rock, surrounded with a strong Pale of Posts and Cables, but I might now rather call it a Wall, for I rais'd a kind of Wall up against it of Turfs, about two Foot thick on the Out-side, and after some time, I think it was a Year and Half, I rais'd Rafters from it leaning to the Rock, and thatch'd or cover'd it with Bows of Trees, and such things as I could get to keep out the Rain, which I found at some times of the Year very violent.
  I have already observ'd how I brought all my Goods into this Pale, and into the Cave which I had made behind me: But I must observe too, that at first this was a confus'd Heap of Goods, which as they lay in no Order, so they took up all my Place, I had no room to turn my self; so I set my self to enlarge my Cave and Works farther into the Earth, for it was a loose sandy Rock, which yielded easily to the Labour I bestow'd on it; and so when I found I was pretty safe as to Beasts of Prey, I work'd side-ways to the Right Hand into the Rock, and then turning to the Right again, work'd quite out and made me a Door to come out, on the Out-side of my ale or Fortification.
  This gave me not only Egress and Regress, as it were a back Way to my Tent and to my Storehouse, but gave me room to stow my Goods.
  And now I began to apply my self to make such necessary things as I found I most wanted, as particularly a Chair and a Table, for without these I was not able to enjoy the few Comforts I had in the World, I could not write, or eat, or do several things with so much Pleasure without a Table.
  So I went to work; and here I must needs observe, that as Reason is the Substance and Original of the Mathematicks, so by stating and squaring every thing by Reason, and by making the most rational Judgment of things, every Man may be in time Master of every mechanick Art. I had never handled a Tool in my Life, and yet in time by Labour, Application, and Contrivance, I found at last that I wanted nothing but I could have made it, especially if I had had Tools; however I made abundance of things, even without Tools, and some with no more Tools than an Adze and a Hatchet, which perhaps were never made that way before, and that with infinite Labour: For Example, If I wanted a Board, I had no other Way but to cut down a Tree, set it on an Edge before me, and hew it flat on either Side with my Axe, till I had brought it to be thin as a Plank, and then dubb it smooth with my Adze. It is true, by this Method I could make but one Board out of a whole Tree, but this I had no Remedy for but Patience, any more than I had for the prodigious deal of Time and Labour which it took me up to make a Plank or Board: But my Time or Labour was little worth, and so it was as well employ'd one way as another.
  However, I made me a Table and a Chair, as I observ'd above, in the first Place, and this I did out of the short Pieces of Boards that I brought on my Raft from the Ship: But when I had wrought out some Boards, as above, I made large Shelves of the Breadth of a Foot and Half one over another, all along one Side of my Cave, to lay all my Tools, Nails, and Iron-work, and in a Word, to separate every thing at large in their Places, that I might come easily at them; I knock'd Pieces into the Wall of the Rock to hang my Guns and all things that would hang up.
  So that had my Cave been to be seen, it look'd like a general Magazine of all Necessary things, and I had every thing so ready at my Hand, that it was a great Pleasure to me to see all my Goods in such Order, and especially to find my Stock of all Necessaries so great.
  And now it was when I began to keep a Journal of every Day's Employment, for indeed at first I was in too much Hurry, and not only Hurry as to Labour, but in too much Discomposure of Mind, and my Journal would ha' been full of many dull things: For Example, I must have said thus. Sept. the 30th. After I got to Shore and had escap'd drowning, instead of being thankful to God for my Deliverance, having first vomited with the great Quantity of salt Water which was gotten into my Stomach, and recovering my self a little, I ran about the Shore, wringing my Hands and beating my Head and Face, exclaiming at my Misery, and crying out, I was undone, undone, till tyr'd and faint I was forc'd to lye down on the Ground to repose, but durst not sleep for fear of being devour'd.
  Some Days after this, and after I had been on board the Ship, and got all that I could out of her, yet I could not forbear getting up to the Top of a little Mountain and looking out to Sea in hopes of seeing a Ship, then fancy at a vast Distance I spy'd a Sail, please my self with the Hopes of it, and then after looking steadily till I was almost blind, lose it quite, and sit down and weep like a Child, and thus encrease my Misery by my Folly.
  But having gotten over these things in some Measure, and having settled my houshold Stuff and Habitation, made me a Table and a Chair, and all as handsome about me as I could, I began to keep my Journal, of which I shall here give you the Copy (tho' in it will be told all these Particulars over again) as long as it lasted, for having no more Ink I was forc'd to leave it off.
  The JOURNAL.
  September 30, 1659. I poor miserable Robinson Crusoe, being shipwreck'd, during a dreadful Storm, in the offing, came on Shore on this dismal unfortunate Island, which I call'd the Island of Despair, all the rest of the Ship's Company being drown'd, and my self almost dead.



  第二天,我又到船上去了一趟。这时,我看到船上凡是我拿得动而又易于搬运的东西,已被我掠取一空。于是我就动手搬取船上的锚索。我把锚索截成许多小段,以便于搬运。

  我把船上两根锚索和一根铁缆以及其他能搬动的铁器都取下来,又把船上的前帆杠和后帆杠,以及所有能找到的其他木料也都砍下来,扎成一个大木排,再把那些东西装上去运回岸。但这次运气不佳。因为木排做得太笨重,载货又多,当木排驶进卸货的小湾后,失去控制。结果木排一翻,连货带人,通通掉进水里去了。人倒没有受伤,因木排离岸已近;可是,我的货物却大部分都损失了。尤其是那些铁器,我本来指望将来会有用处的。不过,退潮后,我还是把大部分锚索和铁器从水里弄了上来;这工作当然十分吃力,我不得不潜入水里把它们一一打捞上来。后来,我照样每天到船上去一次,把能够搬下来的东西都搬下来。

  我现在已上岸十三天了,到船上却去了十一次。在这十多天里,我已把我双手拿得动的东西,通通搬了下来。可是,我相信,假如天气好下去,我一定可以把全船拆成一块块的木板搬到岸上。当我正准备第十二次上船时,开始刮起了大风,但我还是在退潮时上了船,尽管我以为我已搜遍了全船,不可能再找到什么有用的东西了,结果还是有新发现。我找到了一个有抽屉的柜子,在一个抽屉里,我找出了两三把剃刀,一把大剪刀,十几副刀叉;在另一个抽屉里,还发现了许多钱币,有欧洲的金币,有巴西的,有西班牙银币,我感到好笑。"噢,你们这些废物!"我大声说,"你们现在还有什么用处呢?对我来说,现在你们的价值还不如粪土。那些刀子,一把就值你们这一大堆,我现在用不着你们,你们就留在老地方沉到海底里去吧,根本不值得救你们的命!"可是,再一想,我还是把钱拿走了。我一边把钱用一块帆布包好,一边考虑再做一只木排,正当我在做木排时,发现天空乌云密布,风也刮得紧起来。不到一刻钟,变成一股狂风从岸上刮来。我马上意识到,风从岸上刮来,做木排就毫无用处了,还不如乘潮水还未上涨,赶快离开,要不可能根本回不到岸上去了。于是我立刻跳下水,游过船和沙滩之间那片狭长的水湾。这一次,由于带的东西太重,再加上风势越刮越强劲,我游得很吃力。当潮水上涨不久后,海面上已刮起了风暴了。

  我回到了自己搭的小帐篷,这算是我的家了。我躺下来睡觉。四周是我全部的财产,心中感到安稳踏实。大风整整刮了一夜。第二天早晨,我向外一望,那只船已无影无踪!这使我感到有点意外,但回头一想,我又觉得坦然了。我没有浪费时间,也没有偷懒,把船上一切有用的东西都搬了下来,即使再多留一点时间,船上也已没有多少有用的东西好拿了。

  我现在不再去想那只船了,也不去想船上的东西了,只希望船破之后,有什么东西会飘上岸来。后来,船上确实也有一些零零碎碎的东西飘过来,但这些东西对我已没多大用处了。

  当时,我的思想完全集中在如何保护自己,防备野人或野兽的袭击,假如岛上有野人或野兽的话。我想了许多办法,考虑造什么样的住所:是在地上掘个洞呢,还是搭个帐篷。最后,我决定两样都要。至于建成什么样子,怎样去做,不妨在这里详细谈谈。

  

  









第三章

  首先,我感到目前居住的地方不太合适。一则因离海太近,地势低湿,不大卫生;二则附近没有淡水。我得找一个比较卫生,比较方便的地方建造自己的住所。

  我根据自己的情况,拟定了选择住所的几个条件:第一,必须如我上面所说的,要卫生,要有淡水;第二,要能遮荫;第三,要能避免猛兽或人类的突然袭击;第四,要能看到大海,万一上帝让什么船只经过,我就不至于失去脱险的机会,因为我始终存有一线希望,迟早能摆脱目前的困境。

  我按上述条件去寻找一个合适的地点,发现在一个小山坡旁,有一片平地。小山靠平地的一边又陡又直,像一堵墙,不论人或野兽都无法从上面下来袭击我。在山岩上,有一块凹进去的地方,看上去好像是一个山洞的进口,但实际上里面并没有山洞。

  在这山岩凹进去的地方,前面是一片平坦的草地,我决定就在此搭个帐篷。这块平地宽不过一百码,长不到二百码。

  若把住所搭好,这块平坦的草地犹如一块草皮,从门前起伏连绵向外伸展形成一个缓坡,直至海边的那块低地。这儿正处小山西北偏北处,日间小山正好挡住阳光,当太阳转向西南方向照到这儿时,也就快要落下去了。

  搭帐篷前,我先在石壁前面划了一个半圆形,半径约十码,直径有二十码。

  沿这个半圆形,我插了两排结实的木桩;木桩打入泥土,仿佛像木橛子,大头朝下,高约五尺半,顶上都削得尖尖的。

  两排木桩之间的距离不到六英寸。

  然后,我用从船上截下来的那些缆索,沿着半圆形,一层一层地堆放在两排木桩之间,一直堆到顶上,再用一些两英尺半高的木桩插进去支撑住缆索,仿佛柱子上的横茶。这个篱笆十分结实牢固,不管是人还是野兽,都无法冲进来或攀越篱笆爬进来。这项工程,花了我不少时间和劳力,尤其是我得从树林里砍下粗枝做木桩,再运到草地上,又一一把它们打入泥土,这工作尤其费力费时。

  至于住所的进出口,我没有在篱笆上做门,而是用一个短梯从篱笆顶上翻进来,进入里面后再收好梯子。这样,我四面都受保护,完全与外界隔绝,夜里就可高枕无忧了。不过,我后来发现,对我所担心的敌人,根本不必如此戒备森严。

  我又花了极大的力气,把前面讲到的我的全部财产,全部粮食、弹药武器和补给品,一一搬到篱笆里面,或者可以说搬到这个堡垒里来。我又给自己搭了一个大帐篷用来防雨,因为这儿一年中有一个时期常下倾盆大雨。我把帐篷做成双层的;也就是说,里面一个小的,外面再罩一个大的,大帐篷上面又盖上一大块油布。那油布当然也是我在船上搜集帆布时一起拿下来的。

  现在我不再睡在搬上岸的那张床上了,而是睡在一张吊床上,这吊床原是船上大副所有,质地很好。

  我把粮食和一切可能受潮损坏的东西都搬进了帐篷。完成这工作后,就把篱笆的出入口堵起来。此后,我就像上面所说,用一个短梯翻越篱笆进出。

  做完这些工作后,我又开始在岩壁上打洞,把挖出来的土石方从帐篷里运到外面,沿篱笆堆成一个平台,约一英尺高。这样,帐篷算是我的住房,房后的山洞就成了我的地窖。

  这些工作既费时又费力,但总算一一完成了。现在,我再回头追述一下其他几件使我煞费苦心的事情。在我计划搭帐篷打岩洞的同时,突然乌云密布,暴雨如注,雷电交加。在电光一闪,霹雳突至时,一个思想也像闪电一样掠过我的头脑,使我比对闪电本身更吃惊:"哎哟,我的火药啊!"想到一个霹雳就会把我的火药全部炸毁时,我几乎完全绝望了。因为我不仅要靠火药自卫,还得靠其猎取食物为生。当时,我只想到火药,而没有想到火药一旦爆炸自己也就完了。假如真的火药爆炸,我自己都不知道死在谁的手里呢。

  这场暴风雨使我心有余悸。因此,我把所有其他工作,包括搭帐篷、筑篱笆等都先丢在一边。等雨一停,我立刻着手做一些小袋子和匣子,把火药分成许许多多小包。这样,万一发生什么情况,也不致全部炸毁。我把一包包的火药分开贮藏起来,免得一包着火危及另一包。这件工作我足足费了两个星期的时间。火药大约有二百四十磅,我把它们分成一百多包。至于那桶受潮的火药,我倒并不担心会发生什么危险,所以我就把它放到新开的山洞里;我把这山洞戏称为我的厨房,其余的火药我都藏在石头缝里,以免受潮,并在储藏的地方小心地作上记号。

  在包装和储藏火药的两星期中,我至少每天带熗出门一次。这样做可以达到三个目的:一来可以散散心;二来可以猎获点什么东西吃;三来也可以了解一下岛上的物产。第一次外出,我便发现岛上有不少山羊,使我十分满意。可我也发现这于我来说并非是件大好事。因为这些山羊胆小而又狡猾,而且跑得飞快,实在很难靠近他们。但我并不灰心,我相信总有办法打到一只的。不久我真的打死了一只。我首先发现了山羊经常出没之地,就采用打埋伏的办法来获取我的猎物。我注意到,如果我在山谷里,那怕它们在山岩上,它们也准会惊恐地逃窜;但若它们在山谷里吃草,而我站在山岩上,它们就不会注意到我。我想,这是由于小羊眼睛生的部位,使它们只能向下看,而不容易看到上面的东西吧。因此,我就先爬到山上,从上面打下去,往往很容易打中。我第一次开熗,打死了一只正在哺小羊的母羊,使我心里非常难过。母羊倒下后,小羊呆呆地站在它身旁;当我背起母羊往回走时,那小羊也跟着我一直走到围墙外面。于是我放下母羊,抱起小羊,进入木栅,一心想把它驯养大。可是小山羊就是不肯吃东西,没有办法,我只好把它也杀了吃了。这两只一大一小的山羊肉,供我吃了好长一段时间,因为我吃得很剩我要尽量节省粮食,尤其是面包。

  住所建造好了,我就想到必须要有一个生火的地方,还得准备些柴来烧。至于我怎样做这件事,怎样扩大石洞,又怎样创造其他一些生活条件,我想以后在适当的时候再详谈。

  现在想先略微谈谈自己,谈谈自己对生活的看法。在这些方面,你们可以想像,确实有不少感触可以谈的。

  我感到自己前景暗淡。因为,我被凶猛的风暴刮到这荒岛上,远离原定的航线,远离人类正常的贸易航线有数百海里之遥。我想,这完全是出于天意,让我孤苦伶仃,在凄凉中了却余生了。想到这些,我眼泪不禁夺眶而出。有时我不禁犯疑,苍天为什么要这样作践自己所创造的生灵,害得他如此不幸,如此孤立无援,又如此沮丧寂寞呢!在这样的环境中,有什么理由要我们认为生活于我们是一种恩赐呢?

  可是,每当我这样想的时候,立刻又有另一种思想出现在我的脑海里,并责怪我不应有上述这些念头。特别有一天,当我正带熗在海边漫步时,我思考着自己目前的处境。这时,理智从另一方面劝慰我:"的确,你目前形单影只,孑然一身,这是事实。可是,你不想想,你的那些同伴呢?他们到哪儿去了?你们一同上船时,不是有十一个人吗?那么,其他十个人到哪儿去了呢?为什么他们死了,唯独留下你一个人还活着呢?是在这孤岛上强呢,还是到他们那儿去好呢?"说到去他们那儿时,我用手指了指大海--"他们都已葬身大海了!真是,我怎么不想想祸福相倚和祸不单行的道理呢?"这时,我又想到,我目前所拥有的一切,殷实充裕,足以维持温饱。要是那只大船不从触礁的地方浮起来飘近海岸,并让我有时间从船上把一切有用的东西取下来,那我现在的处境又会怎样呢?要知道,像我现在的这种机遇,真是千载难逢的。假如我现在仍像我初上岸时那样一无所有;既没有任何生活必需品,也没有任何可以制造生活必需品的工具,那我现在的情况又会怎么样呢?"尤其是,"我大声对自己说,"如果我没有熗,没有弹药,没有制造东西的工具,没有衣服穿,没有床睡觉,没有帐篷住,甚至没有任何东西可以遮身,我又该怎么办呢?"可是现在,这些东西我都有,而且相当充足,即使以后弹药用尽了,不用熗我也能活下去。我相信,我这一生决不会受冻挨饿,因为我早就考虑到各种意外,考虑到将来的日子;不但考虑到弹药用尽之后的情况,甚至想到我将来体衰力竭之后的日子。

  我得承认,在考虑这些问题时,并未想到火药会被雷电一下子炸毁的危险;因此雷电交加之际,忽然想到这个危险,着实使我惊恐万状。这件事我前面已叙述过了。

  现在,我要开始过一种寂寞而又忧郁的生活了;这种生活也许在这世界上是前所未闻的。因此,我决定把我生活的情况从头至尾,按时间顺序一一记录下来。我估计,我是九月三十日踏上这可怕的海岛的;当时刚入秋分,太阳差不多正在我头顶上。所以,据我观察,我在北纬九度二十二分的地方。

  上岛后约十一二天,我忽然想到,我没有书、笔和墨水,一定会忘记计算日期,甚至连安息日和工作日都会忘记。为了防止发生这种情况,我便用刀子在一根大柱子上用大写字母刻上以下一句句子:"我于一六五九年九月三十日在此上岸。 "我把柱子做成一个大十字架,立在我第一次上岸的地方。

  在这方柱的四边,我每天用刀刻一个凹口,每七天刻一个长一倍的凹口,每一月刻一个再长一倍的凹口。就这样,我就有了一个日历,可以计算日月了。

  另外,我还应该提一下,我从船上搬下来的东西很多,有些东西价值不大,但用处不校可是前面我忘记交待了。我这里特别要提一下那些纸、笔、墨水;船长、大副、炮手和木匠的一些东西,三四个罗盘啦,一些观察和计算仪器啦,日规仪啦,望远镜啦,地图啦,以及航海书籍之类的东西。当时我不管有用没用,通通收拾起来带上岸。同时,我又找到了三本很好的《圣经》,是随我的英国货一起运来的。我上船时,把这几本书打在我的行李里面。此外,还有几本葡萄牙文的书籍,其中有两三本天主教祈祷书和几本别的书籍。所以这些书本我都小心地保存起来。我也不应忘记告诉读者,船上还有一条狗和两只猫。关于它们奇异的经历,我以后在适当的时候还要谈到。我把两只猫都带上岸;至于那条狗,我第一次上船搬东西时,它就泅水跟我上岸了,后来许多年中,它一直是我忠实的仆人。我什么东西也不缺,不必让它帮我猎取什么动物,也不能做我的同伴帮我干什么事,但求能与它说说话,可就连这一点它都办不到。我前面已提到,我找到了笔、墨水和纸,但我用得非常节剩你们将会看到,只要我有墨水,我可以把一切都如实记载下来,但一旦墨水用完,我就记不成了,因为我想不出有什么方法可以制造墨水。

  这使我想到,尽管我已收集了这么多东西,我还缺少很多很多东西,墨水就是其中之一。其它的东西像挖土或搬土用的铲子、鹤嘴斧、铁锹,以及针线等等我都没有。至于内衣内裤之类,虽然缺乏,不久我也便习惯了。

  由于缺乏适当的工具,一切工作进行得特别吃力。我花了差不多整整一年的时间,才把我的小木栅或围墙建筑好。就拿砍木桩而言,木桩很重,我只能竭尽全力选用我能搬得动的。我化很长时间在树林里把树砍下来削好,至于搬回住处就更费时间了。有时,我得化两天的时间把一根木桩砍下削好再搬回来,第三天再打入地里。作为打桩的工具,我起初找了一块很重的木头;后来才想到了一根起货用的铁棒;可是,就是用铁棒,打桩的工作还是非常艰苦、非常麻烦的。

  其实,我有的是时间,工作麻烦一点又何必介意呢?何况筑完围墙,又有什么其他工作可做呢?至少我一时还没有想到要做其他什么事情,无非是在岛上各处走走,寻找食物而已。这是我每天多多少少都要做的一件事。

  我开始认真地考虑自己所处的境遇和环境,并把每天的经历用笔详细地记录下来。我这样做,并不是为了留给后人看,因为我相信,在我之后,不会有多少人上这荒岛来;我这样做,只是为了抒发胸中的心事,每日可以浏览,聊以自慰。现在,我已开始振作起来,不再灰心丧气,因此,我尽量自勉自慰。我把当前的祸福利害一一加以比较,以使自己知足安命。我按照商业簿记的格式,分"借方"和"贷方",把我的幸运和不幸,好处和坏处公允地排列出来:祸与害:我流落荒岛,摆脱困境已属无望。

  唯我独存,孤苦伶仃,困苦万状。

  我与世隔绝,仿佛是一个隐士,一个流放者。

  我没有衣服穿。

  我无法抵御人类或野兽的袭击。

  我没有人可以交谈,也没有人能解救我。

  福与利:

  唯我独生,船上同伴皆葬身海底。

  在全体船员中,我独免一死;上帝既然以其神力救我一命,也必然会救我脱离目前的困境。

  小岛虽荒凉,但我尚有粮食,不至饿死。

  我地处热带,即使有衣服也穿不祝

  在我所流落的孤岛上,没有我在非洲看到的那些猛兽。假如我在非洲沿岸覆舟,那又会怎样呢?

  但上帝神奇地把船送到海岸附近,使我可以从船上取下许多有用的东西,让我终身受用不荆总而言之,从上述情况看,我目前的悲惨处境在世界上是绝无仅有的。但是,即使在这样的处境中,也祸福相济,有令人值得庆幸之处。我希望世上的人都能从我不幸的遭遇中取得经验和教训。那就是,在万般不幸之中,可以把祸福利害一一加以比较,找出可以聊以自慰的事情,然后可以归入账目的"贷方金额"这一项。

  现在,我对自己的处境稍感宽慰,就不再对着海面望眼欲穿,希求有什么船只经过了。我说,我已把这些事丢在一边,开始筹划度日之计,并尽可能地改善自己的生活。

  前面我已描述过自己的住所。那是一个搭在山岩下的帐篷,四周用木桩和缆索做成坚固的木栅环绕着。现在,我可以把木栅叫做围墙了,因为我在木栅外面用草皮堆成了一道两英尺来厚的墙,并在大约一年半的时间里,在围墙和岩壁之间搭了一些屋椽,上面盖些树枝或其他可以弄到的东西用来挡雨。因为,我发现,一年之中总有一段时间,大雨如注。

  前面我也说过,我把一切东西都搬进了这个围墙,搬进了我在帐篷后面打的山洞。现在我必须补充说一下,就是那些东西起初都杂乱无章地堆在那里,以致占满了住所,弄得我连转身的余地都没有。于是我开始扩大和挖深山洞。好在岩石质地是一种很松的沙石,很容易挖,当我觉得围墙已加固得足以防御猛兽的袭击时,我便向岩壁右边挖去,然后再转向右面,直至把岩壁挖穿,通到围墙外面,做成了一个可供出入的门。

  这样,我不但有了一个出入口,成了我帐篷和贮藏室的后门,而且有了更多的地方贮藏我的财富。

  现在,我开始着手制造日常生活应用的一些必需家具了,譬如说椅子和桌子,没有这两样家具,我连世上一些最起码的生活乐趣都无法享受。没有桌子,我写字吃饭无以为凭,其他不少事也无法做,生活就毫无乐趣可言。

  于是,我就开始工作。说到这里,我必须先说明一下,推理乃是数学之本质和原理,因此,如果我们能对一切事物都加以分析比较,精思明断,则人人都可掌握任何工艺。我一生从未使用过任何工具,但久而久之,以我的劳动、勤勉和发明设计的才能,我终于发现,我什么东西都能做,只要有适当的工具。然而,尽管我没有工具,也制造了许多东西,有些东西我制造时,仅用一把手斧和一把斧头。我想没有人会用我的方法制造东西,也没有人会像我这样付出无穷的劳力。

  譬如说,为了做块木板,我先砍倒一棵树,把树横放在我面前,再用斧头把两面削平,削成一块板的模样,然后再用手斧刮光。确实,用这种方法,一棵树只能做一块木板,但这是没有办法的办法,我唯有用耐心才能完成,只有化费大量的时间和劳力才能做一块板;反正我的时间和劳动力都已不值钱了,怎么用都无所谓。

  上面讲了,我先给自己做了一张桌子和一把椅子,这些是用我从船上运回来的几块短木板做材料制成的;后来,我用上面提到的办法,做了一些木板,沿着山洞的岸壁搭了几层一英尺半宽的大木架,把工具,钉子和铁器等东西分门别类地放在上面,以便取用。我又在墙上钉了许多小木钉,用来挂熗和其他可以挂的东西。

  假如有人看到我的山洞,一定会以为是一个军火库,里面熗支弹药应有尽有。一应物品,安置得井然有序,取用方便。我看到样样东西都放得井井有条,而且收藏丰富,心里感到无限的宽慰。

  现在,我开始记日记了,把每天做的事都记下来。在这之前,我天天匆匆忙忙,辛苦劳累,且心绪不宁。即使记日记,也必定索然无味。例如,我在日记中一定会这样写:"九月三十日,我没被淹死,逃上岸来,吐掉了灌进胃里的大量海水,略略苏醒了过来。这时,我非但不感谢上帝的救命之恩,反而在岸上胡乱狂奔,又是扭手,又是打自己的头和脸,大叫大嚷自己的不幸,不断地叫嚷着'我完了,我完了!'直至自己精疲力尽,才不得不倒在地上休息,可又不敢入睡,唯恐被野兽吃掉。"几天之后,甚至在我把船上可以搬动的东西都运上岸之后,我还是每天爬到小山顶上,呆呆地望着海面,希望能看到船只经过。妄想过甚,有时仿佛看到极远处有一片帆影,于是欣喜若狂,以为有了希望;这时,我望眼欲穿,帆影却消失得无影无踪,我便一屁股坐在地上,像小孩似地大哭起来。

  这种愚蠢的行为,反而增加了我的烦恼。

  这个心烦意乱的阶段多少总算过去了,我把住所和一切家什也都安置妥当。后来又做好了桌子和椅子,样样东西安排得井井有条,我便开始记日记了。现在,我把全部日记抄在下面(有些前面提到过的事不得不重复一下)。但后来墨水用光了,我也不得不中止日记了。

  日记

  一六五九年九月三十日我,可怜而不幸的鲁滨孙·克罗索,在一场可怕的大风暴中,在大海中沉船遇难,流落到这个荒凉的孤岛上。我且把此岛称之为"绝望岛"吧。同船伙伴皆葬身鱼腹,我本人却九死一生。

  整整一天,我为自己凄凉的境遇悲痛欲绝。我没有食物,没有房屋,没有衣服,没有武器,也没有地方可逃,没有获救的希望,只有死路一条,不是被野兽吞嚼,被野人饱腹,就是因缺少食物而活活饿死。夜幕降临,因怕被野兽吃掉,我睡在一棵树上。虽然整夜下雨,我却睡得很香。

  十月一日清晨醒来,只见那只大船随涨潮已浮起,并冲到了离岸很近的地方。这大大出于我意料。使我感到快慰的是,大船依然直挺挺地停在那儿,没有被海浪打得粉碎。我想,待风停浪息之后,可以上去弄些食物和日用品来救急。但又想到那些失散了的伙伴,这使我倍感悲伤。我想,要是我们当时都留在大船上,也许能保住大船,至少也不至于被淹死。假如伙伴们不死,我们可以用大船残余部分的木料,造一条小船,我们可乘上小船划到别处去。这一天,大部分的时间我为这些念头所困扰。后来,看到船里没进多少水,我便走到离船最近的沙滩,泅水上了船。这一天雨还是下个不停,但没有一点风。

  从十月一日至二十四日,我连日上船,把我所能搬动的东西通通搬了下来,趁涨潮时用木排运上岸。这几天雨水很多,有时也时停时续。看来,这儿当前正是雨季。

  十月二十日木排翻倒,上面的货物也都翻到水里去了,但木排翻倒的地方水很浅,那些东西又都很重,所以没有被冲走。一等退潮,我还是捞回了不少东西。

  十月二十五日雨下了一天一夜,还夹着阵阵大风。风越刮越凶,最后竟把大船打得粉碎。退潮时可以看到大船的碎片,但大船已不复存在。这一整天,我把从船上搬回来的东西安置好并覆盖起来,以免给雨水淋坏。

  十月二十六日我在岸上跑了差不多一整天,想寻找一个合适的地方做住所,我最担心的是安全问题,住地必须能防御野兽或野人在夜间对我进行突然袭击。傍晚,我终于在一个山岩下找到了合适的地方。我划了一个半圆形作为构筑住所的地点,并决定沿着那个半圆形安上两层木桩,中间盘上缆索,外面再加上草皮,筑成一个坚固的防御工事,像围墙或堡垒之类的建筑物。


发帖 回复